Britannica Book of the Year 1954

During the period 1938-2018 Encyclopædia Britannica published annually a "Book of the Year" covering the past

1,167 71 228MB

English Pages [801] Year 1954

Report DMCA / Copyright

DOWNLOAD FILE

Polecaj historie

Britannica Book of the Year 1954

Table of contents :
Cover
Title
Table of Contents
Introduction
Editors and Contributors
Calendar of Events, 1953
BOOK OF THE YEAR
ABYSSINIA
AMERICAN CITIZENS ABROAD
ARMIES OF THE WORLD
AVIATION, CIVIL
BENTON
BRITISH COLUMBIA
BUSINESS REVIEW
CHEMISTRY
CLARK
COPPER
DEMOCRACY
EDUCATION, RELIGIOUS
EXCHANGE CONTROL
FLORIDA
FROZEN FOODS
GREAT BRITAIN
HOUSING
INFANT MORTALITY
IRELAND, REPUBLIC OF
KOREAN WAR
LEBANON
MALENKOV
METHODIST CHURCH
MOTOR TRANSPORTATION
NETHERLANDS
NORTHWEST TERRITORIES
OIL
PHOTOGRAPHY
PRICES
RAILROADS
RUBBER
SILVA, AUGUSTO
SPANISH COLONIAL EMPIRE
TAXATION
TUNNELS
UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES
WALES
ZOOLOGY
INDEX
A
B
C
D-E
F-G
H
I
J-K-L
M-N
O-P
Q-R
S
T
U
V-W-X-Y-Z

Citation preview

i

I

I

1954

BRITANNICA BOOK OF THE YEAR

A the

Record of

March of Events ofl953

BRITANNICA

BOOK OF THE YEAR

1954 Prepared

Under

the Editorial Direction of

WALTER rUST Editor of Encyclopaedia Britannica

PMished

by

ENCYCLOPEDIA BRITANNICA, CHICAGO



TORONTO



LONDON

INC.

THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, BY ENCYCLOPi^DIA BRITANNICA, INC.

COPYRIGHT

IN

I

954

COPYRIGHT UNDER INTERNATIONAL COPYRIGHT UNION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER PAN AMERICAN COPYRIGHT CONVENTIONS BY ENCYCLOPiEDIA BRITANNICA, INC.

Britannica Book of the Year (Trade Mark Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.}

PRINTED IN

The

editor of the

U.S.A.

Britannica Book of the Year acknowledges with

privilege of using

26

pictures

ship of all illustrations

may

from Life.

Acknowledgments of

gratitude the

the copyright

be found on the following three pages.

owner-

the editor

.

TABLE OF CONTENTS List of Illustrations

and Acknowledgment

of Copyright,

v

Introduction, viii Editors and Contributors, ix

Calendar, 1954, xxii

Calendar of Events, 1953,

1

Britannica Book of the Year, 17

Index. 761

OF ILLUSTRATIONS

LIST

(Acknowledgment

of Copyright

Asterisks denote Illustrations

is

from

found

to be

Astronomy

Accident Prevention

Shipping symbols (Courtesy, UNATIONS) 18 Driver training device (Wide World) 19 Adams. Maude (United Press) 525 Adenauer, Konrad. voting (Wide World) ... 20 Advertising sign in Japan (European) 21 Afghanistan irrigation project (Wide World) . 23

Surface of moon (Courtesy, Mt. Wilson-Palomar Observatories) Atomic EnergyExplosion of house, series of four photographs (Courtesy, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. Photographs by Edgerton, Germeshausen

Agriculture Texas dust dune (United Press) Ploughing pattern (Wide World) Scything demonstration (Courtesy,

and Grier) Atomic light (Courtesy, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. Photograph by J. E. Westcott) .Australian rabbits at water hole (Dunstan from

....

26 27

UNA-

TIONS)

31

Aircraft Manufacture

Rotating bomb bay door (Official U.S. Air Force Photo) Air Races and Records Jacqueline Cochran (Wide World) Alaskan volcano (Wide World) Aliens Sen. Patrick McCarran (Wide World). ...

Americans Abroad George V. Allen (International) American Literature Carl Sandburg (.Mian Grant)* Anglo-Egyptian Sudan Mohammed Naguib (Wide World) Anthropology Chavante Indian (Photo by Edward Weyer,

32 ii 35

38 40 43 46

Archaeology Neolithic skull (Topical Press .Agency, Ltd.,

London)

51

Fortified village (Courtesy. The River Basins Surveys, Smithsonian Institution)

....

53

Archery Royal Company of Archers (Picture Post Photo by R. Startup-Pix from Publix)

54

.

.

Architecture

Harvard lecture hall (Copyright, Ezra StoUer) Frank Lloyd Wright skyscraper (Wide World) .

U.N.E.S.C.O. headquarters (Courtesy,

CO) Campus

55 55

UNES55

.

71

55

\'ietnamese soldier (United Press) Art Exhibitions Japanese scroll (Courtesy. National Gallery

63

58 61

66

.Africa

Saddle-shaped roof (United Press) Hydraulic roof raising (Wide World)

New

cars in lot

80 8 85

85

.

....

Daseball Gil Hodges (United Press) County stadium, Milwaukee, Wis. (Wide World) Basketball coaching by telephone (Wide World) Belgian Colonial Empire

...

tribesman (Dmitri Kessel)*

Belloc, Hilaire (Wide World) Berlin rioters stoning tank (Wide World) Blind. Education of the Multiple-lens glasses (International)

,

.

.

85 85 85 85 87

94 95 97

101

....

106

108

.

.... .

.

.

.

. .

140

Toronto subway (Wide World) Nuclear reactor (Courtesy, Atomic Energy Commission of Canada, Ltd.) Canals and Inland Waterways Longest ship in Illinois waterway (Wide World) Cancer therapy unit (Wide World) Carol II (Wide World) Cartoons "A Ruble for Your Thoughts, Comrade" (Courtesy. Vardley, Baltimore Sun) '.An Olive Branch— Will It Grow or Die?" (Courtesy. Don Hesse, St. Louis GlobeDemocrat) ".And Now the K-Bomb" (Courtesy, John .

.

.

3

113

114 115

144 145

147

149 525

704

406

110 Fischetti. NE.A Service Inc.) ".At Last— The Perfect Security Risk" (Cour179 tesy. Roy Justus. The Minneapolis Star) "Beginning to Register" (Courtesy, F. O. 299 .Alexander, Philadelphia Bulletin) .

....

"Break

in the Clouds" (Courtesy, Jerry CosKnickerbocker News) Up or Get Out!" (Courtesy, F. O. -Ale.xander, Philadelphia Bulletin) besides endangering "Confound it. Colonel! national defense, the cut in military spending ." (Courtesy, is liable to hurt somebody George Lichty and the Chicago Sun-Times Syndicate) "French Toast" (Courtesy, John Fischetti. .\EA Service Inc.) "Happy Landings" (Courtesy, Art Binirose, Portland Oregonian) tello.

98 525

Bohlen. Charles (Wide World) Bolivian antityphus worker (IJnited Press) Bowling congress opening (United Press) ... .

132

136 139

(Wide World)

Canada

Aviation. Civil

Boeing RB-47E Stratojct (Official U.S. Air Force Photo) Short S.B.5 (British Information Services). McDonnell XF3H-1 (United Press) Flying aircraft carrier (United Press) Aircraft barrier (Official U.S. Air Force Photo)

14

131

Willow Run assembly line (Joe Scherschel)* Supermarket in Germany (Wide World)

Packard Patrician (Courtesy, Packard Motor Car Company) Studebaker Conestoga station wagon (Courtesy. Studebaker Corporation)

Fouga CM 170. R (United Press) Lockheed P2\-5 (United Press)

126

525

.... .

Newark airport (Wide World) German aeroplane (Wide World)

.

Business Review-

Riviera (Courtesy. General Motors Corp.) Hudson Hornet (Courtesy, Hudson Motor Car

(United Press) t^. LaStarza Brazilian villagers in well (United Press)

West

Gold Coast boatmen (Alfred Eisenstaedt)*. Brownell. Herbert. Jr. (Wide World) Bruce. Nigel (Wide World) Building and Construction Industry

Super

Boxing Marciano

123

.Star)

British

poration)

Mayombe

plan by Eero Saarinen (Courtesy,

Richard Shirk) Argentina Statue of Juan Peron (Francis C. Fuerst from Black Star) Armies of the World Signal corps trainees (Robert Kelley)* ...

of Art)

cleansing ceremony (Wide World). 123 123 Karoibangi women evicted (International) Nyeri club stables (Leuenberger from Black

Aviation, Military 47

Bridge near \'eracruz, Mex. (Courtesy, The James F. Lincoln .Arc Welding Foundation). 1 19 British East .Africa 123 Demolition teams (United Press)

Mau Mau

Company)

'

Jr.)

68

Black Star) Automobile Industry Plymouth Belvedere (Courtesy, Chrysler Cor-

Buick

in the Parentheses.

Life)

"Clean

....

.

.

318 411

.

.

.

128

294 381

V

LIST OF t

-Continued

.irtiionH

ICducatiou—

"I Ain't CioinK .\iiywh«"re" (Courtesy. lU-ibort

.

.

." (Courtesy, CieorRC Lichty and the it! Chicaiio Sun-Tiine« Syndicate) in FrontI" (Courtesy. Tom Little, Naihfille Tenntssran) "Picture ol' a Man Waitinn To Be RecoKnized" (Courtesy, Scott Lour, Minneapolis Tribune) "Presented with the Same Souvenir Wherever He Cloes" (Courtesy, R. A. Lewis, The \liln-nukee Journal) "R.iinbow 'Round Shoulder" (Courtesy, Ralph Voes. The San Diego Union) "Smile" (Courtesy. Newton Pratt, McClatchy .

.

from

.

Newspapers) "Strange How (Courtesy,

.

.

72

.

(Wide World)

On

2

vacation (United Press)

242

Rotor 708

wind tunnel (Courtesy, Westinghouse

in

Electric Corp.) 245 Electronic calculator, the "701" (Courtesy, International Business Machines Corp.) 246 . Elizabeth II (Wide World) 7 English Literature Eric .'\n\bler (Elliot Erwitt, Magnum Photos), 251 .

2J0 142

217

Exchange Control and Exchange Rates Koreans outside bank (International) 259 Exploration and Discovery Tensing Norkay on Mt. Everest (Courtesy, .

LIFE; copyright,

741

Plane" (Courtesy, Scott Long, Minneapolis Tribune) 609 "That Flashy Rookie ..." (Courtesy, Reg ManninR. NIcNauwht Syndicate, Inc.), 679 "The Great Ilumnnitarian" (Courtesy, Jerry Costello. Knickerbocker Xexvs) 312 "Topic of Conversation" (Courtesy. Reg

TIME

Inc..

.

.

...

1953)*

265

"Suicide

.

.

NLtnning. McNauRlU Syndicate. Inc.). "Who's Afraid of the Big Bad Wolves?" (Courtesy. D. R. Fitzpatrick, .S/. /,o«ii foi/Dispalch) "Ves? What's on Your Mind?" (Courtesy, Ned White. Akron Beacon Journal) "Voo Hoo!" (Courtesy. Paule Loring, The Providence Bulletin) "Vou Need a Younger Man with New Ideas" (Courtesy. Yardley. Baltimore Sun) Census. U.S., at 160,000,000 (Wide World) Ceramic exhibition winning entry (Courtesy, .

.

.... .

.

712

29 571

257 153

.

.

Veterans Chemically

in all hospitals.

.

.

U.S

etched printing plate (Courtesy, Dow Chemical Company) Chicago parking lot (United Press) Children's Books Caldecott award illustration (Courtesy of Houghton MifHin Company) Child Welfare British lamp (Wide children under sun World) Children of former Huks (United Press) China Mao Tse-tung (Eastfoto) Shanghai cotton mill (Eastfoto) .

.

197 154

556 578

.

.

.

161 165

167

168 169 171 173

.

.

178

Guard)

181 182

184

(Wide World) Congress changing hands (Mark Kauffman)*. of Stalin

.

190 193

Coronation Elizabeth II returning to Buckingham palace (Topical Press. London) 17 Royal family (Wide World) 201 Fireworks display (United Press) 201 Elizabeth receiving benediction (Kemsley Picture Service-Pix from Publix) 201 .\waiting anointment (United Press) 201 .\rchbishop paying homage (Wide World) .201 Cortisone being inspected (Wide \Vorld) 203 Coty, Rene (United Press) 15

.... .... .

.

.

272 276 278

.

281

.

.

Foreign Aid Programs

power

(Courtesy, Operations Administration)

Sicilian

site

283

Formosa Chinese

Nationalist

soldiers

(Howard

churek)* France Trash in Paris street (Wide World) French officials (Wide World)

So291

....

293 295

Frontispiece

Dance Pakistan ballet group (Wide World)

.

.

.212

....

215

Democracy Soviet jet at Bornholm (Wide World) Disasters Sand-bag brigade (Larry Burrows)*

Dufy. Raoul (Wide World) Dulles. John Foster (European) Durkin, Martin P. (Wide World)

221 .

.

.

222

Amman

(Wide World)

.

.

.

395

11

Shanghai art class (Eastfoto) 235 Storage closet schoolroom (Post-Dispatch Pic235 tures from Black Star)

*

^^asperi, Alcide de (Wide World) ^^ Gasworks in Germany (United Press)

10 .

.

303

Germany Billboard in Frankfurt (Wide World) ,311 East Berlin woman with milk bottle (Wide World) 311 Refugee family (Wide World) 311 Crowds near food centres (Wide World) .311 Golf .

.

3

Protest in .Seoul (Michael Rougier)*

No

Ben Hogan (Wide World) 316 Gottwald, Klement (Wide World) 529 Great Britain Pallbearers for Queen Mary (European) .319 Tito and Churchill (Wide World) 321 Greece Earthquake ruins (United Press) 322 Five-mile tunnel (Courtesy, U.S. Foreign 323 Operations Administration) Gymnastics festival in Germany (Wide World) 325 .

*

3

....

329 6 6

....

333 10

335

Horticulture Radioactive flowers (United Press) Hospitals

.

.

401 403 403 403

.

(Wide World)

Jo.seph

L^'l

Warren (United Lebanon Earl

415

Press)

Survivor of "Champollion" (Henry Wallace)* 420 Libraries

Bof)kmobile

in Puerto Rico (International) street during coronation (United Press) Louisiana Delta marsh survey (United Press) Luce. Clare Boothe (Wide World)

.

.

423 430 431 2

Luxembourg Royal wedding (Nationaal Foto Persbureau)* 434 lUlachinery and Machine Tools ''' Steel cog inspection (Courtesy, General

Company)

436 15

3

Mau Mau

disturbances, Kenya . . 121 British Caribbean federation plan (Courtesy, The New York Times) 127 .

Korean War. 1953 Mt. Everest exploration routes (Courtesy, The Times, London) Rhodesia-Nyasaland federation Toll roads, northeastern U.S Truce camp areas. Korea Marin, John (Wide World) Manine Biology J. B. Smith and coelacanth (Wide World) Marines testing reconnaissance craft (Wide World) Mary, Queen (Wide World) Mathematics teaching aid (Wide World) .

Meat

336

Atom bank

at Argonne hospital (Post-Dis337 patch Pictures from Black Star) Housing project in Jordan valley (Courtesy, 341 UNATIONS)

.

.

.

.

increase in Great Britain (United Press)

400 264 613 615 404 529 442 443

.

529 448 449

.

451 452

.

454

Medicine Plastic brain (European)

Research centre in Maryland (Wide World) Medicine, Military Hydraulic lift ambulance (Wide World) .

.

Meteorology Tornado damage, Worcester, Mass. (United Press)

LJammarskjold, Dag (Wide World) Hearing Telephone booth for deaf (European) Hemingway, Ernest (Wide World) Hobby. Oveta Culp (Wide World) Home Economics Fountain at Paris fair (United Press) Hoover. Herbert C. (Wide World) Horse Racing Native Dancer (Wide World)

....

man's land boundary (Jun Miki)*. Returning prisoner (United Press) Mortar crew (Wide World) Marines helping wounded comrade (Courtesy. Department of Defense. Photo by Cpl. Jack Weber, Marine Corps) 403 General Clark signing truce (U.S. Navy photograph) 403 Korowicz, Marek (Wide World) 11 Krebs. Hans A. (Wide World) 14

Area of

.301

.

.

529

War

Korean

Maps

Frontispiece

(1)

Fruit crates in Switzerland (Wide World)

....

Arctic research centre (Wide World) literacy poster (Courtesy, UNESCO)

Mexican

.

456

458 461

Missouri

Harry

Truman

S.

(Post-Dispatch Pictures from

Black Star)

Moroccan

soldiers in (Jasablanca (United Press)

Wayne (Wide World) Moscow farmhouses (United Press) Morse,

469 472 6 473

Motion Pictures Scene from The Robe (20th Century-Fox Stu475

dios)* Cecil B. de Mille (J. R.

Eyerman)* .... 476 (Wide World) 477 478 Japanese studio technicians (Wide World) Mulay Mohammed ben Arafa, Sidi (European) 11 Munitions Atomic artillery gun (Courtesy, U.S. Air

Dungeon

ballet

.

.

485

Force)

Museums Ice skater

Hayes Alan Jenkins (Wide World)

Illiterate tional)

Immigrants World)

Indian

women

in

class

.

346

(Interna-

348 in

New York

city factory

(Wide

Whitney Memorial hall (Wide World) ... 487 Music Ralph Vaughan Williams (Picture Post photo 489 by Bert Hardy- Fix from Publix)

349

Naguib, Mohammed (Wide World)

Indian children learning about malaria (Wide

World) Indochina Parachute drop at Lang Son (United Press)

gamma

globulin (Courtesy,

353 .

356

.

.

Pakistan wheat shipments (Courtesy, Foreign Operations Administration)

.

2 7

Geographic

360

Society) of the World Full-pressure flight suit (Official U.S.

.

363

Soviet cruiser (European)

493

Navies

Navy 496 497

photograph)

Nehru, Jawaharlal (European) Netherlands

U.S. .

Nagy, Imre (Wide World) National Geographic Society Aquascope (Courtesy, National

.

The Na-

tional Foundation for Infantile Paralysis) Interior Decoration Swedish housing project (Wide World)

.

371

Wholesalers'

building

in

Rotterdam

11

(Wide 500

World)

Iran

Damaged 227 525 10

education

~

at

Magsaysay, Ramon (Wide World) Malenkov, Georgi M. (United Press)

International Trade

News balloon (Wide World) Denmark

Arab refugees

LTapell. William (Wide World) Kcnyatta, Jonio (Wide World)

Electric

Photomontage. Photos: Wide World (6); United Press (3); Owen from Black Star (1); Hatami from Black Star (1); Courtesv, Eleanor Lambert. Inc. (1); Courtesy, UNATIONS (1); Courtesy, U. S. Department of Defense

Bottling project (United Press)

393 529

London

U.S. Foreign

Infantile Paralysis

f^ams ^^ Hirakud dam

j.)o

391

Jordan

iel.

(International) Fire at General Motors plant (Wide World) Floods on Kyushu Island, Jap. (Wide World) Football Minnesota v. Michigan (United Press)

.

Communism Drawing

389

Star) Surrender of soldier (Wide World) Jet Propulsion British Avro Vulcan bombers (United Press) Joad. Cyril E. M. (Wide World)

267

dam

.

665 666 734

176 14

.... ....

Davis

.

645 382

Church Membership Jehovah's Witnesses convention (Wide World) Churchill, Winston Leonard S. (Wide World) Civil Aeronautics Administration "Push-button" hangars (Wide World) Clothing Industry Businessmen in shorts (Lisa Larsen)* Coal miners in Formosa (Wide World) Coast guard icebreaker (Courtesy, U.S. Coast

|7airs and Exhibitions * Display at Paris fair (United Press) Federal Power Commission

.

579

Ceramics Monthly) 158 Charts .\dvcrtising, dollar expenditures lor, 1935-53 22 Cotton crop, U.S 205 Council-manager plan, adoption by U.S. cities (Pictograph Corp.) 481 Farm income, gross, U.S 28 Instalment and cash buying, U.S. (Pictograph Corp.) Marital status, ages 14-74, U.S Petroleum production, world Prices, wholesale and consumers', U.S. Older persons in U.S.. increase, 1900-60 (Pictograph Corp.) Steel production. U.S Stocks, sales and prices of U.S. (Data, copyright by Dow-jones & Co.; courtesy. The Wall Street Journal) Stocks, trading in, U.S

sculpture (United Press)

Japan Candidate billboard (East-West from Black

Electrical Industries

Bed-Fellows!" the Justus, The Minneapolis

Star)

" 235

Albert Einstein (Wide World photo by Patrick Burns) 235 Pupils on strike (Wide World) 236 Egyptian p>easants in palace (United Press) 241 Ei.senhower. Dwight David Portrait

Quiet

Roy

Jamaican

UNRWA)

.

507

"Look! We're out

My

ILLUSTRATIONS

Dniinued

Besi'arch l(ur(^au. Prtwidt-nt, Intvrnationul Pluniicd

KiHlrriiiioii

Mai'K.tri't

i>f

Purnitliood

Ki'n.

Marine Biology

MAUY

SKAKS. I'lanktonolciKist. Woods Woods llolf, Mass.

M.S.W.

M.

WIl.DK

S.

niiition.

World

Orcani/ation,

Sports Writer. The New York Times. New Editor. Sports .Section. Informulion Please Almanac, itc.

ork. N.V.

Shipbuilding

PETEI{ DUFF.

MILDKKI) THRONK.

A.s-sociate

Iowa City.

Editor of tho State

Historical

la.

M.T.H. H.XKI^.

T.

Diri-ctor.

U«'posit

I-'odoral

Insuranct- Corpora-

DC.

Washington,

Editor. Shipping .Shipping.

Bacteriology Professor and Head of t lie Depart nieiit of Haeteriology, rni\ersity of Illinois College of Medicine, Chieano, HI. lUicterioIo>;ist in Chief. Uesearcli and Kducational Hospital, and Consultant on IJacteriology, \eterans Administration, Hines, III.

MIL-AN VACLAV Ni part)

History. University of Utrecht,

Netherlands: former Profes.sor of Dutch History and Institutions! University of London. Lond(m. Eng. Author of The Revuli of the Netherlands; Napoleon. For and Aoain.it.

PAUL

Chemotherapy

WEUMEK,

M.D. Secretary. Committee on Research: A.-^Secretary. Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry, American Medical .\ssociation. Co-editor of .A /or/rrn Treatment. L.

sistant

''^s*

Insurance (in part) Insurance Editor and Correspondent to Financial Times. Bankers' .Magazine. Ineestors' Chronicle, Lloyd's List, Lotulon Eng.

PERCY STEBBINGS.

M.V.W.

Juvenile Delinquency

M KIAM VAN WATERS.

Superintendent, Reformatory for

I

Framingham. Mass. Author of Youth

Women,

in Cvnflict; etc.

''•^•W.

M.Wa.

Jewish Literature Professor of lUble, Jewish History and I'hilosophy, Hebrew Theological College. Chicago. 111. Professor of Jewish Literature, the College of Jewish Studies, Chicago. 111. Author of .1

.MEYEK WAX.MAN.

Jlistonj of Jeirish Literature;

A Handbook

of Judaism.

Na.G.

Fairs

and Exhibitions

-NAT GREEX. Manager, Chicago, HI., Barnum & Bailey Combined Shows, Inc.

Office,

P-T»-

Employment; Strikes Professor of Economics, Brown University, ProviAuthor of Economics and Problems of Labor; etc.

C.

BROWN.

Ringling Pros, and

(in part)

Professor Emeritus of Forest Utilization.

Boxing

N.FI.

New

(in part)

Editor, the Ring.

Pre,sident.

National Boxing Writers' Association, New York, N.Y. Fleischer's All Time Ring Record Book; etc.

Author of

Nat

N.F.T.

NATHAN

F.

TWINING.

Aviation, Military (in part) General. U.S.A. F. Chief of Staff, U.S.

Air Force.

Jerusalem

No.B.

Professor of International Relations,

The

Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Pal. Author of Palestine; Judea Lives Again; Jewish Youth Comes Home; Israel; etc. N.Sy.

NICOLAS SLONIMSKY. Music Critic. since 1900;

nomic and Financial .\dviser and Acting Colonial Secretary, Leewaid P.W.R.

Table Tennis National Chairman, History Committee,

U.S. Table Tennis As.sociation.

Q'W.

QUINCY WRIGHT. of Chicago. Chicago,

International Law Professor of International Law, The University 111. Author of A Study of War; etc.

R.A.Bn.

Advertising

ROGER A. BARTON. Editor, Advertising Agency Magazine, NewYork. N.Y., and Advertising Handbook. Lecturer in Advertising. Grailuate School of Business, Columbia University. New York, N.Y. R.A.Dn.

Maldive Islands

ROSEMARY ANNE DIXON.

NORMAN BENTWICH.

Music

Music (in part) Composer. Author of .A/usic

of Latin America; etc.

Socialism (in part) 1928-48.

N.T.

NORMAN THOMAS. Author of America's Way

Leeward Islands

Government Eco-

Islands.

York State College of Forestry, Syracuse University, Syracuse, N.Y.

FLEISCHER. PubUsher and

THE HON. PERCY WILMIR BECKWITH.

(in part): etc.

Lumber

N ELSON

P-W.Be.

PETER W. ROBERTS.

N.C.B.

Horse Racing (in part) Racing correspondent. Sporting

London. Eng.

dence, R.I.

Georgia H. COLLINS, JR. Assistant Professor of Pohtical Science. The University of Georgia, Athens, Ga. Director, Hureau of Public Administration.

MOKKIS W.

S.

PETER STIRLING WILLETT. Chronicle.

PHILIP T.AFT.

M.W.H.C.

NAT

Author of

Netherlands Professor of

P.L.W.

M.V.N.

(/n /n/r/); etc.

World. London. Eng.

^^^-

PIETEK (iEYL. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

MAPLK

and

(in part)

Editor. Cleveland Plain Dealer. Cleveland. O.

''•'^^-

Iowa

.Society of Iowa.

Cleveland; Ohio

PAUL BELLAMY.

British Ships

M.Te.

tion.

N

^^y-

nitcd Nations, (icncva. .Switz.

I

Billiards

PETER BRANDWEIN.

lloh' Ori-aiio^rapliic InsUlii-

World Health Organization Information omccr. Division of Public Infor-

Piil.lio

lltaltli

...

Irrigation Irrigation Economist, U.S. Depart-

^•^'-

M.Ss. tion.

p A F '^^^P.\UL A. EWING. Former Senior ment of .Agriculture.

Socialist presidential candidate, Out; Socialist's Faith; etc.

A

Health, Education and Welfare, U.S. Department of Secretary, U.S. Department of Health, Education and W'elfare. Wasiiington, D.C. Author of Codification of State Banking Laws in Texas; etc.

of

Ceylon.

R.A.O.

Aviation, Military (in part) A. OFSTIE. Vice-Admiral, U.S.N. Deputy Chief of Naval Operations (Air), Department of the Navy, Washington, D.C.

RALPH

R.B.Gt.

Endocrinology

ROBERT BENJAMIN GREENBLATT,

Professor of Endo crinology. Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Ga. Author of Office Endocrinology.

R.B.Kr. R. B.

O.C.Hy.

(in part)

London Correspondent, the Times

KOEBER.

Chamber

of

M.D.

San Francisco Manager, Research Department, San Francisco

Commerce, San Francisco,

Calif.

OVETA CULP HOBBY.

R.B.McL.

Farmers

ROBERT

B.

tration, Wasiiington,

O.H.C. O. H.

Motion Pictures

COELLN,

JR. Editor and Publisher, Business Screen. Chicago,

State,

Securities and Exchange Commission Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission,

O.M.T.

Arabia

OWEN MEREDITH TWEEDY.

(in part);

Surgery

OSCAR SUGAR, M.D.

American Citizens Abroad Department of

Director, Passport Office, U.S.

Washington, D.C.

Physiology Associate Professor of Physiology, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chiicago, III.

R.C.I.

Patents

R.C.W.

ROBERT

WATSON.

Commissioner of Patents, Patent U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C. C.

Office,

(in part)

Associate Professor of Neurology and Neurological Surgery, University of IlUnois Neuropsychiatric Institute, 111.

SHIPLEY.

Syria (in part); etc.

Former

British government officer. of the Sahara; Cairo to Persia and Back; etc.

O.Sr.

Chiicago,

B.

RAYMOND CLIFFORD INGRAHAM.

Wasiiington, D.C.

Author of By Way

D.C.

R.B.S.

RUTH

ORVAL L. DuBOIS.

Administration

(in part)

111.

O.L.DuB.

Home

.McLEAISH. Administrator, Farmers Home Adminis-

R.D.B.

ROGER bus, O,

D.

BONHAM.

Ceramic Arts and Crafts Associate Editor, Ceramics Monthly. Colum-

I

[

EDITORS AND CONTRIBUTORS Brazil (in par/)

R.d'E,

RAUL

d'ECA. Lecturer on Latin- American affairs. Outline History of Latin America.

Co-author of

*

Baptist Church Past President. The American Baptist Emeritus Professor of History of Christianity, Historical Society. Crozer Seminary, Chester, Pa. Editor, The Chronicle; Journal of

R.E.E.H.

REUBEN

E. E.

HARKNESS.

R.R.R.B.

ROliERT

R. R. Massachusetts.

R.S.Br.

Program Secretary

in

North

America, World Council of Churches. Minister, Westminster Presbyterian Church, Jamaica, N.Y. Author of What \fust the Church Do?;

Libraries (in part) E. ELLSWORTH. Director of Libraries and Professor of Librarianship. State University of Iowa, Iowa City, la. Co-author of Modular Planning for College and University Libraries.

R.S.Ss.

Coast and Geodetic Survey, U.S. Admiral U.S.C. and G.S. Director. U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Wasiiington, D.C.

R.S.T.

R.E.EI.

RALPH

R.F.A.S.

F. A.

Religion; Christian Unity

ROBERT SPERRY BILHEIMER. etc.

Baptist History.

ROBERT

BROOKS.

XIX Bowles, Chester Dean, Williams College, Williamstown,

STUDDS. Rear

Painting; Sculpture (in part) Curator in charge of educational worlc, the National Gallery of Art, Wasliington, D.C. Author of The Arts and Man.

RAYMOND SOMERS

STITES.

Munitions

ROBERT

(in

parO

THOMAS.

Military Historian, Office of the chief of Military History, Department of the Army, Washington, D.C. Author of The Story of the 30th Division, A.E.F.; etc. S.

Spanish Literature

R.F.B.

REGINALD FRANCIS BROWN.

Cowdray Professor

of Spanish,

Author of La Xovela espanola 1700-1S50.

University of Leeds, Eng.

Methodist Church Executive Director, The Commission on Public Relations and Methodist Information.

R.Sy.

RALPH STOODY.

R.G.D.A.

Prices (in part) Professor of Statistics, University of London, London, Eng. Author of Mathematical Analysis of Economics; Statistics for Economists; etc.

R.T.B.F.

Paper and Pulp Industry R. G. MACDONALD. Secretary-Treasurer, Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, New York, N.Y.

R.Tu.

ROY GEORGE DOUGLAS ALLEN.

Obituaries:

Mary

ROGER THOMAS BALDWIN FULFORD. Queen Victoria; Royal Dukes; The Greville Memoirs.

etc.

Author of George IV; Editor (with Lytton Strachey) of

R.G.M.

Tunnels

R.H.Ds.

ROBERT

H. DODDS. Associate Editor. Engineering News-Record. York, N.Y. Co-author of Building the Navy's Bases in World

New War

Eisenhower, Dwight D. (in part); Stevenson, Adiai E. Writer of syndicated column. "The National WhirUglg." Author of The Mirrors of 19S2; Sons of the Wild Jackass.

RAY TUCKER.

II.

Museums

R.H.Ls.

RALPH

RAYMOND VICTOR BERNARD BLACKMAN.

(in part)

LEWIS.

Assistant Chief, INIuseum Branch, National Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C.

H.

Navies of the World Editor, Jane's Fighting Ships, London, Eng. Author of Modern World Book of Ships.

R.V.B.B.

R.W.Cr.

Radio and Television

RUFUS WILLIAM CRATER. New New

Telecasting Magazine,

York

Editor,

(in part)

Broadcasting-

York, N.Y.

New

R.H.M.

ROGER H. Trenton, N.J

MciDONOUGH.

Director,

New

Jersey Jersey State Library,

Exploration and Discovery

S.A.K.

SERGE A. KORFF.

Vice-President and

Member of Board of Directors,

the Explorers' Club.

R.Ho.

Detroit

ROYCE HOWES.

Textile Industry (in part) President. Textile Economics Bureau, Inc.,

S.B.H.

City Editor, the Detroit Free Press.

STANLEY

Community Trusts Executive Director. New York Community Trust. Director. Equitable Security Trust Company: Coca-Cola, International, Wilmington, Del.; James Foundation. St. James, Mo.

R.Hs.

New

B.

HUNT.

York. N.Y. Editor, Textile Organon,

New

York, N.Y.

RALPH HAYES.

R.H.Y.

British West Indies Assistant Public Relations Adviser. Welfare Organization in the West Indies.

RICHARD HUGH YOUNG. Development and

S.Gd.

Furs

SAMUEL J. GOTTESFELD.

Fur News Editor, Women's Wear Daily. India

S.GI.

(in part)

SARVEPALLI GOPAL. Assistant Director, National Archives of New Delhi. Ind. Author of The Permanent Settlement in Bengal

India.

and Its

Results;

The Viceroyalty of Lord Ripon, 1880-188Jf.

Physics

Ri.SI.

RICHARD SCHLEGEL. Associate Professor of Physics, Michigan State College, East Lansing, Mich.

S.L.H.

Greece

Office,

Archaeology (in part) ROBERT J. BRAIDWOOD. Associate Professor of Old World Prehistory, The Oriental Institute and the Department of Anthropology, The University of Chicago, Chicago, 111.

(in part)

STELIO LUCIAN HOURMOUZIOS. London. Author

Director, Greek Information of Salute to Greece; Starvation in Greece.

R.J.B.

R.L.Fo. R. L. cage.

FORNEY,

Accident Prevention (in part) General Secretary, National Safety Council, Chi-

Judaism; Religious Education

S.M.B.

SAMUEL M. BLUM ENFIELD. Chicago. Educator.

111.

Author of Master

S.McC.L.

International Labour Organization Professor Emeritus of Social Legislation, Columbia University, New York, N.Y. Author of Railway Labor in the U.S.; Emergency Housing Legislation; etc.

SAMUEL McCUNE LINDSAY.

111.

Motion Pictures (in pari) Academy, Loudon, Eng. Editor, The Cinema; Experiment in the Film; etc. Author of Film; A Parade; Movie etc. Seat at the Cinema; etc. Co-author of

R.Man.

ROGER MANVELL.

Director, British Film

S.McG.

Texas

STUART McGregor. Dallas. Tex.

R.M.S.

Soil

Conservation

ROBERT M. SALTER. Chief, Soil Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. Architecture

SCOTT MEREDITH.

R.Nb.

REXFORD NEWCOMB.

Dean, College of Fine and AppUed Arts, and Director, Bureau of Coxmnunity Planning, University of Illinois, Urbana, 111. Author of Architecture of the Old Northwest Territory; etc.

New

Associate Editor, the Dallas Morning News,

Editor, The Texas Almanac.

S.Mh. Inc.,

York, N.Y.

Humour of 1953 President, Scott Meredith Literary Agency, Author of Week-End Book of Humor; etc.

S.M.Mc.

Philosophy

STERLING M. McMURRIN.

Professor of Philosophy, University of

Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. S.Nn.

Missouri

R.P.Br.

RALPH

P.

BIEBER.

Washington University,

WilUam St.

Louis,

Eliot

Smith Professor of History,

English Literature (in part)

SYLVA NORMAN. Slielley;

P.

KEESECKER, III.

critic,

London. Eng. Author of After

Cat Without Substance.

S.Nr.

Association, Chicago,

Writer and

Mo.

R.P.K.

RAYMOND

(in part)

President, College of Jewish Studies, of Troyes; a Study of Rashi, the

D.O.

Medicine (in part) Editor, American Osteopathic

Formosa; Guam; etc. Office of International Materials PoUcy, U.S. of State. Washington, D.C. Professorial Lecturer, Ameri-

STANLEY NEHMEK. Department

can University, Washington, D.C.

EDITORS AND CONTRIBUTORS

XX

Aviation, Military (in part)

S.P.J.

PAUL JOHNSTON.

S.

Scl«>nc«'s,

New

Oirfctor.

lusiituti'

of

AiToiiniitlral

tin-

York. N.Y. Foreign Investments

S.Pr.

V.B.B.

Business Review

(in part)

VIVA liRLLE nOOTHE.

Director, Hurcau of llusincss Kt-scarch, ("olloK*' of ConimiTce and AdniiniKtration. Tlie Ohio State Unlvi-rsHy, Coliiinhu-i. . Author of Sfusonulily of liniploynienl in Ohio; learnings in

Ohio

Jndu!itrii-s;*vlc.

SAMl

Ki^ IM/JCK. t'liiof. Iiitornatioiml Invcstnifiit Stvtioii. Halaiinof I'uynuMits l)i\|sii)ii. OtTIc*- of ltiisiiu>Ks Kconoiiiics, l'..S. Dcimriincnt ( of 'olUIIUTf«', WusliiiiKloii. li.C

V.Pn.

VAI> PKTKIt.SON.

Civil Defense. US. Administrator, Federal Civil licfcusc Adini.iis-

tration, WasliiriKton.

U.C.

Glass

S.R.S.

SAMl'KI. U.\Y StMlOLKS. York

Ni'w

.State

Kmorltiis Profi>.ssor of Cla.ss Tt-cliiiolo^y, CoIIckc of Ceramics, Alfred University. Alfrt-d

NY.

V.T.E.

Austria

VlCTOli THO.MA.S ICCCKIi. publishers and printers.

Export-Import Bank

S.Sd.

SIDNEY SHERWOOD.

.Secretary, Export- Import

of Washington Hank of Wa.sh-

incton, Wa.shinKtOD. D.C.

Music

S.Sp.

SKiMlND

{in pari)

SP.\KTH.

Lecturer and broadcaster, .\nthor of Crrat History of Popular Music in America; Opportunities in

Symphonies; A Music; Barber Shop

Dlr««tor,

Kroadcaster on

(in /xiit)

London branch, Austrian and economics.

|M>litic8

V.T.L.

Psychiatry (in part) T. LATHHIUY. M.D. As.sistant Professor of I'sychiatry, Medical School. University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. Pa.

VINCENT W.A.A.

W.

Veterinary Medicine

AITKEN,

D.V..M.

American Veterinary

Editor in Chief, Medical Association publications, Chicago, III. A.

liatlads; etc.

W.A.Dn. Radio and Television (in part) SOL TAISHOFK. President. Editor and I'ublisher of BroadcastingTelecasting Magazine, Washington. D.C.

S.Tf.

Theatre

WILLIAM AUBREY DARLINGTON. Drama

(in part)

Editor and Chief

Drama Critic, the Daily Telegraph, London, Eng. London Drama (Correspondent, The Mew York Times. Author of The Actor and His Audience; etc.

S.W.K.

Hawaii

SAMIELWILDEH

KING. Governor

W.A.Dw.

of Hawaii.

Fencing

WARREN

Wealth and Income, Distribution of (in part) n.\KN.\. Chief. Statistics Section. Research DivisionI'niteil Nations Economic Commission for Europe. Former Fellow, Nuftleld Colleue. Oxford. Ens;. Author of Redistribution of Income Through Public Finance in I'J37.

T.Bar.

DOW.

A.

Former Secretary. Amateur Fencers League of

America.

TIMOR

Stepinac. Aloysius; Feltin, Maurice; etc. Publicity Director. Hishops" Committee for Victims of War. National Catholic W'elfare Conference, Washing-

T.Ce.

THO.MAS ton,

J.

CILH.\NE.

D.C.

T.C.St.

THEODORE

C.

STREIBERT.

United States Information Agency Director. United States Information

Agency, Washington. D.C. T.D.D.

THOMAS DRAKE DURRANCE.

Liberia (in part) Free-lance writer.

T.E.Hy.

Christian Science

THO.MAS

HURLEY.

Manager. Committees on Publication of The Mother Church. The First Church of Christ, Scientist. Boston, Mass. E.

W.B.Br.

Cartography

WILLIAM IJ. I5RIERLY. Geographer, Array ington D.C. Author of Special-Use Maps. W.B.Dy.

Service,

Box\r\g {in part)

WILLIAM HENRY HARRINGTON DALBY.

Writer and broad-

W.Dd.

Foreign Aid Programs, U.S. Director of Economic Studies, CCouncil on Foreign Relations. New York, N.Y. Author of Trade and Payments in Western Europe; Xew Directions in Our Trade Policy.

WILLIAM DIEBOLD. JR.

W.Dk.

Blood, Diseases of the Professor Clinical Medicine, Tufts College Medical School. Medford. Mass. Senior Physician and HemaEditor-intologist. New England Center Hospital, Boston, Mass. Chief, Blood the Journal of Hematology.

WILLIAM DAMESHEK, M.D.



D. MITCHELL, istration, Washington, D.C.

WILLIAM

Small Business Administration Administrator, Small Business Admin-

Photography

W.D.Mn. T.G.W.

TERENCE GERARD WEILER. Home

Office.

Aliens (in part) Principal. Aliens Department,

Wash-

cast«r on boxing. Administrative Steward, British Boxing Board of Control, London, Eng.

W.D.MI. Political Parties, British T.E.U. T. E. UTLEY. Leader Writer. The Times. London, Eng. Author of Essays in Consercatism.

Map

WILLARD

D. MORGAN. Editor, The Encyclopedia of Photography (11 volumes). Author of Synchroflash Photography; etc.

London, Eng.

Shows

W.E.O. Geology

T.H.K.

TRUMAN

H. KUHN. Dean of the Graduate .School and Professor of Geology. Colorado School of Mines, Golden. Colo. T.Pe.

Germany (in part) PRITTIE. German Cor-

Berlin (in part);

THE HON. TERENCE CORNELIUS respondent, the Manchester Guardian.

Author of South

to

Freedom;

etc.

WILLIAM Stock

E.

(in part)

OGILVIE.

Secretary-Manager, International Live Author of Pioneer Agricultural Chicago, 111.

Exposition.

Journalists.

New Hampshire

W.E.Ss.

WAYNE EDSON College. Hanover.

STEVENS.

Professor of History,

Dartmouth

N.H.

Motion Pictures (iw porO Secretary-Treasurer. Motion Picture Research Council, Inc., Hollywood. Calif. Editor of Motion Picture Sound Engineering.

W.F.Ky. T.Q.C.

THOMAS QUINN

CURTISS.

Drama

Critic.

Theatre (in part) Contributing Book York Times Book Re-

Reviewer to Jlcrald-Tribune Books and The New view, New York, N.Y.; Drama and Film Critic of Porfs Herald-Tribune, Paris, Fr. Theatre Correspondent of Variety, Paris, Fr. ;

Contract Bridge (in part) Bridge Correspondent, the Observer and Evening Xews, London, Eng. Author of Reese on Play; etc. Co-author of Acol System of Contract Bridge.

T.Ree.

JOHN TERENCE REESE.

T.T.M.

Tropical Diseases

THOMAS

T. MACKIE. Chairman, The American Foundation for Tropical Medicine. New York, N.Y. Consultant, Internal and Tropical Medicine, the Roosevelt Hospital. New York, N.Y. the Norwalk Hospital. Norwalk. Conn. Author of Manual of Tropical Medicine.

WILLIAM

F.

KELLEY. Manager and

Paraguay

W.Ft.

WESLEY FROST. ilton College,

Former Professor of International Relations, HamClinton. N.Y. Former U.S. Ambassador to Paraguay. Bread and Bakery Products

W.H.E.

WILLIAM HENRY EVANS,

(in part)

Editor, Baker and Confectioner, Lon-

don, Eng.

Nyasaland

W.H.Is.

WILLIAM HAROLD INGRA.MS. London, Eng. Author of Arabia and

(in part); etc.

Adviser on Overseas Information, the Isles;

Hong Kong;

etc.

,

T.V.H,

THOMAS New

Air Races and Records; Track and Field Sports; etc. V. HANEY. Member of the Staff. The Xew York Times

York. N.Y.

Business Review

W.H.Jn.

U. E.

BAUGHMAN.

Leeds, Eng.

W.H.McC. Secret Service, U.S. Chief. United States Secret Service, Treasury

Department. Washington. D.C.

pflrO

Assistant Editor, Yorkshire Post, Translator of Hegel's Science of Logic.

WILLIAM HUNTER MrCREA. U.E.B.

(m

WALTER HENRY JOHNSTON.

Astronomy

Professor of Mathematics, University of London, at Royal Holloway College, Englefield Green. Surrey, Eng. Author of Physics of the Sun and Stars; Relativity Physics; etc.

I

(

EDITORS AND CONTRIBUTORS Yachting

.H.Tr. W.H.Tr

WILLIAM

H.

TAYLOR. Managing

Editor,

Genetics

WARREN

Yachting.

XXI

W.P.S. P.

SPENCER.

Professor of Biology, College of Wooster,

Wooster, O.

W.J.Bp.

Staudinger, Hermann; Zernike, Frits Librarian. Wellcome Historical Medical Co-author of Notable Names in Medicine and

WILLIAM JOHN BISHOP. Library, London. Surgery.

Co-operatives

W.J. CI.

WALLACE JUSTIN CAMPBELL. Oflice,

Director,

WOODTHORPE JUDE HARRISON.

Motor Transportation {in part) Economist, London, Eng.

WILL JUDY.

Editor. Dog World. Chicago, Breeding; Dog Encyclopaedia; etc.

III.

Shows (in part) Author of Principles Eye, Diseases of the

W.L.Be.

WILLIAM

W.L.MI.

WILLIAM

L.

Tennessee

WILLIAM THOMAS ALDERSON.

Editor. Tennessee Assistant Archivist, Tennessee State Library and

Assistant

Historical Quarterly. Archives, Nashville, Tenn.

Law

W.T.We.

WILLIAM THOMAS WELLS.

(in part)

Member

of Parliament for Walsall, Eng. Member of the Lord Chancellor's Committee on the Practice and Procedure of the Supreme Court and Magistrates' Courts Rules Committee. Author of How English Law Works. Barrister.

BENEDICT, M.D.

Emeritus Professor of Ophthalmology. University of Minnesota Graduate School, Mayo Foundation, Rochester, Minn. L.

(in part)

Director. International Co-operative Alliance, London, Eng. Co-author of Co-operation: a Survey of the Principles and Organisation of the Co-operative Mooement in Great Britain and Ireland.

W.T.A.

W.Ju.

Dog

part)

Co-operatives

WILLIAM PASCOE WATKINS.

Washington, D.C.,

Cooperative League of the U.S.A.

W.J.Hn.

of

(m

W.P.Ws.

MITCHELL.

Social Security (in part) Acting Commissioner, Social Security

Administration, Washington, D.C.

W.V.M.

Kimpton, Lawrence Alpheus

MORGENSTERN.

WILLIAM

V. University of Chicago, Chicago,

Chemurgy

WHEELER McMILLEN.

Editor in Chief. Farrn Journal. Editorial Director, Town Journal. Author of New Riches From the Soil; etc.

Hong Kong

W.V.PI.

Motor-Boat Racing W. MELVIN CROOK. Associate Editor, Yachting, New York, N.Y. Author of Power For The Small Boat.

W.M.Cr.

Morning

Post,

The

111.

WILFRED VICTOR PENNELL.

W.McM.

Director of Public Relations,

(in part)

Associate Editor, South China

Hong Kong.

W.V.R. Great Britain

&

Northern Ireland, United Kingdom of

WILLIAM VAUGHAN REYNOLDS. Birmingham, Eng. Author of

Selections

W.V.WI.

Editor, the

(in part)

Birmingham

Post,

From Johnson. Prices (in part)

WILLIAM W.Mr.

WILLIAM MANGER. American

Organization of American States Assistant Secretary-General, Organization of

States.

W.W.Bn.

W.N.F.

Anthropology Executive Secretary, Division of Anthropology aud Psychology, National Research Council, Washington, D.C. Author of Area Studies in American Universities; The Iroquois Eagle Dance.

WILLIAM

N.

FENTON.

Education

W.O.L.S.

(i"n

porO

WILLIAM OWEN LESTER SMITH.

Former Professor of the Education, University of London. Author of To Whom

Sociology of Do Schools Belong-'; Education in Great Britain; etc.

W.P.Ma.

WALTER

Telegraphy P.

MARSHALL.

graph Company,

V. WILMOT, JR. Instructor, Department of Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.

New

President,

The Western Union

Tele-

York, N.Y.

Education

Associate Professor of Education and Chairman, Department of History of Education, New York University, New York, N.Y. President's Research Fellow, Brown University, Providence, R.I., 1950-.51. Editor. School and Society. Author of Guide to Research in Educational History.

Kentucky

W.W.Js.

WALTER

W. JENNINGS.

Professor of Economics. University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. Author of Introduction to the Econimiic History of European Peoples: Introduction to the Economic History of the American People; Twenty Giants of American Business; etc.

W.W.Ms.

Protestant Episcopal Church Librarian, the Church Historical Society, Author of History of the American Episcopal Church.

WILLIAM W. MANROSS. Philadelphia, Pa.

W.Pr.

Louisiana WALTER PRICHARD. FrauQois Xavier Martin Professor of Louisiana History, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

(in part)

WILLIAM W. BRICKMAN.

ANONYMOUS.

3

1953 S

JANUARY M T W 1

11

18

6

5 12 19

7 9

13

12 15

22

16

M

S

3 10

T

3 4 10 11 16 17 18 23 24 25

6 13

5 12

17

23 24 30 31

19 26

21

27

28

18

19

24

25

26

5 12

4

21

9 16 23 30

17 24

fi

7

12 9

8 15

22 29

4

5

12

11

19

18

25 26

6 13 20 27

7

2

3

4

9

10

11

16

17 24

25

18

25

31

23 30

20 21 27 28

13

8 15 22 29

14

20 21 27 28

14

6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28

22 28 29 21

4

5

11

12 19

18

11

25

18 25

1

2

1

9 16

8 15 22

8 15

19 20 21 22 26 27 28 29

18

5 12 19

26

7 6 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 29

T

W

T

F

3

4

6

7

R

2 9

10 17

11

5 12 19

13

14

15

Ifi

24

25

S

18

8 15

22

AUGUST

3

4

5

9 10 11 16 17 18 23 24 25

12 19

12

26

7

8

14

15

21 22 28 29

MARCH

12

9

14

15

16

20 21 27 28

22 29

23 30 31

5

f>

13

?n ?7

1

2

6

7

10

13

14

8 15

9

11

5 12

Ifi

17

18 25

19 26

20 21 27 28

22 29

23 24 30

4

12 19

26

1

OCTOBER

APRIL 2

3 10 16 17 23 24 30 31

r, 3 4 9 10 11 1? 16 17 18 19 23 24 25 26 30 31

SEPTEMBER

3 4 10 11 17 18 24 25

8

18 25 26

20 21 ?? 2,1 26 27 28 29 30

31

7

6 13

30

1

4

16 23 24 30

13

12

8 15

3

9 16

4 11

6

5 12

31

OaOBER 3 10 17

7 14

M

s

FEBRUARY 7

10 17 23 24

2

1

14

s

1

11

SEPTEMBEf 6 13

JULY f

31

APRIL 6 7 12 13 14 19 20 21 26 27 28

24

S 4

1

3 10

2

31

5

3 10 17

7

14

26 27 28

11

S

r

2

JANUARY M T W T

AUGUST

5 6 12 13 19 20

3 10 17

T

8 9 IS 16 22 23 29 30

7 14

20

MARCH

9 16 23 30

W 1

FEBRUARY

9

12 8 15 22 29

15

14

20 21 22 27 28 29

25 26

8

8

7

S

f

1

4

1955 JULY

2

9

3

4

10 11 17 18 24 25

6

5 12 19

7 14

8 15

9 16

2

3

4

9

20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30

16 23

10 17 24

18 25

13

5 6 7 R 13 14 15 19 20 21 ?? 26 27 28 29

12

11

30 31

MAY 3 4 10 It 17 18 24 25

5 12

19

26

NOVEMBEf

6

7

13

14

8 15

20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30

2 9 16

3 10 17

23 29 30

24

4 11

5 12

18

19 25 26

12

6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28

9

MAY 3 10

8 15

16

17

22 29

23 30

24

NOVEMBER 5 12

4 11

18 19 25 26

6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28

1 4 S 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 1? 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

31

JUNE

12 7 14 21

28

8 15

22 29

9 16

23 30

DECEMBER

4 3 10 11 17 18

24 25

5 6 12 13 19 20 26 27

JANUARY 1

4

5

New

Veur's

6 13 20

7 14

27

28

JUNE

1 2 3 4 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31

21

1954

clay.

Indt'iK-'ndence day, Burma. Annular eclipse of the sun, invisible at Washington. D.C. (date as of Greenwich civil time).

Epiphany, or Twelfth Night. Second session of 83rd U.S. congress convenes 8 Jackson day. 18-19 Total eclipse of the moon, visible at Washington, D.C. (date as of Greenwich civil time). 26 Republic day, India. 26 .Australia day.

5

12 19

5 12 19

26

26

THE

year 1954 of the Christian Era corresponds to the

j-ear of

6

7

13

14

20 21 27 28

Crea-

tion 5714-5715 of the Jewish calendar; to the year 137J-1374 of the

Mohammedan

hegira; to the 178th jear of the United States;

and to

19 19 25

28

the

of

Ground-hog day. Lincoln's birtliday, 1809. Georgia day, U.S.

Septuagesima Sunday. St. \'alentine's day.

Washington's birthday, 1732. Quinquagesima (Shrove) Sunday.

7

First Sunday in Lent. Girl Scout day, U.S. Ides of March. St. Patrick's day, patron saint of Ireland. Purim (Jewish festival). 1st day. Equino.x (3:54 A.M. Greenwich civil time), beginning of spring. .Annunciation. Quarter day. Seward day, Alaska. 100th anniversary, signing of first

21

25 30 31

treaty

between

Japan

negotiated by Matthew C. Perry.

U.S.,

All Fools' day.

4

Passion Sunday.

day.

International

labour

31

Independence day, Israel. Mother's day. U.S. -Armed Forces day, U.S. Constitution day, Norway. Rogation Sunday.

12

Victoria day. -Xscension day. Memorial (Decoration) day, U.S. L^nion day. Union of South .Africa.

and

the

Commodore

Thomas Jeflferson' s birthday, 1 743. Pan-American day. Maundy Thursday.

Good Friday. Jewish Passover, 1st day. Easter Sunday. Easter Monday. English

Trooping the colour

in II's

15

Lammas

of

the

Mohammedan

year 1374 begins at

World War 1 1. Labor day, U.S.

time).

JULY 1

Dominian day, Canada.

4 4

Independence day, U.S. Independence day, Philippines. !50th anniversary, birth of Nathaniel Hawthorne, U.S. nov'elist. Independence day, Venezuela. Independence day, Argentina.

5 9

23

16 17 18 23

anniversary,

25

Saints' day. Allhallows.

Election

of

29 30

beginning of celebraticn by American Jewish Tercentenary committee of 300th anniversary of Jewish settlement in what is now the U.S. Independence day. Mexico. Constitution day, U.S. Regatta day, Hawaii.

Greenwich

beginning of autumn. Dominion day. New Zealand. Rosh Hashanah (Jewish holiday beginning year 5715), 1st day. Michaelmas. Quarter day. Feast of St. Jerome.

OCTOBER 4

certain

U.S.

Guy Fawkes

day. 100th anniversary, birth of John Philip Sousa, U.S. composer and Ijandmaster. riic October Revolution, U.S.S.R. Lord Mayor's show, London. Martinmas, or St. Martin's day. Armistice day (World War I). Remembrance day, Canada. 50th anniversary, birth of Franklin Pierce, 14th president of the U.S. Thanksgiv'ing day, L'.S. I

Constitution day, U.S.S.R. Feast of St. Nicholas. Indei)endence day, Finland. Immaculate Conception. Dingaan's day. Union of South

DECEMBER 8

16

Africa.

Independence day, Brazil.

(1:56 p.m.

(in

5

20

Feast of St. Francis of

.\ssisi.

llanukkah (Jewish Feast

of Dedi-

cation), 1st day.

Official

Equinox

day

Independence day, Panama.

First Sunday in .\dvent. St. .Vndrew's day, patron saint of Scotland.

6

beginning

civil time),

26 28

Taber-

28 30

21

.

Greenwich

beginning of summer. Midsummer day. Quarter day. St. John's day. Total eclipse of the sun, visible at Washington, D.C. (date as of civil

11 11 11

6

6

p.m.

6

confederation,

SEPTEMBER

Father's day, U.S.

17

23 ?4 30 31

NOVEMBER

7

Switzerland. Feast of the Transfiguration. Tishah Bov (Jewish Fast of .\b). Independence day, Pakistan. .Assumption of the Blessed Virgin

Trinity Sunday. Flag day. U.S.

(10:55

Hallowe'en.

9

day. English bank holi-

Founding

13 14 17 17 20

Solstice

3 10

states).

the

Independence day, Belgium. Feast of St. Mary Magdalene. Constitution day, Puerto Rico. Independence day, Peru.

15th

civil time),

2 9 16

of atone-

of

31

3 5

1

21

8 15 22 29

Alaska day, Alaska. Labor day. New Zealand.

moon, partly visible at Washington, D.C. (date as of Greenwich civil

Klamehameha day, Hawaii.

7

7

14

18 25

.\ll

sunset.

12

6 13

Kippur (Jewish day

.Ml Souls' day.

.April 21, 1926.

Corpus Christi. Bunker Hill day. U.S.

5 12

Columbus day. Sukkoth (Jewish Feast

Mary. 29

18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28

1

11

4

bank

honor of

Queen Elizabeth birthday. Her majesty was actually born on

Greenwich

Palm Sunday.

18 18 19

Shebuoth (Jewish Pentecost), 1st

8 14

25

2 2

day.

6 lioli-

day.

24 24 30

1

14 15 16

7

10

1

11

Ire-

AUGUST 1

Pentecost (Whitsunday). Wliitmonday. English bank

and died July 12. Orangeman's day. Northern land.

22 25 28

18

who was mortally wounded

14 Bastille day, France. 15-16 Partial eclipse of

21

Vom

1

4

ment).

12 12

time).

day.

11

holiday.

23 24 27 30

7

APRIL 1

8 9 15 17

6

Shrove Tuesday. Mardi gras. Texas Independence day. .\sh Wednesday.

19

May

MAY

JUNE

MARCH 2 2 3 12 15 17

Confederate Memorial day (also May 10, May 30, June 3).

ISOth anniversary, duel between .\aron Burr and .Alexander Hamilton,

festival.

Purification

Virgin.

2

12 12 14 14 22

11

New

Zealand.

26

1

FEBRUARY Candlemas.

Patriots' day, U.S. Primrose day, England. day. .Australia and

.Viizac

7

4 11

nacles), 1st day.

the lS6th year of the Encydopcedia Brilannica.

6

6

DECEMBER

1 3 2 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30

150th anniversary, birth of Benjamin Disraeli, 1st earl of Beaconsfield,

British statesman and novel-

ist.

22

Forefathers' day (also Dec. 21, Dec. 23), U.S.

22

Solstice (9:25 a.m. Greenwich civil time), beginning of winter.

25

Christmas. Quarter day. English

Dec. 20,

bank holiday. 25

27 28 30 31

.\nnular eclipse of the sun, invisible at Washington, D.C. (date as of Greenwich civil time). Boxing day. English bank holiday. Childermas. Holy Innocents' day. Rizal day, Philippines. New Year's Eve (Hogmanay).

Federal reserve board raised discount rate to banks from

its

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 1953

13ur\'e\' the progress of defence prep-

JANUARY— Confinoed Qi

Eisenhower

Pres.

fcH iiouncnl tho intnidod

anpro-

motion of Allen W. Dulles, depuly ilireetor of llie Central Intelli^;enc-e agency, to post of

goods.

formul.i

limiting

lor

chological warfare.

gram cial

Wilson was con-

firmed b\ the senate as defense by vote of 77 to 6.

secy,

International Bank for Reconstruction and Development announced a SI 9,500,000 loan to India for tion

and

dam

for ailvanced stuiK' in so-

relations

human

and

be-

haviour.

Soviet-Iranian fishery agreement on fishing rights in the Caspian sea was terminated.

consumer>'

Dutch government inform.dly requested resumption of U.S. aid because of economic conse(|uences of severe floods.

for

OT Dutch government

in-

Zf

formed the U.S. that the Netherlands wouki not need direct U.S. economic aiti during 1953.

I

office categorically denied a charge by

Moscow

radio that Sweden had concluded a secret military agreement with the U.S.

the

2

Eisenhower

Pres.

in his first

state of the union message to congress announced that he had ordered the U.S. 7th fleet to end neutralization of Formosa.

Atomic Energy com-

mission stated

semiannual report that the investment of the U.S. in nuclear research in

and development approached §7,500,000,000.

Soviet government rejected an Anglo-U.S.-French invitation to resume 4-power negotiations on an Austrian peace treaty.

the-world

tour

of b\-

the

British

Uueen Elizaand the duke of Edin-

beth II burgh, beginning

U.S. Budget Director Joseph M. Dodge placed sharp restricti(jn> on the spending auof

all

death sentences.

O Great

Britain

and Egypt

Guatemalan congress

voted

to oust 4 su|)remc court justices after the court had rendered an

adverse dela>ing tlecision on the government agrarian reform i)rogram.

Eisenhower an7 Pres. nounced the select ion of Clare

North Korean radio reported the promotion to the rank of generalissimo of Kim II Sung, North Korean premier and preme commander.

Gen. Mark W. 8 commander in

su-

Clark, U.N. Korea, re-

signed an agreenunt |)i()viding ior the immediate introduction of self-go\ernmenl in the .Anglo- Egyptian Sudan and selfdetermination by the Sudanese people of their future political

status.

government broke ofl' diplomatic relations with Israel, charging that Israeli police had connived in the bombing of the soviet legation at Tel Aviv. Soviet

Federal price ceilings were orremoved on many addi-

tlered tional

items, including tires, gasoline, poultry and eggs.

IQ

Office of Defense Mobili-

zation relaxed procurement on steel, copper and aluminum. I

ported that the U.S. army dept. had authorized an increase in the size of the South Korean army

controls

from 12 to 14 divisions.

Polish government issued a decree sharply limiting the right of the Roman Catholic Church

Soviet legation's main offices in Tel Aviv, I.-,racl, were wrecked by a bomb.

9

to

make

church

its

own appointments

to

offices.

in Xo\'. 1953.

3

thority

Eisenhower refused to grant executive clemency to Ethel and Julius Rosenberg, convicted atom spies under

IZ

Plans were revealed fora round-

Commonwealth

NPres.

I

sador to Italy.

Swedish foreign the

purchase of half of Bolivia's tin production was re\ealed to have been made by a British company.

U.S.

of

irrigation projects.

3-year contract

on ZO

number

Boothe Luce to be U.S. ambas-

FEBRUARY

construc-

for 3 years.

.i

Cuba

Ql Ford foundation an01 nounced a 83,500,000 pro-

E.

on wages and decontrolled

fcdif.il (Diiiruls

sal.iries

l.irge

a '^-nian biurd headed by William H. Jackson to study the problem of unifying U.S. psy-

Charles

all

proclamation vesting in himself and a 13-member army council the power to rule ICg\ pt tional

Pres. Eisenhowersuspendcd

Cuban government .innounced

Eisenhower created

'*'"®*-

9R ZO

6 .ind

a

1953

000 short tons.

arations and uniluMtion of the N.ATO countries.

1953 sugar jnoduction to 5,000,0(K) Spanish long tons, with preference to smaller producer^.

(lireelor.



federal

depart-

Federal Communications commission approved, 5 to 2, the proposed merger of United Parainount Theatres, Inc., and the American Broadcasting Co.

Italian court ordered the temporary sequestration of a cargo of Iranian oil which had arrived at Venice aboard an

U

Italian tanker.

ments and agencies.

Gen. rean

Nam truce

II, chief North negotiator, and

deputy were charged

in

Kohis

a U.N.

command intelligence report with having deliberately plotted outbreaks in U.N. prisoner of war camps.

on Zw

French

union forces

in

Indochina launched an amphibious attack against VietAlinh forces near Quinhon, 200 mi. N. of Saigon. Britis h government announced that industrial production during 1952 fell 3% below the 1951 level.

British Foreign Secy. Anthony Eden told the house of commons that Britain had protested Pres. Eisenhower's decision to deneutralize Formosa prior to its

Renewed discussion by the deputy foreign ministers of the U.S., the U.K., France and the U.S.S. R. on an Austrian peace treaty were adjourned indefinitely in a

Paul G. Hoffman resigned

as president and trustee of the Ford foundation to become

on an 11-point program of legislation to be enacted bv congress

board chairman of Studebaker Corp.

in 1953.

5

government pub-

lished a revised plan for unit-

in West German governlU ment banned a neonazi secret

pledged

society

to

Chinese Communist Premier

000), about 37% of which allocated to defense.

Chou

chairman of the U.S. Energy commission.

Iraqi government was formed by Jamil al-Madfai to replace that of Nureddin Mahmud.

30

Secy.of State John Foster Dulles, accompanied by

Gordon En-lai called on the U.S.

to return unconditionally to Korean truce negotiations at Pan-

American Iron

Dean

E.

European

resigned as

Atomic

&,

Steel insti-

tute reported that U.S. steelmaking capacity had reached a

and Steel operations began under the direction of its high authority at Luxembourg.

record annual total of 117,500,-

Premier Mohammed Naguib issued a constituEgyptian



Pres. Eisenhower named Charles D. Jackson to be his special adviser on psychologi-

Q

cal warfare.

U.S. air force announced that 2 U.S. jet fighters had fired on 2 soviet-type fighters over Hokkaido Island, Japan, and forced their withdrawal.

Coal

Community

munjom.



over-

000,000.000 francs (810,726,800,-

New

government

of a new currenc}' the hwan to replace the inflated won at the new rate of 60 hwan to U.S. 81.

I

throw democracy in Germany and arrested 4 of its leaders.

was

Korean

IP

ing Southern and Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland in a Central African federation.

French national assembly approved a 1953 budget of 3,831,-

term.

announced the issuance Pres. Eisenhower and Republican congressional leaders agreed

British

u

South

deadlock.

announcement.

4

C Paraguayan

Pres. FederiCO Chaves was elected without opposition to a 2nd 5->r. I I

The

pictures on this page are,

left to right:

TITO

EISENHOWER TAYLOR

Jan. 14 Jan. 20 Jan. 23

LUCE NAGUIB

Feb. 7 Feb. 10

CALENDAR OF EVENTS NATO

FEBRUARY— Conf/nuec/ South African house of assembly approved a public safety bill

to

empowering the government suspend any statutory or

common

7

quarters installations in western

Europe.

distributions of land were made under GuaI I temala's agrarian reform law. First

Pres. Eisenhower, at his first press conference since taking office, said that he was not then considering blockading or em-

bargoing Communist China and that he planned no tax reductions until the budget was balanced.

John D. Provoo, former U.S. army sergeant, was sentenced to imprisonment after conviction of acts of treason committed while a Japanese prisoner of war life

during World

War

Oft Federal reserve board reduced margin recjuirements on stock market transactions from 75%,to50%oeffectiveFeb. 24.

ZU

Pres. Juan D. Peron of Argentina arrived in Santiago, Chile, for a week's visit with Chilean officials.

Eisenhower asked con-

Pres.

gress to adopt a resolution ac-

cusing the U.S.S. R. of having perverted secret World War II agreements so as to subjugate

Former Gov. Val Peterson of Nebraska was nominated to be U.S.

Civil

Defense

adminis-

trator.

II.

01 Marshal

IQ U.S. High Commissioner 10 James B. Conant declared that the U.S. w^ould insist on the right of all residents of Berlin to move freely through-

Vasili D. ovski was revealed been appointed chief of the soviet armed forces

L

I

cession

to

Gen.

Sokolhave

to

staff of

United Na-

legisla-

yuan voted to abrogate China's 1945 treaty with the U.S.S.R.

tive

Robert

Johnson,

L.

president

of Temple university, accepted Pres. Eisenhower's invitation to become acting head of the inter-

national information administration in the U.S. state dept.

or ZO

Pres. Eisenhower stated that he would go to any reasonable place to meet soviet

Premier Stalin, if he thought it do any good for world

w^ould peace.

M.

Office of Price Stabilization decontrolled cigarettes, most dry groceries and copper and alumi-

10% in the size of U.S. standing military forces and the defense budget.

Communist tank and infantry tra n ng centre near Pyong%ang was attacked by a large force of U.S. air force and marine jet fighter bombers.

army

exhibited a new rapid-firing radar-controlled antiaircraft gun designed to search out hostile aircraft in all kinds of weather and to destroy them at altitudes up to 4 mi.

U.S.

0*7 Agriculture

Benson

Taft

I

Ezra announced

Secy.

Pres. Truman announced the sale of rights to his memoirs to Lije magazine.

of dairy prodparity for anyear beginning April 1,

ucts at

other

90%

of

announced widespread tax ductions, including an 11% tax

cut,

Canadian budget

voluntary health insurance with financial support by federal, state and municipal governments. increased

War

I.

the E.

Bohlen to be U.S. ambassador to the U.S.S. R. and Francis White to be ambassador to Mexico.

armed

forces were

di-

offered to join the collective security against the aggressive aims of the U.S.S. R., provided that in so

doing to

it

any

ston pictures on this page are,

BOHLEN

MALENKOV

would not commit

itself

on Iranian Premier MohamLO med Mossadegh was forcflee his home in Tehran b>" mobs demonstrating for Shah

ed to

Mohammed Greece,

Riza Pahlavi.

Turkey and Yugo-

slavia signed a 5-yr. treaty of friendship and collaboration at

YOSHIDA

HAMMARSKJOLD KENYATTA

Feb. 23

31

April

8

Tehran and began rounding up opponents of Premier Mohammed Mossadegh.

of

Secy, of State John Foster Dulles cleared John Carter Vincent, minister to Morocco, of disloyalty and security charges but accepted his resignation and

4

application for retirement.

Allied High commission in German}- decontrolled the Krupp industrial empire in ex-

change Alfred

for

agreement

by

liquidate

his

steel holdings

and

an

Krupp

coal, iron

and

to

Stalin, soviet dicta29 years, died at Moscow, U.S.S.R.

An

intact soviet jet fighter

plane was flown to the Danish island of Bornholm by a Polish

Prime Minister Win-

Churchill

announced a

forces during

Committee

for Economic Development asserted in a report that continued financial aid to Britain was the alternative to collapse of the Anglo-U.S. alliance and diplomatic and economic isolation for the U.S.

control of tin mines on Bangka Island centre of Indonesian tin production.

over

World War

full



MARCH

II.

6

14

24

U.N. general assembly reconvened for the second part

political

who

applied for

asylum.

Pres. Rajendra Prasad of India issued a proclamation taking over under the Indian constitution the Patiala and East Punjab States Union because of the inability of the state government to function.

Ankara, Turk.

political goals.

general coronation year amnesty for 14,260 deserters from British

armed March March March

Iranian government forces regained effective control

air force officer

OQ White House revealed ZO designation of Charles

Indonesian government took

left to right:

Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Y. Vishinsky admitted to U.N. committee that the a U.S.S.R. was supphing armaments to Communist China in exchange for strategic materials.

5 Joseph tor for

British

The

tence.

West German representatives

Yugoslavia system of

British government made puba proposed 1953-54 defense budget of £1,636,000,000— the largest in peacetime history.

munist leader under death sen-

signed agreements with the U.S., Britain, France and 16 other nations to pay off $3,270,000,000 in German debts incurred in 30 countries since the end of World

rected in special orders of the day to maintain the highest battle preparedness and to guard soviet national interests against a threat from any quarter.

lic

Hungarian

Commission

President's

Soviet

000,000.

the

offer to exchange a British citizen imprisoned in Hungary for a Mala\an Com-

on the Health Needs of the Nation urged a program of

OQ LL

re-

beginning April 1, 1953, which estimated revenue at $4,473, 000,000 and expenditure at $4,462,-

principle

never re-enter those industries.

in-

in presenting for fiscal year

in

1953.

i

Finance MinIQ Canadian lU ister Douglas C. Abbott

ed

num.

L

Shtemenko.

Former

at least

British Prime Minister 2 Winston Churchill reject-

3

continued support

Citizens Advisory Commission on Utilization of Manpower in the Armed Forces headed by David Sarnoff recommended an over-all reduction of

munit\-, an Islamic reform group, were put down by police in

Karachi, Pak.

China's

Nationalist

in suc-

Sergei

out the city.

come

1953

government's

free peoples.

i



of its 7th session at tions, N.V.

laws, with certain ex-

ceptions, if it considered public safety to be endangered. 1

council restored $224,000,000 to N.ATO's 1953 construction budget for building air bases, jet fuel pipe lines, communications systems and head-

I

Severe demonstrations Ahmadi\a com-

against the

Arthur F. Burns of Colum6 bia university was named a

member

of

Pres.

Eisenhower's

council of economic ad\isers.

Georgi

M.

Malenkov

was

named

to succeed Joseph Stalin as chairman of the soviet council of ministers; L. P. Beria, V.

M. Molotov, N. A. Bulganin and i\I. Kaganovich were named

L.

first

7

deputy chairmen.

U.S.

and Britain concluded

a conference at Washington, D.C., on financial and economic problems with an agreement to work toward eventual convertibility of sterling and other cur-

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

1953



Office of Price Stabilization litleil all remaining Icdrral ])rice controls on consumer good>.

S.

restrictions.

|0 U.S.S.R. vetoed the nom10 illation of Canadian Sec\'. of

Czechoslovak Premier Antonin Zapotocky was named

Danish government in note 8 to Poland defended its right

State for Fxternal AlTairs Lester B. Pearson as U.N. secretary-

ent

to

general.

MARCH — Conf/nueJ ami relaxation

rciicics

investigate

thoroughlv'

cir-

i Government of Japanese 14 Premier Shigeru Yoshida

was ousted on a vote U.S.

supreme court

up-

held, 6 to 3, the constitutionality of a law enacted b\' congress in 1951 to reciuire the registration of gamblers and the purchase of $50 gambling tax

stamps.

Secy, of State John Foster Dulles told a press conference that the death of soviet Premier Stalin had enhanced the world's chances for peace.

in Leading U.S. defense oflU ficials assured the senate armed

committee that U.S. troops overseas had sufficient ammunition of all kinds.

of

no con-

fidence b>' the house of rei)rescntatives.

U.S. formally joined AngloEg>ptian negotiations on the withdrawal of British troops from the Suez Canal Zone.

C Soviet Premier G. M. Malenkov declared in his I J I

inaugural address to the supreme soviet that all troublesome and unsolved questions between the U.S.S.R. and the U.S. could be resolved by peaceful negotia-

British First Lord of the Ad-

miralty

J. P. L.

Thomas

told

the house of commons that the U.S.S.R. had the second largest in

air

force

disclosed

increasing b\- 8500,000,000 the authority of the Federal Housing administration to insure home

Tactical artillery atomic weapon was exploded at Yucca

maintenance and repair loans.

Flat,

Nev.

HPres.

Last were

lifted

International Bank for Reconstruction and Development announced a loan of S14,000,000 to Northern Rhodesia for railroad development.

I

I

federal

franchise on

conferring the

women came

into

Office of Price

in William H. Taft III, son 10 of Sen. Robert A. Taft (Rep., O.), was nominated to be U.S. ambassador to Ireland.

in Gen. Mark W. Iw U.S. commander in

Clark,

the far east, arrived at Saigon, Vietnam, for a survey visit to Indochina.

ratified

German

the

.

Europeaft

bundestag

Defense

treaty and the peace contract with the western pow-

10

ers.

Soviet jet fighters shot down a British 4-engine bomber in the Berlin-Hamburg air corridor.

Defense Secy. Charles son ordered the armed

E. Wilservices

to drop 39,346 civilian employees by May 31, 1953.

in

he stated that victory

in

was within

sight

which Korea

Soviet government ordercd a general amnesty of all short-term prisoners and a general lightening of all priscjn terms except for major criminals.

Council of the Arab league admitted Libya to full membership in the league.

when truce

Chinese and North Korean

talks began in July 1951.

00 Chinese Communist LO forces launched a heavy attack on the western front Korea.

as a

in

Communist commanders

ac-

cepted a long-standing U.N. proposal for an immediate exchange of sick

and wounded prisoners

of

war.

Gen.

Vasili I. Chuikov, soviet control commission chairman in Germany, expressed regret over the death of 7 British airmen whose bomber was shot down by soviet fighters.

on Iranian Premier MohamZU med Mossadegh rejected Anglo-U.S. proposals for settlement of issues arising out of the nationalization of properties in Iran.

British

oil

Ol Soviet Premier G. M. Zl Malenkov was revealed to have

relinquished voluntarily post as a secretary of the soviet Communist party and N. his

member.

Burmese government

announced tiiat the U.S. government had been asked to terminate all U.S. economic aid on June 30, 1953.

Peter Thorneycroft, president of

the British board of trade,

announced a substantial

relaxa-

tion of import restrictions.

ZH

Ceylonese government

banned private businessmen from importing rubber and other materials for transshipment to Communist China.

strategic

6 Czechoslovaks escaped to the U.S. zone of Germany by seizing a Czechoslovak commercial air liner with 23 other persons aboard.

OC French Premier Rene arrived in Washington, D.C., for discussions with U.S. officials on political, economic and military problems.

Pres. Eisenhower submitted to congress a reorganization plan for the simplification and improvement of agriculture dept. operations.

Soviet

Western

Community

British Commonwealth division, in action since July 1951 on the Korean front, was revealed to have been taken out of the line and put into reserve.

Korea,

in

Z J Mayer

Stabilization.

effect.

Pres. Eisenhower submitted to congress a reorganI L ization plan designed to convert the Federal Security agency into a new department of health, education and welfare.

negotiated an agree-

of 242 Cireek vessels not to trade at Chinese Communist, North Korean or Soviet Union far eastern ports.

Gen.

\)\'

controls

price

by the

Mexican constitutional

amendment

testimony

\'an Fleet, former U.S.

commander

Oil

U.S.

bill

nom-

relea>e(l

James A.

commission.

that a soviet jet fighter had tried to shoot down a U.S. RB50 weather reconnaissance plane 25 mi. off the Siberian coast.

Eisenhower

tee

in

IT

inated B. Frank Heintzleman to be governor of Alaska and Frederick B. Lee of Vermont to be Civil Aeronautics administrator.

Senate armed forces commit-

the United Kingdom.

action on a proposed resolution denouncing enslavement of peoples by the U.S.S.R.

signed a

nia.-.s

near Nairobi, Kenya.

Philip Young was designated chairman of the U.S. civil service commission after being sworn

navy

Eisenhower

man had

ment with owners

OO More than 2,500 African LL tribesmen were arrotcd in QQ a raid by troops ami pcjjice ZO

Yugoslav Pres. Tito arIP rived in London for visit to 10

Senate foreign relations committee indefinite!>' postponed

Pres.

pariiameiii lo >uc(eed Kleni(jottwald, as president of

Sen. Joseph McCarthy (Rep., Wis.) announced tliat the senate committee of which he was chair-

tions.

services

U.S. air force jet fighter was shot down in the U.S. zone of Germany by 2 soviet-built Czechoslovak fighters.

!)>

Czechoslovakia; Viliam Siroky succeeded Zapotocky as premier.

I

tory.

the registration of lobbyists and legislative agents.

of first secrel.ir\ of the party.

of trade

cumstances surrounding landing of Polish plane on Danish terri-

9

Khrushchev wa^ reported to have succeeded to the position

that

it

credit nist

government

disclosed

had signed new trade and protocols

with

on OU

U.S. navy disclosed that a jet-propelled guided missile had been put into production and that a U.S. submarine had been ecjuipped to launch the missile.

Communist Chinese Premier Chou En-lai proposed that the deadlock on a Korean truce be settled by turning over to a neutral state all war prisoners who refused to be repatriated.

01 U.N. Security council 01 recommended, with soviet concurrence, the election of Dag Hammarskjold of Sweden U.N. secretary-general.

government

Soviet

as

ordered

price decreases on 125 categories of retail products.

Frank P. Graham reported to the U.N. Security council that India and Pakistan had again failed to agree on the demilitarization of Kashmir during further negotiations at Geneva, Switz.

Commu-

China based on the 1950

APRIL

Sino-soviet treaty.

OP Burma submitted a forZO mal complaint to the U.N. general assembly against aggression in Burma by 12,000 Chinese nationalist troops.

Soviet Foreign Minister V. M. Molotov endorsed Chinese Communist and North Korean proposals for an exchange of prisoners and terminaI

tion of the

Mau Mau

Korean

conflict.

terrorists massacred

about 150 loxal Kikuyu tribesmen near Nairobi, Kenya.

Pres. Eisenhower signed a congressional joint resolution trans-

OT

forming the Federal Security agency into a new department of health, education and welfare.

Z/ of

Senate confirmed by vote nomination Bohlen as U.S.

of 74 to 13 the

Charles E.

ambassador to the U.S.S.R. C. Wesley Roberts resigned as chairman of the Republican National committee after being charged with having violated the spirit of Kansas laws calling for

House

of representatives

passed, 285 to 108, and sent to the senate a bill to give states title to submerged lands within their historic boundaries. Civil

service

protection

for

CALENDAR OF EVENTS U.S. $1 to dr. 30,000 to U.S. $1.

of Toronto, Ont.,

APRIL— Continued many

high government positions was removed by an executive order issued by Pres. Eisenhower.

and the U.S. signed 2 Japan a 10-year treaty of friendship,

commerce and navigation.

Chancellor Julius Raab

of the

Delegates to the International Wheat council from 4 wheat-exporting and 42 wheatimporting countries agreed to

recommend

to their

governments

a 3-yr. renewal of the International Wheat agreement with a price range of $1.55 to s$2.05 per bushel.

Eisenhower

Pres.

and

German Chancellor Konrad

a new coalition cabinet replacing that of Leopold Figl.

Adenauer

Eisenhower nominated

Kenton R. Cravens of Missouri to be administrator of the Reconstruction Finance Corp.

a communi(iue issued after a conference at Washington, D.C., stated that the U.S. had agreed to supply Germany with military equipment Defense after the European Community treaty and the west German peace contract were in

French government an3 nounced that the U.S.S.R.

ratified.

had obtained the release of 14 French civilians interned by North Korea since 1950.

in Leonard W. Hall of New lU York was unanimously Repub-

elected chairman of the

Soviet ministry of internal affairs announced the release

of 9 doctors arrested in Jan. 1953 on charges of plotting to kill soviet leaders.

German government

West

announced that

group headed by Rear C. Daniel to conduct negotiations for the exchange of wounded and disabled prisoners of war in Korea. liaison

Iranian Premier Moham6 med Mossadegh in a radio address demanded that the shah of Iran be reduced to a figurehead without power to rule.

and wounded prisoners of the Korean conflict, on condition that none would be

change of

all

sick

returned against his

will.

Dag Hammarskjbid of Sweden was elected secretary-general of the U.N. by 57 to 1 vote of the U.N. general assembly.

espionage

Culp

Hobby

of

in as the

secretary of the new departof health, education and welfare. first

ment

U.N. and

Communist nego-

tiators signed a formal agreement for the e.xchange of sick

and wounded Korean prisoners

R U

I*!

Eisenhower named

Pres.

his brother, Milton S. Eisenhower, to be his personal repre-

sentative on a good-will and fact-finding mission to Latin

America.

IQ French high command in Indochina announced withI drawal of its garrison from Sam Neua, in northeastern Laos, in the face of an imminent VietMinh attack.

Pres. Eisenhower requested congress to extend as an interim measure the Reciprocal Trade Agreements act for another vear

U.S. treasury dept. placed on sale SI, 000,000,000 worth of 30year U.S. bonds bearing 3}4%

beyond June

1933.

BJomo

Kenyatta and 5 other Kikuyu leaders were sentenced to prison terms by a Kenya court for participating in and leading the

terrorist activities of the secret society in Kenya colony.

Mau Mau

Eisenhower

UPres.

congress

asked

authorize

to

the

sale to private industry of federalh' owned synthetic rubber plants, having capacity of 806,500 long tons a year.

Chancellor

the

of

nounced sweeping tax cuts in presenting to the house of commons the budget for the fiscal

armament.

year

Rhine

which estimated expenditure at £4,259,286,000 and revenue at

Exchequer R. A. Butler

beginning April

Ghu-

muddin and his cabinet and named Mohammed Ali, Pakistani ambassador to the a

new

U.S., to

OC Lv

Sen.

Wayne Morse

Ore.) broke

North Atlantic treaty council at conclusion of a

White House announced the nomination of Edmund F. Mansure of Illinois to be U.S. general services administrator.

Commerce

(Ind.,

senate records by a speech continuing 22 hr. 26 min., in opposition to a bill on offshore lands. all

form

cabinet.

Secy. Sinclair

revoked temporarily his ouster of Allen V. Astin as director of the national bureau of standards, pending appraisal of bureau operations.

IQ f^''6"ch garrison at XienI w Khouang in Laos was evacuated to main defense positions on the Plain of the Jars, 20 mi. to the west.

in Paris

Israeli foreign office revealed that Israel had appealed to Britain, the U.S., France and Turkey to prevent deterioration of the situation on Israel's borders.

3-day meeting it had

announced that

established a firm military program for 1953 and a provisional program for 1954.

Soviet leaders published a statement expressing their sympathy with Pres. Eisenhower's call for a genuine and complete peace.

op Zu

Full Korean truce negotiations were resumed at

Panmunjom by U.N. and Communist delegates.

OT L

command

U.S. far east

I revealed that

had offered

it

$50,000 and political asylum to

any Communist pilot delivering a modern soviet jet aircraft to U.N. forces in Korea; a bonus of S50,000 was offered for the first

exchange of U.N. &.U and Communist sick and wounded prisoners of war took place at Panmunjom. First

Anglo-Egyptian negotiations with respect to the stationing of British forces in the Suez Canal

Zone opened at Cairo.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control board after extensive hearings ordered the U.S. Communist party to register with the justice dept. as a Communistaction organization dominated by the Soviet Union.

Justice dept.

filed

a

antitrust suit against 5

ma-

companies accused of taking part in an international

jor

op LO

Lieut. Gen. William K. Harrison, Jr., chief U.N.

truce negotiator, threatened to recess the renewed truce talks unless the Communists made a

constructive proposal on prisoner repatriation issue.

the

civil

oil

oil cartel.

French authorities

in

Indo-

announced capture by Viet-Minh forces of Pakseng, 43 mi. N.E. of Luang Prabang,

china

royal capital of Laos.

1,

ministers of Latvian nationality in the government of the Latvian S.S.R. had been dismissed and replaced by Russians.

U.S. defense dept. announced that sympathetic consideration was being given to a request by Thailand to expe-

00 LL

dite military assistance deliveries in view of the situation in the neighbouring kingdom of Laos.

Atty. Gen. Herbert Brownell, requested the Subversive Activities Control board to order the registration with the justice

Secy, of State John Foster Dulles warned the parliaments of western Europe that delay in their approval of the European army was holding back the only good solution to the problem of

Communist-

creating a strong and peaceful

Pres. Eisenhower urged congress to authorize the admission to the U.S. of 240,000 immigrants above legal quotas.

an-

1953,

Jr.,

dept. of 12 alleged front organizations.

C Kingdom of Laos in IndolU china appealed to the U.N. I

an

and the

condemnation against

free it

Viet-Minh

world for formal

by

of aggression

Communist-led

forces.

QQ ZO

U.N.

general

QQ Lv

Europe.

£4,368,215,000.

orof

dered a drastic devaluation the drachma from dr. 15,000 to

U.S. internal revenue bureau reported that a record $68,500,000,000 in taxes had been collected from U.S. taxpayers in 1952.

Riga radio announced that 6

British

Greek government, in 9 effort to curb inflation,

Pakistani Gov. Gen.

the highest rate since

Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Y. Vishinsky offered to the U.N. general assembly a modified soviet plan for world dis-

river port of Kehl, opposite Strasbourg, was restored by French authorities to German control.

II.

jet so delivered.

Z

interest,

highest and oldest British order by Queen Eliza-

in

lam Mohammeddismissed Prime Minister Khwaja Nazi-

21

12, 1953._

^^^^-

1/

on

10

4 British

beth

Eisenhower

a major foreign policy address outlined a specific series of peaceful acts by the U.S.S.R. which would aid in establishing world peace. I I

of war.

I

liaison group accepted 7 aU.N. Communist proposal for ex-

had smashed a

was sworn

Prime Minister Winston Churchill was made a Knight of the Garter,

Q

Z4

of knighthood,

lation of 1,191,000.

ring.

commander Gen. nOveta 5 U.N. Mark W. Clark appointed a Texas Adm. John

it

soviet-directed

large

suburbs to form the municipality of greater Toronto, with a popu-

Weeks

lican National committee.

4

of the city 12 of its

and

west

Austrian People's party formed

Pres.

1953



Merger was effected

assembly

recessed after adopting resolutions calling for impartial investigation of Communist germ warfare charges and the withdrawal or internment of Chinese nationalist troops in Burma.

on OU

Representatives

of 5 Brit-

West Indian colonies announced in London that they ish

had agreed to form a British Caribbean federation. Pres.

Eisenhower

told a

news

CALENDAR OP EVENTS 51 U.S. senate

APR\l — Continued conftM-cnce

ho would ask for

th.it

at least S8,5()(),0()(),()()0 less new iiioneN than contoniplatetl in

former

Truman's

Pres.

pa-'>ed, 5() to

.LS,

and ^ent to ct)nfi'rence with the house of repreM'ntati\'es the bill giving the coastal states title to submerged lands within their historic boundaries se.nvard.

1954

budget.

Pres.

Eisenhower

in a special to congress urged authorization of S5,828,732,500 for

nii^^agi'

Pres. Eisenhower Mihinitted to congress .1 pi. in for reorg.mi/.ing the defense dept. which would place greater res|)onsil)ilit> in the hands of the defense secy.

the Mutual Security program the fiscal \ear 1954.

in

Egyptiao constitutional committee agreetl to draft a new constitution based on republican

MAY

give

bodia

in

economic mailers.

Advance Viet-Minh units were reported to he helween 9 anil 12 mi. from Luang Prabang, royal capital of Laos in Indochina.

Fawzi el-MuIki formed a new Jordanian government replacing that of Tewfik Abulhuda.

the ^'®"*^*^ government anin lU nounced the de\aluation of

the Indochinese piastre in tjriler to thwart operations of currency profiteers.

Secy, of State John Foster Dulles and .Mutual Security IJircclor Harold Slasscn left Washington, D.C, for a 2()-day factfinding tour of middle eastern and southern Asian nations.

Metropolitan Kyril of Plovdiv was elected patriarch of the national Orthodox Church of Bulgaria.

French authorities in In6 dochinaannounced that Com-

MSir

commissioner

in

succession

Sir

cies

munist-led Viet-Minh forces were withdrawing northward through the kingdom of Laos.

tina.

Anglo-Egyptian negotiations

eign affairs.

concerning the Suez Canal Zone were adjourned following disagreement on basic issues.

Winston

were openly engaging in a campaign of lies against Argen-

Salam formed a new Lebanese government replacing that of Khaled Shehab.

Saeb

ready liberated.

was installed as Iraq and Hussein I as II

king of king of Jordan

in

an-

nounced the di.ssolution of his French People's Rally (R.P.F.) as a political party.

Queen Elizabeth

II gave the royal assent to a bill providing for the denationalization of the British motor transport indus-

Baghdad and Amman,

respec-

Secy, of State John Foster Dulles stated that the U.S. was hastening the delivery of critically needed military supplies to forces defending the Indochinese

Gen. Nathan 7 was named to

F.

Twining

Communisttruce negotiators

fications of existing legislation.

commander

in

chief of

union forces

in

Indochina.

of

of

sick

war was completed

at

in

munjom. university 4 Columbia nounced the award of

anthe 1953 Pulitzer prize for fiction to Ernest Hemingway for his novel The Old Man and the Sea and for drama to William Inge for his play Piaiic.

Kirk-

Field Marshal Sir William Slim was sworn in as governor general of Australia in succession to Sir William McKell.

Treasury Secy.

George

M.

Humphrey

told a senate committee that the cost of national defense and foreign aid would make it impossible to balance the U.S. budget for fiscal year

1954.

the Iranian government royal decree.

Sir

by a

Representatives of France 9 and Cambodia completed a

ington, D.C.

series

of

Eisenhower nomiAdm. Arthur W.

Pres. nated

Radford as chairman chiefs

protocols intended

to

Rumania and Yugoslavia

were ie\ ealed to have reached an agreement on rules for administration of the Iron Gate sector of the Danube river.

International Monetary fund announced that it had agreed to a new devalued par value for the Bolivian boliviano at the rale of 190 bolivianos to U.S. vSl.

Queen Elizabeth

II gave the royal assent to a bill providing for the denationalization of the liritish iron and steel industry.

of

staff

of the U.S.

C State dept. announced

U

|0 Japanese court rejected ID an application of AngloIranian Oil Co. for an injunction to prevent a Japanese company from dealing in a cargo of Iranian oil brought to Japan in a Japa-

nese ship.

Truce negotiations at Panmunjom, Kor., were temporarily adjourned by consent

of

both

sides.

and Gen. U.S. Mutual Security agency announced the termination of economic aid to Iceland at the

Announcement

IQ Xien-Khouang, 10 the Plain of the

Ridgway

B.

of the apGen. Alfred M. Gruenther as supreme commander, Allied forces in Europe, was made simultaneously in Washington, D.C, and Paris.

pointment

of

British admiralty revealed that 4 destroyers and royal marine units had been dispatched to the

Suez Canal Zone to bolster de-

request of the Icelandic govern-

ment. S.E. of Jars in Laos, was recaptured from VietMinh forces by a Franco-Laotian force.

State of emergency was ordered in the northern region of Nigeria when rioting continued for third successive native metropolis of

day in the Kano.

fenses there.

Lieut. Gen. John B. Coulter was named agent-general of the U.N. Korean Reconstruction agency.

Austria and Hungary signed an agreement providing for the regulation of shipping on the river.

State dept. revealed that 13 U.S. ambassador Charles E.

^''^^- Eisenhower in a nationwide radio address called for a 6-month extension of the e.xcess-profits tax beyond June

IQ I

w

The

pictures on this page are,

left to right:

HOBBY IVIORSE

HEMINGWAY OATIS

TENSING

r

that

Antonin Zapotocky had pardoned William N. Oatis, U.S. news correspondent charged with espionage by the Czechoslovak government. Pres.

as army chief of staff; he indicated that Adm. Robert B. Carney would be named chief of naval operations.

Danube

Pres. Eisenhower opened a 2day conference with state and territorial governors at Wash-

U

I I

Privately held estates of the shah of Iran were transferred to

10 \L

Australia and the U.S. signed 3 coineniions designed to prevent double taxation in respect of income, estate and gift taxes.

for-

French

and Pan-

Ivone

in

for a conference of the heads of state of the leading powers to try to settle some of the differences between east and west.

Matthew

French government named 8 Gen. Henri E. Navarre to be

Korean prisoners

Germany

Churchill declared that the time was appropriate

joint

bipartisan commission to reexamine U.S. foreign economic policy and to recommend modi-

Exchange 3 wounded

high

Prime Minister

British

force chief of staff.

Pres. Eisenhower recommended to congress the creation of a

of Laos.

to

Millar

U.SS.R.

who was named perma-

succeed Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenbcrg as U.S. air

Korea accepted a U.N. proposal that war prisoners unwilling to be repatriated be kept in neutral custody in Korea rather than be transferred to a neutral nation.

kingdom

patrick,

H.

British

try.

ceremonies at

tively.

named

nent undersecy. of state for

Gen. Charles de Gaulle U.N. liaison officers demanded the return by the Communists of 375 additional sick and wounded U.N. prisoners of war who had been identified by prisoners al-

Frederick

was

(

Argentine Pres. Juan D.Peron charged that 3 U.S. news agen-

Bohlcn had asked the soviet government to permit Russian wives of U.S. citizens to leave

principles.

I

2Feisal

1953



sovereignty to Cammilitar\, judicial and

full

April 11 April 25 May 4 May 15

May

29



CALENDAR OF EVENTS death sentences.

MAY

Continued First firing of

30, 1953,

and ruled out any tax

reductions in 1953.

Argentine government

lifted

its ban on receipt of incoming news by U.S. news agencies.

Japanese Liberal party leader Shigeru Voshida was redesignated premier of Japan by the diet.

on ZU

Second Polish

an atomic shell

from an artillery piece took place at atomic testing grounds in Nevada.

pilot crash-

landed a soviet-built MIG jet fighter on the Danish island of Bornholm after escaping from Poland.

Adm. William M.

1953



Mt. Everest, highest mountain in the world, was scaled for the first time by Edmond P. Hillary

New

Zealand

Norkay

of Nepal,

of

and Tensing

members

of a

headed

by

British expedition Col. John Hunt.

national assembly refused, 328 to 244, to give him a vote of confidence to enable him to make

budget cuts.

Plans were announced

for a

conference at Bermuda in June 1953 between Pres. Eisenhower, British Prime Minister Sir Winston Churchill and the premier of France.

Motors

General

on Czechoslovak governOU ment announced a drastic revaluation of the Czechoslovak

southern Europe.

koruna.

New proposals for resolving the deadlock on the Korean war prisoner repatriation issue were presented at Panmunjom after consultation among the U.N.

Pres. Tito of Yugoslavia ordered the abolition of the

full

I

governments concerned; the

system of political commissars the Yugoslav armed forces.

South Korean delegate did not

in

op

State dept. declared ChrisL\} tache Zambeti, first secy, of the Rumanian legation at Washington, D.C., persona non grata for having tried to blackmail a U.S. citizen into spying for

president of Lawrence college, was elected president of Harvard university by the Harvard corporation, subject to formal confirmation by the board of overseers.

Israel-Jordan Mixed Armistice commission met in emergency session to consider complaints of violations by both

and to transfer and information

armistice

and Jordan.

to 2

new

foreign aid responsibilities agencies. its

O^

Gen. J. Lawton Collins, I retiring army chief of staff, was named a member of the military committee and of the standing group of by Pres.

John

wage provisions of its 5-yr. escalator agreement with United Automobile Workers, C.I.O., even though the agreement had 2 yr. to run.

Eisenhower.

Queen Elizabeth II of 2 the United Kingdom was

Pres. Eisenhower signed the bill granting the states title to ofi^shore lands within their historic boundaries.

on lO

crowned in traditional ceremonies at Westminster abbey, London.

OQ Zu

Majority report of a senate armed forces subcommittee charged that ammunition shortages in Korea had caused needless loss of American lives.

L

Soviet control commission in Germany was abolS.

Semenov was

soviet high commissioner to represent soviet interests in

Germany.

Danish people approved in a referendum a new constitution

programs as a result of cuts in congressional appropriations went into effect.

South Korean Foreign Minister Pyun Yung Tae told the

Suspension or reduction

.;r.im to Pres. .S\ngman Rhee denounced the killer's action in ordering

the

IT U.S. Supreme Court Jus-

Communist

/ tice William O. Douglas stayeii the death sentences of

O

and Ethel Rosenberg, convicted atom spies, pending determination of a previously undecided point of law. Julius

Antonin Zapotocky

of Czechoslovakia adinitied in a speech that there had been widespread protests and rioting against the recent currenc\' reform.

release of nonwar prisoners.

Robert A. Taft (Rep., senate majority leader, announced that because of ill health he was turning over his duties to Sen. William F. Knowland (I^ep., Calif.) for the remainder of the current session of congress.

Commerce com36% in-

Sen.

Interstate

().),

mission authorized a

crease in U.S. parcel post zone rates.

in Pres. Syngman Rhee of 10 South Korea ordered South Korean guards to release thouof non-Communist war prisoners in an effort to thwart U.N. truce plans.

fcH Talbott announced tiiecancellation of all aircraft contracts with Willys Motors, subsidiary of Kaiser Corp.

Inc.,

a

Motors

British

and French

governments called upon the

U.S.S.R. for the exact text of a peace treatx with .Austria which the U.S.S.R. would be willing to sign.

Egyptian council of the revolution proclaimed Eg>pt a republic with Mohammed Naguib as president and premier.

French Foreign Minister Georges Bidault

failed

by

1

to win

the designation of the national assembh as premier.

\()le

Energy commission and designated him chairman of the com-

India closed its embassy in Lisbon in protest against Portugal's refusal to di.scuss transfer of its Indian colonies to India.

lO United Steelworkers of \L America, C.I.O., and U.S. Steel Corp. signed a wage agreement providing for an increase of 8J^ cents per hour.

Yugoslav government granted

IQ

w

U.S.

supreme court

at a

nounced that control air traffic

of all civil

over western (iermany

had been transferred to the western (German government.

Chinese nationalist gov2 ernment announced that the

merging Northern and Southern Rhodesia and Ny-

repatriation of about 29,000 nationalist soldiers and their de-

asaland

into a central African federation received its third and final reading in the British house of commons.

pendents from Indochina been completed.

Federal reserve board announced decreased reserve requirements for member banks.

ers of the Indochinese states of

had

French government in a 3 note to the high commissionVietnam, Laos and Cambodia its intention of comthe independence and sovereignty of those states.

declared pleting

Syngman

Pres.

Rhee

pub-

lished a letter previously sent to Gen. Mark W. Clark in which

draw the South Korean army from the U.N. command if a truce were signed with the munists.

QC

Pres.

Eisenhower

Maurice Dejean, French ambassador to Japan, was named French commissioner-general in Indochina.

Com-

4lmre issued

in

Nagy

replaced

Matyas

Rakosi as premier of Hungary a major reshuffle of govern-

term convened by Chief Justice Fred M. Vinson vacated the stay granted Julius and Ethel Rosenberg by Justice William O. Douglas; the Rosenbergs were executed at Sing Sing

imV an executive order withdrawing civil service protection from about 134,000 U.S. govern-

ment

ment

taineering

prison, Ossining, N.Y., after Pres. Eisenhower again refused

Utah as director of the U.S. bureau of mines was withdrawn by Pres. Eisenhower.

est

Walter

U.S. asst. secy, of state for far eastern affairs, arrived in Seoul, Kor., for conference with Pres. Syng-

ed that strict orders had been issued barring the enlistment of escaped anti-Communist prisoners in the South Korean

man

army.

I

special

executive clemency.

jobs.

Nomination

of

Tom

Lyon

of

posts.

German and Austrian mounteam climbed Nanga Parbat, Kashmir, 7lh highest peak in the world and 2nd highpeak scaled by man.

Korean Defense 5 South statMinister Sohn Won 1 1

Hawaiian Communist lead-

1

7

headed by Lieut. Gen. Gustavo Rojas Pinilla.

ers were convicted by a federal jury of conspiring to teach and advocate the violent overthrow of the U.S. government.

UPres.

assas>inaleil in Tunis.

Bill

10 Roberto Urdaneta Arbelaez was ousted as acting president of Colombia by a coup

Prince Ezzedine, heir jiresumptive to tiie crown of Tunisia, was

mission.

he warned that he would witha sov'iet request for passage of 26 soviet naval vessels down the Danube river to the Black sea.

hat the deficit for the fiscal vear ending June 30 was ,S9,389,000,000, he largest in U.S. peacetime histor\'. I

Allied high commissionersan-

Eisenhower nominated Rear Adm. Lewis L. Strauss as a member of the U..S. Atomic Pres.

sands

MU.S.,

U.S. treasury dept. revealed I

t

i Air Force Secy. Harold E.

Martial law backed by soviet troops was declared in eastern Berlin after rioting workers threatened to seize control of the east German government.

JULY

.i

I

government

I'.S.

tlu'

of Mexico.

an out-

m.iki'

1953



Robertson,

S.

Rhee.

Tito of Yugoslavia

on Communist truce nego- op Independent Joseph ZU tiators charged that the ZQ Laniel was designated by

mittee

U.N. command had connived with South Korean Pres. Syngman Rhee in permitting the escape of war prisoners.

the French national assembly, 398 to 206, as premier, thereby ending the longest cabinet crisis

ress made by the defense dept. in compiling a single catalogue of items purchased by the U.S. armed forces.

exile in Thailand to emphasize his country's demands for free-

King Norodom Sihanouk of Cambodia returned to his coun-

dom.

try

British Prime Minister Sir Winston Churchill, on advice of his doctors, post-

revealed that the so\'iet gov-

ernment had requested the resumption of normal diplomatic relations with Vugosla\

ia.

King Norodom Sihanouk of Cambodia went into \oluntary

after

exile in

Pres. Eisenhower in an informal speech at Dartmouth college warned graduates not to join the "book burners" who would bar even the knowledge of commu-

nism from

libraries.

ir indictment charging lU Harry R. Bridges, Pacific coast labour leader, and 2 co-

defendants with perjury and conspiracy was dismissed by the U.S. supreme court as barred by the statute of limitations.

IP James S. Kemper of IllilU nois was nominated as U.S. ambassador to

Brazil.

Luther Evans,

librarian of con-

00 LL

a

brief

self-imposed

French history.

QT

LI

for at least a month his proposed meeting at Bermuda with Pres. Eisenhower and the premier of France.

poned

Thailand.

Soviet foreign

office rethat travel restrictions for foreigners in large areas of European Russia, Byelorussia, the Ukraine, the Caucasus area and central Asia had

been

in

vealed

OQ lO

Attacking Chinese Communist troops made gains on both the western and eastern fronts in Korea.

lifted.

on Zw

Mark W.

Delegates of Burma, nationalChina, the U.S. and Thailand reached a tentative agreement on the transfer of refugee Chinese nationalist troops from Burma to Formosa.

U.N. commander in Korea, called upon the Communists to resume truce negotiations despite the opposition of South Korean Pres. Syngman Rhee.

OQ LO

on OU

ist

Gen.

House armed forces subcom-

Chinese Communist gov6 ernment announced that it had concluded an $84,000,000 reciprocal trade agreement with a private group of British businessmen. Pres. Eisenhower nominated Guy Farmer of Washington, D.C., to succeed Paul M. Herzog, resigned, as a member of the National Labor Relations board.

7

Clark,

Communist commanders 8 accepted Gen. Mark W. Clark's proposal to proceed with final arrangements for signing a Korean armistice without South

Korean Pres.

Syngman Rhee

South Korea

of reiterated his

criticized the slow prog-

P. McCoy was nominated to be director of

participation.

Whitley

Argentina and Chile signed a

refusal to accept the proposed

the Federal Mediation and Con-

treaty of economic union at Bue-

Korean truce terms.

ciliation service.

nos Aires.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS JULY— Conf/ni/ec/ State of Arkansas

filed

a suit

court in Washington, D.C., attacking as unconstitutional the so-called tidelands act which gave the states title to submerged lands off their

vise Agriculture

U

Foreign ministers of the U.S., Britain and France at the conclusion of a meeting in

U.S.S.R. had extended credits equivalent to vS57,000,000 for the purchase of foods in the second

Washington, D.C., \varned that governments would resume the war in Korea if the expected truce were broken by renewed

half of 1953.

Free transit was resumed between east and west Berlin, although martial law remained in effect in east Berlin.

9

government made

public

a letter from Pres. Eisenhower to

Iranian Premier Mohammed Mossadegh stating that no ad-

Communist

aggression.

union of Northern and Southern Rhodesia and Nyasaland in the central African federation received the as-

Queen Elizabeth

sent of

policies.

Ol East German governZl ment announced that the

Libya and Britain signed a treaty of friendship and alliance and related military and finanagreements at Benghazi.

cial

on UU

Pres. Eisenhower asked congress to increase the statutor\- debt limit from S275,000,000,000 to $290,000,000,000.

C Senate

bv a vote

body.

civilian offenses.

in

L. p. Beria, first deputy soviet premier and minister of internal affairs, was revealed to have been expelled from the

U

I I

J

ratified

Pres.

Glenn

of

NATO

72 to 15 a

Eisenhower nominated Emmons of New Mex-

L.

commissioner of

ico to be U.S.

Indian

affairs.

an

Governments ain

of the people.

House of representatives voted 325 to 77 to continue the e.xcessprofits tax in effect until Dec. 31, state dept. announced nU.S. that Pres. Syngman Rhee of

South Korea had accepted the proposed Korean armistice terms. Pres. Eisenhower ordered the discontinuance, effective Aug. 26, 1953, of new draft deferments based solely on fatherhood.

ations.

its

Soviet

government

protested

to Turkey against the entry of foreign warships into the Black

00 LL

Soviet High Commissioner V. S. Semenov de-

manded that the U.S. halt the distribution of free food to east Berlin.

00 ZO

French national assem-

biy approved by vote of 468 to 127 a constitutional reform bill designed to make French

of the U.S., Brit-

and France formally request-

ed the U.S.S.R. to agree to a short 4-power foreign ministers' conference.

France and the U.S.S.R.

1953.

Soviet

cabinets more stable.

Communist party and dismissed his ministerial posts as

Former Pres. Herbert Hoover agreed to head a new commission on federal government oper-

sea.

II.

protocol allowing U.S. troops abroad to be tried in foreign civil courts for

enemy

Benson on farm program

government

Austria that

it

advised

would thereafter

pay its own occupation costs zone of Austria.

in

Bill providing for the

ditional aid could be furnished to Iran until the oil dispute with Britain had been settled or submitted to a neutral international

from

Ezra T.

Secy.

their

coasts.

I

1953

revealed that it had ruled that the welfare fund of the United Mine Workers did not qualify for tax e.xemption.

in the U.S. district

U.S.



sign-

ed a 3-year trade agreement in Paris providing for an exchange of goods and raw materials amounting to sS34, 285,000 for each country the first year.

IP U.N. troops launched

a

U heavy counteroffensive on the east-central Korean front. I

Oi Wilhelm

Zaisser, eastern

ZH

Sastroamidjojo, Indoneambassador to the U.S., formed a new Indonesian government replacing that of Wilopo. Ali sian

Soviet government charged that 4 U.S. fighter planes had shot down a soviet passenger plane over Communist China on July 27; U.S. government protested the shooting down of a U.S. air force RB-50 over Sea of Japan on July 29. I I

Administration of a 2]4-mi. demilitarized zone across Korea passed to the Military Armistice commission.

Germany's state security minister, was ousted on charges

AUGUST

of defeatism.

OC Lv

Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and

Prime Minister Mohammed AH began talks at Karachi, Pak., on outstanding issues between their countries. Pakistani

op ZU

British

government

announced a loan of £10,000,000 to Pakistan for the purchase of capital goods in Britain.

Senate finance committee voted to defer action on a to increase the statutory debt limit to S290,000,000,000 as requested by I'res. Eisenhower. I

bill

Presidential reorganization plan took effect placing all U.S. foreign aid programs under a new Foreign Operations administration.

New

Gen. Alfred

M. Gruenther

formally took over as supreme

all-Christian Democrat cabinet was formed by Italian Premier Alcide de Gasperi.

Virtually

Chinese nationalist sources claimed the capture by guerrilla forces of Tungshan Island, 35 mi.

the whole adult population of Short Creek, Ariz., was arrested in a mass raid aimed at wiping out what was said to be the last remaining centre of organized polygamy

Pres. Eisenhower submitted to congress a proposal to extend the coverage of the federal Social Security act to an estimated 10,500,000 additional persons.

N.E. of Swatow.

in the U.S.

2Abdel

commander

of Allied forces in replacing Gen. Mat-

Europe,

thew B. Ridgway.

10 Senate appropriations \L committee was revealed to have

received

a

staff

report

charging that France was constitutionally incapable of balancing its budget and was substituting U.S. aid for taxes.

Egypt

IT Harvey V. Higley

Molotov

categorically, rejected Pres. Eisenhower's offer to supply food to eastern Germany.

Wis-

I

trator.

French

Soviet Foreign Minister V. M.

of

consin was nominated to be U.S. veterans' affairs adminis-

1

ply base at Langson, Indochina, 10 mi. from the Chinese frontier.

in Senate nvestigations 10 subcommittee report i

Portuguese Premier Antonio Salazar stated that Portugal could not under any circumstances enter into negotiations looking toward the transfer to India of Portuguese India.

jO Both houses

of congress 1 approved and sent to the White House a compromise bill authorizing the appropriation of §5,157,232,500 for military, eco-

nomic and technical aid nations in the 1954

to foreign year.

fiscal

Chinese Communist troops launched their largest drive in two years on the east-central

Korean

U.S. correspondents were permitted to enter Bucharest, Rum., for the first time in five years on

Hungarian govern ment granted an amnesty to thousands of nonpolitical prisoners and ordered the discontinuance of internment as a means of punishment.

QT

Armistice ending the war in Korea was signed at Panmunjom at 10:01 A.M., Korean

other Communist countries at the cost of lives of U.N. troops.

time; hostilities were officially halted at 10 P.M.

in French naval commando

on ZO

forces made a successful raid on Quangngai, on the central

Vietnam

on ZU

Diplomatic relations were

coast.

resumed between the U.S. S.R. and Israel following an Israeli apology for the bombing of the soviet legation in Tel Aviv.

front.

Eisenhower created an 18-member commission to ad-

Pres.

U.S. internal revenue service

elections.

4

V

of

English

channel from England to France in a new record time of 13 hr. 45 min.

Korean conflict U.S. allies had permitted increased trading with Communist China and

I

the

of the National Liberation party, was elected president of Costa Rica by a large majority in national

charged that since the outbreak of the

Abou Heif

swam

Jose Figueres, candidate

union

paratroopers smashed a large Viet-Minh sup-

Litif

the occasion of a World

Youth

festival.

Appointment was announced Lord Llewellin as first governor general of the new central African federation. of

I

denied that plans to use troops to rebuild

U.S. combat war-torn Korea.

Premier Alcide de Gas-

peri resigned after the Italof deputies refused, 282 to 263, to give his eighth postwar cabinet a vote of confidence. De Gasperi was asked to head a caretaker government. ian

House 3 White there were any

chamber

on Zw

Both houses of congress appro^ed by voice vote a compromise bill appropriating 834.371,541,000 for the defense dept. in the fiscal year 1954.

Congress completed action on a bill

extending for one year from 12, 1953, the power of the

June

president to enter into reciprocal trade agreements without senate ratification.

Congress completed action on a appropriating 86,652,422,390 unspent and new funds for foreign aid during the fiscal year beginning July 1, bill

in previously

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

10

AUGUST— Conf/nued

I

1053, and also on a supplemental



1953

IC Adm. Arthur W. Radford

and Okinawa.

U

Bakshi Ghu- man 9 Pro-Indian lam Mohammed w.isii.mK'd stall

look o\Tr he oil ICC of ch.iirof the U..S. joint chiefs of I

from retiring Gen.

French authorities banished Sidi

.Sullaii

V'oiissef

Mohammed

ben

Morocco

after

of

III

Omar armed

N. Bradley.

Berber tribesmen began converging on Rabat.

ciudecl

as premier of the ^t.ile of Kashmir in succession to Sheikh Mo-

hammed

rehabilitation.

missed.

Eisenhower signed a bill limiting to 820,000 a year the income tax exemiJtion of U.S. citizens who live outside the U.S. for at least 17 of 18 consecutive

signed an agreement providing for the return of a numi)er of former German vessels allocated to the U.S. at the end of World

months.

War

IP Shah Mohammed Riza ID Pahlavi of Iran Hed his

Prime Ministers Jawaharlal Nehru of India and Moii.mnned

kingdom after failure of an attempt to dismiss Premier Mo-

Ali of Pakistan agreed on i)lans to bring about a plebiscite in the state of Kashmir to determine its future status.

apprear" in a poll of U.S. football coaches. S. Thimayya, the Neutral Nations Repatriation commission, stated that all prisoners of war in the demilitarized zone of Korea would be released on Jan. 22, 1954, in the absence of a contrary U.N. -Communist agree-

Lieut.

Gen. K. of

ment. British foreign office revealed that it had lifted a ban on the export to Spain of some types of modern military equipment.

Army Secy. John Slezak was named to succeed Earl D. Johnson as army undersecy. efAsst.

tion.

lO U.N. representative Ar- 1954 edition of Janes All \L thur H. Dean broke off World's Aircraft, published negotiations at Panmunjom for London, revealed that

Pres. Eisenhower, British Prime Minister Sir Winston Churchill

concluded their conference at

Bermuda with reaffirming

a

Korean

conference when Communist Chinese delegate accused the U.S. of perfidy.

a

political

fective Jan. 25, 1954. the in

the U.S.S.R. had developed a rocketdriven fighter plane to defend against high-altitude bombers.

communique

NATO as the founda-

and stating that they had approved a fourpower conference with the tion of their policy

U.S.S.R.

The

C Maryland football coach James M. Tatum was named

u

draft call for Feb. 1954 had been reduced to 18,000— the lowest number since June 1952.

and French Premier Joseph Lan-

and the U.S.S.R.

Defense Secy. Charles E. Wilson disclosed that the

W'ilming-

resolution requesting its president to reconvene the session, under certain circumstances, for discussion of the Korean ques-

iel

India

that nothing in the Taft-Hartact precluded employer from

le\'

in

Pont de Nemours & Co. charging it with a monopoly in the manufacture and sale of

chairman

ganization.

Indochina.

U.S.

U.S. district court

I I

Sale to the Cuban government of the British-owned United Railways of Havana and subsidiaries was completed.

2

Vice-Pres. Richard M. Nixon returned to Washington, D.C., from a good-will trip to the far, middle and near cast.

Yugoslavia and Italy agreed to withdraw their troops from their

relations.

discharging struck employees who publicly denounce the em-

nadian companies.

ef-

ton, Del., dismissed a federal anti-trust action against E. I.

sume diplomatic

igan State's 3rd.

for the construction at a total cost of $35,000,000 of the first transatlantic telephone cable system was announced by the British post office, American Telephone and Telegraph Co. and two Ca-

Community became

Defense

fective at an early date.

Moscow radio rejected Pres. Eisenhower's plan for an international atomic energy pool for

Iran and Great Britain announced their decision to re-

5

Pres. Eisenhower summarily removed two Democrats from their posts on the War Claims commission and named two Re-

Signing of agreement

fundamental forEuropean

Israeli Foreign Minister Moshe Sharett was designated to form a new cabinet to replace that of David Ben-Gurion.

conference on current world problems at Tucker's Town, Bermuda.

supreme court. Associated Press poll of sports writers and broadcasters rated Maryland's 1953 football team 1st, Notre Dame's 2nd and Mich-

its

eign policy unless the

Pres. Eisenhower's National Security Training commission proposed the institution of a military training program for 18-yr.-olds to be operated concurrently with Selective Service.

in 1954.

U.N. Food and Agriculture

New York Stock exchange

of State John Foster Dulles stated that the U.S. would ha\'e to consider

USecy. changing

9 General nounced

in

Prime Minister Sir Winston Churchill and French Premier Joseph Laniel, accompanied by their foreign ministers, began a

total to 18.

in

ful uses.

on Lw

8th arm\- commander, announced the formation of 2 new South Korean divisions, bringing the

-day stri ke of photoengravers which had forced all major New York cit\ newspapers to suspend publication was ended by a small

Soviet Union announced that it would give serious attention to Pres. Eisenhower's proposal for pooling the world's atomic energy resources for peaceful uses.

1 1

wage settlement and fact-finding agreement as to any further in-

I I

Q 22 pro-Communist prisoners of

first.

C Moscow

radio announced

L. P. Beria, former secret police chief, had confessed to state crimes and would be tried for treason with 6 other secret police officials.

that

U.S.

war refused

to

attend U.N. explanation sessions, insisting that explanations to South Korean prisoners be completed

I 1

NATO

council

in

communique

at the close of a meeting in Paris

stated that the European Defense Communit}' remained an essential objective for reinforce-

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

16

the U.S. on materials.

DECEMBER — Conf/'nuec/ incnt of

thi-

tlrfcnsive strength

NATO.

of



control of atomic

PremierNguyenVanTam

of N'ielii.ini and his cabinet I resijjned followinjj disagreement

I

could address einpl()\ees on company time and property before a representation election without giving union representatives similar p)ri\ileges.

was sen-

tenced to years' solitary confinement b> a military tribunal .S

in

Tehran.

ous stand and approved a system of cohiur television which could also be received in black and white on existing sets.

OO Lieut. Gen. Sir Frederick LL Morgan was appointed conof

troller

that it had protested to the nations representcti on the Neutral

Nations

Repatriation

commis-

sion the lattcr's refusal to force anti-Communist prisoners to attend explanation sessions.

militar\'

weapons

00

Beria and 6 co-de4.0 fendants were shot as traitors to the U.S.S.R. after a secret trial before a special commission L.

P.

supreme court.

Carl A. Hall and Bonnie B. Heady were executed in the gas chamber of the Missouri penitentiary under sentence of a federal court for the kidnapmurder of 6-yr.-old Robert C.

Pres. Eisenhower stated that he viewed the proposed European Defense Community as the only practical wa\' of maintaining peace between France and

Greenlease, Jr.

in Shah Mohammed Riza Iv Pahlavi signed a decree dissolving the

Iranian parliament

and authorizing immediate

elec-

Italy and Yugoslavia completed the withdrawal of their troops from frontier positions in the Trieste area.

01 Soviet Union

L

I

expressed

its

willingness to negotiate with

Secy, of State John Foster Dulles warned the

Communists

OC Zu

Polish

and Czechoslovak

members

of the .Neutral Repatriation commission protested the decision rtf the majority of the commission to end prisoner of war explanations.

Nations

Queen Elizabeth Britain

II of Great a world-wide Christ-

in

mas broadcast from .Auckland, N.Z., vowed to uphold a new conception of an etiual partnership of races and nations in the British

Commonwealth.

op ZU

Pres. Eisenhower announced the early withdrawal from Korea and return to the U.S. of 2 U.S. divisions.

Soviet government

proposed

that the conference of Big Four foreign ministers at Berlin should begin on or after Jan. 25 rather than Jan. 4, 1954.

forces

report-

ed to have cut Indochina in two at its narrowest point by the capture of Thakhek on the Thailand border.

Pres. Eisenhower directed that as much government contract work as possible be placed with plants in areas having large and chronic unemployment.

Threatened strike

Railway Labor

on OU

Egypt and Great Britain

resumed informal negotiations on the control of the Suez Canal Zone after a 10-week recess.

Ramdn Magsaysay gurated

for a 4-year as president of the Philip-

pines.

Sir Gerald Templer, high commissioner in Malaya, was designated to take

Gen.

British

of the

army group

NATO

northwestern GerOct. 1954.

league (professional) title playoff for the 2nd con.secutive year.

Tuskegee institute

Rene Coty was

in joint session.

Prisoner of war explanations at Panmunjom came to an end at midnight under the terms of

Pres. Eisenhower placed a ceiling of 2,500,000 bu. on oats imported into the U.S. from nonCanadian sources until Sept. 30,

OQ ZO

U.S. state dept. formally denied to India that the U.S. sought bases in Pakistan or a military

been

Football

many,

01 Soviet Union returned eastern Germany the last I World War

Defense dept. reported that the U.S. armed forces had reduced

from

a

peak

strength of 3,685,000 in April 1952 to 3,455,954 on Nov. 30,

Bowl Games, Jan.

1,

1954

Calif.)

Southern, 8 Calif., 67;

Great Lakes Naval Train-

ing centre, 12

Cotton Bowl (Dallas, Tex.) — Rice, 28; Alabama, 6 Sugar Bowl (New Orleans, La.) — Georgia Tech, 42; West Virginia, 19 Orange Bowl (Miami, Fla.) — Oklahoma, 7; Maryland, Gator Bowl (Jacksonville, Fla.) — Texas Tech, 35; Auburn, 13 Cigar Bowl (Tampa, Fla.) — La Crosse (Wis.) State, 12; Missouri Valley, 12 (tie)

to 33

II

reparations.

Australia won the Davis cup challenge (final) round by defeating the U.S., 3 to 2, in tennis matches at Melbourne, Austr.

(El Paso, Tex.)

Salad Bowl (Phoenix, Ariz.)— Fort Ord,

effective in

reported that no lynchings had been recorded in the U.S. for the 2nd consecutive year.

— Michigan State, 28; U.C.L.A., 20 — Texas Western, 37; Mississippi Southern, 14 Tangerine Bowl (Orlando, Fla.) — East Texas, 7; Arkansas State, 7 (tie) Prairie View Bowl (Houston, Tex.) — Prairie View A. & M., H; Texas Rose Bowl (Pasadena,

Sun Bowl

in

of the industrial plants seized for

1954.

the armistice agreement.

was inau-

Manila

in

Germany.

parliament

nonop-

act.

ern

elected to succeed Vincent Auriol as president of France on the 13th ballot of

of

erating employees on the major U.S. railroads was forestalled by the creation by Pres. Eisenhower of an emergency board under the

command

OT

of

in

east.

term

Viet-Minh forces were

reduction

that

Korea did not mean that the U.S. was hedging on its commitments in the far U.S.

Detroit Lions defeated the Lt Cleveland Browns, 17 to 16, to win the National Football

tions.

on ZU

the U.S.

in

Great Britain's new atomic energy administration.

of the soviet

in 10

K>ukyu

Former Iranian Premier Mo-

nounced that it had accepted an Albanian offer for the resumption of diplomatic relations.

announced

on Zw

group of Ul.mds was

fcHlhc

Yugoslav government an-

Communist China

1953.

Oi Amami Oshima rcturnt-d to Ja()an b\

re\ersing an earlier ruled that emi)loyers

with Chief of State Bao Dai.

Federal Communications commission reversed its previ-

1953

board,

hammed Mossadegh 1*7



alliance with Pakistan.

National Labor Relations stanil.

U.S. air force rt'portoil that Maj. Charles 10. \'eagcr, fl>'ing; Hell X-l.A r.i_ houiulfii on the north by lennesscc. on the east by Cieorgia, on 'j ,1 -1 ,1 ,1 T-i f^ I »u the south by Florida and the Cult ol Mexico and on the west by Mississippi. Called the "Cotton state" or the "Vellow-Hammer state." its area includes 51,078 sq. mi. of land and 531 sq.mi. • 1^1 ^ AlQhOmO

I,-

.•

!\

Peonuts, lb

Hoy, tons Sweet potatoes, bo

./^-

1

1



3,051.000; 43.8^r .\,

,

,

-.11

.

,

.

.

.

1



Decatur, 19,974; Huntsville, 16.437; 21.584; +->/' Phenix City, J ^ -"^' ^ 2;. ^051 Selma, 22,840. ,', .\ ^ ^, J , Ihe second biennial legislative session under Gov. MisTory.

an,

•^

'



^ Gordon

,

S.

creases were voted

y

.,,.,.

.

ill

D Persons

e

,

.

»jj-iAdditional



took place

1

in

1953.

Alabama teachers; money was

the state r,,,

III



1

1

state

and

.,

from

his

The ^,

Ottice



is

f

J

I





pay check,

in order to

' in intercultural education, with special

Federation of Labor: see Labour Unions. Geographical Society: see Cartography;

American Indians: American institute of Accountants: see Indians,

American. see Societies

and

P.

of

emphasis on the Negro. Sallie E. Coy, Westerly (R.I.) Public library, received the

making her

Associations, U.S.

Letter librarian award ($100)

American

factor in the cultural and social development of her region.

American

Arkansas Library commission was given the Letter library award for extending and improving library service in 1952.

Institute of Architects: see Societies and Associations, U.S. Institute of Chemical Engineers: see SociAND Associations, U.S. American Institute of Electrical Engineers: see Societies AND Associations, U.S. American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers: see Societies and Associ.\tions, U.S. American Iron and Steel institute: see Societies and

tin

and the A.L.A. Public Relations committee

lic

relations programs.

Mexico City college, Pennsylvania Library associaand South Carolina State Library board. During 1953 the A.L.A. through its American Heritage project, which was financed by a grant from the Fund for Adult Education (an independent organization established by the Ford foundation), established and sponsored local discussion groups under public library auspices on United States political principles and their application to present-day problems. More than 500 discussion leaders were trained and 40 discussion groups for both adults and young persons were conducted during this second year of operation. An additional grant enabled the project to plan operations in 16 major areas during 1953-54. tion

Veterans' Organizations.

American library Association. l^'ry^TsocZli'n (A.L.A.). the

official

organization for librarians in the United

States and Canada, had a

membership in 1953 of more than 21,500 from the U.S. and possessions. Canada and more than 50 other countries. In 1952 the association had an endowment capof about $2,253,000 and a total income of $1,214,000. Headquarters are located at 50 East Huron street, Chicago, II, 111., with David H. Clift the executive secretary and Grace Stevenson the associate executive secretary. The annual mid-

ital

winter meeting of the association was held in Chicago, Feb. 2-7, 1953. An attendance of 3,200 was registered at the 72nd annual

conference in Los Angeles, Calif., June 21-27. Future conference plans called for a midwinter meeting in Chicago, Jan. 31-Feb. 6,

1954, and annual conferences in Minneapolis, Minn., June 20-

26,

1954, and in

elected

by

ballot,

Philadelphia,

who assumed

Pa.,

July 3-9,

1955.

Officers,

The survey of made possible by

adult education activities in public libraries, a special grant to

A.L.A. from the Fund for

1952-53. was completed. An additional grant of $100,000 was given for strengthening and improving existing

Adult Education

in

adult education programs in individual libraries.

As a result of a meeting in May 1953 of librarians, publishers and public-spirited citizens, a manifesto on "The Freedom to Read" was issued and endorsed by the A.L.A. and the American (D. H. C.) Book Publishers council. {See also Libraries.)

their duties at the annual con-

ference were: president. Flora B. Ludington,

College library, South Hadley, Mass.;

first

Mount Holyoke

vice-president and

Quincy L. Mumford. Cleveland (O.; Public library; second vice-president, Laura K. Martin, professor of library science. University of Kentucky, Lexington; and treasurer, Raymond C. Lindquist, Cuyahoga County Public library,

president-elect,

Cleveland.

The annual A.L.A. citations for distinguished service as library trustees were awarded to Jacob M. Lashly, St. Louis, Mo., and Frank A. Smith, Clayton, Ga. The 32nd Newbery medal was Ann Nolan Clark for Secret of the Andes, judged to be

given to

for effective pub-

Field citations for library recruiting

($100) were awarded to Alpha Beta Alpha, the undergraduate association,

see

The

library fraternity, Detroit Junior Librarians, Medical Library

American Law U.S.

The

Dana

Associations, U.S.

American Legion:

library a vital

Sixteen libraries were presented with the 1953 John Cotton Publicity awards, sponsored by the Wilson Library Bulle-

eties

Institute: see Societies and Assooations,

for

Amprioan nillCIIUali

I itpntiirp LllCiaiUIC.

^^' ^'^' '^^^ in a

^^

"""^'"^

fiction,

poetry

^""""^

dead centre, in

and criticism the patterns had been set and followed and no new challenges flung down. Although there was good reading aplenty, there were few really distinguished works and no new lines of development opening up. In nonfiction there was the usual good reportage of the present and exploration of the past. Perhaps in keeping with the new political administration, there were signs of a trend toward conservatism, visible in such books as Peter Viereck's Shame and Glory of the Intellectuals, a treatise on the rediscovery of

AMERICAN LITERATURE

42

The Conservative Mind, a study of the Santayana; and Chad Walsh's Campus Cods on Trial. Even more marked was the tendency, noted in previous years, to focus upon the past, and the yield of good historical works of all sorts was enormous. But the feeling, in all areas, was one of hiatus, of waiting for new figures or forms or ideas to appear, and of hesitance in tackling the more controvalues; Russell Kirk's

from Burke

tradition

versial issues of the day.

World

Affairs.

buildings with illustrations and detailed discussion. In Roots of Contemporary American Architecture, Lewis Mumford edited

to

sion of civic architecture

and study during the year. John Jay Mc-

I'olicy.

The Challenge

American Foreign Gordon A. Craig and Felix Gilbert, editors of The Diplo-

proach to world relations

in

to

mats: igiQ-ig^Q, an anthology of diplomatic documents, also

recommended

a

modernizing of state department machinery.

Other studies in this area were William .Appleton Williams' American-Russian Relations, I78i-ig47 and Joseph C. Grew's two-volume memoir. The Turbulent Era, edited by Walter John-

city planning.

Another work of

and text by the curatorial staff of the museum. Aaron Copland gathered together a group of lectures on creation and appreciation in Music and Imagination.

lections, the selections

Among many

Cloy. former high commissioner to Germany, proposed a rational reorganization of the state department and a co-operative ap-

and

widespread popularity was the Metropolitan Museum of Art's Art Treasures: A Selection From the European and Asiatic Col•

—The foreign policy of the United States was

the topic of discussion

essays by various writers from the mid- 19th century up to the present. Christopher Tunnard's The City of Man was a discus-

excellent biographies

was Ex-Prodigy, by Nor-

bert A\'iener. the life of a child prodigy

A. Lindbergh reappeared ical

in the

who made

good. Charles

public eye with an autobiograph-

volume. The Spirit of St. Louis. Two Lives, by Wesley and Lucy Sprague Mitchell, was the record of a

Clair Mitchell

happy marriage. And Jackson recalled History.

— In

in

a prairie

The Buffalo Walhnv Charles Tenney boyhood.

the large group of excellent historical

works,

study of the role of schools in a modern democracy, to Lillian

most notable trend was toward the presentation of documents which made available to the general reader the actual source materials of U.S. history. The most panoramic of these was A Docnvientary History of the United States, edited by Richard D. Heffner. which presented basic documents from the Declaration of Independence to the Marshall plan. George F. Willison's The Pilgrim Reader included documents of the Plymouth Colony up to the death of William Bradford; and Richard M. Dorson gathered eye-witness accounts, from letters and other sources, of events from Lexington to Yorktown in Amer-

Ross's Picture, in which she followed the making of a movie

ican Rebels: Narrative of the Patriots.

from idea to showing. Howard Mumford Jones's The Pursuit of Happiness showed the changing conception of happiness from

Other studies went back to the very roots of the continent. Alpheus Hyatt Verrill and Ruth Verrill, archaeologists, wrote America's Ancient Civilizations. Frederick Julius Pohl. in The

son,

which covered the U.S. diplomats career from 1904 to North From Malaya, advocated a

1945. William 0. Douglas, in

approach

political

to the

problems of that part of the world, and

Eleanor Roosevelt's report on her travels, India and the Awakeniui^ East,

presented the

difficulties of establishing

democracy

there.

The American Scene.

— Books

about the American scene

ranged from James Bryant Conant's Education and Liberty, a

the time of the constitution to the present. Sidney Hook's controversial

Heresy,

Yes

— Conspiracy,

No!

tried

to

proper limits of liberal thought and action. Barrows

define

the

Dunham,

in

the

Lost Discovery, basing his research on

a literal reading of the

sages, told the story of the vikings in

America. Ruth Murray

Red Man's America,

discussed the white man's

Giant in Chaijis, proposed that the interplay of philosophical

Underbill, in

theory and practice can free mankind.

dealings with the Indians in the past as well as his current re-

Alfred C. Kinsey and associates published the second volume of his

monumental

statistical

study. Sexual Behavior in

sponsibilities

An

the

Human

toward them.

important work was William Winslow Crosskey's Politics

Female. Attacked by some as being insufficiently psychiand by others as insufficiently moral, it was still a basic contribution to the understanding of American civilization. More general in its approach was M. F. Ashley-Montagu's The Natural Superiority of Women. The publication of Harry Stack Sullivan's The Interpersonal Theory of Psychiatry made avail-

and the Constitution in the History of the United States, in which he attempted to show, partly through a study of the vo-

able the ideas of the country's leading contributor to psychiatric

Constitutio?ial Principles of

atric

thought. James Bryant Conant's Modern- Science and

Man

reviewed the cultural significance of

Modern

somewhat simpler form

of

government than has been generally

supposed. Another historian. Caleb Perry Patterson, approached

book The Volume seven of

the constitution through a study of one figure in his

The Papers of Thomas

Thomas

Jefferson.

Jefferson, edited

by Julian

P.

Boyd, with

activities

Elizabeth L. Hutter and Mina R. Bryan, covered the time from

the national scene.

March 2. 1784. to Feb. 25. 1785. Three excellent documentary biographies in the "Makers of the American Tradition Series"

scientific

since 1930.

Many books explored specific aspects of Among these was George R. Stewart's U.S.

cabulary of the constitution, that the founding fathers intended a

of the

were Roger Williams, by Perry Miller; Andrew Jackson, by Harold C. Syrett; and Benjamin Frankli^i, by I. Bernard Cohen. Volume five of the monumental biography of George Washing-

Trial, reported

ton by Douglas Southall Freeman appeared. Victory With the

40, a

panorama of from one

the country, physical, economic and cultural, as seen

main coast-to-coast highways. Richard B. Morris, in Fair on 14 famous judicial proceedings from Anne Hutchinson to Alger Hiss. Bloody Williamson, by Paul McClelland Angle, was the history of an Illinois county which offered an epitome of labour and gangster violence. Amory Cleveland, in The Last Resorts, gave a sprightly account of a vanishing life in Bar Harbor. Me., Palm Beach. Fla., and other such haunts of the wealthy. Ludwig Bemelmans' Father, Dear Father, was the

wry account

And

S.

number

J.

of a trip abroad with his

Perelman

in

15-year-old daughter.

The Ill-Tempered Clavichord made a

of observations as a victim of civilization.

There was considerable interest in summing up recent developments in architecture. The Museum of Modern Arts (New York, N.Y.) publication Built in USA: Post-War Architecture, edited by Henry-Russell Hitchcock and Arthur Drexler, presented 43

Help of France. Bernard De\'oto's The Course of Empire, well documented and written in the grand manner, was a history of territorial expansion and exploration. Carl Bridenbaugh analyzed three distinct southern cultures and the myths about them in Myths aiid Realities: Societies of the Colonial South. Jared van W^agenen's

The Golden Age

of

Homespun

described

life in

the early 19th

century; and Edouard A. Stackpole wrote The Sea-Hunters: The New England Whalemen During Two Centuries, 1635-1835.

James Garfield Randall added volume

three,

Midstream, of

his

Lincoln, the President, a scholarly and vivid picture of the year 1863. to his life of Abraham Lincoln. His wife, Ruth Painter

Randall, wrote

Mary

Lincoln: Biography of a Marriage, which

AMERICAN LITERATURE corrected finally the slanderous picture previously accepted of the president's wife. Roy P. Basler brought out Lincoln's Collected

Works

in a great

nine-volume edition. Harold E. Briggs

and Ernestine B. Briggs. not finding many

much

sented as

Hanks

a picture of a milieu as a

facts to go on, pre-

biography

in

Nancy

Lincoln, a Frontier Portrait. Allan Nevins. in The States-

manship of the Civil War, had little good to say for southern diplomacy and much for Lincoln's. Ishbel Ross's popular Proud Kate was an expert study of Kate Chase and her White House ambitions.

There were a number of biographies and a collection of letwhich were important historical and economic studies as well as portraits of individual figures. Both Allan Nevins' Study in Power: John D. Rockefeller, Industrialist and Philanthropist ters

and Matthew Josephson's Sidney Hilhnan: Statesman of American Labor focused on the era. The two-volume Holme s-Laski Letters, iqi6-i9js> edited by Mark De'Wolfe Howe, presented a fascinating portrait of the interplay of two important liberal minds. the first volume of a work ten years in the makby Frank Freidel. The Apprenticeship, volume one of a sixvolume biography of Franklin D. Roosevelt; it covered the years through World War L Samuel Eliot Morison added volume eight, perhaps the most impressive and thorough of his naval history of World War II, New Guinea and the Marianas, March I g44- August 1944. In a year marked by no new development and no Fiction.

The year saw

ing



new outstanding

figure in

U.S. fiction, the reader could take

competence in American writing was extremely high. Also of interest was the large number of Negro writers who shared this competence. Saul Bellow, one of a new generation of good writers who had passed their apprenticeship, recorded the growth of a slum boy into an uncertain and ultimately undefined manhood in The Adventures of Angle March. Ilona Karmel's first novel, Stephania, was a moving and vivid picture of life in a hospital and the struggle of a cripple to find herself. Theodore Morrison, in The Stones of the House, wTote skilfully and wittily of a man's first year as a college president. Far different in tone was Richard Wright's The Outsider, a strange and sometimes unsatisfactory blend of violence and talkiness in the story of a man's fight for existence. Langston Hughes's 5/?«/>/e Takes a Wife was the quietly humorous study of a Harlem Negro in the throes of courtship. Of the books by or about Negroes, A Good Man, by Jefferson Young, recorded the symbolic struggle of a rural Mississippi Negro to paint his house and the hostility he encountered. James Baldwin, in Go Tell It on the Mountain, wrote with dignity and seriousness of a rehgious revival in Harlem. Poetic prose, delicacy of observation artd an underlying bitterness marked Gwendolyn Brook's story of a Negro girl in Chicago, Maud Martha. Hubert Creekmore, in The Chain in the Heart, followed a southern Negro family's search for freedom in its fullest sense comfort

in the realization that the general level of

through three generations.

The

of a marine, from boot camp to death, was the subLeon M. Uris' Battle Cry. Other novels of battle included Warren Eyster's Far From the Customary Skies, about men on a destroyer in the Pacific war, and James A. Michener's The life

ject of

Bridges at Toko-Ri, a not entirely successful attempt to substitute jet planes for

men

Ben Ames Williams,

as heroes.

posthumous novel, The Unconmore as a historian than as a novelist, although his smoothness as a popular writer remained. Marjorie Kinnan Rawlings showed her in

his

quered, approached the period of the Reconstruction

CARL SANDBURG, who celebrated his 75th birthday in 1953 with the publication of his autobiography, Always the Young Strangers

43

AMERICAN LITERATURE

44 usual quiet skill in \'ork

The Sojourner,

the

life

New

of an upstate

farmer. William Carlos Williams completed his trilogy

ahout the character and ambitions of

a

Scandinavian immiprant

The Light in the Forest, attempted, through the story of a white boy brought up among Indians, an understanding of both Indians and colonists. The Devil Rides Outside, by John H. Griftin. described the mental sufferings of an unbelieving American in a French monastery. Wright Morris, in The Deep Sleep, analyzed the feelings, not invariably admirable, of a man's family on the day of his death. The U'eh of Time, by Josephine Lawrence, was a study of old age and retirement. Upton Sinclair revived his ubiquitous hero and led him through all the major events of recent times in The Return of Lanny Budd. John Phillips' (J. P. Marquand, Jr.) The Second Happiest Day was a slick novel of the upper crust somewhat redeemed by a sceptical narrator. There was a sharp increase in the number of good books of short stories, many of which sold remarkably well. One of the best was J. D. Salinger's Nine Stories, which demonstrated girl

and her husband

T/ie Build-up.

in

Conrad Richter,

in

among other things his continuing skill in portraying the adolescent. Waldo Frank's Not Heaven was a group of interrelated short stories about man's attempts to deal with the cruelty of the universe. Also distinguished were the stories in Jean Stafford's

Children Are Bored on Sunday. The people of

Schulberg's

Some Faces

in

the

Crowd

are

Budd

warm and human.

Charles Jackson in Earthly Creatures and John Cheever in The

Enormous Radio, and Other

Stories demonstrated in their vari-

ous ways the aimlessness and insecurity of the people around

them. H. L. Davis' excellent Tearn Bells

Woke Me, and

Other

Stories revolves around people and settings of the far w'est.

The growing popularity

of paper-covered books had

in the field of the short story

thology of

new

writing.

New

its effect

with the phenomenon of the an-

writers as well as established ones

found an outlet in such publications as New Voices: America^i Writing Today, edited by Don M. Wolfe; Discovery, edited by John W. Aldridge and Vance Bourjaily; and the second and third issues of

Mentor

—One

New World

Writitig.

most distinguished scholarly works of the year w^as Leon Edel's The Untried Years, volume one of a projected life of Henry James. Blake R. Nevius presented a perceptive reading in Edith Wharton: A Study of Her Fiction. A rising interest in Willa Cather was indicated by the publication of a biography and two memoirs. Willa Cather, a Critical Biography, by E. K. Brown, completed by Leon Edel, was a biography of considerable excellence. Personal memoirs were Edith Lewis' Willa Cather, Livi?ig and Elizabeth Shepley Sergeant's Willa Cather, a Memoir. Philip Young's Ernest Hemingway was a study of the Hemingway hero for whom there is Scholarship.

of the

victory in defeat.

Two

volumes of

letters

aroused considerable interest

in figures

The Letters of Sherwood Anderson, selected and edited by Howard Mumford Jones and Walter B. Rideout, recreated the personality and milieu of a writer. The Letters of Edna St. Viticent Millay, edited by Allan Ross Macdougall, show the poet as a vivid and reckless person. Of more general works one of the most interesting w-as Van Wyck Brooks's The Writer iji America, in which he sums up his philosophy of life and letters, explaining the optimism of his approach to American literature. Maxwell David Geismar continued his study of the American novel with Rebels and Ancestors: The American Novel, i8go-igij. Perry Miller, in The New England Mind, added a second volume to his analysis of the of the 1920s.

growth of

Among

religious thought.

and biographies was Carl Sandburgs Always the Yowig Strangers, a rambling account of a literary reminiscences

prairie its

boyhood, more a picture of

a

midwestern small town and

inhabitants than the story of the genesis of a poet. George

Santayana's

My

autobiography.

Host the World was the

Two

instalment of his

final

distinguished collections of essays about

the writers' experiences and opinions were Katherine ter's

The Days Before and Gilbert Highet's People,

Anne PorPlaces,

and

Books.

The collection of essays and reviews by F. O. Matthiessen, The Responsibilities of the Critic, summarized the ideas of this distinguished critic on present.

Edmund

all

life, past and The Shores of the 1920s and 1930s.

phases of U.S. literary

Wilson's collected reviews

Light constituted a literary chronicle of Allen Tate, in The Forlorn

Demon,

man

of letters in our time. Poetry

rell,

was

a defense of the

in

discussed the role of the

and the Age, by Randall Jar-

modern poet against the charge

of

obscurantism. Richard P. Blackmur's Language as Gesture was

group of discerning essays on the history and criticism of American and British poetry. Eric Bentley's In Search of Theater analyzed the drama of five countries, especially as it was the vehicle for ideas. Editions and selections included The F.nigma of Thomas Wolfe, biographical and critical selections edited by Richard Gaither Walser. The Man From Main Street, edited by Harry E. Maule and others, included essays and other writings by Sinclair Lewis. Robert Wooster Stallman edited Stephen Crane: An Omnibus, with critical comment. Other collections were The Portable Melville, edited by Jay Leyda; The Hemiyigway Reader, selected by Charles Poore; and Henry James: Selected Fiction, edited by Leon Edel. Poetry. The year brought many books of poetry, some of which surveyed the life work of established poets while others brought new young poets to the reader's attention. Collected Poems: igij-igs2, by Archibald MacLeish, showed the change and growth of the poet over the years. Yvor Winters' Collected Poems, actually a selection, showed the neat, tough lyrics of which he is capable. The verse of Mark Van Doren's Spring Birth, and Other Poems was traditional and unpretentiously skilled. Three posthumous collections were The Poet's Testament, poems and two plays by George Santayana; Selected Poems, lyrics of social protest as well as of inner emotions, by Claude McKay; and Poems, by the American mystic Ridgely a



Torrence.

Perhaps the most successful

in establishing

an idiom of his

own was Theodore Roethke. Poems written from 1933 to 1953, collected in The Waking, were concerned with the perceptions and depths of the child. Brother to Dragons, a moral tale in by Robert Penn Warren, was an uneven work using historical materials from the Jeffersonian era. Another long poem was The Dragon and the Unicorn, in which Kenneth Rexroth wrote about places he had been and ideas he had had. Ogden Nash collected his humorous and satirical verse in The Private Dining Room. The lyrics of May Sarton's The Land of Silence, and Other Poems skilfully captured evanescent moods. Norman Rosten's The Plane and the Shadow included many good poems verse and voice

on contemporary

issues.

Of the newer poets, David Wagoner published Dry Sun, Dry Wind, poems in terse rhythm anatomizing the aridity and vacancy in nature and in people. Another first book was The Green Loving, by Dorothy Hughes. Carleton Drewry wTOte The Writhen Wood, a group of elegiac lyrics, and LeRoy Smith The Fourth King, a sequence of poems which consider man as descendant of Adam. Other collections of some stature were Stanley Burnshaw's Early and Late Testament, Carl Bode's The Sacred Seasons, Harold Norse's The Undersea Mountain and Peter \'iereck's The First Morning. In poetry too the paper-covered book was offering publication to new and often previously unpub-

AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY — ANGLING The most notable collection was New Poems by American Poets, edited by Rolfe Humphries and ranging from new poems by such established writers as W. H. Auden to those by unknown writers. {See also Book Publishing; Children's Books; English Literature; Literary Prizes.) (H. M. H.) lished poets.

Jean Menant, the French

vigitier,

45

taking offense from an alleged

and political measures adopted by the council of the valleys, published a decree that all Frenchmen entering Andorra must have passports and visas long

costing 1,000

economic

unfriendly

of

series

fr.

This edict seriously affected the local economy,

were expected in 1953. co-prince (Vincent Auriol) on Sept. 12 withdrew

for 300,000 visitors

American Mathematical Society:

see Societies

and As-

The French

recognition from the syndic and the French vigiiier was ordered

sociations, U.S.

American Medical Association:

and Asso-

see Societies

ciations, U.S.

American Optometric Association:

see Societies

and

to refuse visas for

F. Cayrat.

On

reaffirmed

its

Andorran passports bearing the signature of

Sept. 22 the council of the valleys unanimously

confidence in the syndic. This rebuff sprang, in

from the attitude of the Spanish co-prince who regive his approval to a draft Franco-Andorran agree-

part at least,

Associations. U.S.

American Prison Association:

and Asso-

see Societies

fused to

ment on

ciations, U.S.

American Society of

Civil

Engineers:

see

Societies

AND ASSOCUTIONS, U.S. American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers: see Societies and Associations, U.S. American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers: see Societies and Associations, U.S. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: see Societies AND Associations, U.S. American Sunday-School Union: see Societies and Asso-

the grounds that since it proposed special treatment for French residents in Andorra, Spanish residents should have the same advantages. In a note to the prefect of Pyrenees Orientales, who represented the French co-prince, the council of the valleys recalled

that the "indivisible co-sovereignty" of the two princes

prince and asked

American Veterans' Committee:

see

Veterans' Organi-

him

to

reconsider favourably his measures

against Andorra. Economy.

ciations, U.S.

was the

fundamental principle of the statute of the principality; the council expressed its "respectful submission" to the French co-

—Xo

budget or

ta.xes.

Cigarette factory, with yearly turnover

of about 50,000,000 pesetas. Duties collected

on imported goods

in

1952:

appro.ximately 2,250,000 pesetas.

zations.

American Veterans of World

War

II

(Amvets):

see

^^ ^952. 171127,896 fishing licences were sold in the United States, a record-breaking total representing

Vetera.ns" Organizations.

Anrrlinrr nllgililgi

Anaemia:

a gross cost of $33,609,539 to anglers. This latter figure in-

see Blood,

Diseases of the.

cluded licences, special permits, seals and one-half the cost of

combination licences (instead of

Anderson, Robert Bernard 'Zromcsl:

"ifs^ZZ

meagre

his

living as a dairy

He worked

Angling and Casting clubs was held at Toledo, O., Aug. 26-30,

farmer and cotton picker.

way through Weatherford

college,

the University of Texas, Austin, receiving his law degree from the latter institution in 1932. In the

same

year, within a period

was admitted to the Texas bar, set up law practice in Ft. Worth and was elected to the Texas legislature. In that year also he became assistant attorney general of the state and in 1934 state tax commissioner; two years later he was chairman and executive director of the Texas Unemployment commission. He then entered private business, later becoming director of a number of corporations and general manager of a of a few months, he

500,000-ac. ranch in northwest Texas. a prominent

in

tion

principality

between France and

Spain. Andorra has an area of 191 sq.mi. Popula-

(1953 est.): about 6,500, excluding approximately 1,200 mainly Spaniards. Language: Catalan. Religion: Capital:

Catholic.

Andorra-la-Vieja, pop.

(1952

est.)

600. Co-princes: the president of the French republic and the

bishop of Urgel, Spain, respectively represented by their vigniers (deputies).

points one of

An

its

elected general council of 24

members

members

ap-

as the syndic general des vallees

(from 1946, Francisco Cayrat). History. In June 1953 the relations between France and Andorra never cordial since World War II became strained.



-3-

ft.

The loth

Tuna Cup match was held at Wedgeand the Alton B. Sharp cup was won by

International

port, N.S.. Sept. 10-12,

Mexican team.

The

International

Game

Fish association's outstanding world's

by Alfred Glassell, Jr., on Aug. 4, 1953 in the waters off Talara, Peru. There were several other record fish certified, many of them caught in 1952. A 358-lb. 6-oz. Pacific sailfish was taken on Nov. 10, 1952, off La Paz, Mex., by Mrs. E. C. de Berrios. An 83-lb. 7.7-oz. California white sea bass was taken off San Felipe, Mex., on March 31, 1953, by L. C. Baumgardner. A 2,372-lb. white shark was taken in Streaky bay, Austr., on Jan. 8, 1953, by A. Dean. A 1,182-lb. broadbill swordfish was caught off Iquique, Chile, on May 7, 1953, by L. Marron. A 32-lb. 4-oz. pollack was taken oft" Belmar, N.J., on April 25, 1953, by J. Wolf. A 368-lb. big-eyed tuna was taken off Talara, Peru, on March 23, 1953, by H. L. Woodward. A 1192-lb. amberjack was caught off Rio de Janeiro, Braz., on Jan. 13, 1952, by C. de Mello Cunha. A 172-lb. bonefish was taken off Oahu, T.H., on

in the

foreigners,

Roman

425

fly

ft.

Republican national convention at Chicago,

An autonomous

1

distance trout

record catch for the year was a 1,560-lb. black marlin, taken

1932; he was also active

nllUUIIdi

The

state's elec-

campaign preceding the November election. In December of that year Anderson was designated by Eisenhower as secretary of the navy, whereupon he relinquished all his corporate directorships and other business interests. He was confirmed by the senate on Feb. 2, 1953. 111.,

event was won by Myron Gregory and an average of 151 ft.; the |-oz. bait-casting event was won by W. J. Lovely with a long cast of 375 ft. and an average of 3645 ft., which broke the record for the average cast; W. J. Lovely also won the |-oz. distance baitcasting event with a long cast of 428 ft. and an average of 1953.

with a long cast of 152

the

With Gov. Allan Shivers of Texas, Anderson took part in Dwight D. Eisenhower's campaign for the toral votes at the

previous years).

Weatherford, Tex., and

a farm near Burleson, Tex., on June 4 and in his youth earned a

full cost, as in

The states of California, Michigan and Wisconsin each sold more than 1,000,000 licences. The 45th annual tournament of the National Association of





by J. Yoshida. A 39-lb. 15-oz. oceanic bonito was taken off Walker Cay, the Bahamas, on Jan. 21, 1952, by F. Drowley. A 76-lb. 8-oz. kingfish was taken off Bimini, the Bahamas, on May 22, 1952, by R. E. Maytag. A black drum, weighing 87 lb. 12 oz. was taken off Cape Charles, Va., on April Aug.

23,

1952,

ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN

46 ji. 11)5:,

by Paul

Pennewell.

J.

On May

25, 1952,

Hubert Ham-

mers broke the world's record for lake trout with a 63-lb. 2-oz. fish out oi Lake Superior. (A. J. Me.)

A Anglo-Egyptian Sudan.

territory in northeast Africa,

Sudan

An^io-EKyptian

the

is

under the joint st)\ereignty of Great Britain and Egypt. Area: 967.500 sq.mi. Pop. (1952

est.,

no census ever taken): 8,766,-

000. Language: English, Arabic and various Nilotic and tribal dialects in the south.

Religion: Arabic minority

lem: Negro population mainly heathen; only about ulation in the south

Khartoum

(cap..

is

is

20%

Negro Mos-

of pop-

Christian. Chief towns (pop.. 1948 est.):

71.400);

Omdurman

El-Obeid

(125.300);

Wad

(70.100);

Medani (57.300); Port Sudan (47.000). Gover1953. Sir Robert Howe.

nor-general in

History.

— During

1953 the Anglo-Egyptian negotiations on

the future of the Sudan, which had been entered into in Nov.

1952, were brought to a successful conclusion. An agreement was reached between representatives of the two countries and signed on Feb. 12. Careful provision was made for the future of the southern Sudan. During a transitional period of not more than three years, which was to elapse before the fulfilment of Sudanese independence, the governor-general would have a spe-

ensure the equitable treatment of the in-

cial responsibility to

was further provided that the in parliament by one quarter of the members and that two offices of ministerial rank in any Sudanese cabinet were to be held by southerners. The principal article of the agreement was the decision for habitants of

all

provinces.

It

southern Sudan was to be represented

full

independence after a short transitional period. This period

was was

to begin after the election of a to last for not

more than three

Sudanese parliament and years.

During

this period

the governor-general would have the supreme authority although in

matters of defense and external

affairs

he would be respon-

codomini. But he would be assisted by a commis-

sible to the

MOHAMMED NAGUIB. Egyptian presid-;,:, ..„Lli antly with which he signed the British-Egypt Sudan agreement '„

lioMi: in

.,

,

.

,

1953

of this agreement represented considerable concessions on both

In particular

sides.

was not

it

opinion would allow without to sovereignty over the

many

to be expected that

comment

Egyptian

the sacrifice of that claim

Sudan which had been strongly held

for

years. Fresh difficulties did arise about British policy in

the southern Sudan, and over delays in the appointment of the

commission. The

and one Egyptian member, and two Sudanese, \vhose names were to be proposed by the British and Egyptian governments in agreement and offered for approval to the Sudanese parliament. Provision was made, too, for the setting up of a commission to supervise the preparation and conduct of elections. This was to have an Indian chairman and six other members, one British, one Egyptian, one U.S. citizen, and three Sudanese to be appointed by the governor-general with the approval of his commission. Provision was made for the Sudanization of the govern-

Sudanese nominees

ment

the elections before the second half of June, by which time the

sion of five, consisting of a Pakistani chairman, one British

service under the control of another joint committee, al-

though

it

was stated that the Sudanese parliament might,

wished, retain the services of British

officials.

if it

Finally, the whole

process of the implementation of independence and of Sudaniza-

was

tion

national

to

be conducted under the supervision of an inter-

body

to

be appointed for

this purpose.

This agreement was welcomed in London where Anthony

Eden, the foreign secretary, described it as "a reasonable settlement of this question which has for so long bedevilled our re-

and also in Cairo, where Gen. Mohammed was "good news" and would '"inaugurate a new and reera in the relations with our brethren, the Sudanese store confidence in the relations between Egypt and Great

lations with Egypt''

Naguib said

it

.

.

.

Britain."

made the

attempt to bring with

Egypt

as a result of a statement

an independent Sudan from claiming membership of

Commonwealth

Eden

in

house of commons that there was nothing

in the British

to prevent

of Nations. General

this

Naguib stated that any

about would invalidate the agreement, but

reaffirmed the view that complete independence did carry it

cusations that British

the right to form external associations at will.

The terms

officials

were abusing

their

power

in the

southern Sudan and that they were delaying the process toward

made

self-government. In fact a good deal of such progress was

during the spring and summer. At the end of March the names

members of the governor-general's commission were announced and on April 7 the electoral commission was formed. However, on May 6 the electoral commission announced that of the

it

w^ould be impossible to

rains

make

the necessary preparations for

would make polling impossible

in

many

areas.

They were

accordingly postponed until after the middle of October. (See also

(H.

Egypt.)



— (1950):

S.

D.)

Northern system government schools: elementary 262 (pupils 37,000), subgrade and Koran 540 (pupils 40,000), intermediate 21 (pupils 2,661), secondary 6 (pupils 1,457), technical 3 (pupils 264), teachers' training colleges 5 (teachers trained annually more than 255); nongovernment schools 172 (pupils 15.900); university education at Gordon Memorial college and higher education at Kitchener schools: elementary 3 (pupils 327). School of Medicine. Sonl/icni system secondary 1. intermediate i (pupils 150): pupils at mission schools 23,384: government training schools 2; primary teachers' training centres 2. Finance and Banking. Monetary unit: Egyptian pound with an exchange rate of ££0.975 to £1 sterling and ££0.348 to $i U.S. Budget: (1951(i953~S4 52 est.) revenue ££24,800,000, expenditure ££17,800,000; est.) revenue ££26,900.000, expenditure ££26,800,000. Total external debt (Dec. 31, 1949) ££12,300,000 of which ££5,300,000 to Egypt for Education.





development.

Anxiety was expressed

to the governor-general's

British government, with full opposition support, rejected ac-



(1952) Imports ££6i ,000,000; exports ££42,700.000. Main sources of imports: U.K. i2.g%\ India i2.87o; Egypt 7-1 destinations of exports: U.K. 55.1%; France 8%: India 7-3%- Main imports (1952): sugar ££5,500.000; cotton piece goods ££9,200,000: vehicles and transport equipment ££4,700,000. Main exports: cotton, ginned, ££28,800,000; gum. hashab ££2,400,000; cottonseed ££2,200,000. Foreign Trade.

%

Main



Transport and Communications. Railways (1950): 2,056 mi. Licensed motor vehicles (1951): cars 5,200; commercial 5,700. Telephones (1952): 9,824. Radio receiving set licences (1949): 3,227. Agriculture. Main crops (metric tons): cotton lint (1952) 87,000;



ANGOLA — ANTHROPOLOGY cottonseed (1952) 127,000; sesame seed (1951) 33-30o; gum arable (exports 1949) 33,900; peanuts (1951) 15,000; dates (1949) 25,000; maize (1949) 19,000; millet (1949) 92,000; sorghum (1950) 867.000. Livestock (Sept. 1952) cattle 5.500.000; sheep 6.000.000; camels (1949) 1.500,000; horses 20,000; pigs (1949) 4,000; goats (1949) 4.300,000; asses 500,000. :

47

volumes honoured the fourth InternaAnthrnnninrru MninrOpOIOgy. tlonal congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, which was held in Vienna. Aus., in Sept. 1952: Kultur mid Sprache, Arcliiv filr Volkerkunde and a Fest'^^''^^

from the Anthropological Society of Vienna. Thor HeyerAmerican Indians in the Pacific: The Theory Behind the Kon-Tiki Expedition coincided with the 30th Congress of Amerischrift

Angola: see Portuguese Overseas Territories. Animal Fats: see Vegetable Oils and Animal Fats. Animal Industry, Bureau of: see Agricultural Research

dahl's

Administration; Veterinary Medicine. Annam: see Indochina.

aboriginal migration in the Pacific evoked critical reviews.

Anniversaries and Centennials: page

see

canists in

Cambridge. Heyerdahl's arguments for a westward

Calendar,

The Vienna congress accepted

1954,

Anthropological

xxii.

Antabuse:

Alcoholic.

see Intoxication,

A

U.S. edition followed.

1956.

association

The National Research

to

the invitation of the American

go

council

to

Philadelphia.

was requested

Pa.,

in

to organize

the congress.

nllldluUwd.

Atlantic.

arctic continent

is

Pacific

and Indian oceans, the ant-

slightly less than 6,000,000 sq.mi.

about two-thirds of which has never been seen by

is

somewhat

circular in outline except for

Ross and Weddell

tions, the is

man

in

area,

or camera.

almost entirely within the Antarctic circle (67° S.) and

It lies

seas.

two gross indenta-

Nine-tenths of the

known

ft.

above sea

level.

The geographical south

in the centre of the continent at

History.

—The

pole

is

located

an elevation of almost 10,000

ft.

French expedition, under the leadership of

Capt. Paul Emile Victor, which established the Port Martin base in the French-claimed sector of Adelie Land, south of Australia, in Jan.

1950, abandoned

its

base and returned to Melbourne,

first

Strauss as secretary-general, admitted the International Union

and Ethnological Science as one of governmental adhering organizations. of .Anthropological

six

non-

An Encyclopedic Inventory and An ApAnthropology Today, edited by S. Tax. L. Eiseley, Rouse and C. F. Voegelin. comprised the proceedings of the

Anthropology Today: praisal of I.

Wenner-Gren symposium

of

June 1952. The International Di-

rectory of Anthropological Institutions, edited by \V. L.

Thomas

and A. M. Pikelis, classified the world's resources in the science. The Wenner-Gren foundation's supper conferences moved to 111., during the year in charge of a committee of editors American Anthropologist, who featured I. Schapera of London in a symposium on the comparative method in social

Chicago,

of the

Austr., in Jan. 1953.

For more than

International Social Science Research council, which held

meeting at the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural organization (U.N.E.S.C.O.) with Claude Leviits

area

snow- and ice-covered with an average elevation of about

5,000

The

Separated from other continents by the South

.•

.

five years Australia

had maintained

scientific

stations at lonely, snow-swept islands in the Antarctic ocean,

mainly for meteorological observations. In Feb. 1953 the Austrahan government decided to send an expedition to the Aus-

anthropology.

The

Institute for Social Anthropology in the Smithsonian in-

tralian-claimed territory to set up a permanent research station

A total of ten men, whose aim would be to install the basic requirements of the station and carry out a restricted program of scientific work and exploration, were 10 winter the first year. The station was to be along the coast of Princess Elizabeth Land.

maintained at least until the conclusion of the International Geophysical year in 1958. In the past few years diplomatic differences had occurred over the sovereignty ot the Palmer peninsula sector of

which

tica,

is

pendencies survey.

Chile and Argentina had long challenged

Great Britain's claim to is

West Antarc-

within the British-claimed Falkland Islands De-

this sector, of

which Deception Island

The British. Chileans and Argentines each number of bases in the Palmer peninsula area,

the focal point.

maintained a

partly to further the diplomatic validity of their claims.

The Argentines

in Jan.

on Livingston Island

1953 set up a new base at Bahia Lune South Shetland Islands. This action

in the

was strongly protested in London, and retaliatory action was taken by the British in destroying Argentine installations on Deception Island and arresting and deporting two Argentines manning the station. A near-by hut owned by the Chileans was torn

down

at the

same time.

On

Stonington Island, in Marguerite bay, the wintering base of the 1946-48 Finn Ronne expedition, 19 men of an Argentine naval garrison were marooned by heavy, premature pack ice in late March 1953. A break in the freakish antarctic weather a

week

later allowed an Argentine air force plane to parachute sup-

beleaguered force. No attempt to relieve them by sea would be possible until the end of the year, when the antarctic summer would begin. The Argentine government announced plans to estabhsh still plies to the

another base in the antarctic during the coming southern hemisphere summer. (F. Re.)

CHAVANTE chief

photographed in Mato Grosso, Brazil, In May 1953 by EdAmerican Museum of Natural History, New York city. The Chavantes, rarely contacted because of their reputation for extreme hostility, traded with Weyer's party and allowed motion pictures to be made.

ward Weyer,

Jr.,

ANTHROPOLOGY

48 >liUuion

terminated

its

activities,

leaving

the

Unitctl

Stales

without a siicntitk bureau devoted to the study of culture contacts.

The

Point Kour proj^ram attcin|)ted to identify positions

medal

iniin.jrial

for 1953 to

Arnhcm Land;

at

eral anthropology;

thropological association brought 450 persons to the University

The Society

museum

Bulletin of Research in

in

on

its

Philadelphia on Dec. 28-30 to witness a variety of

F.

Thompson

W.

Alfonso Caso y Andrade, archaeology; and

society-\'ictoria

medal

medal went

Count

to

Eigil

to Sir

Knuth

The Royal Geographic John Myres and the Patron's

for contributions to

No

Man

became

Anthropology founded

for Ap[)lied

Human

behind the "iron curtain." The Arctic Institute of North America sent seven scholars including an archaeologist, three linguists

and an ecologist to the Northwest coast, .\leutians, Point Barrow and northern Quebec. Dartmouth college, Hanover, N.H., the extensive Stefansson library and announced a Northern Studies project directed by R. A. McKennan. The Carnegie Corporation of New York enabled Yale university, the University of Hawaii and the Bernice P. Bishop museum, Honolulu, to enter upon co-operative research in the Pacilic along two lines: field studies of the spread of the native

natives. C.

Wagley (Columbia) spent the year in Brazil, and American Museum of Natural History made the

E. W'eyer of the

first motion pictures of the Chavantes, while H. Tschopik. Jr., and Raoul de los Rias of Peru embarked on a socio-anthropological study of the Indians of the upper Amazon. H. Conklin (Yale) resumed field work begun in Mindanao during the war. The Pacific Science board of the National Research council announced a Coral Atoll Research program underway at Ifaluk, south of Guam in the western Carolines, led by E. G. Burrows. The eighth Pacific Science congress met in November in Manila.

Sociological research in Africa south of the Sahara

was the

subject of a meeting of Belgian and British field workers in

February at Kampala, Uganda. The Eighth Report of the Colonial Social Science Research Council of London noted progress of colonial studies in British universities, particularly the close tie

between the University of Manchester and the Rhodes-

Livingston institute. The report of the Royal Commission on

Higher Education for Africans

in

Central Africa recommended

establishing a university college in central Africa on a multiracial basis, initially

bury

in

under the University of London, at

Southern Rhodesia. The Peabody

sent J. Marshall to the

Kaukauveld

for

museum

hunting techniques, child behaviour and group interaction the

Salis-

Harvard about 14 months to film of

among

Bushmen. M. Gusinde (Catholic University of America)

re-

a

Clearinghouse

Organization, Charles F. Hard-

In Kuala Lumpur, Malaya, Maj. P. D.

An

R. Williams-Hunt Introduction to the

Malayan Aborigines. The government of India resumed anthropological

publication.

(1952) surveyed the inhabitants of the Anda-

Its first Bulletin

man and Nicobar

Islands, reported the application of performance tests to the Bhils of central India and contained a valuable brief survey of Indian anthropological literature.

acquired

peoples and cultures, and the effect of western civilization on the

his

the Anthropological Quarterly.

prepared for the British security forces

Shimkin assessed anthropology

man and

longer content to study merely primitive

works. Primitive

ing III, editor.

university. D.

Eskimo arch-

aeology.

Although Communist aggression had closed much of the world to field work and exploration, the Americas, Africa, the margins of Asia and Oceania remained open. At the Russian Research

Harvard

work Kob-

L. Strauss, Jr., physical anthropology.

symposia.

center.

for field

ben. Viking fund medals and awards went to J. H. Steward, gen-

program and field staffs, but few of iliese positions materialized. Gordon MacGregor surveyed Iraq and Egypt for applied anthropology. Engineers and anthropologists shared views at a symposium before Section K of the American Anthropological association meeting in St. Louis, Mo., ami Section H held a symposium on "The Plains and the Rio Grande Pueblos." The 51st annual meeting of the American Anfor anthropologists

Donald

the Curl Bequest prize for 1952 to A. J.

In

Man

Sir

John Myres appraised the monographs by Milenko

Filipovic, ethnographer of Yugoslavia, illustrating the stability

of folk culture with Bosnian folk festival descriptions. E. E. Evans-Pritchard (Oxford) and Fred Eggan (Chicago) wrote forewords to Structure and Function in Primitive Society,

now

a collection of A. R. Radcliffe-Brown's essays in riodicals.

scarce pe-

Also appeared the collected writings of A. L. Kroeber,

The Nature of Culture, and two important theoretical contribuKroeber and Clyde Kluckhohn, Culture: A Critical Review of Concepts and Defittitio7is, and H. G. Harnett, Innovation. Experimental psychology and ethnology met early on the ground of individual differences to which V. F. Ray returned in "Techniques and Problems in the Study of Human Color Perception," Southwest Journal of Anthropology. Recently personality and culture brought social anthropology and social psychology together, and the cross-cultural approach was used by J. Whiting and I. L. Child in Child-Training and Personality (1953). The psychologist D. Eggan joined in "The Manifest Content of Dreams: A Challenge to Social Science," in the American Anthropologist. Theories of "Evolution and Historical Process" (K. E. Bock, American Anthropologist) continued to draw fire. Ethnohistory was the theme for the eighth Conference on Iroquois Research tions,

M.

{Science).

Hodgen

T.

applied anthropological techniques of

Change and His"The Excavation and Historical Identification of a Huron Ossuary," American historical inference to dated distributions in

tory; and K. E.

Kidd reversed

the process in

Antiquity.

In linguistics, notable books were: P. Rivet and G. de Crequi-

Montfort, Bibliographie des langties Ayniara Institut d'Ethnologie,

Paris;

W.

et

Kicua, vol.

ii,

Schmidt, Die Tasmanischen

turned to the

Bushmen of Kalahari, South Africa, on a grant from the National Science foundation, and M. J. Herskovits

Sprachen; and F. Lounsbury, Oneida Verb Morphology. The Bureau of American Ethnology in its biggest year of

toured African research centres.

monumental ethnogeography, J. R. Swanton, The htdian Tribes of North America, and three monographs from the Institute of Social

New York, the NaResearch council and the Social Science Research council jointly sponsored a conference limited to members of the aca-

Anthropology.

demic community on '"Problems of .\rea Research in Contemporary Africa" in Princeton during October. The purpose was to

La Decouverte du

inventory research accomplished and point up problems for fu-

Pleistocene Geology aJtd Prehistory of Uganda, part

ture research.

Americas,

Assisted by the Carnegie Corporation of

tional

The Huxley memorial medal for 1953 was awarded to M. Ginsburg. and for 1954 to Ralph Linton of Yale university. The William H. Welch medal of the American Association for the History of Medicine went to I. H. Ackerknecht; the Rivers

re-

cent publication printed eight Bulletiiis, including a

Important publications passe

in prehistory .

.

.

were: A. Laming (ed.),

(Paris, 1952); C.

van Riet-Lowe, ii;

for the

The Arctic Woodland Culture of the Kobuk River; J. B. Griffin (ed.), The Archeology of the Eastern United States; Watson Smith, Kiva Mural Decorations

at

J.

Awatovi

L. Giddings, Jr.,

aftd

Kawaika; and G. R. Willey,

metit Patterns in the Virii Valley, Peru.

Prehistoric Settle-



ANTI-AIRCRAFT G U N S — ARC H AEO LOG Y Gradual progress on it difficult

all

to distinguish milestones.

Race summarized

made

fronts of physical anthropology

scientific

The

UNESCO

Statement on

"What

opinion on the question

is

Truciul Sheikhdoms {or T.

49

Oman,

T.

Coast).

—Abu

Dhabi,

Ajman, Dubai, Fujairah, Ras al Khaimah, Sharjah and Umm al Qawain sheikhdoms. Total area, about 16,000 sq.mi.; total pop. (1952 est.) 76,000. Chief towns: Sharjah (British political headquarters), Abu Dhabi (port).

race?" Additions to the U.X.E.S.C.O. race series were T/ie Significance of Racial Differences by G. M. Morant, Race and So-

cer's

and Race and Class in Rural Brazil, edited by body surface may be an environmental adaptation was a theory advanced by C. Coon in the Smithsonian Annual Report for 1952 and by M. T. Newman in "The Application of Ecological Rules to the Racial Anthropology of the Aboriginal New World," American Anthropologist. The same line of inquiry was followed by J. Hiernaux (Brussels) in his Vienna paper "Influence de la nutrition sur la morphologic des Bahatu du Ruanda."' The one milestone was H. Vallois's fourth edition

sultanate of Oman and Muscat together and sheikhdom of Abu Dhabi continued to be involved with the Saudi Arabian government during 1953 about the latter's claims over, and incursions into, the Baraimi oasis. To maintain their position and to prevent supplies being sent to the Saudi Arabian interlopers, levies from Trucial Oman were despatched to the oasis. {See Saudi Arabia.) Early in the year the sheikh of Kuwait appointed a board to invest part of the state's oil revenues, which were likely to be

of Boule's Les Hommes jossiles. The British journal Man reviewed the more important African publications, including those of the International African institute of London under Daryll

increased with the recent discovery of a

ciety

by K.

Little

C. Wagley. That

Forde.

From Denmark came Fifth Thule E.xpedition,"

And

An

for Oceania, Yale

volume of "Reports of the H. Ostermann, The Alaskan Eskimos.

the tenth

Human

Relations Area Files published

Atoll Culture; Ethnography of Ifahik in the Central Caro-

lines

by E. G. Burrows and M.

E. Spiro. G. Weltfish,

The

Origiji

of Art, concluded the year. {See also Archaeology.)

History.

offi-

— The

the Trucial

neutral zone between the sheikhdom

new

oil

field in

the

and Saudi Arabia, 30 mi.

S.

(0. M. T.) Production. Oil production (metric tons): Bahrein (1951) 1,509,000, (1952) 1,512,000, (si.\ months, 1953) 746,000: Katar (1951) 2.348.000, (1952) 3,300.000, (six months, 1953) 1,978,000; Kuwait (1951) 28,327. 000. (1952) 37,632,000, (si.x months, 1953) 20,900.000. Foreign Trade. Muscat and Oman (April i, 1951— March 31, 1952): imports Rs. 20,731,500; exports Rs, 23.355.000. Monetary unit: Indian rupee, valued at 21 cents U.S. Bahrein. Katar. Trucial Sheikhdoms (combined. 1952): imports from U.K. £11,176.928: exports to U.K, £8.193,1S6. Kuicait (1951-52): imports (excluding Kuwait Oil company) £9,000.000: cxi)orts £3,000,000. Imports from U.K. £9,956,259; exports to U.K. of the existing Barjan field.



£137.419-480.

(W. N.

F.)

Anti-aircraft Guns: see Munitions. Antibiotics: see Bacteriology; Chemistry; Chemotherapy; Respiratory Diseases; Stomach and Intestines, Dis-

Arab League:

eases OF the.

^°^^®'"" Hemisphere.— The year 1953 yieldArrh/tPnlnCTV nlulldCUIUgJf. Q^ considerable new knowledge of man's past, gained through archaeological research. The outstanding events included the continuing work at the biblical site of Jericho in

Leeward Islands. Antimony: see Mineral and Metal Production and Apples: see Fruit. Apricots: see Fruit. Aqueducts: see Irrigation; Tunnels.

Antigua:

see

Prices.

see Ir.aq;

Jordan; Lebanon; Saudi Ar.abia;

Syria.

Jordan, increasing evidence of the degree of literacy of the in Greece, and new finds of documents of both and Greek hterary importance in the Dead sea valley. An important conference on the prehistory of Africa was called in London for the summer of 1953 by Kenneth Oakley.

Mycenaean age

biblical

^''^bia

Arohio

nl dUldi

a peninsula of southwestern Asia,

is

north by Jordan and Iraq, southwest by the

southeast by the Gulf of

Aden and

bounded

Red

sea,

the Indian ocean and north-

by the Persian gulf and the Gulf of Oman. Area about 1,027,600 sq.mi., four-fifths occupied by the kingdom of Saudi Arabia {q.v.)\ in the northeast, southeast and part of the southwest coastal regions are tne kingdom of Yemen {q.v.), the British colony and protectorate of Aden {q.v.) and the states listed below. Total pop. (est.) 12,310,000, mostly Arabic-speaking Sunni Moslems. east

Muscat and Oman.

—This

Pleistocene

Prehistory.

— Camille

quisition of further primitive "pebble tools"

ment of the

dates

makes them the

oldest

sistent habit in

the tools

at

Ralph Solecki of the Smithsonian tan,

The dependency bl Gwadur, an enclave on the south coast of Mekran (Pakistan), comprises a port (pop. about 5,000) and about 300 sq.mi. of adjoining country. Chief towns: Muscat

reports that C. B.

Sheikhdoms.

—The

British political agent, Persian gulf,

Agents

in 1953:

Sir

Rupert

headquarters

Manama,

at

is

Hay and (from

of

the

Bahrein.

Oct. 22) B. A. B.

Burrows. Bahrein.

—This archipelago

lies

20 mi.

off

Al Hasa on the Per-

sian gulf coast of Saudi Arabia. Total area, 213

(1952

est.)

112,000

(about

50%

Shia

sq.mi.;

Moslems).

(cap.), pop. (1950) 39,648. Sheikh, Sir Sulman ibn Khalifah; British political agent, W. S. Laver. Katar {Qatar). Area, about 4,000 sq.mi.; pop. (1952



17,000. Cap.;

Doha

(or Bidaj. Sheikh,



.-Mi

pop.

Manama Hamad al

con-

establish-

c.

500,000 years ago and tools of one per-

institution established a in the area of Iraqi

key

Kurdis-

through his work at the Shanidar cave. There were also

Arabia, has an area of about 65,000 sq.mi. Pop. (1952 est.) 550,-

British-Protected

and the

now available and dated human artifactual production.

sequence for the Upper Pleistocene

Taimur.

Paris

fauna of the V'illafranchian or Lower Pleistocene Age. Such an associationship

sultanate occupying regions ex-

(cap.), est. pop. 5,500; Matrah, 8,500. Sultan, Said bin

of

direct relationship of these tools with the e.xtinct

tending northwest and southwest from the most easterly point of 000.

Arambourg

cluded his excavations at Ain Hanesh in Algeria with the ac-

M. McBurney

of

Cambridge university had

obtained a long sequence of Stone Age stratified material in a cave

in

Libya.

In Europe two important

new occurrences

of

Upper

Pleisto-

cene cave art w'ere described. In a cave called Las Monedas, near the classic site of Castillo, Santander, Sp.. Jesus Carvallo en-

countered brilliant charcoal drawings of horses and reindeer,

which he assigned to the Aurignacian. A. C. Blanc of Rome announced the discovery of a remarkable series of engravings of animals and human beings in a cave near Palermo, Sicily. The humans were rendered better than usual and seemed to show masked dancers and acrobats; the dating of the series was evidently not very precise.

est.),

bin Abdullah al-Thani.

.Andre Leroi-Gourhan of Lyons investigated a pair of adjacent rock shelters at Arcy-sur-Cure, Yonne, Fr. These yielded a remarkably long range of stratified flint artifacts and the well-

Kuwait. Area, about 9,000 sq.mi.; pop. (1952 est.), 150,000. Cap.: Kuwait, pop. about 25,000. Sheikh, Abdullah bin Salim

preserved upper and lower jaws of a

al-Subah; British political agent, C.

with early Mousterian artifacts. Hallam L. Movius of the Pea-

J. Pelly.

man found

in

context



ARCHAEOLOGY

50

body museum, Harvard university, excavated an Upper Pleistocene site at Les Eyzies. Fr., which yielded a vast bulk of material for

Near

the detailed study of this range.

East.

—In Epypt. W.

B.

tomb of King tomb robbers, the

Emery

of

methods used during the Persian storming of the

of the siege

town

in

498

B.C.

Classical Lands.

London excavated

the

ist-dynasty

Uadji.

times by

large structure with elaborate wall

Although looted

in

ancient

— Scattered indications of

Mycenaean age were Pylos

late tablets at

and A.

in 1939.

Blegen had resumed work at Pylos,

B. VVace and George

J.

Wace

literacy during the

greatly bolstered by Carl Blegens finds of

Mylonas were

at

work

at

My-

crenellation and a unique bulls' head frieze yielded important

cenae

study material. The

gathered together in bundles or dossiers in two rooms of a house at Mycenae. The tablets were of unbaked clay and carried incised pictographic signs; the signs could not yet

on

Israeli directorate of antiquities carried

various salvage excavations and.

among

new work again at the site Varmuk. Pinhas Delougaz of

the prehistoric village on the

versity of Chicago led the

of

other places, undertook

The Uni-

the Oriental institute of

first

foreign expedition to

work

in

the state of Israel, excavating on Byzantine and earlier levels at

Khirbet Kerak on Lake Tiberias; a small church with an scription

The

was

in-

cleared.

joint British

and United States excavations on the

site

of Jericho, in Jordan, were continued under the direction of

Kathleen Kenyon of London. Levels of the Iron Age, the middle and early Bronze Age and the Neolithic were again examined; a series of

remarkable tomb linds of the middle Bronze Age was

made, including well-preserved wooden furniture, chests, dishes and smaller articles of wood, basketry and even desiccated joints of meat. Further architectural clearance of the walled

the Neolithic levels was made, and levels

it is

town of

possible that even earlier

were reached. The most remarkable

made human

find

pottery Neolithic levels was a group of seven

Dead

by Bedouin shepherds

sea valley.

A

and dating before

Bible,

70.

which had

Further fragments,

"commodity" sign. Wace believed it logical to suspect that the Mycenaean tablets were in Greek; even unread, the increasing number of these documents emphasized the extent of literacy of the Mycenaean Elsewhere

Greece, the American School of Classical Studies

in

proceeded with the excavation of the Athenian agora. The southern limit of the early agora was defined; a late archaic altar

and

a fine portrait sculpture

head of a

ram ever found

(it

had rams" heads

A

ivory head of a w-oman, at least half as

many

life-size,

fine

appeared, as well

small objects; the palace of King Adad-nirari III was

Roman

covery of a rich In Italy,

aristocracy; the villas, terraces, theatres and baths reflect the

in the early

Christian

Roman Ghirshman. The great pyramid was under clearance, and many fine

step

ziggurat or

objects in

metal and with inscriptions were encountered. Archaeologists were active in Turkey. at

Boghaz Keui under Kurt

Bittel cleared a large area of the

acropolis of the ancient Hittite capital, recovered a very early

fragment of



and exposed about 70 burials some in which the remains of horses were also found. The British Institute of Archaeology at Ankara continued its important work in Assyrian and later levels of Sultantepe, ancient Harran; the school also cleared some remarkable early Christian mosaics near Urfa. F. J. Tritsch underrelief sculpture

inhumation, some cremation

took a survey Hellenistic

in Lycia,



with important results in the classic and

Greek range and

and Lycian

inscriptions.

seum (University

in the recoverj^ of bilingual

The

Greek

muRodney

expedition of the University

of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia), under

Young, continued its work on ancient Gordion, and proceeded from the Greek backward into the Hittite levels with important results.

Rich

finds

were made by

J.

H.

Iliffe

and T. Bruce Mitford

in

the British excavations at Paphos, Cyprus; these included gold

and ivory carvings. Careful excavation

led to an understanding

where

the important events

was discovered that the central

it

part of the city was once a sacred zone.

The already known

were examined, and new sacred buildings were uncovered; almost 1,000,000 small objects had been entemples of the

site

countered.

—Great numbers

dOr,

the Cote

of finds of regional importance were

the year; of these, a few stand out. At Vix, on

tomb

in France, a

of an important Celtic person-

age was discovered. It contained a four-wheeled chariot and remarkably fine examples of Greek and Etruscan metal vases

with

The German expedition

Rome,

Christian range, especially the identification of of a.d. 78. Large-scale examinations were being

graffiti

Europe.

French mission under

re-

tomb.

Amadeo Maiuri undertook important clearances at The site was once a resort of Roman

made during

its

The

Baiae, north of Naples.

Another great town, contemporary with Assyria, was the Elamite site of Choga Zambil in Iran, being excavated by the

and

it).

university continued his excava-

clearance begun.

also discovered

on

Samothrace, with architectural clearances and the

tions on

carried on at Paestum,

clearances of the royal Assyrian buildings at Nimrud.

ancient batter-

New York

Karl Lehmann of

tury A.D. date. his large-scale

first

in relief

fine 7th-century pottery at Argos.

luxurious character of the town. In

London continued

of the ist century

French school recovered some

were

of

woman

Mycenaean and Geometric tombs and wells, were found. The school's work at Corinth also proceeded with work in the agora there. At Olympia, the German institute uncovered votive objects buried when the stadium was reconstructed in A.D., as well as

Langhe, recovered a number of Greek and early Arabic fragments, including portions of Euripides" Andromache of 6th cen-

Max Mallowan

a

civilization.

discovered by a Belgian expedition under Canon Robert de

In Iraq,

of personal names,

lists

them numbers and

set against

ing

large library discovered

a.d.

be read, but the tablets were apparently

the 4th century B.C., and these included the

tions of about 70 scrolls, representing at least 19 different books

of the



originally

skulls, the

year before was found to contain por-

a

alone had recovered 38 inscribed tablets

in the pre-

bony structures of which had been modelled over in plaster, painted and provided with inset eyes of cowrie shell. Jordan also was the scene of continuing search for scrolls in caves flanking the

itself;

relief decoration.

In Jutland, Den., the traces of the sacri-

weapons into a now dried-up lake were encountered; the many weapons found date to about a.d. 450. Considerable portions of the Roman town underlying Canterbury, Eng., were exposed in the areas of the city which suffered ficial

casting of

bomb damage. A

rich Scythian cemetery of approximately the

was excavated at Chotin in Czechoslovakia. The journal Archaeology contained an article by TaAsia. keshi Sekino on recent archaeological investigations in China; 4th century

B.C.



Sekino's notes, taken from far the

Communist Chinese

most comprehensive

by The im-

sources, were

to reach the outside world.

portant prehistoric village of Yang-shao had been reopened, as had a number of other pre-Shang sites. Excavations were also

being continued at Anyang, the Shang dynasty capital. Grave pits for sacrificial victims contained up to 200 headless skeletons, as later (Chan-Kuo; with many horse found, was "warring states" period) cemetery skeletons and the remains of 19 wooden chariots.

well as

some horse

The Russian markable

skeletons.

A somewhat

I. Rudenko published the rework on ice-bound Scythian tombs in

archaeologist S.

results of his

NEOLITHIC SKULL,

with

overlaid

plaster,

unearthed

in

1953

Jericho,

at

Jordan

on comparable discoveries that had recently been made along central Siberia. Again an affair which contained chariots sacrificially killed horses,

the exceptional find

was

and

a well-pre-

served Persian carpet about 2,400 years old. Africa.

—In

southern Algeria, Marguerite van Berchem car-

on architectural clearances on the gth-century

ried

city of Sedrata,

Sahara to which the Ibadite Berbers had the

Berber

a.d.

an elaborate establishment on an oasis

Arab conquest. M. H. Thote published

in the

time of

fled at the

a large collection of

the Atlantic seaboard. Related sites included the

Vermont, the Williamson site North Carolina and the Quad

in Virginia, site of

Regan

site in

the Badin focus of

northern Alabama. These

palaeo-Indian sites are characteristically located on ridge tops, the artifacts and

use was

made

flint

chips are not abundant, and considerable

of flint imported

from a distance. In addition to made from

fluted projectile points, cores, flake blades, scrapers flakes,

and gravers are part of the assemblage. The name was used for this complex by various writers.

''En-

rock drawings and paintings of northwest Africa in the Bulletin

terline"

de I'Institut Fraitqais d'Ajrique Noire (July 1953). (R.

Thomas E. Lee of the National Museum of Canada announced the discovery of a prolific early site at Seguiandah, Manitoulin Island, Ont. The site was related to an old beach now elevated 90 ft. above the level of Lake Huron. The 3,300

Western Hemisphere. was host

J.

May

7

University of

Illinois,

B.)

Urbana,

meeting of the Society for American

to the annual

Archaeology,

—The

J.

and

8,

1953.

The program, arranged by

Charles Kelly, included several workshop sessions, and the

meeting was well attended. Alfonso Caso y Andrade, Mexican anthropologist, was selected by the society as recipient of the 1952 Viking fund award in archaeology.

artifacts recovered

were

all

of quartz, principally large, crudely

chipped blades up to ten inches in length. This industry was apparently related to the George lake complex which was investigated and described by E. F. Greenman.

man in the Americas during the Wisconsin, the most recent Pleistocene ice sheets, had been

Interest continued to increase in the technique of radiocarbon

The

few of the available dates were questioned by archaeologists. During 1953 several additional

period

state universities installed the apparatus necessary for use of the

of evidence of pre-Wisconsin cultural remains

technique.

times during 1953. George F. Carter described discoveries, sup-

dating, despite the fact that a

Early Man. tinct

—Artifacts

Pleistocene

faunal

eastern United States.

in

unquestionable association with ex-

remains had not been found

Still

it

in

the

was becoming increasingly ap-

parent that the fluted projectile points of the region are a part

complex that may well be as old as western Folsom. John Wittoff's report on the important Shoop site of eastern Pennsylvania {Proceedings of the American Philof a chipped-stone cultural

osophical Society, vol. 96, pp. 464-495 [1952]) focused interest

arrival of

of

the

abundantly demonstrated

in the

preceding 20 years. The question

was raised several

posedly of this date, from the vicinity of San Diego,

Calif., in

the Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, and similar discoveries

were reported from Texas and Michigan. The uncertainty

from the fact that most archaeologists were dubious as to the identification of specimens as man-made artifacts a doubt directly comparable with that surrounded these discoveries derived



that concerning the so-called "eoliths" of Great Britain. Arctic.

—The

field

party from Peabody museum, Harvard uni-

51

ARCHAEOLOGY

52

headed by Wilbert Carter, continued the proj^ram of

versity,

excavation at prehistoric Eskimo

sites

near Point Barrow, Alsk.

The

lowest levels of several of the refuse

site

were exposed, and an exceptionally

mounds

at the Birnirk

fine collection of early

Birnirk period artifacts was obtained. Plane table mapping of the vicinity of the Birnirk site and of the

Nunagiak

80 mi.

site,

work had been carried on in the areas of the work was supported by government appropriations expended under the direction of the Smithsonian institution and the national park service, which usually made contracts for the actual field work with state universities and other competent organizations. Because of the large number of ological salvage

basins to be flooded. This

to the southward, yielded evidence that the northwest coast of

dams under

Alaska has subsided about eight feet since Birnirk times.

a substantial part of this

An

integrated program of linguistic, ethnological and archae-

work was

ological field

initiated

among

the northern Tlingit of

Laguna Br\n Mawr, Pa. This program was con-

the Vakutat region of Alaska in 1949 by Frederica de

Mawr

Bryn

of

college,

construction on the tributaries of the Missouri river,

work was accomplished in the Great for this salvage work was drastically

The 1953-54 budget

Plains.

reduced, to the extent that

many

of the basin areas scheduled

for flooding during 1954 could not be

examined before they were

covered with water.

The

tinued in each succeeding season, with excellent results. Fang-

tenth annual Plains conference was held at the Laboratory

kuei Li of the University of Washington, Seattle, studied the

of Anthropology, University of Nebraska, Lincoln,

Nov. 27-29.

Eyak language

Carlyle Smith was chairman. In addition to various

field reports,

place in the

its

Yakutat and Cordova

at

Na-Dene

in

linguistic stock.

order to determine

Dr. de Laguna and

Catherine McClellan collected ethnological information showing that northern Tlingit culture has

more connections with the

terior than has southern. Archaeological field

was accomplished by

direction of Francis Riddell,

a

students from the University of California, Berkeley. nological

mer

and

linguistic investigations

in-

work, under the

were completed

group of

The

in the

eth-

sum-

of 1952, but Riddell and his assistants continued the ar-

chaeological

work during 1953.

Giddings,

J. L.

made a study of the archaeology of the Churchill region on Hudson bay and collected dendrochronological samples from delphia,

living trees near the

Pacific Coast.

timber

Swanson, worked

summer

parties

by Earl H. Columbia river near

of 1953. One, led

in caves located along the

Vantage. The other, directed by Warren Caldwell, excavated at the

Wakemap mound

at

The

and Wood-

and "Plains Ethnohistory." During the summer of 1952, the Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology had a party in the field, tures of the Plains"

Eastern North America.



J. R. Harper, to make excavations at two Cameron's point and the Serpent mound on Rice

under the direction of

mound

sites:

Both these

lake.

localities

are in southeastern Ontario. Addi-

was obtained about these constructions, but their cultural affiliations were not determined. A party of four, headed by William A. Ritchie, of the New York State Science service, searched for more complete data on the

line.

—The University of Washington had two

the field during the

in

Man

land Occupation of the Plains," "Post-Woodland Village Cul-

tional information

of the University of Pennsylvania, Phila-

Jr.,

there were three interesting symposia: "Early

Dalles.

Wash.

Students of the University of Southern California, Los An-

Point Peninsula culture.

where

They excavated

at

Collins

bay,

had been almost completely destroyed by a housing development. At Indian river, Jefferson county, N.Y., a number of stone crematories were found. These contained both cremated and unburned burials, accompanied by red ochre and a number of typical artifacts. Ont.,

a

Point Peninsula burial

site

yield three distinct cultures which probably represent separate

Mayer-Oakes of the Upper Ohio Valley Archaeomuseum, Pittsburgh, Pa., concentrated the 1952 field season survey work in the central section of the Ohio valley between Pittsburgh and the West Virginia line. A number of new sites were discovered, including a deep stratified midden deposit in which test pits yielded the entire ceramic

time periods.

chronology for the region.

geles,

excavated a rock shelter in Little Sycamore canyon in

Ventura county. It contained a deep, culturally stratified deposit. Another group was engaged in making an archaeological survey of Death valley, and had located 123 sites. These seemed to

Additional work was undertaken at Danger cave near

William

J.

logical survey, Carnegie

Wen-

Paul L. Beaubien and Wilfred D. Logan of the national park

Mound

National monu-

dover, Utah, by Jesse D. Jennings and a group of students from

service conducted excavations at Effigy

the university. Various aspects of the past excavations were re-

ment

checked, and additional data were secured on

the development of the park. Previous seasons' work had determined that the constructions were of Hopewellian cultural affiliations, and a radiocarbon date of 900^300 years before present was obtained. A second mound dug in 1953 had burials in an excavated subfloor pit. Accompanying grave goods were a copper

levels.

Carbon samples were obtained

Rudy

Jack R.

all

the occupation

for radiocarbon dating.

of the Statewide Archaeological survey

made

surveys and limited excavations in the Beef Basin Ruin park region in southeastern Utah. Culturally the area

Mesa Verde. Southwest. The University

is

closely re-

breastplate, with fragments of a twined textile adhering to

lated to the



of Arizona field school, held at

Point of Pines for the eighth year, ran from June 12 to Aug.

The work

7.

was concentrated upon cultural remains dating between a.d. 500 and 1000. Excavations at Pueblo Grande, near Phoenix, Ariz., were under the direction of Joseph J. Hoffmeier. A portion of the site was being uncovered and staof the 1953 season

bihzed as an outdoor

museum

exhibit.

Enough

of the Ball Court

had been uncovered to determine that it aligned north-south and was a late type. Robert H. Lister of the University of Colorado, Boulder, worked in northwestern Chihuahua during June and July, continuing a program begun a year before. A series of caves were tested by small excavations and yielded Mogollon-type cultural material. Plains.

—During

the past few years, as flood control

dams

were planned and constructed by army engineers and other agencies

on

many

northeastern Iowa during the 1952 season, as a step in

in

of the larger rivers of the United States, archae-

A

third

mound

it.

also yielded burials, another copper breastplate

and tubular copper beads. Exhibits for the museum at Effigy Mound National monument were completed and were being installed.

The

sixth

summer

field session of the

University of Missouri,

Columbia, under the direction of Carl H. Chapman, worked in the basin of the proposed Table Rock r£servoir on White river. Several rock shelters were tested, and one located in Stone county was extensively excavated. This latter contained evidence

two nonpottery occupations, overlaid by cultural deposit including pottery. The two preceramic horizons appear to be related to the Grove focus of northeastern Oklahoma. The Georgia Historical commission purchased the well-known Etowah mound group in northern Georgia, and this site was to be preserved as a state park. The Historical commission and the department of state parks were to co-operate in a program of exploration and development that was expected to last from of

seven to ten years. Preliminary

under the direction of

W. H.

field

work was begun

in July,

Sears of the University of Georgia,

INDIAN SETTLEMENT along the Missouri river excavated by archaeologists of the Smithsonian institution. An agricultural people with a superior culture, the inhabitants defended themselves from nomad raiders by fortifying their villages. They were believed to have been destroyed, however, by an epidemic of smallpox introduced by early white pioneers

Athens.

The geological and archaeological survey of the coastal marshes of Louisiana, undertaken by Louisiana State university. Baton Rouge, under sponsorship of the navy department, had progressed to the stage of analysis of collections. ological phase of the

work was under the

The archaeWiUiam

direction of

Mclntyre. The Mississippi river delta region has very close relations with the northwest coast of Florida, and the chronology

promised

to correlate

very well with the sequence of old stream

ducted tests

—In

Veracruz,

Mex.,

the Zempoala region at

in

Payon conthe Mata Verde and Garcia

Both yielded preclassic-type

Chalahuite

sites.

lated with

Lower Tres Zapotes

Building A, at the

and

figurines.

Linton Satterthwaite of the University of Pennsylvania and

Gordon Willey

site of

artifacts that col-

culture. Consolidation

work

of

Tajin Chico, was continued, and Payon

La Concha. Carmen Cook de Leonard, Alfonso Soto Soria and Manuel

began exploratory trenches

at the

near-by

site of

Vargus Castelazo excavated a small residential

site

near Teoti-

Harvard university made a reconnaissance of new sites were found, and new dated

of

British Honduras. Several

monuments were

channels.

Middle America.

During 1953, the sarcophagus found in the vaulted chamber at the base of the pyramid was opened. It contained an adult male human skeleton accompanied by a number of burial offerings. These included a mosaic jade mask, jade ear plugs, finger rings

discovered.

South America.

—In

Brazil,

and quartz arrowheads, and

valley of Lima, Peru,

and neighbouring

New World

Archaeological foundation, supported

valleys.

He was

had been made from

a

number

The Columbia

Dunwork on the south coast of Peru. Sur-

university field party, headed by William

survey work

underlying the Nazca sequence. Occupation at this

The Carnegie of

its

institution continued to concentrate the efforts

entire staff at the

The discovery

Mayapan

of the remarkable

tomb beneath the Temple

of

by archaeologists working under the direction of Alberto Ruz of the Mexican Institute Nacional de Anthropologia y Historia had been described a year before. the Inscriptions at Palenque

its

face survey work covered 60 sites in the valleys of lea, Ocucaje, Nazca and Chala, dating from preceramic to the colonial periods.

Intensive excavations were conducted principally at Cahuachi in

Nazca

valley.

There

during the classic Nazca period, but late In Chile the

was found ended Nazca culture was in-

a long Paracas cultural sequence

vestigated at a near-by

site.

of ad-

ditional sites.

can Strong, completed

Tabasco.

the

and had excavated

by the Morman Church, did considerable survey work and made stratigraphic excavations in the Grijalva river drainage, under the direction of Pedro Armillas. New varieties of ceramics were discovered, the full significance of which remained to be worked out. Philip Drucker and Heinrich Berlin were also engaged in in

in

concen-

Playa Grande (Ancon) and Marquex (on the Chillon

river). Surface collections

Tabasco. The

in these artifacts.

trating on sites of the "Interlocking" period

had been used

from earhest Teotihuacan times.

appeared that a chronology could

Louis M. Strumer undertook large-scale excavations

sites at

as dwellings

it

be based upon the changes that occurred

huacan. They also investigated the caves in the vicinity which

Considerable archaeological activity occurred in the state of

H. V. Walters was excavating

1953 in rock shelters near Belo Horizonte in Minas Gerais. The deposits in these shelters yielded quantities of bone during

site,

Tambo

site

de Copara.

Museo Arqueologico de

la

Serena was engaged in

investigating "el Molle" culture, the oldest yet found in that region. culture,

El Molle precedes the Chilean sequence of Diaguita which was worked out by Francisco L. Comely. {See

53

ARCHERY — ARCHITECTURE

54 also

Anthropoldcy.)

(J. A. I'D.)

Flight

Shoo!

— ConfinueJ

Junior boyi

ArrhprV ^^^ niUllClj.

^^^^ annual National Archery Association lour-

nament was held at the University of MassachuAmherst, Mass., Aug. 10-15, I953. with 279 archers participating. The championship scores of the winners in all divi-

35-lb. class: 50-lb. class:

yd. yd.

Ronald Ockerman, Fairborn, O. Ronald Ockerman, Fairborn, O.

35-lb. class: Intermediate boys

317 yd.

Nancy Brenemon, Columbus, O.

35-lb. closs; 50-lb. class:

185 yd.

Gory Couse, Gary Couse,

Junior girls

setts,

sions were as

shown

Men

Target Archery Bill

Double York round Double American round

Claclcin, St. Louis,

Mo.

1,775 1,403, 3,178 Ann Corby. Boonton, N.J.

Lodies' championship

Double National round Double Columbia round Double American round Junior boys' championship Double Hereford round Scores: Double American round Junior girls' championship Double National round Scores: Double Columbio round Double Americon round Intermediate boys* championship Quadruple Jr. American round Scores: (No intermediate girls participating) Beginner boys' championship Quadruple Jr. Columbia round Scores: Beginner girls' championship Quadruple Jr. Columbia round Scores: Score

(No ladies

(36 orrows Ladies (36 orrov^s Ladies (36 arrows Junior Boys (36 arrows Junior Girls (36 arrows Intermediate boys Beginner boys Beginner girls

The

1.376, 3,579 Albert Ankrom, Pittsburgh, Po.

three

1,600 1,097, 2,697 Ann Morslon, Wyandotte, Mich.

863

ol at at at at

80 40 20 20 120 1

yd.)

St. Louis,

St. Louis,

Mo. Mo.

Bill

1

1

yd.)

lady

arrows at 60 yd.) with

won

won

rows at 50 yd.) with a

1,846

Mo.

tier, Calif., in

The North

Detroit

the ladies' team round (96 ar-

all-time record of 2,640 attained

Jockie Couse, St. Louis, 1,491

284 280 306 276 280 296 244 127

the men's team round event (96

a total score of 2.479.

1,267, 3,196 Glazier, Storrs, Conn.

Albert Boehm, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Mo.

Springfield Archers, Springfield, Mass., with a team of

men and one

2,644

Wayne

Glackin, St. Louis,

Carole Meinhort, Pittsburgh, Pa. Luro Wilson, Greene, N.Y. Albert Ankrom, Pittsburgh, Pa. Ann Marston, Wyandotte, Mich. Wayne Gloiier, Storrs, Conn. Gary Couse, St. Louis, Mo. Jackie Couse, St. Louis, Mo.

yd.) yd.) yd.)

I

Archers of Detroit, Mich.,

1,066

total score of 2,688, thus breaking the

by the United Archers, Whit-

1951.

Jean Richards captured the world women's championship crown in Oslo, Nor., July 20-25, 1953, with a score of 3,056. She placed

Paul Eyfel, Dunellen, N.J. 1,131 1,254, 2,385

Double American round Double American round

fifth in the

National U.S. tournament at Amherst with a

score of 3,435.

(L. E. Bs.)

participating)

Flight

ArnhitOPtlirO

50-lb. class: 490 yd. 65-lb. closs: 559 yd. 80-lb. class: 615 yd. Unlimited class: 591 yd. Footbow closs; 675 yd.

Al Von der Kogel, Plandome, N.Y. Charles Pierson, Cincinnofi, O. Irving Boker, Wesffield, N.J. Irving Baker, Westfield, N.J.

Chorles A. Pierson, Cincinnoti, O.

Women 35-lb. closs: 393 yd. 50-lb. class: 394 yd. Unlimited class: 420 yd.

THOMAS GRAINGER-STEWART,

Lucille Lucille Lucille

Gourley, Tulsa, Oklo. Gourley, Tulsa, Okla. Gourley, Tulsa, Okla.

a member of the Queen's Bodyguard Royal Company of Archers, shooting in 1953 for the "Musselburgh arrow," prize given annually to the outstanding shot of the royal company

for Scotland, the

^""chitectural activity

ftlbllllcUlUrC. was

Shoof

Men

BRIG.

yd.

1,029 1,174

Crosjbow Men's championship Scores:

205

Cloul Shoof

in the table.

Men's championship Scores:

384 425

retrenchments of

money

in

in

the

United States

at a high level throughout 1953 despite

governmental construction and

rising

prices

to finance building projects. Indeed, at the midyear,

construction had reached such a pace that federal experts were predicting a $34,ooo,ooo,ooo-year for the nation's construction.

Commercial construction was running 43.2% ahead of 1952 and show a great decline, was less than 1% below that of 1952. The largest increase was in the public industrial field, which was up 28% from the 1952 levels.

private industrial building, which was expected to

Activity in architects'

offices, as

reported at the 85th annual

convention of the American Institute of .Architects, held at June, showed schools leading all building and commercial work followed in order and residential activity remained strong. In several sections of the nation church construction was reported lively. Final action taken by the 83rd congress on legislation affecting Seattle.

Wash.,

in late

Industrial

types.

the architectural profession included an appropriation of $70.-

000,000 for school construction programs. This was $14,500,000 lower than the president's request. For hospital construction, $65,000,000 was appropriated under the Hill-Burton act; mihtary construction received $490,100,000, a cut below the previ-

ous year;

civil

defense received $46,500,000; and the construc-

tion of only 20.000 public housing units

Structurally, progress crete

was made

and other applications of

erected

its

first

was authorized.

in the

use of prestressed con-

this versatile material.

England

multistory, continuous frame building employ-

ing prestressed beams, the

new Telephone Manager's

office in

northwest London. The Ford rotunda at Dearborn. Mich., was covered with an Sl-ton aluminum dome, built upon the so-called "geodesic"' principle developed structure,

which has

by R. Buckminster

a 93-ft. inner court,

is

Fuller.

The

used for exhibition

purposes.

Design.

—The

profession's

award

of merit for distinguished

design went to Saarinen, Saarinen and Associates for the engineering staff building of the General Motors Technical centre at Warren, Mich., and to William Henley Deitrick of DeitrickKnight and Associates for the North Carolina State Fair building at Raleigh. Awards of merit went also to the Corning Glass centre, Corning, N.Y., of which Wallace K. Harrison. Max Abramowitz and Charles H. Abbe were the architects, and to the

ALLSTON BURR LECTURE HALL at Harvard univer provide an excellent view of the speaker. Shepley, Bulfinch, architects Above:

Right:

OKLAHOMA SKYSCRAPER

struction

in

(

;n

banked seats and Abbott,

designed by Frank Lloyd Wright and under con-

1953

Below: MODEL of plan proposed in signers Breuer, Nervi and Zehrfuss

1953

for U.N.E.S.C.O.'s Paris

headquarters. De-

EERO SAARINEN'S plan for a section of the cannpus at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. On the right is the domed auditorium. The cylindrical building at the left is a chapel and is connected to the flat-roofed administrative offices behind It Bottom:

m--'

,-^#fet:'

AREAS AND POPULATIONS

Sb

and plant of the Republic Supply Co., at San Leandro, of which George V. Russell was the architect. Three residences were given merit awards in this, the fifth annual ex-

ni;irkc'd

Calif.,

iimovalions. The firei^Iace, hallway and kitchen in the Dresser house are circular and throughout there are no corners to gather dust. The walls are of masonry; the dome is of con-

hibition of outstanding U.S. architecture held in connection with

crete applied over a steel frame.

the institute convention.

Other Countries. Abroad, Brazil, Great Britain and the Commonwealth of Nations and Mexico showed the greatest

ortice



Considerable interest developed around a panel

on

religious

art

discussion

which concluded that the eclectic school of

and that modern church architecture had rid itself of false trappings and had become truly functional. Nevertheless, participants were reminded that the church is a community of believers, and therefore the church edifice should be a community building. It was architecture had lost

religious

its

influence

held that the designing of a church should not be the "exercise of an architect's virtuosity, no matter what his eminence in

may

be

other fields of architecture.'" Certainly some unusual church

found upon architects' boards during the year, Saarinen's windowless cylindrical chapel for

designs were

among them Eero

Massachusetts Institute of Technology

in

Cambridge, Mass., the

England erected schools, hospitals and Rhodes Centenary exhibition at Bulawayo Andrew's Scottish church at Nairobi, Kenya, exhibited modern designs. The latter, following a plan laid down

architectural

activity.

housing. Africa, in the

and

in St.

strikingly

by the Scottish the aisles.

The

ritual, seats

exterior

tower and the nave parabolic arches 40

make

In London, Eric

from a moat and by a glass bell tower spotlighting dome-crowned auditorium for the same institution, another daring design, was under construction. An interesting design was that for the Experimental theatre at the University of Miami, Fla., of which Robert M. Little

The

light

the altar. Saarinen's

and Marion

I.

Manley were

auditorium, loo

ft.

in

the architects.

The dome-covered

diameter, provides for five seating ar-

latter

is

in

square stone

crowned by seven

rein forced-concrete,

high, which, linked

by concrete beams,

interior.

Bedford's Telephone Manager's

W. Holders

new

air terminal at

office,

al-

Post Office building at

modern

lines

and good

Waterloo, South Bank.

conversion and extension of the Water-

in reality a

loo entrance built for the 195

1

Festival of Britain. Another en-

gaging recent structure was the Indian Students' hostel in Fitz-

Modern and well planned, was designed as an orientation centre for newly arrived Indian students who have not yet found permanent residential quarters. roy square designed by Ralph Tubbs.

it

London's

effort to rebuild

rangements for 400 people: arena, proscenium, horseshoe, Elizabethan and musical comedy. Thus, every type of performance

as one-third accomplished.

At the front of the auditorium is the administrative wing and foyer; at the rear the workshop, dressing rooms, "prop" rooms, etc. A feature is the revolving stage. The new 16-story Hotel Statler. of ultramodern design, was

world-famous

finds a proper setting.

nave and 200

is

Hill attracted attention for their

planning, as did the

in the

a massive,

ft.

ready mentioned, and F.

Crouch

500 people

dominated by

and inspiring

a beautiful

design of which calls for illumination through arches which reflect

is

city's 701

war-damaged churches was reported

German airmen

struck 624 of the

among them 15 had now been restored. England took contemporary architecture in a huge exhibition

Anglican churches, but 200 of these, edifices,

stock of Brazil's

London Building

Nations building in

were the deby Oscar Niemeyer, the Lebanese club in the same city, and Affonzo Reidy's models for the Pedregulho (suburb of Rio de Janeiro) neighbourhood unit, a central feature of which was a long curved seven-story

of glass,

block of

under construction in Hartford, Conn. Strikingly different from most hotels, it somewhat resembles Lever house and the United

New York city. The exterior walls are made aluminum and porcelain-enamelled metal of glasslike texture. Although completely air-conditioned, each guest room has a picture window which can be opened. The ballroom accommodating 1,300 dancers may be divided into a series of smaller rooms by means of sliding, soundproof partitions. Office Buildings. Several cities showed renewed interest in



the construction of office buildings. Several of these, such as the 41-story Prudential building in Chicago,

111.,

a 15-story struc-

ture in Jersey City, N.J., and the recently planned $75,000,000

Boston centre, utilized air rights over railroad terminals. The above the Boston and Albany railroad yards in the Back Bay area, includes more than 1,000,000 sq.ft. of office space and 850,000 sq.ft. of store space, as well as a hotel of 750 rooms and a convention hall. The architects were Pietro Belluschi, Walter

latter,

Gropius, Walter F. Bogner, Carl

At New Orleans, under erection and,

Koch and Hugh

La., a 14-story hotel

and

Stubbins.

office

building was

Houston, Tex., the 20-story South Texas National bank. In Miami arose the Ainsley building, and at San Francisco, Calif., the 26-story Equitable Life Assurance Society

at the

flats

following the contour of a

Ronchamp edifice

Vosges mountains, bombed out

in the

organically expressive structure.

Building.

— Residential

construction

continued

brisk despite the drastic cut in public housing. In June the

moved

into the 12-story

in the nation to be occupied. cellently designed residences,

first

Lake Meadows housing project

in Chicago, the first privately financed

er's

in 1944.

This

he pronounced the "pearl'' of his career. The great French

architect received the 1953 gold

medal of the Royal Institute

of British Architects. In Paris, the United Nations Educational,

and Cultural organization had under consideration its headquarters; Marcel Breuer, Bernard Zehrfuss and Pier Luigi Nervi were the architects. At Strasbourg an 808-unit apartment project was completed. At Scientific

still

another design for

Hiroshima, Jap., a Memorial Peace palace was under construction and in Istanbul, Turk., a modern hotel. In Mexico, work progressed on the National university, and the ultramodern

La

Monterrey continued to attract popular attention. The latter is crowned by lofty parabolic vaults and (R. Nb.) ornamented by a soaring square campanile. Purisima church

in

at

was under construction. Perhaps the most imaginative of these edifices was Frank Lloyd Wright's proposed skyscraper for the H. C. Price company at Bartlesville, Okla., the models of which showed an

families

hill.

In France, Le Corbusier designed a chapel to replace one near

Areas and Populations of the Countries The

building

Residential

centre. Particularly popular

signs for the Imperator hotel at Sao Paulo

redevelopment project

The year brought forth many exsome of which, like James Dress-

dome-topped, circular house at Madison, Wis., displayed

Of the World.

political entities of the

world are listed

here with their areas, populations and

ber of persons per square mile.

The

num-

latest census or official esti-

mates are given for each country. Areas in square miles are in accordance with the boundaries for the year of the population figure unless otherwise noted.

Some

of the later

boundary ad-

justments had not been recognized at the end of 1953 by the U.S. government. The subtotals for colonial groupings within continents do not carry density figures.

Where two

given for a country, the most recent

used in the continental

and world

totals.

The

country comparisons.

is

figures are

table provides a fundamental basis for

ARGENTINA Areas and Populations of the Countries of the

Areas and Populations of the Countries of the World ond dotes see seporole country and empire

IFor stotistical deloils

World AFRICA

of continent ond stole

total

Area

(in

lin sq.mi.l

thousands!

colonies, dependencies, protector. . otes, trusteeships ond condominium

2,506,934 206,603 15,237

2,998,274 386,1 10 47,876

73,639 20,729

53.7

1,104

23.1

5,000

42.9

48.1

Egypt

departments and oversees

territories.

350,000 4,221,467 198,275 40,000

.

Liberia

679,340 794,959

Libya Portuguese colonies

317,725 134,715 232 472,494 6,000,000 10,572,686 251,000 193,000 8,000

....

ANTARCTICA ASIA

(exclusive of U.S.S.R.)

Afghanistan

Arabian desert Bhutan

245,730 261,600 25.332

6.5

1,280 1,500 1,150 10,563

37.5 1.7

424

1.3

517.2 27.3

Uninhabited

1,341,877 3,000 1

126.9 51.8

Largely uninhabited

300

16.7

475,000

272,548

27,917 356,692 78,163 19,319 5,100

575,893 634,413

Indonesia Iran Iraq

168,1 14

8,084

1,614

146,690 37,110 85,248 9,000 3,470 606,000 54,000 159,375 65,000 364,737 15,600 8,876 4,000

86,300 1,330 28,400 150

Israel

Japan Jordan, Hashemite Kingdom of

Korea Kuwait

Lebanon Mongolion People's Republic Nepal Netherlands New Guinea Oman and Muscat Pakistan, Dominion of Philippines, Republic of the Portuguese colonies

1

.

935

.

597,000 70,014 197,660 6,000 296,185 31,000 3,304,700

Saudi Arabia Syria

Thailand (Siam) Truciol Sheiks

Turkey

Yemen AUSTRALIA and OCEANIA ond

72.8 319.9

1,304

122.5

333.1 16.7

375.8

900

1.5

7,000

129.6

750 550

4.7

75,635 21,650

207.4 187.3

1,268 17 951 6,000 3,433 19,375

4.3 1,017.1

Zealand Zealand dependencies end

States trusteeship

tEUROPE

possessions,

(exclusive of U.S.S.R.)

2,974,581

183,561

1,476

4.1

2.9

104

1,903,908 1,100

399,080

32,375 11,783 123 42,796 49,354

Belgium British colonies

Bulgaria

Czechoslovakia

18.7

17,109 17,838 130,159 213,010 181,742 37,420 51,182 35,893 39,768 26,600 16,224 24,954

Islands)

....

France

Germany (1937 area, 1939 population) Germany (1 952, including Soar) .... Greece (including Aegean Islands) . .

.

1

.

Hungary Iceland Ireland, Republic of Italy

1

Latvia Liechtenstein Lithuania

61

25,173

Luxembourg

1,010

Monaco Netherlands

Norway

0.6

....

(including Spitzbergen) Poland (pre-World War II) Poland (1953) Portugal (incl. Azores ond Madeira Islonds)

Rumania San Marino Spain (including Canary Islands)

....

Sweden Switzerland Trieste, Free Territory of United Kingdom Vatican City Yugoslavia (after Sept. 15, 1947)

Bolivio Brazil

and dependencies

12,868 149,161 150,052 1 20,359 35,415 91,654

38 194,945 173,390 15,944 293 94,501 0.5

.

.

24

Colombia Ecuodor French department (French Guiono)

.

.

.

.

Peru

19.8 153.3

2,291

1

2,020

45,452

2,931

64.5

10,74 8

3,315 1,513 27,021

308.4 35.0 35.5

366

176

4 80.9

57,145 28,575 3,022,387 590,521

1,088 841

19.0 29.4 53.2

160,917 2,490

6,857,176 1,079,965 416,040 3,286,170 90,681 286,323 439,520 104,510 35,135 55,212 157,047 482,258 72,172 352,143

....

114,791 17,981 3,089

16.7 16.6 7.4 17.8

54,477

446 5,931

20.7 25.9 30.6 0.7

11,384 3,203 26

227

4.1 9.1

1,425 8,714 2,448 5,440

computing the world density the area of Antarctica is omitted. Areas and populations of Baltic republics included in 1950 U.S.S.R.

18.1

33.9 15.4

'In t

totals.

republic occupying the southeastemmost sec-

'^

Arirontinq

nlgCllllllCli

tion of South America. Argentina

is

bounded on

the north by Paraguay, Bolivia and Brazil; on the south and

and on the east by Uruguay, the Rio de la Plata and the Atlantic ocean. It is the second largest Latin-American west by Chile nation

and

—only

;

Brazil

is

—with an area

ancestry.

The

capital (est.

of 1,079,965 sq.mi.

larger

a population of 17,981,359 (est. 1952),

and leading

port,

mostly of European

Buenos

Aires, has 3,371,-

1950). Other leading cities are: Rosario,

Cordoba, 369,886; Avellaneda, 279,572; Eva Peron

(La Plata), 271,738; Lanus, 242,760; Tucuman, 194,166; Santa Fe, 168,791; Lomas de Zamora, 125,943; Mar del Plata, 114,729; Mendoza, 105,328; and Bahia Blanca, 112,597. Religion:

Roman

Catholic. President in 1953: Gen.

History.

—During

1953, inflation continued to present a

challenge to the Peron regime.

1,246 7 6,919 8,758

209.6 112.3 34.0 213.7 743.3

340 7,390 12,340

172.8 250.0

4,366 1,200 4,125 42,500 69,317 70,386 7,631 9,460

255.2 67.3 31.7 199.5 381.4 512.2

Foeroe

incl.

573

45.2

132.8 0.03

Juan

Some improvement was

major felt in

agricultural production as the two-year drought ended, but ex-

....

Austria

Greenlond,

178

625

191

(excl.

1,206

3.8

869

D. Peron.

1,939

1,337

1

....,

SOUTH AMERICA Argentino

Christian, mostly

548

7,402

Andorra

Denmark

(excluding Canal Zone) United States United States possessions

467.937;

4.8

ond

Albania

Estonia Finland (including Aland Islands)

....

Panoma

49.0 98.0

trustee-

territory

5,871

Netherlands overseos territory (The Netherlonds Antilles)

000 inhabitants

70.7 145.2

ship

United

44,217 840,000 19,129 13,176

43,277 760,373

10.1

British colonies,

New New

24.5

2,939 14,781

Honduras Mexico

8.5

20,935 4,500 13,623 8,753

24,880 9,199 103,740

229,660

21,357 3,843,144 19,238

Haiti

trus-

dependencies, condominium, protectorate and protected state . . . colonies French

9,360,311

Guotemoio

Uruguay Venezuelo 313.2 135.7 30.5 30.3 199.7 588.3 35.8

76

1

Australia Australian dependency, territory teeship

1,199 19,045 8,104 1

3,876,956

1,174,1 16

20.9 23.4

....

Paraguay

states

.

Salvodor

Nicaroguo

1,452

12,912

....

Netherlonds overseas territory (Surinom)

India, Republic of

170,467 201,300

Danish colony (Greenland, including Ice cop) Dominican Republic French territory and departments

120

.

.

Cuba

British colonies

Ceylon, Dominion of China (35 provinces, including Formosa, Kwantung and South Manchurian railway, Manchuria and Tibet) French overseas territory and associated

(U.S. occupied territory)

and dependencies

est.)

Chile

Burma

Is.

950 area, 1950 pop.

Costo Rica

British

Qatar Ryukyu

(1939) (I

British colonies

51,493

1

colonies, dependencies, protectorates, protected state ond independent state under British protection

U.S.S.R. U.S.S.R.

lin

Canada

West

Africa (mondote of Union of South Africa) Spanish colonies and protectorate Tangier, International Zone of Union of South Africa

sq.mi.

8,173,557 8,598,678

of continent and stote

NORTH AMERICA

17.9

El

Italian trusteeship

South-

1

Nome

"

British

Eritrea Ethiopia French colonies, trusteeships, protectorotes,

Pe'sons per

thousands)

Populotion

Areo

Personj per

58,164,833 1,567,374 925,907 1

Belgian colony ond trusteeship

lin

sq.mi.l

arlicles)

Population

Nome

57 World — Continued

.

99,181

149.1

263.6

148 2,948 47,041 2,100 14 3,000

303 20

3.7 1

10.8

404.7 84.2

229.5 1

19.2

10,451

300.0 33,670.0 812.2

3,343 35,339 26,200

235.5 217.7

22.4

7,151

243.1 177.8 342.1 146.3 41.2

4,862

304.9

8,609 16,300 13

28,528

383 50,370 1

16,927

1,307.2

533.0 2,000.0 170.7

ports to the U.S. continued to

fall

below imports. Arrests and

denial of civil liberties characterized the regime,

and several

cabinet ministers and important government officials resigned

following charges of corruption and venality. To improve its economic position, Argentina signed a one-year supplementary agreement to the commercial and financial treaty with Germany of July 31,

1950, calling for $136,600,000 sales each way.

A

was negotiated with the U.S.S.R. In March a barter agreement was signed with Brazil under which Argentina was to export to Brazil 1,500,000 tons of wheat at $112 per ton, which was about 15% above the world price, and Brazil would export to .\rgentina bananas, coffee, timber and scrap iron. About 400,000 tons of the wheat would be credited against Argentina's debt of $95,000,000 to commercial agreement along similar

lines

Brazil.

In February Peron visited Chile as the Carlos Ibafiez del

Campo, and on Feb.

official

21

guest of Pres,

Ibaiiez

and Peron

signed a protocol establishing a joint commission to study the

problem of co-ordinating production and trade, increasing exportable surpluses and encouraging private investments. They were pledged

to negotiate a definitive treaty within 120 days.

In July Ibafiez returned Peron "s

visit.

On

July 8 they signed

life.

This led to repressive measures and

many

arrests.

An

in-

\cstigation was launched which resulted in the resignations of

Juan R. Duarte, Peron's private secretary and brother of his wife, Eva, who had died the preceding year, and Orlando Oscar Bertolini, the husband of Ernestina Duarte, Eva Peron's sister. Duarte later committed suicide. Several prominent persons were expelled from the Peronista party including Col. Domingo Mercante, former governor of Buenos Aires province and at one time apparent successor to Peron. The cardinal-archbishops of Buenos Aires and Rosario suggested a political amnesty,

backed by members of the opposition and the Peronista party, but Interior Minister Angel Borlenghi eliminated all hopes for

when he placed the blame for the disorders on the opposition and said that the government could not permit such a minority to complain with such boldness. Throughout the year Peron continued to have trouble with it

rising living costs.

The

cattle

growers tried to keep beef

off

the

market, but they had to capitulate to a government ultimatum.

Many

arrests on charges of profiteering

were made and an

in-

crease in wages in the major industries was decreed

government. Education.

(J.

—On

by the McAd.)

June 30, 1951. there were 15,874 primary schools with 2,446,138 pupils and 101,646 teachers. There were 2,069 public secondary, normal and special schools with 360,917 students and 46,204 teachers; 32 autonomous schools with 2,544 students and 206 teachers; and 1,132 private schools with 153,926 students and 4,993 teachers. There were national universities at Buenos Aires (41,325 students), Eva Peron (La Plata) (7,409), Cordoba (9,355), Cuyo (2,596), Tucuman (3,191) and the National University of the Litoral at Santa Fe (16,325). University professors totalled 3,621. In 1951 there were 2,190 motion-picture theatres with seating capacity of 957,209. Finance. The monetary unit is the peso, valued on Sept. 30, 1953, at 13-33 cents U.S. currency, basic rate; 20 cents, preferential rate; and 7.16 cents, free market rate. The 1954 budget as approved by congress allocated 8.321,100,000 pesos for the national administration (to be covered by general revenues estimated at 8,354,500,000 pesos), 1,100,000,000 pesos for public works and other capital expenditures (to be covered by borrowing), 3,657,600,000 pesos for autonomous agencies (self-balancing) and 2,703.000,000 pesos for special accounts (self-balancing). Expenditures of the national administration amounted to 9,364,500,000 pesos in 1952; general revenue was 9,436,600,000 pesos, leaving an apparent surplus of 72,100,000 pesos. During the year, however, borrowing amounted to 3.945,200,000 pesos. The national debt was 21,762,900,000 pesos on Dec. 31, 1951, The debt figures did not include the floating debt at call or the debt of I. .A. P. I. (8.369,000,000 pesos on Dec. 31, 1950) and other official agencies and of the provincial and municipal governments. Currency and subsidiary money in circulation on Aug. 31, 1953, totalled 18.667,000,000 pesos; demand deposits were 13.900,000,000 pesos on Dec. 31, 1952. The cost of living index (Buenos Aires) stood at 322 in



MARBLE STATUE pleted

in

of

Juan Peron by Leone Tommasi,

Italian

sculptor,

com-

1953

the Argentine-Chilean

Economic Union

treaty. It provided the

general rules to cover future commercial operations. In the pre-

amble

it

was stated that new

political conditions

orientation of economic activities in a

manner

permitted the

that

would guar-

antee political sovereignty, social justice and the independence of the signatory powers. It

was agreed that within 90 days after

signing each country would appoint five of

cil

men

to a national coun-

Argentine-Chilean Economic union which, jointly,

the

should fonn the General council of the union. Article

2

set

which would co-ordinate production, reform the restrictive customs system, modify exchange regulations, establish methods to supply cerforth II fundamental objectives of the agreement,

tain frontier areas, liberalize reciprocal credits, equalize taxes,

and a system for transit facilities of imports from other countries through both Argentina and Chile, improve establish free ports

communications, promote tourism and speed up construction of the Southern Transandine railroad and improve the Northern and Central Transandine lines. Peron later announced the introduction of a bill to encourage foreign capital investments in Argentina. Investments might be made in industry and mining, either setting up new plants or co-operating with established entities, and capital might be in

must receive prior must be inscribed in the national registry and would receive the same treatment as Argentine capital. After two years, profits up to 8% of the registered capital remaining at the end of each subsequent financial period might be the form of dollars or equipment. Investments

presidential approval,

transferred to the country of origin.

The

profits

eligible

for

and after ten years of original inscription the investor might withdraw his capital in annual transfer might be capitalized

quotas of

Upon

58

10%

his

20%. return from Chile there was an attempt on Peron's to

Aug. 1953 (1948=100). Trade and Communications. Exports in 1952 were officially valued at 4.392.000.000 pesos and imports at 8,361,200,000 pesos. Leading exports were processed agricultural products (20%), meat (20%), wool (17%), cereals and linseed (14%) and hides and skins (9%); leading imports, machinery and vehicles (18%), fuels and lubricants (15%), iron and steel and manufactures (14%), textiles (10%) and wood (9%). Leading customers were the U.S. (26%), the United Kingdom (14%), France (8%), Brazil (7%) and Sweden (6%); leading suppliers, the U.S. (18%), Brazil (11%), Germany (8%), France (7%) and the United



Kingdom (6%). Railways (1949) totalled 26,893 mi.; in 1952 they carried 538,200,000 passengers and 36,976.000 metric tons of freight. National highway mileage (1949) was about 43.500. Registered motor vehicles on Jan. i, 1951, included 275.000 cars. 140,000 trucks and 16,000 buses. Commercial air lines flew 10,924,250 mi. in 1952 and carried 393,400 passengers. According to Lloyd's Register of Shipping, the merchant marine (June 30, 1952) consisted of 365 steamers and motor ships (100 tons and over) aggregating 1.033,571 gross tons. Agriculture. Production figures for the crop year 1952-53 were officially reported as follows (in metric tons): wheat 7,800,000: rye 1,342,000; oats 1.106,000: barley 1,194,000; maize 3,620,000; linseed 571,000; sunflower seed 528,000; peanuts 173,000; olives 19,000. Other crops included rice (rough) 168,000 metric tons and cotton 600,000 bales of 480 lb. each. Sugar production (1952) was 560,000 metric tons. Exports in 1952 (metric tons) included wheat 59,013; maize 636,386; linseed 25,064; oats 43,755; barley 117,813. The 1952 livestock census showed 45,262,995 cattle, 54,683,731 sheep, 3,989.188 pigs, (census 1947) 7,237,663 horses, 4,933,679 goats. Wool exports in the wool year ending Sept. 30, i953. were reported unofficially at 491,899 bales, of which 221,306 bales went to the U.S., 85,379 bales to the United Kingdom and 47.470 bales to Belgium. In 1952. i.594.920 frozen beef quarters, 331,192 mutton carcasses. 1,220,689 lamb carcasses, 1,536,241 calf skins, 961,868 dried ox skins and 6,018.409 salted ox skins were exported. Quebracho extract exports (including re-exports from Paraguay) totalled 163,120 metric tons in 1952AAanufactures. Industrial establishments numbered 101,884 in 1947 and in June 1951 industrial employment totalled 944,800, of whorn 191,400 were employed in the food and beverage industries and 184,500 in the tex-









ARIZONA — ARKANSAS manufactures industries. Production fij,'ures in 1952 included Portland cement 1,548.000 metric tons: wheat flour 1,874.000 tons; cotton yarn 82,000 tons: manufactured gas 295,200,000 cu.m.; electric energy 4,717,714.000 kw.hr. Mineral Production. Petroleum production totalled 3,540,000 metric tons (about 24.750.000 bbl.) in 1952. Some lead and zinc were also produced. Coal imports were 1,740,288 metric tons in 1952. \'>iiiLiOGKAPn\. —Reviciv of the River Plate (Buenos Aires); Bank of London and South America, Fortnightly Review (London): Sintesis esladistica incnsual (Buenos Aires). (J. W. Mvv.)

and

tile

textile



Arizona,

Arizona.

known

"Grand Canyon

as the

the southwestern part of the United States, being

Mesa (1950) had 16,700; Douglas, 9,442; Yuma, 9,145; Glendale, 8,179; Tempe, 7,684; Flagstaff, 7,663; and Prescott,

48,774.

History.

— State

officers

all

(1953),

Table

Marion

L.

Brooks.

Sorghums grain, bu Corn, bu Alfalfa seed, bu Flaxseed, bu Cotton, bales Grapefruit, boxes

An

The

legislature

21st

was the

was passed providing

for

An

act

and referendum were

towns were permitted to adopt budgets

1953-54

in excess of

new budgets

to be circulated

20%

for

the

over those of the previous

to 80

and year

They

(i) limited the house

increased the senate to 28; (2) increased the

justices of the peace during

term of

office; (3)

aboHshed

the state board of education and the elected state superinten-

dent; (4)

removed

the requirement that state

money

be appropriated on the basis of attendance. The passed at the September election and the

On

Oct. 6

Governor Pyle

last

for schools

first

two were

two were defeated.

called a special session for Oct. 13 to

adjust the taxing system.



Education. The State superintendent reported for 1952-53 an enrolment with the number of teachers as follows: elementary schools, 151,540 and 4.631; high schools, 36,593 and 1,474. .Arizona has been noted for its private schools attended by out-of-state pupil.-;. The legislature provided an annual appropriation of $100,000 for any junior college with suitable buildings and proper attendance. Social Insurance and Assistance, Public Welfare and Related Programs. total number of recipients of state assistance in .Aug. 1953 was 20,328. The state welfare appropriations were: industrial school. $103,800: state hospital, $1,773,650: crippled children, $268,000; state tuberculosis sanitarium, $244,273; pioneer home, $143,157; prison, $632,356; aid to the blind, $242,808; dependent children, $1,209,883; old-age assistance. $3,818,700. Communications. The Arizona highway department reported the following mileage for 1953: state highways, 3,960; county roads, 16.148; federal-aid highways, 2,520; national roads. 8,211. Railroad mileage was 2,542 and the number of telephones 202.500. Phoeni.x had eight radio sta-

The



tions

and Tucson

five.

Each



of the

two

cities

had two television stations.

Banking and Finance. The superintendent of banks reported for June 30, 1953, that national banks had deposits of $601,731,083; loans and discounts, $198,885,538; government securities, $123,485,520. State banks had deposits of $175,776,168; loans and discounts, $57,854,881; government securities, $80,293,632, the total sum being in excess of that of 1952. The slate and local ta.xes for the fiscal year 1952-53 were $117.090,521, and federal taxes were $165,742,130, all based on an income of $1,287,000,000. Agriculture. At the beginning of 1953, .Arizona led the nation in percentage of growth in agricultural income lor the decade, the increase being 328%. Cotton represented about 50% of the farm and ranch income. The total from farms and ranches for 1952 was $423,000,000, as compared with the ten-year (1942-51) average of $193,000,000. A United Slates



900,000 1,517,000

Table

Mineral Production of Arizona

II.

lln

,

short Ions, except as noted!

1951

227,000 416,000 116,000 17,000 54,000

Copper Gold (02.) Lead

Sand and gravel

.

.

309,000 53,000

Stone Zinc

Other minerols

....

...

Total

ranked

Quontity

472,000 201,281,000 4,063,000 6,018,000 773,000 2,203,000 4,635,000 354,000 19,292,000 4,796,000 $243,887,000 $

2,691,000 5,121,000

.

1950

Volue

Quantity

Mineral Clays

Value

224,000 403,000 118,000 26,000 52,000 2,499,000

$

512,000 167,773,000 4,141,000 7,123,000

718,000 1,590,000 4,820,000 140,000 17,176,000 3,413,000 $207,406,000

5,325,000 228,000 60,000 ...

among

the states in the production of copper, second in asand fourth in silver, and stood 15th in the value of mineral output, with 1.81% of the U.S. total for 1951. first

bestos, third in zinc

fiscal year,

was prohibited. four constitutional amendments to be considered

members and

pay of

cities

fiscal

The feeding The legislature

at a special election Sept. 29, 1953.

3,000,000



Arkansas, a south central state of the United

to be a basis for future budgets.

of untreated garbage to swine

provided for

a

which new wells were prohibited. Petitions

according to definite form, to prevent fraud. Counties,

the

420,000 113,000 78,000 948,000



Lime

attempt to solve the underground water problem established relative to the initiative

598,000 572,000

Manufacturing. In July 1953 the number employed in manufacturing was 28.100, an increase over the previous year, while the output had doubled since 1950. The principal products were furniture and lumber, primary and fabricated metal products, electrical machinery, motor vehicles and transportation equipment. Among the nondurable goods were: food, textile mill products, apparel and chemicals. (H. A. H.) Mineral Production. Table II shows the tonnage and value of mineral commodities produced in Arizona in 1950 and 1951. data for 1952 not being available, listing items whose value exceeded $100,000. Arizona

Silver (oz.)

restricted area in

4,372,000 589,000 397,000 2,034,000 380,000 145,600 504,000 312,000 3,220,000 1,000,000 1,403,000

1,632,000

990,000 3,500,000 1,130,000 2,343,000

Oranges, boxes Pototoes, bu Source; U.S. Department of Agriculture.

1942-51

1952

5,885,000

...

Howard Pyle (Rep.); treasurer. J. W. Kelley; at-

the annual testing of dairy cattle and goats for brucellosis.

longest in history (79 days).

Average,

1953 Estimote

7,236,000 598,000 572,000 1,800,000 510,000 86,660

Democrats but two, were:

torney general. Ross F. Jones (Rep.); superintendent of public instruction,

— Principal Crops of Arizona

Barley, bu

chief justice, R. C. Stanford; governor, J.

secretary of state, Wesley Bolin;

I.

Wheat, bu Oats, bu

state," lies in

hounded on the west by the Colorado river and Nevada and on the south by Mexico. The area is 113,575 sq.mi. The population (1950 census) was 749,587, a 50.1% increase over that of 1940, 416,000 being urban and 333,587 rural. There was an estimated increase to 859,000 by July i, 1952. Whites (1950) numbered 654,511, or 87.3%; Negroes, 3.5%; and Indians, 8.8%. The capital, Phoenix (1953 census), numbered 127,015 and Tucson

6,764.

59

geological survey report early in 1953 indicated that the above increased return was based to a considerable degree on the exhaustion of the underground water reserve. The water level from pumping was dropping 10 feet per year in several districts. This exhaustion was augmented by the lack of rainfall, as the spring peak storage in reservoirs in 1953 was 1,456,000 ac.-ft. as compared with 1,727,000 ac.-ft. the previous year.

Arkansas. area

is

States,

was admitted

to the

union

1836. Its

in

53,104 sq.mi., including 429 sq.mi. of water. Pop. (1950

census)

(July

1,909.511;

census figures placed

Little

The 1950

1,876,000.

of the population in rural areas

The population was listed 0.5% foreign-born and 22.3% Negro.

pared with 77.8% native white.

1952, est.)

i,

67%

in 1940.

Rock, the capital

Other principal Rock, 44.097;

cities

Pine

city,

are: Bluff,

as

com-

77.1%

had 102,213 inhabitants in 1950. North Little

Fort Smith, 47,942; 37,162;

Hot

Springs,

29,307;

El

Dorado, 23,076; Fayetteville, 17,071; Jonesboro, 16,310; Blytheville, 16,234; Texarkana, 15,875. History.

— With

the creation in 1953 of the legislative post

government was removed from the executive to the legislative branch. The state legislative auditor was Orvel M. Johnson. Arkansas adopted a new fiscal code which reorganized the executive branch of state government and put control of all spending into the hands of one official. Frank Storey was director audit division, the auditing function of Arkansas

of finance.

"Quickie" marriages were

made

impossible with the removal

of the waiver on the three-day waiting period

and the

installa-

tion of the premarital blood test as a statutory requirement.

Welfare

rolls

were made public for the

first

time

in

Arkansas.

Francis Cherry was governor in 1953; Nathan Gordon, lieutenant governor; Tom Gentry, attorney general; C. G. Hall, secretary of state; J. Oscar Humphrey, auditor; J. ton, treasurer; Claude Rankin, land commissioner.



Vance Clay-

Education. For the school year of 1951-52 Arkansas had 2.061 elementary schools with an enrolment of 333.822 and 635 secondary schools with an enrolment of 78,304. Total college and university enrolment for 1951-52 was 20.971. Teachers and principals in elementary schools numbered 7,576; in secondary schools, 5,764. Expenditures from state funds for the year ending June 30, 1952, totalled $20,731,305. Arch W. Ford was commissioner of education.

ARMIES OF THE WORLD

60

"lablt \.— Principal Crops of Arkansas Average,

indicated 1953

Crop

::::::::: Ric::roo.ii,.ba„.- :::::::: SoYbeoni, bu Oott. bu Pototooj, bu

'l^ioSC

'i'lfill

w'ltZ

^SoCo

8.796,000 6,369,000

13,856,000 3,998,000

473,000 390,000

780,000 402,000 270 000

^,28l;oSo 5,799,000 6,876,000 2,627,000 1,323,000

Sweet pototoet, bu Apples bu

124 000

:::::::;::

GrC;,'.":.P*""'-'"'

27,307,000

13,935,000

''Sooo

c:J;::;,''.°'

systems and two

triple systems,

making 42

"objects"'

and

1953

and Procyon, are

intrinsically brighter than the sun.

^^

Sirius,

There

times the sun"s

luminosity. But four of the "objects'" here counted as single stars show evidence of possessing unseen companions which may be even fainter. About 36 of the 55 stars are red dwarfs classed as dM; they include five that are known to be "flare" stars. The latter form a class that is being increasingly studied. They are liable to flare up to about ten times their normal brightness and then die back more slowly, all within the interval of about one hour. Some workers attributed the phenomenon to the development of "hot spots" on the surfaces of the stars, others (considering the spectroscopic evidence in more detail) to the sudden

emission of jets of carbon vapour.

The

structure of the enormously dense white dwarf stars (with

ATHLETICS — ATOMIC ENERGY densities of several tons per cubic centimetre) factorily understood for about 20 years.

had been

satis-

But the source of

luminosity had remained unexplained; they could not be

their

in the

white dwarf state and at the same time possess the sources of atomic energy that supply the luminosity of normal stars. In 1953 L. Mestel published an apparently satisfactory explanation.

His calculations showed that a white dwarf actually needs no sources of energy generation; it is merely a slowly cooling body,

its

away of its initial was shown to be in general

radiation being the gradual wasting

store of thermal energy. This store

quite ample for the survival of the star through astronomical times.

The normal

career of a white dwarf

ful in the extreme.

ment

is

its

What

robs

is

therefore unevent-

of the possibility of

it

any

excite-

almost complete lack of hydrogen. As Mestel went

on to demonstrate, however,

can

it

courses of evolution by accreting a

follow

more

interesting

relatively small

mass of

hydrogen from the vast, though exceedingly diffuse, quantities of this gas which permeate interstellar space. The most spectacular possibility occurred if such accretion took place before the cooling

had proceeded too

far,

when

would be gigantic hydrogen

the result

what Mestel described as the explosion of a bomb, thus possibly accounting for the outbursts of one type of known supernova. It should be added that white dwarfs also present observational

problems of great

of their intrinsic faintness

and of their

difficulty

because

ill-defined spectral fea-

tures. W. J. Luyten obtained new spectral observations of 44 such stars with the 82-in. McDonald (Mt. Locke, Tex.) and 100-

Mt. Wilson (near Pasadena, Calif. )^telescopes. He also examined plates taken in the southern hemisphere with a view- to identifying further white dwarfs; his discoveries brought the total of known "probable" white dwarfs to 267. in.

In the years since

our

own and other

World War

II the division of the stars in

galaxies into two ''populations," as

first

pro-

69

the orthodox view, with the revised measures, such expansion

The most drastic alternawas that proposed in 1948 by H. Bondi and T. Gold and by Hoyle according to which the large-scale behaviour of the

started about 5,000,000,000 years ago. tive F.

universe

is

always the same, the receding galaxies being replaced

by fresh ones composed of more recently created matter. One particular consequence of the latter view is that no one epoch universe as a whole is more favourable than another for atom building, while the same need not hold good

in the history of the

any individual galaxy in the universe. 1952 a great advance was made in delineating the spiral structure in our own galaxy by means of measurements of hydrogen emission regions and of 21-cm. radio emission. In 1953 G. Miinch gave a preliminary account of observations, using the new coude spectrograph on the 200-in. Hale telescope, of "interstellar" spectral lines which confirmed in regard to the history of

Interstellar

Matter.

— In

that the interstellar gas clouds are concentrated into the regions of the spiral

arms as located by the other methods.

Rotation of the Earth.

— Previously astronomers had believed

the rate of rotation of the earth to be slowly but steadily decreasing because of the action of the oceanic tides. E. R. R.

Holmberg now pointed

however, that there

out,

is

an unex-

pectedly large tendency in the opposite direction produced by the solar led

him

component of the atmospheric tides. His calculations from small oscillations in either

to conclude that, apart

direction, the rate of rotation has attained an equilibrium value.

(See also Electronics; National Geographic Society.) Bibliography. L. H. .Aller, Astrophysics (Xew York, 1953); Cecilia Payne-Gaposchkin. Stars in the Making (Harvard, 1952); R. A. Lyttleton, Comets, and Their Origin (Cambridge, 1953). (W. H. McC.)



Athletics: see Track and Field Sports; etc. Atlantic Treaty: see European Union; North Atlantic Treaty Organization.

posed by W, Baade, had become generally accepted, and various indications

had been noted of differences

in the

chemical com-

position of these populations. Chiefly as a result of spectroscopic studies carried out in the United States in 1953 the view fast being consolidated that

the differences were

was

much more

systematic and considerable than had previously been supposed, the stars of population I evidently containing a

much

proportion of heavy elements than those of population

had great evolutionary

bigger

II.

This

was widely accepted that stars of population I are on the average much younger than the others and moreover are still in process of being formed from interstellar matter in the spiral arms of the galaxies. It then followed that the abundance of heavy elements had not been the same at all stages in the history of a galaxy. This appeared to be strong evidence for the view that such elements are synthesized in certain types of star and by them fed into interstellar space, as opposed to the view that the heavy elements had been formed, effectively, once and for all in the very early career of an expanding universe. Thus the situation in cosmological speculation had reached a highly interesting stage. The "orthodox"' theory of the expanding universe had been assailed because it had yielded too short a past life for the universe; but the significance. It

Atomic Energy.' when

The

international atomic

entered

a

new phase

in the

armament race summer of 1953

became know-n that the U.S.S.R., as w-ell as the United had exploded an experimental prototype of the hydrogen bomb. While no details were made public by either government. U.S. and European scientists were inclined to believe that neither nation had as yet perfected a usable h\drogen bomb that could it

States,

be delivered by aeroplane. It was estimated, however, that the

United States would probably achieve this goal in a year or two and the U.S.S.R. almost as soon. The day was seen to be rapidly approaching, therefore, when each would possess the potential means for the total annihilation of the other. Diplomats agreed that the hydrogen bomb constituted the foremost problem facing the world. The nations of western Europe, apprehensive of being caught between the United States and the U.S.S.R. in a conflict fought with both H-bombs and A-bombs, were eager to see some settlement of the "cold war." Great Britain began preparations in the spring of 1953 for its

second atomic

bomb

test.

This took place at the

Woomera

range in Australia in October.

Prospects for the peacetime application of atomic energy to

doubling of the distance scale (mentioned above) also doubled

industry were greatly enhanced during 1953. In June the U.S.

the past lifetime according to this theory, and this new value appeared to be reconcilable with other evidence. Nevertheless,

Atomic Energy commission disclosed that the experimental breeder reactor at Arco, Ida., had succeeded in producing as much atomic fuel as it consumed while furnishing the energy

at

this

juncture, evidence concerning the abundances of the

elements (including that just described) strengthened the argu-

to operate a steam-electric turbogenerator.

ments against the theory. Of course, few astronomers questioned

On June 24, 1953, Pres. Dwight D. Eisenhow^er appointed Rear Adm. Lewis L. Strauss to succeed Gordon Dean as chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy commission.

the inference that the universe

is

expanding

in the sense that

the galaxies are receding from each other. (Indeed, the greatest apparent speed of recession of 61,000 km. per second yet measured by M. Humason with the 200-in. Hale telescope, Palomar

mountain,

Calif.,

was reported during the year.) According

to

Other important events in the realm of atomic energy during the year included the electrocution of the convicted atomic spies, Julius

and Ethel Rosenberg, the

first civilians

in the history of

ATOMIC ENERGY

70

the nation to suffer the death penalty for espionage

hearings of

;

the joint congressional committee on atomic energy to discuss

changes

in the

Atomic Energy

act that

would make possible the facilities by private

ownership and operation of atomic power

and a series of Nevada proving ground, the

industrial corporations;

sions at the

plex series >et conducted at the

The Soviet H-Bomb.

ii

bomb

explo-

8.

1953, by Premier

the course of a two-hour address on

in

domestic and foreign policies before 1.300 members of the su-

preme

soviet in the Great hall of the Kremlin.

When

the United States lost

Malenkov it

is

the

it

bomb

production of the hydrogen

many

largely because no atomic explosion had been

U.S.

known

to

20, the Soviet

information on the subject indicates that this test involved both

and thermonuclear reactions."

A-Bomb

Lima,

0.. published letters written

members of U.S. navy The explosion took

miles into the

to burn,

type on Aug. 23. It stated that

Nevada proving ground.

There seemed some reason to believe that this Soviet explowas the start of a series of tests similar to the U.S. tests in Nevada. The commission added that it would not publicize futhey

contained

some unusual

and the island became a mass of flames that persisted Three of the letters said that the island disappeared

Physics of the of

in

the U.S.



It

was recognized

States that Russian mastery of the hydrogen

growing stock tion

of

many

pile of

of

nation's

the

foreign

— Physicists discussed the

possibility

energy by the synthesis of helium from

hydrogen more than 20 years before the discovery of uranium fission in 1939. If four atoms of hydrogen were transformed

atom

of helium, there would be a loss in

units. This, in

mass of 0.0286

accordance with the Einstein equa-

E = mc'-, would

tion for the transformation of matter into energy,

the release of 2,670,000 ev of energy.

During the 1930s astronomers came

to the conclusion that

sun and earth

stars.

But they despaired of duplicating the process on

because

it

apparently

required

the

found only in the interior of the sun and

high

stars.

temperatures

Because of their

dependence on high temperatures, such nuclear transformations

a revalua-

and domestic

provide temperatures of the kind needed for thermonuclear re-

in

the

United

bomb and

Russian atomic bombs required

aspects

H-Bomb.

releasing atomic

became known as thermonuclear reactions. However, even before the atomic bomb had been achieved, J. Robert Oppenheimer and his associates at the Los Alamos laboratory realized that the explosion of a uranium bomb would

feature.

Reactions

five

This flame lasted for about seven seconds.

air.

such a process accounted for the generation of energy in the

sion

unless

be ten times as bright as

from view.

into one

—On

fission

light, said to

for six hours.

the explosion was within the range of those which the United

explosions

place at an island about 3 mi. long and

Next thousands of tons of earth were thrown straight into the sky. About 20 seconds after the explosion, a great mushroom cloud formed. This was described variously, and according to some was 15 mi. high and 30 mi. wide at the top. About 15

mean

Soviet

and crew

compared with the momentary touch of a red-hot iron. The letters spoke of a flame two miles wide shooting

atomic explosion of the

ture

officers

than a mile wide situated about 35 mi. from Eniwetok. The closest ship was apparently 30 mi. from the explosion. It was

atomic mass

States had set off at the

by junior

ships at the scene.

less

Aug. 31, 1953, the U.S. Atomic Energy commission announced that the U.S.S.R. had staged an Tests.

first

minutes after the explosion, the vegetation on the island began

government announced, "Within the last few days an explosion of one of a variety of hydrogen bombs was carried out for experimental purposes." This was confirmed the same day in a statement from the U.S. Atomic Energy commission, which said. "The Soviet Union conducted an atomic test on the morning of Aug. 12. Subsequent

Soviet

1.

heard of the 1952 explosion when newspapers such widely separated locations as Los Angeles, Calif., and public

the sun, followed by a w-ave of heat which one letter writer

take place in the U.S.S.R. since Oct. 1951.

fission

the spring of 195

heralded by a flash of

This statement was greeted with scepticism by

On Aug.

in

The

took solace in the illusion that

either."'

officials,

atoll at

probably was the

monopoly of the atomic bomb,

necessary to report to the Supreme Soviet that the United States in

Eniwetok

It

it

not so." he continued. "The government deems

has no monopoly

at

1952 (Eniwetok time).

its

said to his listeners,

possessed a monopoly of the hydrogen bomb.

"This

tok

in

mastery of the secret of the

I,

most violent man-made explosion in the history of the world. A smaller hydrogen nuclear exi)losion had been staged at Eniwe-

com-

site.

— Russian

hydrogen bomb was announced on Aug. Georgi M. Malenkov

atomic

longest and most

132 detonated a hydrogen nuclear explosion

7:15 A.M. on Nov.

the

them that it might be possible to create hydrogen bomb which would use an atomic bomb as the fuse

actions. It occurred to

policies.

Sen. Alexander Wiley (Rep., Wis.), chairman of the senate

foreign relations committee, said that action on the highest levels

Washington and Moscow was called for to determine whether new ground existed for the establishment of international atomic in

control.

Admiral Strauss warned, 'Tt

is

a

fallacy to

stock pile of atomic weapons in our hands

is

assume that a any longer

in itself

a

to detonate

it.

After the end of World

War

II,

preliminary studies were in-

Alamos laboratory to explore these possibilities. It was realized that it was not feasible to employ ordinary hydrogen, which is a mixture of 98% light-weight hydrogen and 2% deuterium or double-weight hydrogen. It did stituted at the Los

bomb

could be

made with

a complete deterrent to aggressive action."

appear, however, that a hydrogen

was anticipated that global strategy would be restudied and more emphasis placed on civilian defense. It seemed entirely probable that expenditures for national defense would have to

deuterium; or with tritium or triple-weight hydrogen; or with a combination of deuterium and tritium, probably the most satis-

be increased.

Deuterium can be separated from ordinary hydrogen by chemical means. However, tritium occurs in nature only in infinitesimal amounts. It is possible, however, to produce tritium by

It

At a White House press conference in July, President Eisenhower stated that he favoured giving the public more information on both U.S. and Soviet atomic weapons, feeling that wise decisions could be made only by an informed public. Such a course had been previously urged by J. Robert Oppenheimer, head of the Los Alamos laboratory during World War II, and by Gordon Dean in his final press conference on retiring from the chairmanship of the U.S. Atomic Energy commission. The U.S. Hydrogen Bomb. United States joint task force



factory method.

bombarding lithium with neutrons in a nuclear reactor. It was estimated that a given weight of tritium would release seven times as much energy as an equal weight of plutonium. One kilogram (2.2 Ib.j of tritium would be the equivalent in explosive violence of 140,000 tons of T.N.T. It will be recalled that the first atomic of T.N.T.

bombs were

the equivalent of 20,000 tons

ATOMIC ENERGY

72

exploded over the Japanese

World War

Hiroshima and Nagasaki in had staged five and Great Britain

cities of

II; the U.S.S.R.

one.



U.S. Y. U.S.S.R. Strength. It was generally believed during 1053 that the United States was ahead of the U.S.S.R. in the extent of its atomic establishment, the variety and size of its stock pile of atomic bombs,

its ability to deliver the bombs and progress toward a usable hydrogen bomb. While no oflicial

its

figures

had ever been made public,

was generally assumed more than 1,000 atomic bombs while the Soviet Union had between 100 and 300. British A-Bomb Test. Great Britain conducted its second atomic bomb test on the Woomera rocket range in Australia in it

that the United States had a stock pile of



Oct. 1953. It will be recalled that the

was detonated

Monte

in the

British atomic

first

Bello Islands, 50 mi.

N.W.

bomb of the

coast of Australia, on Oct. 3, 1952. Sir William Penney,

directed the explosion of the 1952

bomb, was again

in

who

charge

for the 1953 test.



Expansion of U.S. Facilities. Substantial progress in every its program was reported during 1953 by the U.S. Atomic Energy commission. Construction of new plant facilities phase of

in the $3,500,000,000

program previously authorized by congress rate. Atomic energy projects ac-

proceeded at an accelerated

counted for about in the

3%

United States

of

all

expenditures for new construction

in 1953. It

was expected

to increase to

5%

in 1954.

"LOOK! WE'RE OUT

IN

FRONT!'

a

1953 cartoon by

Little of the

Nashville

Tennessean

Production of uranium from domestic ores was increased durThe Union of South Africa joined the Belgian Congo

ing 1953.

Unlike the A-bomb, the hydrogen

bomb would

not be limited

any critical mass. Theoretically it appeared possible hydrogen bomb many thousands of times more powerful than an atomic bomb. Cost of production and difficulties of transportation appeared to be the limiting factors. Nevada Bomb Tests. Eleven atomic explosions were staged by the U.S. Atomic Energy commission at the Nevada proving ground, about 75 mi. from Las Vegas, Nev., in the spring of 1953. Some of these were bombs dropped from aeroplanes, others were experimental nuclear devices exploded atop steel towers. The department of defense, the Federal Civil Defense administration and other government agencies co-operated in the tests. The department of defense took advantage of several of the explosions to indoctrinate both ground troops and airmen in the effects of atomic weapons and to execute simulated combat manoeuvres. in size to

to create a



and Canada as an important source of uranium. Promising deposits of uranium ore were discovered in Australia during the year.

The commission revealed that first six months

materials in the

the production of fissionable

was greater than

of 1953

in

any previous period of similar length.

As

of Jan.

i,

1953, the nation's capital investment in atomic

was approximately $4,000,000,000. The first six months of 1953 saw a greater number of significant events in reactor development than any previous period, the U.S. Atomic Energy commission reported. Chief among these was the progress made with the

energy plant

Advances

facilities in

Reactors.



experimental breeder reactor.

This reactor employs a core of uranium-235 about the a football. Surrounding this

is

size of

a blanket of ordinary uranium.

17.

Neutrons released by fission in the core strike this blanket, converting atoms of uranium- 238 into plutonium. The heat generated by the fission is carried to a heat exchanger by liquid sodium alloy which circulates through the core. A second stream of liquid alloy transfers the heat to a steam boiler. The steam operates a turbine which turns the armature of an elec-

trenches as the device exploded.

tric

The

first

explosion in the series was a prototype of a tactical

atomic bomb, believed to possess the power of 15,000 tons of T.N.T. It was exploded atop a steel tower 300 ft. high on March

About 1,500 troops and observers crouched in five-foot They were about two miles from the tower, closer than any Americans had ever been to an atomic explosion. By arrangement with the Federal Civil Defense administration, two typical U.S. houses and 53 automobiles were exposed to the blast. One house was 3,500 ft. from the tower, the other 7.500 ft. Dummies, wearing various types of clothing, were also exposed in and near the houses and autos. Atonnic Cannon. The firing of the first atomic artillery shell in the history of the world, on May 25, constituted the tenth explosion in the 1953 series of tests in Nevada. The projectile, II in. in diameter, was fired from the army's 280-mm.



—According

to the best avail-

able unofiicial count, the Soviet hydrogen explosion was the 50th

nuclear detonation in the history of the world. plosion of Aug. 23 was the 51st.

ceed consumption. Electric power was also generated successfully during 1953 with a second type of reactor known as the homogeneous reactor. In this reactor, the

Up

The Russian

ex-

to Sept. 15, 1953, the U.S.

had staged 45 nuclear explosions, including the two A-bombs

atomic fuel

is

in liquid

mixed with the moderator so that the two

form and

is

circulate together in

the reactor.

On March

cannon.

The Atomic Explosion Total.

generator.

During 1953 the breeder reactor had succeeded in producing an amount of plutonium equal to the amount of uranium-235 consumed. It was hoped that the reactor could be improved to the point where the production of new atomic fuel would ex-

was announced that the land-based prototype was generating substantial amounts of power. 31

it

for the nuclear reactor for the submarine "Nautilus"

Construction of the land-based prototype of a submarine intermediate

reactor

went

forward

during

the

year

at

the

Knolls Atomic Power laboratory. At the same time, design work

was begun at the laboratory on an advanced nuclear power plant for a submarine of significantly higher speed than the first two nuclear-powered submarines. Private Enterprise

in

Reactors.— Between June

24 and July

31, 1953, the congressional joint committee on atomic energy held a series of 14 hearings on the subject of atomic power de-

velopment and private enterprise. These hearings followed the presentation to the committee on May 26 of a statement of policy from the U.S. Atomic Energy commission. This proposed a series of moves which would permit the ownership and opera-

power

tion of nuclear

facilities

by groups other than the com-

mission.

June 1951 had entered into agreement companies for joint studies of ways in which private firms might enter the field. These groups submitted reports to the commission which were made public

The commission

in

with four groups of industrial

on

May

31, 1953.



The Argonne Cancer Research Atomic Energy commission at a cost of $4,180,000 as part of its program of research in biology and medicine, was dedicated on March 14, 1953. It was the

Cancer Research Hospital. by

laboratory, built

the U.S.

largest institution ever built for the specific

purpose of applying

atomic energy to the diagnosis, investigation and treatment of cancer and allied diseases.



Brookhaven Cosmotron. The synchro-cyclotron at the Brookhaven National laboratory, Upton, N.Y., was formally dedicated on Dec. 15, 1952, although it had been in operation since the previous June. It was producing a beam of protons

LIGHT BULB

power generated by atomic reactor at 1953. The experiment pointed the way to

illuminated by electric

Oak Ridge National laboratory

In

future civilian uses of atomic energy

with energies of almost 2,500.000,000 ev.

The synchro-cyclotron tion laboratory

of the University of California Radia-

was expected

to

be completed before the end of

1953. It would produce a proton

beam with

energies of 6,000,-

000.000 ev.



Great Britain announced on May i, was building the world's first atomic power station. The new plant, which was expected to take two years to complete, is in Cumberland. It was planned to utilize an improved type of natural uranium reactor enclosed in a shell, the heat from it being transferred by gas under pressure to a conventional steam-electric turbogenerator. The output was expected to be 50,000,000 w. A more ambitious installation which would make use of a breeder type of reactor was also planned British

Power Station.

1953, that

in

it

Great Britain.

government-owned factory at Alwaye which are rich in uranium. Swiss Power Project. Three of the major engineering firms in Switzerland joined forces to plan an atomic power project to supply electricity to Swiss industry. The firms were BrownBoveri, Escher-Wyss and Sulzer Brothers. European Laboratory. Plans of the European Council for 1952,

Nehru dedicated





Nuclear Research to establish an atomic laboratory in Geneva, Switz., were threatened

Birmingham university, England, under the direction of P. B. Moon. It took seven years to construct the machine. New Canadian Reactor. A new and improved nuclear reactor to cost $30,000,000 was under construction at the Chalk



river atomic energy establishment, 130 mi.

W.

On June 28, 1953, the Commuwas defeated by an overwhelming vote of the canton of Geneva. Ten European governments were associated in nist proposal

Brazil's

ment

United States

of an atomic

100

from 19 countries attended the first International Conference on Atomic Power for Industrial Uses in Oslo, Nor., from Aug. 11 to Aug. 13, 1953, under the auspices of the Atomic Energy institute, a joint project of the Norwegian and Nether-

scientists

The conference voted

to

who was

a visitor

in 1952, visited that

power

project.

He



it.

open to

Alvaro Alberto, chairman

some of the world's richest deposits of uranium and said that it was hoped to have the first atomic power plant in operation by 1958. He estimated the cost of the first plant, a small one, at $5,000,000. {See also Budget, National; Physics; Uranium.) thorium.

tional association,

—Adm.

Alberto said that recent studies had disclosed that Brazil possesses

lands governments.

Project.

country again in 1953. The council was in charge of Brazilian plans for the developto the

of Ottawa, Ont.

— More than

Atomic

of the Brazilian National Research council,

The establishment was under the direction of a governmentowned company. Atomic Energy of Canada, Ltd. The largest reactor in operation at the establishment was closed down on Dec. 13, 1952, when a radioactive leak occurred

Atomic Power Conference.

Geneva

in

ting the laboratory to be built.

the council.

eration at

International

when Communist elements

succeeded in forcing a plebiscite upon the question of permit-



Europe's Largest Synchrotron. The second largest proton synchrotron in the world and the largest in Europe was in op-

in

a

to process monazite sands

form an interna-

scientists of all nations of the world,

promote the peaceful uses of atomic energy. Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru of India announced that that country planned to construct a medium-

Bibliography. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Thirteenth Semiannual Report (Jan. 1953), Fourteenth Semiannual Report (July 1953); Congressional Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, Atomic Power and Private Enterprise (Dec. 1952), Atomic Power Development and Private Enterprise (Sept. 1953); Bulletin oj the Atomic Scientists (1953); Policy," Foreign J. Robert Oppenheimer, "Atomic Weapons and American (O- ^^-^ Affairs, vol. xxxi, p. 525 (July i953)-

Atom Smashers:

see Atomic Energy. Audio-visual Education: see Motion Pictures.

to

Indian Reactor.



sized nuclear reactor for use in scientific research.

On Dec.

24,

-

.I-

A

Australia, Australia

is

I1.1.

Commonwealth

situated in

X

A

realm of the

Com-

of.

monweaith of Nations, the southern hemisphere. Areas and pop-

73



AUSTRALIA

74 ulations of

the

federated

six

Xorlhcrii Territory and

slates.

Australian Capital Territory are:

were the only commodities from which receipts had fallen as compiired with those of 1952. These facts, associated with the increase in private and public investment,

Areo

Sloto or

Coriial

territory

(with For. Dec. 1952 est.)

South Walat

Sydney .(1.621,000) Melbourne (1,393,000) Brisbane . (444,700) Adelaide (422,000) Perth (309,000*) Hobort (87,120)

New

Victoria

Qoeensland South Austrolio

.

.

Canberra

Territory

....

"Including

87,884

670,500 380,070 975,920 26,215 523,620

.



Northern Territory Australian Capitol

Popu alion 11947 census!

sq.mi.l

309,433

.

Western Australia Tasmania

Totals

lin

939

(15,156t)

2,974,581

Fremar tie.

One other

t1947

IDer. |952sst.1

2,984,838 2,054,701 1,106,415

3,421,768 2,356.823 1,247,890

646,073 502,480 257,078

751,535 614,483 315,955

10,868

15,884

16,905 7,579,358

28,481

8,752,819

census.

more than loo.ooo population

city with

in

Dec.

1952 was Newcastle, N.S.W. (134.580). Full-blooded aboriginals in

Australia

46.638;

(1947),

half-castes

Territories

27,179.

under the administration of the commonwealth but not included in

comprise Papua and the trust territory of

New

Papua-New

sq.mi.;

it

(see

[1952

est.]

[1948

1,000), the trust territory of

est.]

Islands,

Gui.xea), Norfolk Island

3.162).

Heard

the

Island,

Territory

McDonald

of

(13

Guinea pop.

Nauru (8 sq.mi.; pop. Ashmore and Cartier

Islands and the Australian

Antarctic Territory. Language: English. Religion (1947 census): Anglican 2.957,032; Roman Catholic 1,569,726; Methodist

Presbyterian

871,425;

743,540;

Baptist

113,527;

Lutheran

Jewish 32,019; other nonand no religion 45,036; no reply 824,824. Governor general, Field Marshal Sir William Slim; prime minister, Robert Gordon Menzies. History. The most notable events in and influences upon the commonwealth of Australia during 1953 were the coronation of Elizabeth II. the state of the economy and the end of the war in Korea. There was otherwise a kind of hiatus in Australian affairs in which no significant movements of any sort were apparent. For Australia the coronation was a distant event followed closely, however, through radio, films and the press and an event reflected by the going out and return of the many Australians who took part in or witnessed the ceremony and celebrations in London. Severe inflation in Australia had ended in 1951. The fall in employment and income which followed did not, in 1952, reach a low level. The year 1953 saw a slight recovery and the operation of economic forces tending to maintain existing levels of activity or to raise them slightly. In Nov. 1951, 2,643.000 persons were in employment (the highest figure ever reached), but 63,243;

other

Christian

Christian 4,543;

354,443;

indefinite



by Jan. 1953 the figure had fallen to 2,522,000, rising to 2,560,000 by June. But between Nov. 1951 and June 1953 net migration to Australia was 147,259 persons (of whom more than one-third entered the labour force), and about another 30.000

income

Government tcrmin;iting the l)ut

meant

that national

1953 would be considerably above that of 1952.

in

during the

polic>

had had

1952

in

boom, which up first

half of 1953

inflationary effect on balance;

a

po.sitive

to that year

had was

it

this

it

effect

in

had stimulated.

a negative or slightly reflected in the issue

The 1953 budget, introduced to the house of representatives on Sept. 9, was on balance inflationary. Its striking features were reductions in of treasury bills to cover an actual deficit.

and indirect taxation rates to an average of about i2\% rates, and certain indirect taxes were reduced by a higher proportion. However, the higher money incomes which would prevail meant that the total of tax receipts would direct

on existing direct

be only a

tial

little

than

less

Defense expenditure

deficit.

£.\ 200.000.000.

back

fell

from £A2 15,000,000

but there were slight increases

other expenditure items.

it

the previous year. This allowed

in

expenditure to be iA7,ooo,ooo greater without a substan-

total

in

The budget represented

to

pensions and a slight set-

appeared to be balanced but issue, though considerably less

to the "welfare state" idea. It

involved a slight treasury

bill

than in the previous year.

The sudden check

to the

boom, with consequent unemploy-

ment, was followed by the election of the Labour party

and a substantial increase

states

party in the commonwealth senate

in three

the representation of that

in

in 1952.

The

slight

economic

1953 was followed by some recovery of the Liberal-Country parties in by-elections. It was hardly

recovery and stability

in

1953 budget alone would influence this recovery enough to cause the re-election of the commonwealth government parties in the 1954 general elections. In 1952-53 there was a very high level of public and private likely that the

investment level

When

in Australia.

allowance

made

is

for the high

of stocks (accumulated from the surfeit of imports in

1951),

it

remains that more than

was taken up

in public

40%

of national production

and private investment. Under

ence black coal output was

25%

this influ-

higher than in 1949, and steel

and pig iron were both 40% above 1949. On the other hand, output of many consumer goods rose by much less, or actually fell, during the same period. The Australian economy in 1949 had been described as a "milk-bar" one, but by 1953 it had become rather a coal, steel or pig-iron one; or, taking into account the high level of public investment in water and power works, perhaps a ferroconcrete one.

However, the

demand

for

feeling w^as widespread in 1953 that the world

exports was not likely to stay high

Australian

boosted by almost

persons (net) entered the labour force through increased age.

enough

Hence 83,000 persons fewer were

uncontrolled inflation for three years, to remain without con-

in

than at the top of the inflationary

been an increase

Not

all

in the

of these were

employment in June 1953 boom, although there had

labour force of about 80,000 persons.

unemployed

in the real sense.

There had

been a decrease in employment of married women, and

many

whose retirements had been postponed had left work. In May 1953 oflicial unemployment figures were 3.1% or 85,000, but there was considerable variation among industries from 9.2% to 1.2%. In Nov. 1951 only 719 persons had been receiving unemployment benefits; in Jan. 1953 the figure was 41,633 and in June 25,914.



Retail prices continued to rise throughout the year, the rise

two quarters being 2.8%. It was clear by would be received for the wool clip than in 1952, and total receipts from exports as a whole would increase by as much, if not more, but increase in the receipts from wheat, sugar, butter and meat were all greater than the

in

each of the

June that

25%

first

to

ss% more

percentage increase of wool

receipts.

Lead and fresh

fruits

to allow the Australian cost level,

siderable

downward

pressure.

year,

Consequently

efforts

secure

to

wage reductions continued during the

general and particular

and there was much activity

to

secure higher

tariffs,

opposition to the further removal of import restrictions, and discussion about depreciation of the Australian pound.

Again the premiers' conference

at

Canberra revealed the

urgent financial problems which had been produced by the commonwealth constitution. Each of the states, with very limited

more from taxation (collected by the commonwealth) and from public loans than the commonwealth was willing to allow them. The deadlock proved no nearer solution in 1953. Again there was sources of revenue for themselves, sought considerably

little

sign that decisions

made

at the conference of British

Com-

monwealth prime ministers that Australia should produce relatively more food could be implemented by anything more than the chancy operation of the market.

The end

of the

war

in

Korea was received

in Australia

with



CROWDING A WATER HOLE,

rabbits in Australia continued in

1953

to harass

sheep breeders by overrunning pastures

census) 6,918,959. Language: Gerinan thankfulness. Less stress was laid on defense preparation

in

Australia in 1953, and the feeling was widespread that a decline in

the

"cold war"

had taken place.

{See

also

Guinea; Trust Territories.) Education.

2%

98%, other

(mainly

Roman

(1939):

Catholic

88.27%, Protestant 5-35%, Jewish 1.26% (0.2% in 1945), 5.12%. Principal towns (pop., 1951 census): Vienna

(J. F. C.)

(cap.), 1,760,784; Graz, 226,271; Linz, 185,177; Salzburg, 100,096; Innsbruck, 94,599; Klagenfurt, 62,792. President, Theodor Koerner. Chancellors in 1953: Leopold Figl and (from





Foreign Trade. (1952) Imports £Ai .050,200,000 exports £.'\66S,ooo,000. (1952) Main sources of imports: U.K. 44%; U.S. 10%; India 5%; Japan 4%; main destinations of exports: U.K. 31%; U.S. 11%: France 9%; Japan 7%. (1952) Main imports: machinery and vehicles 25%; piece goods 11%: other textile manufactures 7%; petroleum and products ;

48%; wheat 8%; machinery and

Religion

other

9, students 29,641. Finance and Banking. Monetary unit, Australian pound; £.\i=£i sterling; £.\o.45 = U.S. $1. Budget: (1952-53) revenue £A988,2oo,ooo, expenditure £.^974, 800,000; (1953-54 est.) revenue £.\9S2, 100, 000, e.xpendiiure £.^98 1. 900, 000. Total public debt (June 30, 1952) £.^3, 264,000. 000. Currency circulation (July 1953) £.'^301,000,000; (July 1952) £.^301 ,000,000. Gold and balances held abroad (July 1953) £.'\489.500.ooo; (July 1952) £.\288, 500,000. Bank deposits (July 1953) £Ai, 143. 000, 000: (July 1952) £.^995,000,000.

exports: wool

Carinthia).

in

Papua-New

Schools (1950): state 7,790, pupils 958,112, teachers 36,08s; private 1,870, pupils 309,673, teachers 12,909. Universities (1952)

7%; main meats s%-

Slovene

vehicles

8%;



Transport and Communications. Roads (June 1951): 518.210 mi. Licensed motor vehicles (June 30, 1952): cars 1,032,358; commercial vehicles 583,247. Government railways (1951-52): 26,847 mi.; passenger journeys 500,350.000; goods carried 44,800.000 tons; train miles run 93,400,000. Shipping: merchant vessels of 100 gross tons and over (July 1952) iSS\ total tonnage 559,442. Air transport (1952): i.ntcrnal and overseas miles flown 49.300,000; passenger-niilcs 923.600,000; freight, including mail, net ton-miles 39,400,000. Telephones (1952): 1,259,212. Radio receiving set licenses (June 1953): 1,985,655. Agriculture. ;\Iain crops (metric tons, 1952): wheat 5.252,000; oats 626,000; barley 490.000; maize 76,000; sugar (raw value) 967,000; potatoes 460.000. Livestock (Oct. 1951-Sept. 1952): sheep 117.647,000: cattle 14,895,000; pigs 1,022.000: horses 935,000. Wool production (clean basis. 1952) 298.000 metric tons. Milk production (1952'): 5,400.000 metric tons. Food production (metric tons, 1952): butter 151,200; cheese 45,600; meat 1.047.600, including beef and veal 614,400. Industry. Manufacturing establishments (1950-51) 43.147; persons employed (including working proprietors) 969.093. Fuel and power (1952): coal 19.752.000 metric tons; lignite 8,244,000 metric Ions; manufactured gas 1.13S.S00.000 cu.m.; electricity 11.304.000.000 kw.hr. Raw materials (metric tons. 1952): refined copper 19.200; refined lead 200.400: zinc SS.Soo: pig iron 1.440.000; steel ingots 1.548.000; gold (1952) 978,000 fine ounces. Manufactured goods (metric tons. 1952): wool yarn 16,800; cement 1,357,200. New dwelling units completed (1952) 78,780; (1951) 71,592.





April

Raab

Julius

2)

{q.v.).

The Austrian government had

jurisdiction throughout Austria, with certain limitations regard-

ing matters control over which

was reserved

to quadripartite

By Dec.

decision in the Allied Council for Austria.

31, 1953.

members of the A.C.A. were: France, Jean Payart; United Kingdom, Sir Harold Caccia; United States, Llewellyn E. Thompson, Jr.; U.S.S.R.. Lieut. Gen. V. P. Sviridov and (from June

7)

Ivan

History.

Ilyichev.

I.

—The

third general election since

held on Feb. 22. In contrast to the of the

same year the

None

of

emerged

issues

was

II

Italian elections

were purely domestic and economic.

powers

occupying

the

World War

German and interfered.

The

Socialists

as the largest single party in votes but not in seats.

They made

noticeable gains in rural areas, particularly in the

Russian-occupied province

Independante

in

of

Lower

Austria.

Losses

the

of

such traditionally pan-German areas as Salz-

burg and Styria showed a decline of nazi sentiment and a consolidation

of conservative opinion in the

People's

(Christian

Democratic) party. The Communists, who campaigned together with two small left groups under the name of People's Opposition,

lost a

seat in

the Russian-occupied zone of Vienna. In

general the two-party system was strengthened; but since the

parliamentary lead of the People's party was reduced to 74 (as 73 Socialists) the problem became one of finding a

against

method whereby the two

hostile partners could be induced to

continue to serve in a coahtion.

more than 195,000

The

Socialists,

having gained

votes, expected increased participation in

the government, while the People's party

wanted either

member

to intro-

or to form

bounded AllCtrid niloUKi. north by Germany and Czechoslovakia, east by Hungary, south by Yugoslavia and Italy and west by Switzer-

with them an exclusively bourgeois government. Chancellor Figl

land. Area: 32,375 sq.mi. Pop.: (1939 census) 6,652,720; (1951

viewpoints. Indeed,

'^

republic of. central Europe, Austria

is

duce the Independante as a third coalition

was unable

to discover

common ground between

among

the

more

intransigent

such opposed

members

of

75

AUTOBIOGRAPHY — AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY

76

was considered too unoilhodux

party, he

liis

to be trusted

to

preside over another "red-black" coalition. After six weeks of

Raab was

negotiations

at last able to

form

government. Raab

a

represented the business section of the People's party, while Figl

the

was the spokesman of the peasants. With the exception of new chancellor and two new Socialist undersecretaries the

new government remained unchanged. Co-operation of the two coalition parties was easier than had

been expected. This was a result partly of an improvement the economic situation, partly of the discovery of a interest

of peasants

and town workers

subsidized agriculture.

In the dispute

market economy the peasants were

in

for

to be

in

common

the continuance of

and against a free found on the side of

the Socialists ranged against their political allies in the People's party. This c'.

was an

new departure,

interesting

as the proletarians

peasants conflict had always been taken as a main feature of

the Austrian social scene.

Measures were taken to ease the deflationary trend in the economy. The bank rate was reduced from 6% to 4% and on April 30 the National bank announced a devaluation of the currency by about 20% (from the old rate of 21.36 schillings to U.S. $1, applying to the commercial rate only and not to the tourist rate). During the summer months exports reached their highest level since World War II and there was every hope that, despite a decline in U.S. aid. the gap in the balance of payments would be bridged by the income from tourist traffic. The Austrian balance at the European Payments union rose from $3,700.000

May

in

Unemployment

June was 143. 114. an increase of about 24.000 over the same month in the previous year and representing a little more than 4% of the working population. in

By far the most important trade partner was western Germany with Italy and Great Britain following far behind. Trade with eastern Europe continued to stagnate. The growing economic orientation toward western Germany was exemplified by the huge stream of German tourists who for the first time since war debouched on

the

their traditional holiday resorts in the

Austrian Alps.



:





Autobiography: see American Literature; etc. Automobile Accidents: see Accident Prevention.

in Soviet foreign policy

fruits in Austria.

On June

7

bore some of

in line

most

the U.S.S.R. appointed

Ilyichev high commissioner and ambassador in

General Sviridov, thus falling

its

succession to

with the western practice

of having a civilian as representative in the Allied Council for

^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ °^ shortages and restrictions the United States au-

Aiitnmnhilo Inrliiotni

MUlOlllODIIc inOUSUy.

1953 what promised to be one of a record volume of 3,239.569 passenger cars being turned out and a near record of 638,300

tomobile industry enjoyed

The

best years.

its

in

half

first

saw

commercial vehicles. From January through December an esticars rolled off the industry's assem-

mated 6,235,000 passenger bly lines

The new trend remarkable

)

to $18,100,000 in August. Nonetheless, with the

exception of agriculture, there was no marked improvement in total output.

Education. Schools (1951-52); ticinentary and private 4.517. pupils 6:2,603, leachtTS 24,992: secondary 167. pupils 61.634, teachers 3,896; technical and commercial 31, pupils 8,652, teachers 1,266. Teachers' traininK collcKes 35, students 4.030, professors and lecturers 548; universities 4, students 12.939, professors and lecturers 1.825. Finance and Banking. Monetary unit: schillinR, with an cxchanRC rale (beginninK May 4, 1953) of 26. oS schillinKs to the U.S. dollar. HudKet (195- est.); revenue 18.669,000.000 schillinRs; expenditure 19,700,000.000 schillinKS. Internal debt (Dec. 1949) 11,826,000,000 schillinjis. Currency circulation (July i9S,5) 9.240,000,000 schillinRs. Bank deposits (June 195,0 10,890,000,000 schillinKS. Foreign Trade. Imports 13,959.000,000 schillings; exports 10,( 195 > 797.000.000 schillings. Main sources of imports (1952): German Federal Republic 22%: U..S. 18%: U.K. 10%; Italy 6%: VuKOslavia 4%. Main destinations of exports: German Federal Republic 20%; Italy 13%: U.K. 7%; .Switzerland 5%. Main exports (1952): iron, steel and manufactures 22%; wood 20';^; machinery and vehicles 13%; pulp, paper and manufactures 10%. Main imports: coal, coke and peat 16%; machinery and vehicles 13%: Krains 16 7, raw cotton and wool s7r Transport and Communications. Roads (1951): 31.567 km. Licensed motor vehicles (Dec. 1951I: cars 59,400, commercial vehicles 49,900. Railways (1951); 6,046 km.: (1952) 4,668.000.000 passenser-km.; freight (1952) 5.904,000,000 ton-km. Telephones (1952): 426,934. Radio recei\ing sets (1951): 1,427,000. Agriculture. --Main crops (metric tons, 1952): wheat 401,000; barley 251.000; oats 340.000: rye 340.000; maize 122,000: potatoes 2,567,000: sugar (raw) 132,000. Livestock (Dec. 1951): cattle 2.280.548; sheep 362.457; pigs (March 195') 2.523,182; horses 283,025: goats 322,816; poultry 6,971 ,694. Industry. Insured persons employed (Aug. 1951): 2.046.000. Fuel and power (1952): coal 190.800 metric tons: lignite 5,160.000 tons; electricity 6.264.000,000 kw.hr.; crude oil (1952 est.) 3.000,000 metric tons. Raw materials (metric tons. 1952); iron ore 2.652.000; pig iron 1,172,400; crude steel 1,057,200: magnesite (1951) 664,000: aluminum 36,700: lead (smelter) 9,360: copper (smelter) 7,480. Manufactured goods (metric tons. 1952): woven cotton fabrics 12,000; cotton yarn 17.400: wool yarn 9.200; rayon staple fibre 30.500; paper (1951) 261.000; cement 1,389,600. BiBLiooR.APHV, M. Gibbon. Austria (London, 1953); R. Schlesinger, Central European Democracy and lis Background (London, 1953); R. Hiscocks, The Rebirth of Austria (London, 1953).

One

—an

of the

44%

over the previous year's output.

in this

production upswing was the gov-

increase of

main factors

ernment's relaxation of controls on

The only major deterrence 000,000

fire

steel,

copper and aluminum.

was the $70,Hydramatic plant in Livonia,

to production in 1953

at General Motors'

Mich. This plant had supplied automatic transmissions to three of G.M.'s lines and to several other auto makers. However,

On June 8 the lifting of Soviet zonal frontier controls was announced. On July 30 the Soviet government agreed to pay its own occupation costs and two weeks later it agreed to the removal of all forms of censorship. Many minor concessions were made during the same period, and the impression

year, the 136,000.000th

gained ground that the Russians were drastically reducing their

left

troops in Austria.

highways. Besides the remarkable civilian output record, the

Austria.

As the United States had begun of

its

low

to

pay the occupation costs now had to fol-

forces in 1947, Great Britain and France

suit.

Great Britain reduced

its

military establishment in

Negotiations for a state treaty remained unsuccessful, the Soviet government denying the right of the United Nations to

and

insisting

ment was made within the factory to join

industry accelerated panies

it

should take an active part

in the negotiation.

In



Table

more com-

preparation

for

meet the nation's military needs. In the spring the United Automobile Workers its

I.

— Monfbly

five-year contract with

Production of U.S. Vehicles 1952

January February

March April

'

May' June

'

July

Sept. 23 the shortened draft as unlikely to lead to a conclusion

September

(V. T. E.)

in

the auto builders. According to the terms of the original agree-

reply to a Soviet note the Austrian government rejected on

of the treaty.

rate of defense output as

of America requested a reopening of

in 1952.

agreed that

its

a short time. During the production motor vehicle in the industry's hjstory the more than 50.000.000 still on the

completed their tooling programs

on unconditional withdrawal of the short-

But there was one interesting change: for the first time Austria was not merely object of the discussions, for the Austrian government was ofificially consulted and all parties

and by extending the use

large-scale production to

ened draft treaty which had been introduced by the western

powers

facilities

of torque converter transmissions to the affected cars, an adjust-

Employment.

Austria to the token force of one battalion.

interfere

through expanding existing

August Total, nine months

375,410 435,216 482,973 529,585 503,917 518,7)0 211,782 270,982 551,559 3,879,734

Source: Automobile Manufacturers Association.

1953

565,172 583,001 700,685 723,532 643,487 661,992 705,132 615,386 567,700 5,766,087

%Gain

52% 34% 45% 37% 28% 28% 234% 128%

3%

49%

Above,

1954 HUDSON Hornet

left:

Above: 1954

STUDEBAKER

1954

Left:

Below,

left:

Below: 1954

ment, the contract would not be reopened until

May

ever, a change in the bureau of labour statistics

1955.

How-

consumer price

index instigated the renegotiations which resulted in several revisions of the labour contract.

One

of the

most

significant

changes was the incorporation of 19 cents of the existing 24 cents hourly cost-of-living bonus into the workers' basic wage.

Other changes included

a

one cent hourly increase

"improvement factor" and a boost

The completion

in the

in retirement benefits.

market

in the nation's

automotive centres.

in

Many

companies launched extensive recruiting drives in an attempt to fill their growing needs as the marginal labour market disappeared.



Materials. For the first time in nearly two years, the automotive industry was able to breathe more easily when considits materials problem. By the end of 1952, steel output had regained most of the ground lost during the midsummer strike, and steel showed promise of being removed from the critical list. Though copper and aluminum were in considerably more ample supply in 1953, the National Production authority

ering

continued to determine their distribution.

The beginning

A

Belvedere

became even brighter with

a lagging Euro-

considerable improvement in

the

aluminum supply was

1953. However, a stepped-up governmental stock-

program denied civilian production a large portion of the aluminum industry's expanded output. Nevertheless, appreciably greater quantities of aluminum found their way into the automotive industry. Several plans were made for using the extra stock of this light metal. The Aluminum association announced in March that one truck manufacturer had been using aluminum in radiator top and bottom tanks as well as in side columns in the form of castings. Also, the possibilities of producing die-cast aluminum six-cylinder engine blocks were piling

explored.

Progress was bodies

body

when

made

in the use of

shell, doors, air ducts,

made

new materials

for automobile

a British firm built an all-magnesium body.

The

gas tank and radiator grille were

magnesium. While this type of body it was interesting to note that the complete body shell, with doors, weighed only 140 lb.

all

of welded sheet

government stock-piling objectives. Many hopes were pinned on the possible lower ammunition demands from Korea and the

One company

By May

PLYMOUTH

Patrician

replenish the domestic supply.

was

possible substitution of steel for copper in shell cases.

PACKARD

As much as 5,000 to 10,000 tons of copper month were expected from these two sources to help

1953 saw the copper shortage loosening slightly, even though the supply was not adequate in terms of of

Conestoga station wagon

the Belgian Congo.

per

realized in

of several defense tooling programs coupled

1954

Riviera

pean demand on the U.S. supply. Also encouraging were the quantities of copper coming into the U.S. from Rhodesia and

annual

with considerably sped-up civilian production rates resulted a tight labour

the copper picture

BUICK Super

still

in the

experimental stage,

started turning out an

all

plastic-fibreglass sport

car body, although fabrication problems limited extensive

mass

production.

77



AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY

78 Table

II.

— U.S.

Motor Vehicle Production, 1945-53

19*5 1946 1947

;;:;::::;::

j;;^ i?5o 1951

,952 1953-

'.'.'.'.

'.

'.

'.

'.

;

w«:"Au.omobn.

a coniprcssion ratlo of 7.5

Total

725,215

655,683 940,866

69,532 2,148,699 3,558,178

1,239,443

3,089,565 4,797,621

IT^lill

If^tZt

Ifslitt

6,665,863 5,338,435 4,320,794

1,337,193 1,426,828 1,218,165 '942,127

8,003,056 6,765,263 5,538,959 5>65,'987

4,'823,'86o

'.

'.

powered by a loo-h.p. engine, had and cnibodied many of the styling featurcs Ul 't,aiuics of the Uie bieccr Ulg^cr tdfS cars Ol of its line US UnC. An cver-swelling rural and suburban population was held re-

Thi.s si.x-passciigcr car vvas

Commercioi vehicles

Passt-nger cars

Yrtjr

sponsible for the increasing popularity of the station wagon.

Though

this type of car had been built for 30 years, the pro,• .• ,• ^ . duttion voiume ofr Station wagons never rose lbeyondj a fraction pe 31 long-range intercontinental bomber was under development. Six turbine-driven propeller engines, probably a development of the German BMW-028 enIt

were said to furnish the power. Its range and other performance capabilities were thought to be similar to those of the

Few new

data came to light on Soviet aircraft engine develop-

ment. Judging from the reported performance of the Soviet aircraft and the examination of the few actual pieces of equipment

come into U.X. possession, it was evident that designwere keeping abreast of developments elsewhere. Altogether, although statistical evidence was lacking. Soviet

fered an unfortunate accident in the 1952 display,

the picture. It

must be considered

aviation in 1953

and productive staff of the

as incorporating technical

capabilities of a high order.

The

vice-chief of

U.S. air force, Gen. T. D. White, said late in the

year that the Soviet bomber of the United States,

was comparable in size to that and that Soviet aircraft compared favourtleet

ably with those of the U.S. strategic air command.

The

biggest question facing U.S. military experts concerned

atomic and hydrogen bombs.

It seemed clear that the Soviet Union had made experimental explosions of both the fissionable and thermonuclear types. Whether they had designed a practical weapon of either type was still unknown. It must be concluded also that they had the ability to deliver such bombs by air against targets on the North American continent. It was as-

sumed that Soviet bombardment aviation possessed a sufficient number of heavy bombers to mount a series of one-way attacks against U.S. industrial targets.

Greaf

Bri+ain

and the Commonwealth.

—The

British un-

and naval aircraft in the annual Farndisplay and exhibition in mid-Sept. 1953. Al-

veiled their latest military

borough

flying

though nothing radically new appeared, sound and steady advance was

in

evidence in

all

phases of the air rearmament pro-

gram.

The trend toward

the delta wing configuration in British dewas pointed up by the final fly-by of two delta Avro Vulcan bombers escorted by four single-seat delta research aircraft and delta trainers. The Vulcan had appeared briefly in the air over Farnborough in 1952, but this was the first time observers had the opportunity to witness both the high- and low-speed capasign

bilities

The

of these aircraft at close range. British were also carrying the concept of delta wings

into the long-range

bomber

field.

Few

specifications

were

re-

Avro Vulcan bomber. Its wing span was about 100 and the experimental model was powered with four Arm-

leased on the ft.,

strong Siddeley Sapphire engines.

01\mpus engine was

to be used,

The

it

Blackburn

&

General Aircraft Ltd. exhibited

a

a practically vertical

ratios

being

such

at

that

Farnthey

climb from take-off.

The Fairey Gannet carrier-borne anti-submarine aeroplane arm was in production. It was powered by

double

Mamba

was reported

turboprop engine.

to be in the

The Gloster Meteor, an

It

for the

carried three people and

300 m.p.h. category. old service type, turned

up

in

1953

as a night fighter fitted with a radar nose, auxiliary fuel tanks

and four wing-mounted 22-mm. guns. The Gloster Javelin (which was in service and in quantity production; was modified to pemiit the installation of afterburners on the Armstrong Siddeley Sapphire engines.

Handley Page came up with an experimental bomber of a span more than 100 ft. with an unusual wung configuration. Varying degrees of sweep for the three sections of the wing gave a characteristically crescent shape. The experimental machine was powered with four .Armstrong Siddeley Sapphire engines. The Hawker Hunter was one of the most interesting exhibits of the 1953 show. These swept-wing single-seat fighters, powered with Rolls-Royce Avon (or Armstrong Siddeley Sapphire) of

engines, repeatedly demonstrated their ability to fly through

the speed of sound.

The Supermarine Swift was Great

Britain's other swept-wing

was first exhibited in 1952. but the 1953 model showed improved performance, with Rolls-Royce Avon engines and additional armament. In early Oct. 1953 the Swift raised the world's speed record previously held by the Hunter, but before the month was out a United States pilot flying a Douglas F4D surpassed the speed mark set by both the Hunter production fighter.

It

and the Swift. In 1952 Vickers-Armstrongs Ltd. displayed briefly (and at a distance) an aerodynamically clean heavy bomber, the Valiant. An improved version was on hand in 1953. General specifications were not released, but the machine was greater than 100 ft. in span and was powered with four Rolls-Royce Avon engines. A commercial version (the VC-7), intended for transatlantic servwas projected. The span of this aircraft was said to be 140 ft. It had a reputed all-up weight of 200,000 lb. or more and

ice,

to be powered with Rofls-Royce Conw-ay engines. Generally speaking. British and U.S. engine manufacturers

was

were developing power plants of approximately the same thrust ratings.

It

could be concluded, therefore, that British engines

went into large

the other hand, total production and total flight time of U.S.

production. ver\'

and bulky military cargo such as guns, light tanks, etc. It was equipped with four Bristol Centaurus engines. The machine was designed (i6:-ft. span) four-engined aircraft to carry troops

make

remarkable climb characteristics

weight-'j. -thrust

were running on test beds in the 10,000-1 5.000-lb. thrust range. British engines tended to be a little lighter and to show slightly better fuel consumption than the United States engines. On

larger "two-spool"' Bristol

however, when

their

the fleet air

that had ers

exhibited

engines,

jet

engines vastly exceeded British output and experience, prob-

ably at a ratio of more than 20 to

Few

radically

i.

new developments appeared

in the British

Com-

J

BARRIER, consisting of a "fence" with heavy chains attached to used on U.S. air strips in the far east in 1953. The barrier saved many planes which might otherwise have been lost by faulty tal^e-offs or by landing after being damaged in battle AlrC^'-Fi

it,

had the next most powerful and most modern air force in Europe. The Swedish air force was equipped with all jet interceptor

SAAB- 29 swept-wing

fighters, largely the

monwealth

in

1953.

The Canadian-built Avro CF-ioo

twin-

engined, long-range, all-weather fighter was improved both as

performance and armament. The production model was to be fitted with the Canadian-built Orenda turbojet engine. These machines were coming out of production for service use. The to

production of North American designed Sabrejets was continued

by Canadair

in its

The guided

Montreal plant.

Woomera, Austr., was furMost of the work there was secret, number of British firms who were build-

missile test range at

ther developed during 1953.

but

it

was known that a had sent

ing guided missiles

Woomera

scientific

and

personnel to

test

for testing various types of missiles.



Other Countries. Few radically new military aviation developments came out of France during 1953. The Dassault Mystere IV, fitted with the

going

flight

trials at

f rench-built

Atar

jet engine,

the Bretigny test centre.

A

was under-

night fighter

version with radar in the nose and modified engine air intakes

was under development

at

Dassault experimental plant at

St.

Cloud.

An interesting development with future military implications was continuing in the ramjet Leduc. Earlier models were tested by making "pick-a-back" take-offs at altitude from large carrier The O.21, reported under construction

than 600 m.p.h.

A

large

number

type capable of more

of day and night fighter wings

had been organized and implemented. As an indication, more than 700 Swedish air force aircraft took part in a display over Stockholm in June 1953. The number involved and the exact performance in aircraft were not available, because of security reasons. A great deal of attention was given to arctic operating problems and to the development of auxiliary equipment for cold-weather flying. A large portion of Sweden's aircraft manufacturing plants and air force bases were located underground. The SAAB Aircraft company was the principal producer of jet fighters for Sweden. The SAAB-32, a two-place, swept-wing, high-performance day and night fighter, had completed its flying and ground tests and was coming into production. A RollsRoyce Avon turbojet was used in the prototype, but the production versions would probably carry Swedish-built engines with afterburners. The speed was said to be more than 700 m.p.h.

An

experimental twin-engine delta-wing aircraft, the

SAAB-

during 1953. Its appearance forecast the adoption of the delta wing configuration for fighter types by 210,

was

test flown

Swedish designers. Italy

came back somewhat

into the military picture during

1953. Plans for offshore procurement under the

North Atlantic

midsummer

Treaty organization were moving more slowly than had been

had a maximum duct diameter of approximately eight and was designed to take off from the ground assisted by two Turbomeca turbojets. one mounted in each wing tip. The cockpit was in the form of a transparent cone mounted in the front end of the duct. Two 20-mm. cannon would be fitted. It was estimated to be able to climb to more than 30.000 ft. in

hoped, but during the year, in addition to orders for British de Havilland Venom and Ghost engines, the Fiat company under-

aircraft.

in

of 1953, feet

2

min. with a powered

50,000

flight

duration of 15 min. at around

ft.

Apart from the U.S.S.R. and Great Britain, Sweden probably

took to produce the North American F-86G Sabre under licence.

produced a few prototype trainers and reof immediate military significance. The Netherlands was also a source of offshore procurement under NATO, building Gloster Meteor and Hawker Hunter fighters. On their own. the Dutch also were occupied with the Italian constructors

search aircraft but

little

development of two-place

fighter

and propeller

trainers.

87

B

AVOCADOS— ACTERIOLOGY

88 Research.

— In

cal

\ prime

cant development of i95:j-53 was the formation of the Advisory

in

1950 and

Group

winter, led the centre to issue warning of a possible epidemic in the winter of 1952-53. True to prediction, by the end of Jan.

the reahii of aeroiuiutical research, a signifi-

for Aeronautical Research

and Development. This

ganization of aeronautical research scientists

was engaged

tries

in bringing together the

those countries for their facilities of its

member

common

own but

good.

in

the

NATO

or-

coun-

advanced thinking

It

in

operated no research

co-ordinated research efforts of the

it

{See also Armies of

the World;

Aeronautics Administration; War; Munitions.)

Avocados:

see Fruit.

Axores:

Portugal.

see

RoPtorinlnfTU DdUlcriUIUgy.

Aviatio.n. Civil;

Propulsion;

Jet

Civil

Korean

(S. P. J.)

•^'^"^^"^'^

comparative biochemistry has studmetabolism of bacterial cells

ied closely the

sex.

The

life,

however, revealed the

intense study of the nutritional aspects of bacterial lirst

States, Japan,

shown

itself in

South Africa

Liverpool, Eng., the following

Hawaii and the Philippines.

status of vaccines had improved.

As early vaccines did not include sufficient types, protection was chiefly on a chance

The recently improved vaccine containing all the essentypes of virus reduced attacks to about one-fourth of those expected. Protection was of short duration, however, and far basis. tial

the control of this debilitating and ubiquitous disease.

in

combination of

requirements of bacteria were observed to be time with evolutionary changes in synthetic abilities.

one assumed that mutation followed by environmental

se-

The

a high degree of predictability

and an effective vaccine would go far toward preventing an epidemic such as that of the winter of 1952-53 and make improbable a recurrence of the disastrous world-wide epidemic of 1918.

New Weapons

clue to the role of sex in bacteria.

Nutritional

If

first

in

from being as efl'ective as smallpox vaccination. The development of a new vehicle to intensify the degree of immunity and prolong the usefulness might well be a milestone

and observed similarities with other forms of life, most workers have regarded bacteria as unique in having no genes, nuclei or

altered in

an epidemic

in

1953 most of northern Europe had felt the ravages of the A prime subtype as epidemics swept through Europe, the United

The

countries.

which had

strain,

Against Poliomyelitis.

—The year

1952 was

the greatest epidemic year for poliomyelitis in the United States,

but

it

also furnished the opportunity to try to evaluate

weapons

in the light against this crippling disease.

gamma

new

During 1953

was responsible for the evolution of old cultures, one must assume a genetic basis. Proof of this contention was found during the early 1940s in the development by X-irradiation of nutritional mutants in the yeast. Neurospora were used in the study of metabohc pathways for the synthesis and deg-

material tested to prove conclusively to be of value against the

radation of essential nutrients. This established a genetic basis

disease. If given early

for biochemical reactions within the

is

preventive;

a

milder course with rapid recovery and rarely any paralysis

lection

the evaluation of

also

during the height of the epidemic, established several

bacterium Escherichia

cell.

coli yielded similar

Later, cultures of the

mutants.

The next step in the proof of a genetic pattern came with the detection of a mode of inheritance

Gamma

requiring biotin and meth-

strain

protection

is

for a rapid diagnosis of early poliomyelitis, so that

than on a wholesale basis to the virus,

Upon

plating of this mixture, prototrophs were obtained which in the

absence of

all

these factors, indicat-

ing a reshuffling of the respective alleles at the five loci. Other cultures,

more

difficult to

analyze, were found to give varied pat-

many

need was for

of

whom

a vaccine to

immunity

active

gamma

might be administered only where necessary rather

globulin

ionine but able to synthesize threonine, leucine and thiamine

would grow readily

globulin

globulin was in short supply, enough for only one dose, and of short duration. There was a dual need. One

was mixed with

a strain with opposite nutritional requirements.

gamma

gamma

since a pint of blood furnishes

was

A

enough after contact the

first

given in the late incubation stage of the disease

of bacterial

its

supplements.

if

usually results. However,

were developed which required various

facts.

capable of giving passive immunity to pa-

for bacteria

Mutant

nutritional

is

exposed to poliomyelitis virus, thereby becoming the

tients

characters similar to the Mendelian process in higher types. strains of E. coli

globulin

globulin, first used on a large scale

all those who had been exposed to had immunity already. The other

produce

a safe, strong

and long lasting Developments

as vaccination does for smallpox.

1953 produced heartening news w-ith respect to both these problems. It was believed that the adapting of all three strains of in

mean

terns of requirement. Analysis of the recombination products

poliomyelitis virus to mice might

showed that the genes were present in a linear order on one or more chromosomes. The intimate details of mating were under investigation dur-

search

might no longer be necessary, and that improvements in tissue culture methods might soon yield a simple test tube laboratory

ing 1953. Morphological studies were

diagnosis superior, as indicated

in frequency

of mating.

The few

difificult

because of the

investigations reported were

suggestive but uncertain. It was assumed that this process in-

volves a cell-to-cell contact, and presumptively copulation or

conjugation with zygote formation.

The

sexual activity of bacteria was only fragmentarily under-

stood; however, geneticists were able to appreciate the remarkable similarity which bacteria

higher forms of 1>-

life.

show

in their genetic patterns to

Indeed, bacteria were becoming increasing-

important in the study of comparative biology of

sex.



The Epidemiology of Influenza. As early as 1947 the World Health organization set up the World Influenza centre in London, Eng., and a network of influenza laboratories for the study of strains of the virus isolated throughout the world.

During

1953 the network, consisting of 55 laboratories in 44 countries, plus informally co-operating laboratories, had a chance to demonstrate

its

epidemiological value. Influenza

is

known

to

be

caused by three major virus types and several subgroups.

The

identification in South Africa in

May

1952 of the identi-

technique of

monkey

challenge

by early

that the expensive re-

with

suspected

report, to the

virus

monkey

challenge. a vaccine was rapid, and the report that a strain had been adapted to embryonated egg culture technique by a major laboratory was presumptive evidence that a commercial vaccine might soon be generally available. Tissue culture methods, heretofore used in cancer research but not in virus research, had been developed, and yields of all three strains of virus were approaching commercially usable quantities. Experimental vaccines had proved protective and safe for monkeys and apes. Tests conducted with human volunteers and feeble-

Progress on

of the virus

minded children had

also

proved the value of vaccines.

scale test awaited only a sufficient

Antibiotics

v.

Resistance.

amount

A

full-

of vaccine.

—The usefulness of the commonly

had decreased as the bacteria which were originally susceptible showed an increasing tendency toward resistance to such agents as streptomycin and penicillin. For example, only 17% of all strains of Micrococcus pyogenes used

antibiotics

{Staphylococcus aureus) were resistant to penicillin when tests



BADMINTON— BALTIMORE

89 new luxury 300-bed

were made soon after penicillin was commercially available, whereas many laboratories reported as of 1953 that 60% of tested strains were resistant to high concentrations of penicillin.

houses, extensions to existing hotels and a

Similar reports about strains resistant to chlortetracycline (aure-

hotels, golf courses, etc., to

omycin) became more prevalent during the year, and since it had been proved that oxy tetracycline (terramycin) is chemical-

Eleuthera and Andros, and a plan was put forward for a new luxury hotel on the site of the Butlin holiday village on Grand

ly similar to chlortetracycline to the extent that drug resistance

of a bacterial strain to either of these drugs usually

panied by concomitant resistance to the other,

it

is

accom-

could be en-

New

hotel on

sharing in this

The Out

Providence.

boom;

of

6%

(89% from

in the first six

were made

in

of tourists continued to

grow

the United States) and an increase

months

of 1953 over the corresponding

More manufacturers took advantage

visioned that a similar fate was in store for the broad spectrum

figure for the previous year.

antibiotics.

of the

The ability of the scientist to continue to isolate and produce new antibiotics from those prolific organisms the streptomyces

industry expanded further. Nevertheless, the colony was

Encouragement of Industries

unable to absorb

answer to drug-fastness. Streptomyces

number

erythreus yielded erythromycin, and 5. halstedii produced car-

in 1952.

seemed

to be the best

have spectra similar

to that of penicillin

against organisms which have

The

become

and are effective

of antibiotics must be viewed as the inevitable result of the rela-

it

illustrates the natural

its

environment, since

occurrence of protective devices

in na-

Thus mankind will always be faced with the threat of infectious disease and the development of new control factors must therefore be a continuous process. (M. V. N.) ture to prevent the extermination of the species.

DqHmintnn

^^^'^*^

Freeman of Pasadena, CaHf., regained the

DdUillMllUII* United States men's singles badminton championship when he defeated Joseph Alston of Detroit. Mich., 1 5-1 1, 15-6, in the final of the annual tournament held at the

Boston, Mass.,

University club in

Alston shared two cadia, Calif.,

March 31-April

combining with

4,

N.Y., star, continued as queen in the women's ranks, capturing

Judy and Susan

Devlin of Baltimore. Md., won the women's doubles, while

Wayne

Schell of Boston

triumphed

and Robert Wright of Elmhurst, N.Y.,

in the veterans' division.

Judy Devlin added

to her long

list

in the U.S.

one of the best-equipped in the Caribbean. Education. Schools (1952): board of education primary 127 (13,296 pupils); denominational primary 48 (4.230 pupils); secondary 6 (981 pupils). Finance and Trade. ^Monetary unit: pound sterling: U.S. and Canadian dollars generally accepted. Budget (1952 actual): revenue £2,397,097; expenditure £2,414,256, Imports (1952) £8,823,786; exports £926,275, Main exports: lumber, crawfish, salt, tomatoes (.canned and fresh). (Jo. \. Hn,)



Bahrein:

see Arabia.

Balance of Payments:

see Excha.xge Control and Exchange Rates; Lnternatioxal Trade, Balearic Islands: see Spain. Balkan States: see Albania; Bulgaria; Greece; Rumania; Turkey; Yugoslavia. Ballet: see Dance: Ballet. Baltic States: see Estonia; Latvia; Lithuania.

1953.

Lois Alston to win the mixed doubles. Ethel Marshall. Buffalo, the singles for the seventh consecutive season.

still

labouring population, and an average

Bahamian workers were employed

of 3,500

Wynn

Rogers of Arto retain the senior doubles crown and pairing with titles,

and the canning



penicillin-resistant.

increase in resistant forms as a consequence of the use

tionship between the micro-organism and

its

legislation,

During the year the governor opened the new general hospital,

bomycin. These antibiotics are closely related chemically to each other,

all

new

develop the tourist attractions of

Bahama. Meanwhile the number 84,718 in 1952

Islands showed signs of

large-scale investments

of conquests later in April

Baltimore

is

Maryland and had

the metropolis of

Baltimore.

an estimated population of 956,500 in Sept, 1952. The land area of the city is 78.72 sq.mi.; the water area, 13.21

Mayor in 1953: Thomas D'Alesandro, Jr., Democrat. Budget appropriations for 1953 were $174,530,115.63; for 1952, $166,657,113.38. The city tax rate for 1953 was $2.82 per $100 of assessed valuation, and the rate for 1952 was $2.74. The taxable basis for 1953 was $2,712,022,681, and for 1952 it was $2,600,466,616. The gross funded debt as of June 30, 1953, was sq.mi.

San Antonio, Tex. She annexed the girls' singles for the fifth straight time; paired with Linda Cobb of Weston, Mass., to take the doubles final; and teamed with Don Davis of Seattle. Wash., for mixed doubles

$250,093,700; the sinking funds amounted to $37,468,087, leaving a net debt on that date of $212,625,613, not including ac-

honours. Davis shared in two other championships, capturing

1953-

in the national junior title

tourney

at

Dean Maurry of Manhattan Beach, Calif., as his partner. The all-England championship meeting drew a field of world stars, the men's singles prize being carried off by E. B. Choong

crued income. The percentage of net debt to the taxable basis (excluding self-supporting indebtedness) was 5,12% for the year

The

the boys' singles and the boys' doubles with

who also won in the men's doubles with a brother, Choong. M. Ussing of Denmark triumphed in the women's

net enrolment on Oct, 31, 1952, in the public schools of

the city was 84,944 white students

and 47,422 Negro students;

13,106 white and 5,154 Negro students were en-

in addition,

rolled in adult education classes,

John H, Fischer became super-

Baltimore city schools

The

of Malaya,

intendent

E. L.

public schools of Baltimore are a separate and distinct unit and

Cooley and J. R. White, English team, took the women's doubles title, and Miss White and E. L. Choong were victors in the mixed doubles. (T. V. H.) singles. I. L.

of

the

in

Feb,

1953.

are not under the jurisdiction of the state department of education.

Ranking

as the second United States port in foreign trade

tonnage, the combined volume of exports and imports at the port

amounted to 21,539.600 tons, 3.5% from the all-time high of 22,310,298 tons for previous year. The dechne in foreign trade volume was di-

^^^^ British colony consists of about 20 ISIdllDS. inhabited and 680 uninhabited islands off the Florida coast. Area: 4,404 sq.mi. Pop.: (1943 census) 68,846; (1952 est.) 82,000 (about 83% Negro). Language: Eng-

of Baltimore during the year 1952

Religion: Christian. Capital: Nassau, pop. (1943J 29.391, on New Providence Island. Governor in 1953: Earl of Ran-

try for approximately six

DihoniQ Iclonrlo

Ddlldllld

lish.

furly.

History.

—On

all

sides there

was evidence during 1953 of a and in the continued

belief in the future of the tourist industry

prosperity of the Bahamas.

New

building included banks, guest

a decrease of

the

rectly attributable to the

shutdown of the country's steel indusweeks during the year. This affected products and the importation of iron

normal exports of steel ore, two major shipping items, during the period. The port's foreign commerce in 1952 was valued at $864,800,000, as against $882,300,000 in 1 95 1. Two new port records were established in

1952,

when 4,640 ocean-going

vessels in all

categories

of

BANANAS — BANKING

90

water-borne trade arrived at Baltimore, and 8,407.500 long tons were unloaded there.

oi metallic ores

.Manufacturing activity

the

in

Baltimore metropolitan area

reserve discount rate in January, and the increase in the prime commercial loan rate from 3% to 3^% in April gave emphasis to the general advance in the interest rate structure during the

continued at a very high level throughout 195:. Emplo_\ment in manufacturing was affected .somewhat by the nation-wide steel

first

and averaged 19^,400 for the year. The leading industry groups based upon the volume of employment included primary metal industries, blast furnaces and steelworks, food and kindred

$8,200,000,000, a

products, aircraft, apparel, fabricated metal products, machin-

period, despite uncertainties in the securities

strike

ery,

equipment, shipbuilding and repair, chemicals,

electrical

automobiles,

tin

cans and tinware, beverages, printing and pub-

Total nonagricultural

lishing.

employment

in

the

Baltimore

metropolitan area, exclusive of self-employed, domestic servants

and unpaid family workers,

195: averaged 5j8,ioo. an in-

half of the year.

Total corporate offerings for new

new

money during 1952 came to The volume of publicly

all-time record.

offered issues totalled $1,800,000,000 during the second quarter of 1953, higher than in any quarter in the post-World War II

postponement of several

market and the

offerings. Nevertheless, corporate of-

ferings for the period Jan. through Aug. 1953 were below the corresponding figures for 1952. Most new money financing continued to be for plant and equipment expenditures.

crease of 7,800 workers, or about 2\c, over the generally high

The seasonal increase in commercial and industrial loans at weekly reporting member banks in the second half of 1953 was

level for the preceding year.

less

Bananas:

in

(C. N. E.)

see Fruit.

RsnlfinO' UailMlig>

^^^°'"*^

peacetime demands for funds

States,

the

"honest dollar" program

in the

of

United

the

new

period of 1952. This smaller increase in 1953 served to ease conditions and reflected, in part, a diminished

money market

accumulation of inventories.

The year saw another

administration and some easing of monetary policies beginning

summer were key

early

in

than the previous year. In fact, the increase from the end

of June to the middle of Oct. 1953, $400,000,000. was less than one-third of the increase, $1,270,000,000, in the corresponding

markets during 1953. As a

factors

result the

in

the

money and

capital

year was unusually eventful

as a

result

home mortgage debt new mortgage credit in excess of

large increase in

of extension of

mortgage debt retirement. Savings and loan associations

in-

for banking.

creased their holdings the most, followed by the net additions to

The year 1953 saw sharp fluctuations in interest rates. Large and growing demands for funds resulted in a gradual but gen-

their

eral firming of interest rates until mid-April.

From

then through

June, interest rates advanced sharply. Later in the year rates declined.

The second quarter

of the year saw extremeh' tight money and market conditions. This situation was the result of a combination of factors. These included sustained record demands for funds through corporate bond offerings, state and municipal security flotations, home mortgage demands and rapid expansion of consumer borrowing; a tendency of business borcapital

portfolios by life insurance companies, mutual savings banks and commercial banks. Outstanding mortgage debts se-

cured by one- to four-.glucose-6-phosphate

6-phosphogluconic acid

revealed the main reaction

-2H TPN »

(3-kelo-6-phosphogluconic acid)

-COi ribulose-5-phosphate

oxidized

Co

I;=± I

^LTPP + reduced Co

I

(3)

S^

In addition to it

^ ribose-5-phosphate

These reactions were the first demonstration of the mechanism by which ribose phosphate is synthesized in living tissues. The importance of ribose phosphate can be appreciated when it is realized that this sugar phosphate is an essential component of such coenzymes as coenzymes I and II, coenzyme A and adenosine triphosphate, Ribose also is an integral part of ribose nucleic acid, which is an essential constituent of all living tissues.

its

function in fat and carbohydrate oxidation,

was suggested that

lipoic acid

is

a critical

compound

in the

Lipoic acid occurs in green plants and

photosynthesis process.

there appears to be one lipoic acid molecule per chloroplast

granum (about 500-1,000 molecules acid

ATP

-t-

HS/

of the sub-

sequence: glucose

A

>LTPP

was

This was in sharp contrast to the brilliant and extensive work whidi had been completed over the past few decades on the anaerobic breakdown of glucose to lactic acid. It was now shown that glucose is oxidized directly in animal, cells.

HS^

HS

sequent products.

plant and bacterial

>LTPP+(2)

>LTPP-|-coenzyme A-SH?=i

HS^ acetvl-Co

(I)

HSv

S V

acetvK

Carbohydrates.— Understanding of carbohydrate metabolism was furthered during

LTPP + CO2

HS

'

S/ /

Rinohomictru DlUbllClllloUy.

.,/ /LTPP,— acetvl^

p\Tu\'ate-f

(P. Br,)

city

is

presumably involved

in

of chlorophyll).

Lipoic

the transfer of the electromag-

netic energy of light into chemical energy which the plant can use. a-Lipoic

was found

to

adsorb light

in

the visible range.

the absence of light lipoic acid apparently functions in the

ner just described for carbohydrate oxidation.

quantum

When

In

man-

an im-

adsorbed by the chlorophyll, the electromagnetic energy is presumed to be transferred to the lipoic acid. The energy of one quanta (30-40 kg.cal.) is sufficient to cause the rupture of the di-thio linkage with the formation of a dithyl free radical. This free radical is capable of picking hydro-

pinging light

gen

off suitable

hydrogen donors. The resultant disulphhydryl

compound proceeds within the

cell

is

to

reduce other secondarily reducing agents

leading eventually to the reduction and thus the

fixation of carbon dioxide.

BIOGRAPHY — BIRTH STATISTICS

104

— Several

separation of jiroteins were introduced.

Jawaharlal Xehru, the program which was adopted was provided with a budget of $1,300,000 to carry out family planning serv-

experiments contributed to the understanding of the biological activity of these compounds. Chromatography on columns

addition,

Protein Purification.

new general melluxis for llie The results of these

proved extremely fruitful for the separation and isolation, pure form, of proteins having similar structure and occurring

in

in

government hospitals and public health agencies. In its aim was to make intensive studies in motivation regarding family planning and to carry on field experiments in different methods of fertility control, as well as medical and

ices

in

mixtures which had not yet been separated by other techniques

technical research in this area.

such as electrophoresis and ultracentrifugation. Proteins were chromatographed on columns either by partition between two

lecture tour of the United States, speaking

liquid phases, the

column serving only as

phase, or by making use of adsorption

a support for

phenomena

one

or ion ex-

Late

1953 Lady

in

Rama Rau embarked

on a coast-to-coast on 'Tndia's Social

Revolution." The tour was under the auspices of the Planned

Parenthood federation. The lectures

in

cities,

35

with consider-

change. Paper chromatography also proved useful for the sepa-

able corollar>' publicity in newspapers, magazines and on radio

enzymes and various plant viruses. Electrophoresis on filter paper was also done successCountcrcurrent distribution was another promising fully. method which was developed. By these new methods it was

and

ration of various proteins such as

television,

were expected

broaden greatly American

to

understanding of family planning as related to India's pressing population problems.

found that various proteins hitherto considered extremely pure are actually mixtures. For example, it was shown that a sample of insulin which was homogeneous by criteria of solubility and

Asian concern and growing leadership in the population field were further evidenced by the sponsorship of a Japanese tour for Mrs. Sanger by the Mainichi newspapers of Tokyo. The invitation, which was signed by 3,000 Japanese, brought the

electrophoretic and ultracentrifugal behaviour could be sepa-

birth control pioneer to

rated into two factions of apparently identical amino acid com-

of public meetings, broadcasts

by countercurrent distribution. Similarly a sample of the enzyme ribonuclease which was electrophorctically homogeneous was separated by column partition chromatography into two constituents both of which were enzymatically active. {See

perts, she helped encourage, according to the vice-minister of

position

also Physiology.) Bibliography. F. Dickens, "The Significance of the Direct Pathway for Glucose O.xidation." Brookliaven Symposia in Biology, no. 5. pp. 134161 (1953); L. J. Reed and B. G. DeBusk, "Lipoic .\cid Conjugase." J. Am. Chem. Sac, 74:4727-28 (1952): M. Calvin, '"The Quantum ConEiigin. News, 31:1735-39 (1953). version in Photosynthesis," Chem.



&

(L.

M. K.)

Biography: see American Literature; Book Publishing; English Literature; Obituaries; and, in their alphabetical positions, biographies of living persons.

Biology: see Anthropology; Botany; Endocrinology; Genetics; Marine Biology; Physiology; Zoology.

The planning Birth Control.

of

of family size as a basic

alleviating

family

overcrowding and poverty, with their resulting national tensions, gained acceptance in

many

local

means

problems,

welfare

and

inter-

parts of the world

during the latter part of 1952 and in 1953. In+erno+ionol. An outstanding achievement was the estab-



hshment of the first global organization, the International Planned Parenthood federation. It was formed at the third International Planned Parenthood conference, held in Bombay, India, in Nov. 1952, the first meeting of its kind to be held in the far

Japan

1952, where, by means and panel discussions with ex-

in Oct.

welfare, "the Japanese Government's campaign to control con-

ception by legal means."

Research.

—The

urgent need to balance the dwindling world

resources and the expanding

human

population focused scientific

and public attention on research efforts to develop a simple, safe and low-cost means of fertility control. Interest during the year 1953 centred about physiological means of control by pills,

teas or inoculations. Reports issued described the use of

animals and human and certain synthesized products were found effective. Fertility control problems not yet fully resolved were toxicity, large-scale production and cost. U.S. Services. The Planned Parenthood Federation of Amerchemical agents for control of

beings.

Certain

naturally

fertility in

occurring



was during 1953 the national clearinghouse for 12 state leagues and 120 local committees. Birth control clinics numbered 519. These services were in 274 public health departments, 48 hospitals and 175 clinics sponsored by federation affiliates. There were 22 referral services. The seven states which included birth control in their public health services were Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia. The known infertihty clinics were 74, of which 12 were (M. Sr.) under federation affiliates' auspices. ica

Rirth QtotictipC Dlllll

OldlloUbd.

^^^ number

of

States during the

births first

in

the

United

seven months of

1953 was estimated as 2,219,000, and the birth rate on an annual

east.

When

the

fourth

International

ference took place in

agency was formally

Stockholm,

ratified

and

Planned Swed..

officers

Sanger, founder of the birth control

in

Parenthood Aug.

1953,

conthe

were elected. Margaret

movement and honorary

president of the Planned Parenthood Federation of America,

was designated president; Lady Rama Rau, founder and president of the Family Planning Association of India, was elected chairman. The aims of the new international body were set forth: to bring about the universal acceptance of planned par-

and by means of a program devoted to educaservice and research. The federation's membership com-

enthood

in the interests of family welfare, social well-being

was an increase of 1.3% from the rate for the corresponding period of 1952. For the entire year 1952, the number of registered live births was estimated to be 3.824,000, with a birth rate of 24.6 per i.ooo popubasis as 24.2 per 1,000 population. This

When allowance was made for births not registered, the came to 3.889,000, and the birth rate to 25.0 per 1,000. This rate was somewhat below the peak of 26.6 per 1,000 for lation.

total

1947,

but

it

was higher than the rate for the other years

since 1925.

Of the

first

seven months of 1953, only April recorded fewer For the seven-month period as a

international good will

births than the year before.

tion,

whole, the increases in births since the like period of 1952 were concentrated very largely in the west south-central and

prised planned parenthood organizations in Great Britain. India,

Sweden, the Netherlands, the United States, Hong Kong, Singapore and west Germany. Still

another major event was the inclusion of a family plan-

ning program in the Indian government's

first

five-year plan.

Presented to both houses of parhament by Prime

Minister

mountain states. Florida and Missouri also showed appreciable gains. However, the birth record for South Dakota in the first seven months of 1953 was much below that for the same period of 1952. For the rest of the country, the records for the two years were

much

alike.

Among

the larger cities, births in Ne\\i

BISMARCK ARCHIPELAGO— BLIND, EDUCATION OF THE Orleans rose appreciably, but Boston, Chicago and

New York

birth rates for 1950, being based

upon the enumerated

population of a census year, were generally more reliable than

widest diameter of such

For the entire United States

in

1950, the birth rate

was

24.1

per i,OGO population, including an allowance for unregistered

Within the country, there was

level of the birth rates. Highest of all

mountain

prising the

states,

a

wide variation

in the

was the aggregate com-

with a rate of 28.8 per 1,000 popu-

not far behind were the east and west south-central

lation;

and 27.3 respectively. On the other hand, the rate for the middle Atlantic states was only 20.7 per 1. 000 and that for the New England states 21.0. As far as individual states are concerned. New Mexico ranked highest with a rate of 34.5 per 1,000 and Connecticut lowest with 20.2. Births in Canada increased by about 3% from the first seven states, the rates being 27.5

of 1952 to the like period of 1953. With an estimate of 395.000 births for Canada during the entire year 1952. the birth rate per i.ooo population was then 27.4. Provisional records

months

covering the large urban places of England and Wales for the first

births.

months

and 1953 indicated a 1.8% rise in For the country as a whole in 1952, the recorded births

eight

of 1952

totalled 673.559 3rid the birth rate 15.3 per 1,000 population. New- Zealand had, in 1952, a total of 46,469 births in its popu-

field

subtends an angular distance no

greater than 20 degrees."'

The

those based upon estimates of population for noncensus years.

births.

by

British

joint

Empire Society

action

the

of

for the Blind

colonial

British

(founded

National Institute for the Blind, London), with

its

unofficial in

movement

for a

and

Africa, the near

permanent system of blind welfare and the British West Indies.

During the three years, the educational provision for blind children in those territories had more than doubled, and it was expected that eventually the "British Empire Campaign Against Blindness" would cover about 45 territories containing about 80.000.000 persons, of whom i. 000. 000 were blind, millions more had painful and incapacitating eye diseases, and for whom specialized medical and welfare facilities were inadequate. In West Africa (Gold Coast, Cameroons and northern Nigeria), as the

first

of its medical projects, the society

had begun a

three-year sur\'ey of eye diseases and their prevention, including

trachoma and onchocerciasis, the dreaded "river blindness"' spread by the bite of the simulium fly. which in the Gold Coast alone had blinded at least 100,000 persons.

A

Demonstration Centre for the Blind, created through the United Nations, the specialized agencies, the Egyptian government and interested nongovernmental organjoint interest of the

tion, courses of instruction for potential

two countries being 23.7 and 24.6 per

The most recent birth rates available for a number of countries are shown in the accompanying table. {See also Census Data, U.S.; Infant Mortality.) per 1,000 Populafion

Country

in

1952

1951

27.4 54.8 42.2 51.8 43.9 31.2 35.9 48.7 34.5 24.6

27.2 47.6 41.5 52.4 44.2 32.4 37.5 48.8 36.7 24.5

North Americo

Canada Costa Rico Dominican Republic

.

.

Guatemala Mexico

Panama Puerto Rico Salvador, El Trinidad United States

....

South America Argentine

Peru

24.9 33.6 25.9

24.9 32.4 33.4 44.3

14.5

14.8 16.4 17.8 23.0 19.5 15.8

Venezuela

1952

Austria

Belgium

Denmark Finland

France (western)

.

.

Ireland

17.8 23.0 19.2 15.7 21.8

21.1

—National

printing plant,

through the

1953.

facilities

home

of

in opera-

teachers of the

blind were started, and an industrial and vocational expert to be

A

the

was

provided under the auspices of the International Labour

organization. Additional Braille printing plants had been put into

operation, or were being constructed, in Turkey, Israel. Mexico,

Cuba. Korea, Formosa, Malaya, Thailand and Pakistan. Surveys were made of programs and facilities for the blind during the year in Guatemala, Thailand, Egypt. Yugoslavia and

Itoly

17.6 22.4 18.7 24.7 20.8 15.5 17.4 15.7 29.7

18.5 22.3 18.5 24.5 19.9 15.6 17.2 15.8 26.9

,„

o, , 37.3 34.0

enlarged survey was to be conducted in the same area by a

25.0 32.7 25.6

United Nations expert during 1954. Students from a number of overseas areas studied existing

Netherlands

Norwoy Portugal

Spain

Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom Yugoslavia

*"°

...

,

Ceylon

,

39.5 32.0 26.8 31.6 26.0

India Israel

Japan Union of South Africa (European) .

.

.

25.9

25.5

23.3 26.0 24.8 45.4

22.9 25.6 24.4 45.0

Oceanic Australia

New

Zeoland Europeans Maoris

....

the Saar. In addition. United Nations experts submitted recommendations for the improvement of existing services for the

blind in Burma, India and Pakistan. A mission from the American-Korean foundation surveyed conditions among the physically handicapped in Korea during the jear. and a further

methods of education of the blind in the United States; they included fellows from India, Egypt, Mexico. Indonesia, France, Thailand. Japan, Honduras, Costa Rica. Brazil. Italy, Greece, \'enezuela, the United Kingdom, Pakistan. Sweden, New Zealand, Australia and Israel.

The second Conference on Library

Office of Vital Statistics, Monthly Vital Statistics Bulletin and various issues of Vital Statistics Special Reports (issued irregularly) Office of Population Research, Princeton University,



;

Princeton, N.J., and the Population Association of America. Population Index (quarterly); United Nations, Monthly Bulletin of Statistics; Metropolitan Life Insurance Companv, Statistical Bulletin (monthly)

(M.

Bismarck Archipelago: see Trust Territories. Bismuth: see Mineral and Metal Production and

Sp.)

the United States

was held

Services for the Blind in

Dec. 1952. under the auspices of the Library of Congress, the first one having been convened in

Nov. 195

1.

in

The 1952 conference discussed

the problems of the

volunteer Braille transcribers and recorders of single-copy materials,

including the training of volunteers in the necessar>- tech-

niques, and the types of materials needed by the blind through

Prices.

this source.

The unprecedented At meetings in Feb. 1953 of Blind, Education of the. the United Nations Technical Working Party for the Phj-sically Handicapped and the Conference of Non-governmental Organizations Interested in the Rehabilitation of the Physically

in Cairo. Egy., in Jan.

installed

1951

Source: United Notions, Monthly Bulletin of Statistics, (Sept. 1953).

Bibliography.

Braille

1952

Africa

Europe

was formally opened

izations,

Country

Hong Kong

Chile

Germany

Selected Countries for 1951 and

associated

far east

American Foundation for Overseas Blind, was placed

I.ooo respectively.

1950

organizations, was in the process of establishing an extensive

Zealand experienced higher birth rates than for the like period of 1952, the rates for the

in

and the Royal

oftice

European origin, the birth rate being 24.8 per 1,000. During the same year, there were 201,650 births in Austraha (excluding full-blooded aboriginals; the birth rate was 23.3 per I.ooo). For the first quarter of 1953, both Australia and New lation of

Birfh Rates

105 eye with

less in the better

correcting glasses, or a peripheral field so contracted that the

city fell behind.

The

"Central visual acuity of 20/200 or

Handicapped progress was made

toward the evolution of an internationally acceptable definition of blindness. In the United States, the accepted definition is:

increase during the preceding decade in

work

the establishment of

for the blind in previously under-

developed areas had resulted in

a

constant upward estimate in

the total extent of blindness in those regions.

A

similar

and

unanticipated increase had also appeared in such medically ad-

vanced countries as the United States and Great Britain, particularly in the

number

handicaps and

of children born blind or with severe visual

in the

aged (65 years and older). The increase

BLOOD, DISEASES OF THE

106

it

possible to tide these patients over severe bleeding crises as

well as to conduct

collecting

blood,

it

any needed major surgical procedures. By from the plasma of several units of

the platelets

was possible

to transfuse a large bulk of platelets

all

at once.

Repeated transfusions of

thrombo-

platelets in patients with

cytopenia were found to be increasingly

and it was suspected that antibodies against platelets were being developed. These were actually demonstrated; their further study showed that there were platelet groups and types, as with red less

effective,

cells. The platelet groups were detected by finding in normal persons, never previously transfused or pregnant, the

blood

presence of naturally occurring platelet antibodies.

When

were reacted against large numbers of normal subjects,

these

was them on the basis of groups. Four platelet groups were found, and in addition a number of less welldefined subgroups or types were discriminated. The regular (red it

possible to separate

cell)

blood groups did not correspond with the platelet blood

groups. It was thought possible that

some transfusion

reactions

might be on the basis of platelet group incompatibility, thus pointing to the advisability of finding the appropriate donor for a patient receiving

The

multiple transfusions.

disorder idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP) re-

ceived further attention. It was concluded that the acute cases

were probably "allergic." the condition being a hypersensitivity reaction to a chemical, a drug or an infectious agent. Such acute cases were observed following the repeated use of such drugs as

quinidine and chlortrimeton.

In

the

chronic cases antibodies

against platelets were frequently demonstrated, and

MULTIPLE-LENS GLASSES

designed by William Feinbloom (right) in 1953 Persons with as little as vision were able to work, read, watch television when equipped with the new glasses

2%

for use by the nearly blind.

it

was ap-

parent that these antibodies could attack not only platelets a

test

thus

tube but also the patient's auto-antibodies,

own

corresponding

platelets.

to

the

in

These were

auto-antibodies

against red blood cells in certain cases of haemolytic anaemia. in the incidence of congenital blindness

was attributable not only

The treatment

of chronic cases of

ITP was

to the increase in the total of live births but also to the saving

removal of the spleen (splenectomy), but

of the lives of the prematurely born. Similarly, the prolonga-

ful waiting

still

largely that of

in acute cases

watch-

tion of life expectancy

and the judicious use of platelet transfusions and the hormones ACTH and cortisone almost always proved effec-

suffering

tive to control the situation until

had increased the number of persons from the degenerative diseases of old age. including blindness or severe visual defect. Statistics showed that the previously estimated total of 260,000 bhnd persons in the United States had to be revised upward to more than 308,000. A like survey in England and Wales for 1952 showed an increase from 83.464 to 86.389 registered blind persons in that year. Statistics also showed that in children of school age the number of boys

among those with partial vision was appreciably larger than the number of girls. On the other hand, in the older age group of 65 years and older, the number of blind or visually handicapped females was much higher than the number of males so affected. The reason for the larger number of young blind males over females was not known the larger number of aged blind females was probably due. in large

among

the totally blind and

;

became increasingly apparent

(F. E. D.)

DlOOQ, UIS63S6S 01 inc. in

platelet

tlnued sharp interest in

reduction

the

(thrombocytopenia).

By the use of special techniques involving the coating of needles, glassware, tubing and the like with "antiwetting" agents such as silicones or other chemicals, it was possible to prevent the clumping of the normally sticky platelets and thus collect them for transfusion purposes. With the use of plastic bags and all-plastic

equipment,

it

was

also possible to collect fresh blood

and preserve the blood, with the platelets intact, for at least 24 hours. The development of these methods revolutionized the treatment of patients with severe thrombocytopenia and made

Henoch-

Schonlein purpura, disseminated lupus and periarteritis nodosa (so-called collagen disorders) might also be the result of the development of an abnormal antibody or hypersensitivity mechanism. That this was likely was indicated by the natural history of Henoch-Schonlein purpura, which usually developed within

one to three weeks after

a

tonsillar or other streptococcal in-

fection. In periarteritis nodosa, in

which blood vessels through-

out the body were extensively inflamed, a history of repeated penicillin or other

drug administrations was often found, thus was one

indicating the probability that the blood vessel reaction of hypersensitivity. Disseminated lupus

was often found

to be

associated with the presence of multiple antibodies, including cells.

The

them very

seri-

concept that

many

ous, resulted

from the development of immune reactions against chemicals and drugs assumed increasing

bacteria,

blood platelets and

spontaneous cure took place. that such diseases as

one (the "L.E. factor') which acted against white

expectancy of females over males.

part, to the longer life

It

diverse conditions,

some

of

viruses,

importance.



Haemoglobin Variations and Disease. Until recently, it had been thought that human haemoglobin was a constant material, always showing the same chemical configuration. Recent studies demonstrated that several different types of haemoglobin were present. The great majority of human beings have normal haemoglobin, but in the newborn and in some patients with severe anaemia a foetal type of haemoglobin was demonstrated, with different electrophoretic and chemical features. Sickle cell

haemoglobin was also sharply distinct, especially electrophoretically. The haemoglobin of persons with sickle cell anaemia (al-

BLUE CROSS — BOBSLEDDING most always Negroes) contained

107

largely sickle cell haemoglobin, whereas the carriers of the sickle cell trait contained both normal and sickle cell haemoglobin in their red cells. Sickle cell anaemia, a serious hereditary disease of the red cells found almost exclusively in Negroes, was also demon-

managed

strated in Greeks, Italians and possibly other groups. Studies of

ment

of acute leukemia in adults

relatively mild examples of sickle

tory,

even with the use of such new chemotherapeutic principles

quite well for periods of one to several years

cases in children were for the most part benefited very greatly by aminopterin (an antagonist of folic acid), especially when this chemical was used in conjunction with ACTH. The treat-

was almost always unsatisfac-

anaemia demonstrated some in which there were mixtures of sickle cell haemoglobin with other types of haemoglobin. These were named C and D

as G.T. 41

varieties.

cell

processes, at least temporarily,

this

was no longer of value

cell

These studies of the haemoglobin abnormalities required the setting up of a new system of nomenclature of the human

that

With

A

normal

F:

foetal

S:

sickle

Others:

etc.

new

letters

There seemed

to be



way. There was prothrombin, which in the presence of thromboplastin and calcium became thrombin. This material induced the fibrinogen in the blood to change to fibrin, the substance of the clot. As of 1953. however, the belief was that tively simple

there was (i) a group of reactions centring around the platelets and various plasma factors, culminating in the development of thromboplastin; (2) a group of reactions speeded up by certain accessory factors which induced prothrombin to develop into

thrombin; (3) a rapid "autocatalytic"" or chain reaction at

this

point, which, with the help of other accelerators such as factor

VII or "stable factor." led eventually to the development of fibrin from fibrinogen and thus to the development of the clot. (This "simple" description leaves out the

clot

all

mention of various

dissolving

[fibrinolytic]

system.)

This complexity, though certain positive advances.

it

sible

out

single

to

had

"PTC"

its

disadvantages, also led to

deficiency or "Christmas dis-

ease" was differentiated from haemophilia. Other deficiencies of

plasmatic constituents were found to cause disorders resembling haemophilia. This disease, which had long been

known

as

a

hereditary disorder of clotting in the male, transmitted by the

tors could be

human its

size.

xylol

found.

Not only

and

became something to be examined more closely. Was a hand truly haemophilia, or was it PTC deficiency or perhaps PTA deficiency? What was really haemophilia? Further studies indicated that some cases of supposed haemophilia could be corrected by the use of haemophilic blood, and that transfusions of fresh whole blood might not be so advis-

in

haemophilia and

factor

deficiency.

as serum. For example,

PTC

serum transfusions

(stable factor) deficiency, whole blood deficiency,

Some authors

and fresh plasma

suggested

that

might best be divided into haemophilia A, B, C,

in labile

haemophilia etc.,

or that

haemophilialike diseases could be classified as haemophilioid diseases A. B. C and the like. The complexity of the coagulation problem was further aggravated by the many often stubbornly held theories of various investigators regarding the mechanism of blood clotting and by the use of different names for the same factor. Leukemia; Aplastic Anaemia; Drug Reactions. There



was

little

advance

in

exposed

is

appalling in

many

industries, but they are present

as Chloromycetin, anti-epileptic drugs, drugs used for skin dis-

Even cosmetics and and in preserving foods might not be completely without danger. Another growing source of bone marrow injury was the increased use of X-rays, not only eases and even certain "antihistamines." certain chemicals used in baking

for prolonged diagnostic study, but also for the treatment of

chronic skin disease and even for the fitting of shoes. Whatever the causes, aplastic anaemia

knowledge of either the causes or the states. Chronic cases were

treatment of leukemia and associated

was certainly on the

increase.

The

condition was often irreversible; treatment with various medications

was usually completely unsatisfactory and transfusions

were only temporarily helpful. Probably related to aplastic anaemia were certain cases in which only the white cells or the platelets were the affected element of the bone marrow and blood. Agranulocytosis (extreme white cell reduction) and thrombocytopenic purpura (extreme platelet reduction) were often caused by drug reactions, either when the drug was given in excess or when the patient had become sensitized as the result of repeated and intermittent administrations.

With

the possibility

that

some cases

of leukemia

might result from chemical exposure, it was evident that chemicals and drugs played a large part in the development of blood disorders. Thus, as various diseases were conquered with newly

remained few

VII

is

automobile gasolines and exhausts, tars on the streets and high-potency medications including antibiotics such

devised chemicals,

in factor

others no causative fac-

of chemicals to which the

are these found in solvents such as benzol,

toluol used in

case at

some cases

many

The number

being in present-day society

female,

were best

chemicals or drugs to

certain

patient had been exposed, but in

in-

was poswhich the

it

in insecticides,

Coagulation Fac+ors. The known coagulation factors continued to increase. Formerly, blood appeared to clot in a rela-

of

was the

which the productive marrow had apparently been rendered

factors.

able in

of action.

D

no doubt in 1953 that the subject of the varieties of human haemoglobins and the various disorders with which they were associated would become as complex as the Rh system or that of the coagulation

and

mode

rapidly growing problem in the haematologic field

presence of increasing numbers of cases of aplastic anaemia, in

these were simply variants, say of A.

or. if

factors

by one chemical, and when

to attack the disease with another

capable of further activity. In some of these cases

they could be termed A), A2,

inhibitor}'

(myleran) and 6-mercaptopurine. It became evident might be possible to destroy certain malignant white

C

the discovery of other types of haemoglobin,

could be assigned

it

chemical having an entirely different

haemoglobins, as follows: A:

by the

judicious use of combined X-ray and chemical treatment. Acute

in

new ones sprang up. As long as these latter number compared with the very large measure

of beneficial response exerted

by the drugs,

this state of affairs

could be tolerated. However, should the reactions to a given

drug continue to increase, criminate use. (See also

it

was high time

to stop its indis-

Chemotherapy; Cortisone, Hydro-

cortisone AND Corticotropin; Medicine, Military: Physiology.)



Bibliography. M. Stefanini and \V. Dameshek, "Collection, Preservaand Transfusion of Platelets." Xnv England J. Mid.. 248:797-802 (^lay 7, 1953): -M. Stefanini and O. Plitman. ".Antigenicity of Platelets and Evidence for Platelet Groups in Humans." /. Clin. Invest., 32:606 (June. 1953): W. Dameshek, ".\cuic Vascular Purpura: An ImmunoVascular Disorder." Blood. 8:382-384 (April 1953): "Statement Concerning a System of Nomenclature for the \arieties of Human Hemoglobin." Blood. 8:386 (.\pril 1953': ^I- Stefanini. 'Mechanism of Blood Coagulation in Normal and Pathologic Conditions," Am. J. Med.. 14:64(^V. Dk.) 86 (Jan. 1953). tion

Blue Cross:

see

Insurance. Arthur Tyler and Edward Seymour of Roch-

Bobsledding.

ester,

N.V.. successfully defended their na-

BOHLEN. CHARLES

108

E.

— BOLIVIA

two-man

title in the Amateur Athletic union championVan Hoevenherg at Lake Placid. N.V.. Feb. 14-15, i()53. The victors rocketed down the one-mile course four times in a total of 5 min. 19.30 sec. The second days competition saw Stan Benham. Lake Placid Olympian, pilot his team of Pat Martin (^Llssena. X.V.). Jim Atkinson (Rome. N.V.) and John Helmer (Lake Placid) to four-man honours. The winners' elapsed time for four heats was 4 min. 53.40 sec. The same

tional

ships on Mt.

teams repeated their victories in the North American meet over the same run on Feb. 23. Tyler and Seymour triumphed in 2 min. 35. 68 sec. for a new course record. In the first heat they were timed in 1 min. iS.oi sec. beating by twenty one-hundredths of a second the old mark set by Benham in 1951. and

they bettered their

were caught

in

i

new clocking

min. 17.67 sec.

and Martin, brakesman,

the

to

in the

second heat when they

Benham drove

Atkinson, Helmer

four-man laurels

in

min.

2

26.29 sec.

Lloyd Johnson of Rapid City, S.D.. riding with Sgt. Pat Biesiadecki (Ware, Mass.), Capt. Hubert Miller (Saranac Lake.

N.V.) and Lieut. Joseph W. Smith (Cullman, Ala.), piloted the United States No. 2 sled to the world four-man laurels at Garmisch-Partenkirchen. Ger., Feb.

i.

min. 28. 79 sec. Andreas Ostler, straight crown, brought his team 2

sec.

The championship was

fatal accident of Felix

The champions were timed in German ace seeking his third home second in 2 min. 29.13

limited to two heats following the

Endrich of Switzerland, who

lost his life

run on Jan. 31 when his sled spun over the wall at the notorious Bavarian curve about half-way down the 1,650-m. in a test

course. Endrich

man

title

in 5

min. 1.90

and Fritz Stoeckli had annexed the world two-

over the same layout on Jan. 25 when they were timed

DOnlGfl, ChdrlGS lUSIIS .\ug. 30.

(T. V. H.)

sec. for four runs.

was

bom

at Clayton,

NY

,

on

took his bachelor's degree from Harvard university in

ACHACACHI, BOLlVI/5 villages in the six mountain states of the country visited in 1953 oy antityphus teams sponsored by the World Health organization and the Pan American Sanitary bureau. The disease, which formerly caused one death out of every eight cases in Bolivia, was curbed by DDT dusting and instruction to the villagers on the role of body lice as typhus carriers

The

1927 and entered the U.S. foreign service in 1929. His first assignment was as vice-consul at Prague, Czech. (1929-31),

40,128; the actual seat of government

after which he served in like capacity at Paris (1931-34) and

Other major

Moscow (1934). At the soviet capital he acquired a thorough knowledge of the Russian language and of soviet political and economic history; he was advanced to third secretary after a few months there and in 1938 became consul. After acting as

bamba

second secretary at Tokyo

ment

in

1940-41 he returned to the depart-

became in 1943 assistant European affairs. Later, until Jan. 1944. he was first secretary at Moscow, during which time he attended the Moscow conference of Oct. 1943 and the Tehran conference the following month. In 1944 he became chief of the department of state's division of eastern European affairs. In this post Bohlen accompanied Pres. Franklin D. Roosevelt to the Yalta conference in Feb. 1945 and acted as interpreter for Roosevelt and Joseph Stalin; he was also interpreter for Pres. Harry S. Truman at the Potsdam conference in July 1945. Following World War II Bohlen acted as adviser or delegate to numerous international conferences and organizations in which the United of state in Washington, where he

chief of the division of

States participated.

Dwight D. Eisenhower's nomination of Bohlen to sucKennan (who had been declared persona non grata in Moscow) as ambassador to the U.S.S.R. on Feb. 23, 1953, was opposed by Sen. Joseph R. McCarthy and others on the ground that Bohlen had been too closely identified with the Roosevelt-Truman foreign policy. He was finally confirmed by Pres.

ceed George F.

the senate on

March

est.): 3.089.000.

(with pop.,



is

a landlocked republic in south central

America. Area; 416,040 sq.mi.; pop. (1952

South official

Sucre, pop. (1950 census) is

La

Paz. pop. 321,073.

1950 census) include Cocha-

to be

52.34% Indian, 27.5% mestizo, 13.08% white, 0.22% Negro and 6.85% unspecified. Religion is predominantly Roman Catholic. President in 1953: Victor Paz Estenssoro. History. The year 1953 was eventful for Bolivians, with the Paz Estenssoro regime, which had come to power the year before, pushing forward with widespread economic reforms. Concern over foreign attitudes led the government to issue in January a statement denying that the regime was either Communist or Fascist. Two aspects of the governments program were of special significance in 1953: nationalization of the tin mines and agrarian reform. The tin properties had been nationalized on Oct. 31, 1952, and their administration entrusted to the Bolivian Mining corporation, a newly created government agency. By June of the following year, retroactive wage increases and other labour benefits for the tin miners had increased the amount of money in circulation by 36%, and the accompanying inflation was reflected in the fall of the value of the boliviano from 250 to 530 to the U.S. dollar. In April the government opened negotiations with the dispossessed Patiiio and Hochschild mining interests to determine the amount to be paid in compensation for



their lost

mining properties.

A

contract to purchase

put of the former Patiiio holdings production of

tin

—one-half

all

the out-

of the country's

—was signed with Williams, Harvey and

Co., Ltd.. of Liverpool;

Bolivia

is

(80,795), Oruro (62,975), Potosi (45,758), Santa Cruz (34,837) and Tarija (16.869). Racial distribution is estimated

total

27.

cities

legal capital

and negotiations with the U.S. for

tin

purchases and compensation of expropriated holdings remained inconclusive at the end of the year.

BOMBS — BOOK-COLLECTING The

agrarian reform program was initiated on Feb.

the president appointed a commission to

draw up

a

when

i,

proposed

measure. Six months later, on Aug. 2, agrarian reform was promulgated with considerable fanfare. The law provided for the expropriation of large landholdings and for the compensation

owners through government bonds redeemable

of the

in

25

years. Bolivian citizens over 18 years of age, regardless of sex,

were permitted by the law to apply for 123-ac. holdings on condi-

work on the land be begun within two years

tion that

of its

of the affected land was located in eastern

Bolivia,

and the government declared that it expected about 2,500.000 Bolivians to acquire land through this law. In a speech on April 14, the first anniversary of his assumption of power, President Paz Estenssoro promised reforms in four additional fields

— education,

election administration,

woman

suffrage

and

the nation's financial structure.

Meanwhile, threats of renewed

political instability

were

re-

during the year by indications of a serious division

flected

within the government party, the Movimiento Nacionalista Rev-

(M.N.R.). Early

olucionario that

it

had foiled

ary, a rift

and

tration)

a

January the regime revealed revolutionary attempt directed by "traitors" in

M.N.R. When the party held its convention in Februwas apparent between the group's right (proadminis-

within the

with government supporters branding

left wings,

Violence broke out

which time

it

among

seemed

the tin miners in mid-March, at

likely that Sen.

Juan Lechin, an

influ-

labour leader, was endeavouring to construct his

personal machine within the

own

Campo

Education.

(G.

at Santiago.

I.

B.)

because genuinely desirable materials of more than

capital, but

had ceased to come into the market in spite of alluringly high prices. War and postwar taxes had forced the sale of some private libraries, certain of which, in no few instances, had been building for generations. Indeed, taxes on real property had risen to such fantastic heights that the owners of some of Great Britain's finest manorial homes razed them as economy measures. Thus it was that the market was frequently glutted with notorious literary rarities. Curiously, the flood of material did not depress the market. Holders of the newer fortunes competed, often feverishly, for the possession of the bibliophilic properties thus





(1951: $150,800,000); imports were $64,300,000 (1951: $90,400,000). Leading exports in 1952 were tin (59%). tungsten (10%), zinc (9%), lead (8%) and silver (4%). Leading customers in 1951 were the U.S. (66%) and the United Kingdom (32%); leading suppliers, the U.S. (55%). Peru (11%), the United Kingdom (7%) and Chile (3%). Railway lines in operation (1951) totalled 1,491 mi. Several lines were in various stages of construction in 1953. including two from .Argentina and Brazil, respectively, to Santa Cruz in the eastern lowlands. The highway system (1949) comprised an estimated 15,420 mi., of which 4.008 mi. were improved. Motor vehicles in 1950 included 3.727 automobiles, 8,391 trucks and 467 buses. Agriculture. Important crops included wheat, maize, barley, rice, potatoes and cotton. In 1951 there were an estimated 1,800.000 cattle, 4.000,000 sheep, 700,000 goats, 400,000 pigs and 1,800,000 llamas and alpacas. The principal exploited forest products were rubber and cinchona bark. Manufactures.. In 1948 there were 2,305 factories with 25.000 employees. Most important, in terms of value of production, were electricity, textiles and clothing, beverages, foodstuffs and glassware and ceramics. Minerals. Exports in 1952 were reported as follows: tin 32.471 metric tons; zinc 35,619 tons; lead 30,012 tons; wolfram (tungsten) 2,224 tons; copper 4,702 tons; antimony 9,807 tons; silver 7,075,000 fine oz. Production of crude petroleum was 535,000 bbl. (J. W. M\v.)







flood eventually

had to

available.

cease,

market. Certain

of

the

internationally

famous

dealers,

noted

for

the excellence of their catalogues and of the materials offered

The condition

was summarized by the Times (London) Literary Supplement of Aug. 22, 1952, which commented, "there is a real shortage of fine books."

The Parke-Bernet

Galleries

(New York

number

city)

of important

come on the market and in its annual report to pubhc stated that during the season 1952-53 the highest price fetched was a modest $7,700 for an imperfect set of the collections to

the

The year was nevertheless distinguished by a few events of more than passing interest. Internationally famous rare booksellers, Maggs Brothers, Ltd,, London, observed its looth anniversary of continuous operation. The antiquarian trade considered itself saluted when John Carter, antiquarian bookseller, bibliographer and co-author of

Atomic Energy.

An Enquiry

Into the Nature of

Certain Nineteenth Century Pamphlets (1934), the shattering expose of Thomas J. Wise (1859-1937), was "loaned" to the British foreign office to

ambassador

York

at

become personal

Washington, D.C. Edgar

assistant to the British S.

Oppenheimer,

a

New

collector, acquired the noted Bussell collection of English

juvenile books, representing the development of juvenile literature in English

from 1650

to 1850.

The personal and commercial

papers of Grant Richards, London publisher active during the

895-1 930, became the property of the University of and the collection of about 50,000 pieces relating to the arctic assembled by explorer Vilhjalmur period

1

Illinois

hbrary, Urbana;

Stefansson was acquired by Dartmouth college, Hanover, N.H.

A

copy of Adolf Hitler's Mcin Kampj, allegedly the author's

personal copy, was offered at public auction in London, failed to bring the upset price of £4,000 and was returned to

New York virtually

its

consignor.

Whitman Bennett achieved the goal of every American bookman by locating and buying a antiquarian

previously unrecorded copy of Tamerlane (1827), Edgar Allan Poe's

first

book and one of the

rarest of all U.S. publications.

manuscripts of 47 fairy tales written by Jacob and Wilhelm Grimm emerged from the library of an unnamed

The

original

European monastery and were offered

New York

autograph dealer

was not made

Mary

for sale as a collection

h. Benjamin.

The asking

by

price

public, but informed quarters stated that the col-

had been insured for $100,000. Bibliographers, undisturbed by the vagaries of the market,

lection

see

made

and by 1953 a common trade complaint was that nothing of significance was coming into the

The

four folios of Shakespeare.



Bolivia in 1950 had 1,500 rural schools with 110,000 pupils and 1,595 elementary schools with 147,060 pupils. There were 104 secondary schools (national and private") with 18,029 pupils and also several training colleges for teachers. There were universities with more than one faculty at Cochabamba, La Paz, Oruro, Potosi and Sucre. Education was scheduled to receive 15% of government expenditures in 1952. In 1951 there were 47 motion-picture theatres (not including those maintained by the tin-mining companies) with estimated seating capacity of 32,300. Finance. The monetary unit is the boliviano, valued on Sept. 30, 1953, at 0.53 cents U.S. currency, official rate, and on Sept. 12, 1953. at 0.13 cents, legal free rate. Effective May 14. 1953, the par value of the boliviano was changed from 60 to 190 bolivianos per U.S. $1 and all former multiple currency practices were eliminated. The 1953 budget was balanced at 6,335.000,000 bolivianos. Central government revenue was reported at 3,752,512,000,000 bolivianos in 1952. The public debt on Aug. 31, 1951, was 12,233,000,000 bolivianos, about half of which represented the foreign debt (including accrued interest). Currency in circulation on Feb. 28, 1953, totalled 6,351,000,000 bolivianos; demand deposits 4,056.000,000 bolivianos: gold reserves of the Central bank $23,300,000; foreign exchange reserves (May 31, 1953) $21,400,000: dollar exchange in U.S. banks (.\ug. 31, 1953) $20,600,000. The cost-of-living index at La Paz stood at 396 in ]\LTy 1953 (1948= 100). Trade and Communications. Exports in 1952 were about $143,000,000

Bombs:

;^,^S„LZ

whose beginning was marked roughly by the outbreak of World War II registered a sharp decline in 1953. The decline was not caused by either lack of desire or want of ready the period

reported that there was a decline in the

M.N.R.

It was announced in September that President Paz Estenssoro would accept an invitation to visit Chilean Pres. Carlos Ibanez

del

Book-Collecting and Book Sales.

therein, all but ceased publication of catalogues.

the latter as Trotskyites.

ential

Bonaire: see Netherlands Antilles. Bonds: see Banking; Stocks and Bonds.

relatively small financial value

acquisition.

Most

109

BOOK PUBLISHING

110

continued to publish their findings. The following bibliophili. publications were issued: T. S. Eliot:

A

Bibliography, by

Don

Gallup; Bibliography of Eric Gill, by Evan R. Gill A Bibliography oj James Joyce, by John J. Slocum and Herbert aid

C.

Cahoon;

Bibliography of Oliver Wendell Holmes, by Thomas and Eleanor M. Tilton; ABC For Book-

.-1

Currier

I'ranklin

by John Carter; Catalogue of the Library of Thomas ii-iii, by E. Millicent Sowerby; Bibliographical Studies of Seven Authors of Crawfordsville, Indiana, by Dorothy R. Russo and Thelma Sullivan; A Bibliography of Canadian Imprints: 1751-1800, by Marie Tremaine; A Bibliography of Selected Early Books and Pamphlets Relating to Australia: 16 10-1880, by Sydney A. Spence. (J. Bk.) Collectors,

5^*??;^Vi^:'

Jefferson, vol.

^^^ number

DnnL Diihliphinfr DOUK rUDMSning.

new books and new

of

editions published in the United States

months between Oct. 1952 and Oct. 1953 totalled upward trend of the past few years. The total for the calendar year 1952 was 11,840 (the all-time high in U.S. book production), compared with 11,255 ir» the year for the

12

ir.948. continuing the

1

95

1.

All indications pointed to a slight rise for the full year of

1953. Fiction titles totalled 1,662 for the

first

nine months of

1953 compared with 1,570 for the same period in 1952. Juveniles rose to 977 for this period in 1953 compared with 810 in 1952. Technical books, which had risen considerably in 1952, tapered

305 in the first nine months of 1953 compared 1952, but books in the field of business rose to 236

off to

with 359 in

by the end of Sept. 1953 against 185 for the same period in 1952. In other categories there were no noticeable decreases, law books showing the greatest drop, 171 in the first nine months of 1953 against 227 in 1952.

Best Sellers.

—The

fiction best-seller

list,

as of Sept.

1953,

was headed by Too Late the Phalarope by Alan Paton, published in August. In Sept. 1953 second place was filled by Desiree by Annemarie Selinko, which had headed the fiction best-seller list for seven months since its publication in February. Third on the list in September was A. J. Cronin's Beyond This Place, followed by Ti7ne aiid Time Again by James Hilton, The Unconquered by Ben Ames WiUiams, Battle Cry by Leon M. Uris, The High and the Mighty by Ernest K. Gann, Come, My Beloved by Pearl S. Buck and The Bridges at Toko-Ri by James Michener, in that order. The Silver Chalice by Thomas B. Costain, fiction leader for 1952, was still on the list in tenth place in Sept. 1953.

In nonfiction The

Power

of Positive Thinking

by Norman

from Jan. through Sept. 1953. In second place for September was Sexual Behavior in the Human Female by Alfred C. Kinsey and others, published on Sept. 9. In the previous eight months the second spot position had been held from March through July by Annapurna by Maurice Hertzog, tenth on the list by September. The Revised Standard Version of the Bible, which had headed the nonfiction list for the year 1952, was in sixth place by Sept. 1953, and \'incent Peale

A Man

was

in first place

Called Peter, by Catherine Marshall, second for the year

1952, was in fourth place. Other nonfiction best sellers in September were A House Is Not a Home by Polly Adler in third place, The Spirit of St. Louis by Charles A. Lindbergh in fifth place, Lelia by Andre Maurois, The Silent World by J.-Y. Cousteau and Frederic Dumas and Angel Unaware by Dale E. Rogers in

seventh to ninth places, respectively.

These records were compiled on

a

percentage basis from the

reports of 52 booksellers in various parts of the United States.

Because of the heavy bookstore sales of a year,

might

it

differ

in the last three

was possible that the final ten top from the September statistics.

months

titles for

1953

i^ccording to the retail trade report of the bureau of the

"AND NOW THE K-BOMB,"

a

1953 cartoon by

NEA

Fischetti of the

Service,

Inc.

made up of one to ten by 7% in the first six months of 1953. The Publishers' Weekly, the trade journal of the industry, commenting on this report, gave other figures to substantiate this upcensus, the sales in retail bookstore firms

outlets increased

ward

trend.

Great

(A.

— Perhaps

J.

Rr.)

most remarkable feature of book publishing in Great Britain in 1953 was the further increase in exports. These rose to nearly £15.000,000 (compared with about £3,000,000 annually before World War II), representing

Britain.

3S^%

the

of total turnover. Allowing for the higher dis-

counts on export business, this probably meant that during

1953 almost every other book was sold abroad. Total turnover also rose in 1953 to £45,000.000, the increase probably resulting

from higher published prices so that fewer volumes were actually sold in 1953 than in 1952. Slightly fewer titles were pubhshed in 1953 than in 1952. Early in the year the demand for paper and print appreciably declined and the prices of these commodities fell. In an attempt to reduce prices, some fiction publishers experimented in the simultaneous publication of paper-covered and standard editions of new fiction to spread the cost of composition over two editions

and so render possible

a reduction of about is. in the price

of the standard edition.

In 1953 further contributions were made to the subject of the of broadcasting on reading. The British Broadcasting

effect

corporation, as part of

its

"Further Education Experiment,"

issued a report of a test to establish whether broadcasting stimulated the reading habit or acted as a substitute for

it.

indicated that in so far as broadcasting had any effect of stimulation.

The it

report

was one

In addition, the United Nations Educational,

and Cultural organization issued a report. Television and Educatioti in the United States (H.M.S.O., London), which indicated that more television meant fewer readers. The report also indicated, however, that hke sound radio, television could Scientific

be used to stimulate a demand for books. In 1953

some

ent. T. S. Eliot

league on

modern poetry was appargave the annual lecture of the National Book

revival of interest in

"The Three Voices

ized the fourth International

The league also organBook Design exhibition at which

of Poetry."

BOOKS — BOTANY no fewer than

1 1

countries were represented.



Universal Convention. In the international field. Pres. Dwight D. Eisenhower commended the Universal Copyright convention to the U.S. senate, and bills were introduced in both the house of representatives and the senate to amend the U.S. copyright law to enable the United States to become a party to the universal convention. (See also American Literature; English Literature; Humour of 1953; etc.) (F. D. Ss.)

Book Publishing; Children's Books; Literary American Literature; English Literature; French Literature; Jewish Literature; etc. Books:

111

school of education, the school committee by a 3-2 vote directed

see

Prizes; see also under

the closing as of Sept.

i

of 17 elementary schools and three high

schools and the consolidation of two district high schools. Pro-

ponents

supported

such

action

changes, decline in school

on

the

basis

of

population

census and ages of the buildings

There were 91,089 pupils enrolled in the public schools 1953 and 44,495 in private schools. The most far-reaching development during the year was the purchase by a realty syndicate of the Boston & Albany railroad yards in the Back Bay. It was contemplated that this 28-ac. tract would be the site of a $75,000,000 development along the closed.

in Sept.

lines of Rockefeller centre in

A

New York

city.

city-wide rehabilitation and conservation program was in-

appointment of 14 neighbourhood committees. and encouraging property owners to improve buildings and structures, it was itiated with the

By

Borgongini Duca, Francesco

iiL'ce Francesfo'carl" Duca. papal nuncio to Italy, was born in Rome Ordained to the priesthood on Dec. 22. 1906. he was

nal Borgongini

on Feb.

26.

from 1907 to 1921 professor of theology at the Urban College of Propaganda in Rome, where he taught thousands of missionary priests of all nationalities. As a member of the faculty of the North American college in Rome, he taught many seminarians from the United States. As a diplomat perhaps his greatest contribution was his labour in the negotiations which finally healed

Church and the Italian govwhich he signed as the Lateran treaty of 1929

the relations between the Catholic

ernment





secretary of the Vatican's Congregation for Extraordinary Ecclesiastical Affairs.

On June

7,

He

then became the

1929, he was

named

first

titular

papal nuncio to Italy.

archbishop of Eraclea in

Europe and was consecrated by Pietro Cardinal Gasparri on June 29, 1929. He was for many years actively interested in the work of the Knights of Columbus playground in Rome, called the Oratory of St. Peter and located next to the great basiUca. In May 1951 he visited the United States. Pope Pius XII, on Nov. 29, 1952, elevated him to the Sacred College of Cardinals, and following the consistory of Jan. 12, 1953, he was assigned the titular Church of Santa Maria in Vallicella. He received the red biretta from Pres. Luigi Einaudi of Italy. On May 19, 1953, he was named cardinal protector of the Ursuline Nuns of the Roman Union (which includes many branches in the United (T. Ce.)

States and Canada).

planned to check blight and decay in the older residential areas. (C. J. Fx.)

Dnt^nif ^^ DUldllj.

work on

Dnotnn

DUolUlu

see

British Borneo.

801,444 (1950 census) and a land area of 43.9 sq.mi. Boston is located in Suffolk county, which includes the

and the

lative act passed in 1831,

county.

The

city operates

tow^n of Winthrop.

Boston pays under

years.

The

The mayor

all

a strong

Under

cities

a legis-

the expenses of the

mayoral form of gov-

1953 was John B. Hynes. was $70.70, an increase of $3.90 over and was based on an assessed valuation (real in

tax rate for 1953

the previous year,

M.

French summarized recent

S.

transfers of excitation energy between pigments of pho-

ophyll a is the only pigment which accomplishes the primary photochemical reaction of photosynthesis. In the purple bacteria, a

form of bacteriochlorophyll with an absorption maximum A has a similar function. Other pigments transfer excita-

at 8,900

tion energy to chlorophyll a or to bacteriochlorophyll (8.900

with high

efificiency.

A)

Action spectra for fluorescence show com-

plete transfer from chlorophyll b to chlorophyll a in green algae,

from phycobilins to chlorophyll a in red and blue-green algae, and from two forms of bacteriochlorophyll to a third. Transfer is also complete between fucoxanthol and chlorophyll in brown algae, but 40'fc eftective between carotenoids and bacteriochlorophyll in purple bacteria, and 20% effective between carotenoids

and chlorophyll

in red algae.

The photoreactions

diverse

controlling

morphogenetic

re-

sponses of plants were investigated further by H. A. Borthwick, S. B.

Hendricks and M.

\V. Parker.

Germination of

light-sensi-

promoted by the same wave lengths of red Hght (about 6,500 A max.) which inhibit flowertive lettuce seeds

when supplied

was found in the

to be

dark period to short-day plants. Lettuce dormancy by subsequent ex-

posure to infra-red radiation (7,300 A max.). The reversal of the stimulation by red light also occurs thermally in darkness.

With Xanthiiim saccharattim,

a

short-day plant, infra-red radia-

was then found to decrease the dark requirement for flowering and to reverse the inhibition of flowering produced by extion

ernment, with a council of nine members elected at large every

two

Duysens and C.

seed, however, could be returned to

Boston, the capital of Massachusetts and the tenth largest city in the United States, has a population of

of Chelsea and Revere

^953> during a conference on photosynthesis. T.

\v.

tosynthetic organisms. Throughout the algae investigated, chlor-

ing

Borneo:

enforcing health and safety regulations

and personal; of $1,565,666,000, representing a decrease of $7,850,000 from 1952. Budgets of city and county departments totalled $100,447,891.66, an increase of $2,058,937.66 over 1952,

posure to red

light.

The authors

believed that light controls the

amounts of the two forms of pigment (red or infra-red sensitive) and does not merely provide energy for the primary photoreaction. They suggested that this reversible activation of a pigment may be a general phenomenon controlling lightand temperature-sensitive responses in plants and perhaps in relative

animals.

The

role of auxins in

the formation of plant tumours

was

investigated through the effects of auxin antagonists on developing galls. P. E.

Waggoner and

A. E.

Dimond found

that X-irradi-

whereas the school budget of $27,043,530.94 represented a decrease of $1,453,265.74. The net debt of the city was reduced

ation suppressed crown-gall development by affecting growth

approximately $3,000,000, making a

cells.

total reduction of $9,750,000

in the last three years.

in

Latest available statistics indicated 74,872 workers engaged manufacturing in 2.284 establishments producing products

valued at $1,225,650,987. Acting on the resuhs of a survey of the Harvard university

tumour would suppress crown-gall development at concentrations which did not affect growth of the causative bacteria. R. M. Klein and D. T. Klein were unable to obtain crown-gall suppression with maleic hydrazide, but L. G. Xickell reported inhibition of growth of virus tumour tissue of Riimex acetosa by the same agent. R. M. Klein of the host rather than the alteration of normal cells to

They

also reported that maleic h\drazide

BOWLES. CHESTER

112

and G. K. K. Link recognized three periods in crown-gall development of which the tirst, the transformation period, may be di\ided into two phases. The i)reinduction and inception phase involves the action of a tumour-inducing principle and results in the cell acquiring the potentiality for autonomous development but not the capacity for rapid duplication. The promotion and completion phase requires the participation of auxin to bring about the change from an incipient to an active tumour cell. The distinction of phases was based on the temporal interrelations of attenuated crown-gall organisms and supplementary auxin

in

effecting gall

formation. R.

M. Klein reported

that the

tumour-inducing principle was contained

extracts

obtained

in

later

cell-free

from cultures of Phytoinonas tumefaciens

grown on wounded tobacco

grouij of popular ornamental plants.

The Arnold arboretum of Boston, Mass., completed a ground cover demonstration plot containing 150 different ground covers

—the most complete mental area

pool of the host was reported by B.

The Los Angeles

State and County arboretum of Arcadia, announced a planting of 45 different bamboos and 150 species of eucalyptus, making this the most complete collection Calif.,

of this genus in America.

The Queen Elizabeth arboretum ahead with

possibly

may

Commoner, who

also

dem-

Takahashi and M. di'iiinmondi.

This

Ishii

X

be virus precursors.

A

noninfective

by W. N. from infected tobacco, tomato and Phlox

virus

a

precursor,

was

isolated

protein shared antigenic properties with

tobacco mosaic virus regardless of the host species from which the

X

protein was obtained, but normal proteins of the host gave

X

protein or for tobacco mosaic

virus. Infected plants contained a

second abnormal component

no reaction with antisera for the

which was not separable from normal constituents. The signiticance of introgression in phylogeny was emphasized by R. E. Woodson, Jr., who investigated the ranges and attri-

\vhich appeared in electron micrographs as short rods but

butes of tw'o sympatric subspecies of Asclepias tuberosa. Subspecies tenninaUs

is

an ancient form established throughout the

central United States is

and northern Mexico. Subspecies interior

considered to be of more recent origin. It occupies a more

stricted range concentric with that of terminalis

and appears

re-

to

be replacing terminalis by gene transfer rather than through competition.

Woodson

believed that attributes of interior, es-

pecially superior pollen and seed production,

vantage over attributes of terminalis.

To

have

a selective ad-

this invasion

and

re-

placement through hybridization and natural selection, he applied the term "sabinism.""

Other significant contributions of 1953: R. J. Foster, D. H. J. Bonner demonstrated that two-point attachment

McRae and

to a receptor

can account for growth inhibitions by high concen-

trations of auxins; J. R. Singleton completed and extended a detailed study of the cytology of Neiirospora crassa begun by

B.

McChntock;

P.

Kallio evaluated nuclear and cytoplasmic

influences in controlling the

morphology

of desmids.



BiBLiOGR.APHY. William Crocker and Leia \'. Barton, Physiology oj Seeds (London, 1953); Katherine Esau. Plant Anatomy (New York, • 953); P. W. Richards. The Tropical Rain Forest (London. 1952): S. A. Waksman, Soil Microbiology (New York. 1952 J: C. W. Wardlaw, Phylogeny and Morp/iogcnesis (London. 1952). (C. W. Hn.)

Arbore+ums and Botanical Gardens. was

— Clarendon

gardens

in

a

Vancouver, B.C., forged

community project of the Columbia in co-operation

the world.

pletion.

Wn.)

was being attached to the native flora of that was being studied intensively in numerous botanical gardens. At the Royal Botanic garders. Kew, Eng.. special atgreat importance

region and

it

was paid during 1953

tention

to the flora of tropical East Africa

was being prepared. In addition at Kew. the national Dianthus collection was extended and the Australasian house was fully planted so that the collection of plants from this region was now one of the most complete in the world. Selected rubber and cocoa plants were grown under quarantine before the distribution of healthy stocks for comof which a complete survey

mercial planting.

Thanks

from Reginald Corry, extensive and developments were made in the University Botanic garden, Cambridge. A new rock garden was being built at the northern side of the lake and nearly four acres of ground was being laid out for research purposes. It was hoped to complete all these projects by the bicentenary of the founding of the to a generous bequest

alterations

garden

in i960.

At the Royal Botanic garden, Edinburgh, Scot., work was continued on the difficult problem of classifying the genus Rhododendron, knowledge of which had been vastly increased by recent explorations in southeastern Asia. Work on Gentiana and Primida also continued and H. R. Fletcher, who was formerly engaged on Primida classification at Edinburgh, continued his in the Royal Horticultural society's gardens at Wisley

work

where also

a

very

fine collection of this

genus had been made. {See

Horticulture; Palaeontology.)

(A. G. L. H.)

^'^°'" ^•^- ^"^^""^ '"^ \tamtr, ^' was born on April 5 m Springfield, Mass. He attended Choate school and Yale university, graduating in 1924, worked for a year on the Springfield Republican and four

Rnu/loc UIIColCI DUWICO, PhpQtor

years in a ship with of Benton

OPA

in

(D.

In view of the probable economic expansion of tropical Africa,

North America, 185 different named species and varieties being grown there. These gardens were the result of the combined interests of Francis W. Howe and Peter Dowd, both of whom contributed much to their com-

first

collections of hollies

was

from downtown Vancouver, the arboretum was to contain eventually a specimen of every tree native to Canada as well as hundreds of specimens from lands around

its

largest

plantings. This

pulp and paper industry of British

opened to the public on Oct. 26, 1952. This small botanical garden, ten years in the making, contained thousands of camellias, azaleas and dogwoods arranged picturesquely about a five-acre lake. There was also one of the of Pinehurst, N.C.,

its

with the Vancouver board of park commissioners. Situated only

onstrated the appearance during virus synthesis of nonvirus,

protein,

at its experi-

a few minutes drive

tissue.

Evidence that the nitrogen of tobacco mosaic virus is derived from free ammonia without passing through the amino acid

soluble proteins which

in America. This was located Weston, Mass.

in

New York advertising firm. In June 1929, in partnerWilHam Benton (g.v.), he started the advertising firm and Bowles,

and

Inc.,

in

1936 he became chairman of

board of directors. In June 1942 he was appointed district director of the Office

of Price Administration for the state of Connecticut. In the fol-

lowing year Pres. Franklin D. Roosevelt

him director of economic all

named him national S. Truman made

administrator. In early 1946 Pres. Harry stabilization with

anti-inflation wage, price

and production

responsibility for

controls.

In Nov. 1946 Bowles was appointed a U.S. delegate to the first conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and

The American Association of Botanical Gardens and Arboretums appointed a committee to work through 1953 on a revision

Cultural organization in Paris, and in the early spring of 1947

of the booklet Lilacs for America. First published in 1941, this

for Children.

booklet had been widely used as a standard reference for this

he became international chairman of the United Nations Appeal In Nov. 1948 Bowles was elected governor of Connecticut.

BOWLING — BOXING

113

^^

FIRST OF 43,000 Chicago,

III.,

Feb.

contestants open the

1953 American Bowling congress

in

21

award with a 637, and the Griffs Grill five of Pontiac, Mich., added to the triumphs of stars from the midwest by lead-

singles

During the two years of lation

his administration he introduced legis-

providing for expansion of pubhc education, housing,

welfare and child care programs, labour legislation and reorganization of the state government. in

1950 by

defeated for re-election

Truman appointed Bowles

U.S. ambassador to India

and Nepal

in Sept. 195 1. After the election of Pres. Dwight D. Eisenhower, Bowles resigned as ambassador and returned to the United States in

1953 with bipartisan recognition of his contribution to

early

improved U.S. -Indian relations. Author of Tomorrow Without Fear, he lectures and writes extensively on both domestic and foreign affairs. (R. R. R. B.)

DniA/linfr

'^^^

golden jubilee tournament of the American

DUWIIIIg. Bowhng congress drew

lers

from 44

prizes, a

new

a record entry of 43,000 keg-

states to Chicago's Coliseum,

where $573,860

high. total for the event, was at stake.

When

in

the

marathon competition that had opened on Feb. 21, 1953, came to a close on May 24, two of the major awards were in possession of Frank Santore of Long Island City, N.Y. Santore put together games of 226, 279 and 244 for a total of 749 to capture the singles crown. A 600 in team play and a doubles count of 645 gave him an over-all total of 1,994 and the all-events championship, which he also had won in 1950. Eddie Koepp and Joe Kissoff of

Marion Ladewig

of

Grand Rapids. Mich., took women's

for the fourth straight time in the national all-star

ships at Chicago in Dec. 1952

narrow margin.

a

President

He was

ing the booster teams with a total of 2,368.

The Pfeifbecome the secfive-man team title twice

Cleveland. 0., tallied 1.339 for doubles laurels.

"bowler of the year."

Don

when she again was chosen woman

Carter of Detroit led the men's divi-

Buzz Fazio and Tony Lindemann, Detroit

sion.

laurels

champion-

pair, success-

defended their national doubles laurels in match play in Nov. 1952. Mrs. Ladewig retained her match play singles title fully

and helped the Fanatorium Majors

of

Grand Rapids annex team

laurels.

Al Rush of Baltimore, Md., rolled 457 to win singles honours National Duck Pin Bowling congress tournament, while

in the

CaroU Hildebrand and Hal Tucker of Baltimore were doubles New Haven, Conn., bowled 1,306 for the all-events crown, and the Broadway Candy & Tobacco Co. of Baltimore won team laurels with 2,031. Gladys Broska of Stamford, Conn., scored 425 for the women's singles prize, and Myrtle Liphard and Elizabeth Berger of Baltimore triumphed in doubles with 752. Gladys Broska also was first in leaders with 841. Charles Kebart of

all-events with

1,153, ^vhile the

Frederick Generator-Franklin

representatives took team honours with 1.749.

and Larkin Weedon of Washington, D.C., won

Marion Hamilton in mixed doubles

with 802.

Bowls:

(T. V. H.)

see

Lawn Bowling.

fer Beer five of Detroit, Mich., scored 3. 181 to

ond team

in A. B.C. history to take the

The

in a

row.

E&

B's in 1952.

Pfeiffers

competed under the banner of the Detroit

At the Woman's International Bowling congress tourney in 8, Doris Knechtges of Detroit won or shared in three titles. She helped the B & B Chevrolet five of Detroit tally 2.931 for the team prize, paired with Jane Grudzien for the winning doubles count of 1,211 and gained all-events laurels with i,S86. Marge Baginski of Berwyn, 111., annexed the

Detroit, April 9-June

Dnvinrr DUAlllg.

Television took a firmer grip on professional boxing in

the

United States during 1953, with the result some of which

that a majority of the small clubs of the country,

had carried on for many years without a break in their weekly The Ring magazine reported

schedule, were forced to shut down. that

51%

of the fight clubs that had operated in 1952 went out

of business because of the inroads

made by

television.

Small organizations that previously had been able to operate

by using ordinary

local talent

found

it

impossible to compete

BOXING

114

with the opposition furnished by four weekly national television

a

boxing shows. This resulted

as the

in

the elimination of the smaller

clubs, the cradles of boxing, and, with their passing, in a

huge

shrinkage of national talent.

Because of

the International Boxing guild, a protective

this,

tormer champion, fought his way back to regain the position

number-one contender.

On March

21 Jimmy Carruthers of Australia defended his bantamweight title by knocking out Vic Toweel, from whom he had won the crown, in ten rounds at Johannesburg, U. of S. Af.

organization for managers and boxers, was organized. Through

On Nov.

major networks carrjing nation-wide television boxing shows agreed to pay each of the main event fighters $4,000 for every network show. This arrangement made up in some degree for the losses sustained by the managers and fighters as a result of poor attendances at shows that were nationally

Gault of the United States

the

efforts,

its

televised.

The attendance

often

below i.ooo

fell

in the nation's

major arenas.

The

Sydney, Austr., he outpointed Henry (Pappy) in a 15-round title bout in which he held the advantage almost all the way. 13, at

Yoshio Shirai of Japan outpointed Tanny Campo of the Philipworld flyweight title on May 18. at Tokyo. On Oct. 27 he again successfully defended his title in a pines in defense of his

15-round bout with Terry Allen of England, a former champion, also in

Tokyo. Previous

was stopped

to this bout, Shirai

in

seven

was attracted by the Rocky Marciano-Roland LaStarza world heavyweight championship bout, held on Sept. 24 at the Polo grounds. New York city, with the receipts amounting to $435,820 and the attendance 44,562. Mar-

world during 1953 (to Oct. 6), five of these deaths, one of a professional boxer and four of amateurs, occurring in the United

ciano, undefeated in 45 professional bouts,

States.

biggest gate of 1953

nth

in the

the

cities,

34

Shown on

round. first

knocked out LaStarza

a closed circuit in 45 theatres in

actual nation-wide theatre telecast of a bout,

from that source. Earlier, Marciano engaged in his first title defense, knocking out Jersey Joe Walcott in one round at Chicago, 111., before a gathering which paid $331,795. It was the eighth one-round knockout in a world heavyweight championship bout. this

fight

May

on

also brought in $125,000

15.

Archie Moore, who had won the world light heavyweight championship from Joey Maxim in Dec. 1952 at St. Louis, Mo., successfully defended his title against Maxim on June 24 at Ogden, Utah, the first title contest ever held in that state. Moore won a 15-round decision, with the receipts amounting to $80,000.

Ray Robinson

After

on Dec.

retired as world middleweight

18, 1952, the title

became vacant and

champion

a series of elimina-

rounds by Leo Espinoza of the Philippines

in a nontitle bout.

There were 19 deaths during boxing contests throughout the

Interest in

number

amateur boxing continued

Gloves, the Chicago team defeated the

bouts to 13,000.

to

though

decline,

a

of large tournaments were held. In the Inter-City Golden

5,

at the

Chicago stadium, March

A European team

New York

squad, 11

26, before a

crowd of

then defeated the U.S. squad. With

the signing of an armistice in Korea there was a stepped-up program of boxing in service installations both in the United States and overseas. The 1953 National Collegiate Athletic association boxing tournament, held at Idaho State college, Pocatello, was won by Idaho State, with the University of Wisconsin (Madison) second and Louisiana State university (Baton Rouge) third.

(N. Fl.)

Great pire

Britain.

— Don

Cockell,

who won

the British and

em-

heavyweight championship by outpointing the holder, John-

meet Rocky Mar-

tions w-as held to find a successor. On June 9. 1953, Randolph Turpin of England, former world champion, defeated Charles

ny Williams,

Humez

the champion, in spite of the fact that he put up a good performance at Seattle, W'ash., in August, when he outpointed Harry

of France at

White City stadium, London,

to qualify as

Ten days later, Carl (Bobo) Hawaii outpointed Paddy Young of New York at Madi-

the European entry in the finals.

Olson of

son Square Garden,

New

York,

in a

15-round fight to enter the

it

in

May, expressed

was doubtful

if

his desire to

he could offer serious opposition to

Matthews.

The World Regulating Championship committee came

into

Madison Square Garden to decide the issue. Olson won a unanimous decision, and thus became world middleweight champion. The bout was televised nationally but was blacked out in the New York area. Kid Gavilan of Cuba, the world welterweight champion and one of the most active titleholders, defended his crown three times. On Feb. 11 he stopped Chuck Davey in ten rounds at the Chicago stadium before a crowd that paid $275,415. Davey, a college graduate whose reputation had grown through his many successful appearances on television, was thoroughly beaten. On Sept. 18, Gavilan won a close 15-round decision from Carmen Basilio of Canastota, N.Y., in Syracuse, N.Y., but had trouble making the weight. Finally, on Nov. 13 he virtually annihilated Johnny Bratton at Chicago, although Bratton managed to go the finals.

full

Turpin and Olson met on Oct. 21

ciano, but

in

15 rounds.

James Carter of New York, long known as a colourless performer, emerged as one of the scintillating fighters of the year in his lightweight title bouts. On April 24 he scored a record number of knockdowns, ten in all, in stopping Tommy Collins in four rounds in the Boston Garden, Boston. On June 12 in Madison Square Garden, coming into the fight as an underdog against highly considered George Araujo, he proceeded to knock Araujo out in the 13th round. Carter engaged in his third successful title

defense of the year on Nov. 11 when he stopped

Savoie of Canada

in the fifth

round

at

Armand

Montreal. It was the

first

Canada in more than 50 years. With featherweight champion Sandy Saddler still in the U.S. army, there was again no title bout in that division. Willie Pep, world championship bout held

in

ROCKY MARCIANO (right), preparing to land a left during the successful defense of his world heavyweight title against Roland LaStarza Sept. 24, 1953

BOY SCOUTS — BRAZIL

115

being, comprised of two representatives from the United States,

one from Europe and one from Great Britain.

Frank Johnson, the British and empire lightweight champion, by default when he came in overweight for his fight against Joe Lucy at the White City. London, on June 9.

lost his titles

Lucy, a 23-year-old "southpaw." subsequently \von the vacant

Tommy McGovern

by outpointing former champion

British title

after a fine fight at Earls Court on Sept. 29.

Wally Thorn, of Birkenhead, made

a

comeback when he

out-

pointed his fellow townsman Peter Fallon over 15 rounds at Liverpool, on Sept. 24. to regain the British welterweight

vacant by the retirement of

left

on March

Curvis cost Great Britain one

22,

when he

field

title

Cliff Curvis. Earlier in the year,

the

title in

European

Lavoine. the French welterweight,

lost to Gilbert

on a disquahfication. This was balanced, however, when Peter

Keenan defeated Maurice Sandeyron, cant bantamweight

title.

On

of France, to win the va-

Oct. 3, at Belfast, Peter

Keenan

lost his title against J. Kelly.

The

Amateur Boxing

British

association circulated clubs under

jurisdiction stressing the importance of "in-fighting" and urg-

its

ing the need for adequate tuition by club instructors in this art, which had been neglected not only by boxers but also by amateur referees as well. (W. B. Dy.)

Boy Scouts:

see Societies

and Associations, U.S. BRAZILIAN VILLAGERS

Dr07ll ^ DIClLll.

federal republic in eastern Brazil

ica,

is

and central South Amer-

the second largest nation in the western

History.

hemisphere. Language: Portuguese. Religion: predominantly Ro-

man

Catholic (39.177.880 according to the 1950 census), with

about 1,500.000 Protestants of various denominations and 500,-

000 Spiritualists. Chief est.

cities:

Rio de Janeiro, the

capital (1951

pop. 2,500,000); Sao Paulo (2,300,000); Recife (550,000);

Salvador (450,000); Porto Alegre (425,000); Belo Horizonte (370,000); Fortaleza (290,000); Belem (270.000).

in

a well for a trickle of

water during

—At the beginning of

nomic and

financial

1953 a number of serious ecoproblems confronted the nation. Inflation

continued to increase at an alarming

rate.

According to

official

data supplied by the minister of finance to the national con-

had increased from 100 in 1939 to 296 1946 and 681 in July 1953. During the first six months of the year cost of living had increased 15%. Excessive buying abroad gress, the index of prices in

debtedness which by the middle of the year included about U.S.

western hemisphere. The population was 52.645.479 (1952 est.) 54,477,000, concentrated mostly

$450,000,000, £250,000,000 and smaller amounts in other cur-

is

census);

(1950

waiting deep the sertao area

second only to that of Can-

Brazil's area of 3,286.170 sq.mi. in the

in

during the previous years had also piled up commercial in-

President (since Jan. 31, 1951): Getulio Vargas.

ada

1953 drought

the

rencies.

The

along a narrow coastal strip.

situation

was further aggravated by

large accumulation

of stocks of cotton, cacao, sisal and other commodities. In order Areo ond Population of Sfafes and

Territories

of Brazil

to assist producers,

by the Insfituto Brasileiro de Geogrofio e Estotistico)

lEslimotes published

Slate or territory

(sq. mi.l

IJan.

(terr.)

Amozonos Rio Bronco (terr.)

Poro

Amopo

,.'

(terr.)

Goopore

(terr.)

57,153 595,474 97,438 470,752 55,489 96,986

Capitol

116,124 530,920 17,623 1,142,846 38,374 37,438

Rio Bronco

M^aus Boo Visto Belem

Macapo Porto Veiho

Northeast

Moronhoo

133,674 94,819

Piaui

Cearo Rio Grande do Norte

57,371

1,600,396 1,064,438 2,735,702

Sao

Luii

Teresino Fortolezo

11,031

983,572 1,730,784 3,430,630 1,106,454

7

648

8,321

650,132 4,900,419 7,839,792 162,062 870,987 2,326,201 2,413,152

... Vitorio NIteroi Rio de Janeiro

9,242,610 2,149,509 1,578,159 4,213,316

Curitibo Florionopolis P6rto Alegre

20,236

Poroibo

21,591

Pernombuco Alagoos Fernando de Noronho

38,315 (terr.)

Natal

Jooo Pessoo Recife

Moceio ...

East

Sergipe Bohio Minos Gerais

204,393 228,469

(Serro dos Aimores)* Espirito

Rio

Sonto

de Janeiro

Distrifo

(stote)

Federal

...

17,688 16,372 451

Arocaju Salvador Belo Horiionte

South

Soo Paulo

95,459

Porona Santo Cotorino

82,741

Rio

Grande do

Sol

31,118 110,150

Soo Poulo

Central- West

Goias

Molo Grosso 'Area

in

of

Brazil

had purchased large

1,

1950)

North

Atre

Bank

vailing in the international markets. This prevented the disposal

Pop.

Area

the

quantities of these commodities at prices higher than those pre-

of such commodities without was unwilling to take.

By

a considerable loss

which the bank

the middle of the year public criticism of the administra-

tions policies reached such a point that the minister of finance,

Horacio Lafer, was compelled to resign. He was replaced by Oswaldo Aranha, a statesman and diplomat well-known abroad, especially in the United States. .\ranha's announced reform program was favourably received both within and without the country. This program included immediate negotiation with foreign creditors for the expeditious liquidation of commercial debts; the use of free exchange market to increase exports; immediate sale of stocks of commodities owned by the Bank of Brazil at best possible prices; guarantees to foreign investors; increase in

power of the cruzeiro; decrease in expenditures pubhc works; and discouragement of too-fast national industrialization. Aranha assured the nation that the government would not issue any more paper currency unless absolutely the purchasing for

necessary.

President Vargas,

in a

move

to conciliate public opinion, also

replaced at about the same time the ministers of labour, trans225,266 485,405

1,234,740 528,451

Goionio

Cuioba

dispute between the states of Minos Gerais and Espirito Sonto.

portation and public works, education and public health, justice,

and foreign

affairs.

Nevertheless, the high cost of living brought

BREAD AND BAKERY PRODUCTS

116 much strikes in the

criticism

to

and resulted

the administration

which broke out

in the capital

serious

in

among dock workers and

Agriculture.

important industrial city of Sao Paulo.

Political activity included jockeying for position in anticipa-

(to be held in

tion of the presidential elections in

October

a

of

the state

meeting took place

Sao Paulo

in

in

a

1955). Early

small interior town in

which the governor of the state

(Lucas Garcez) and several prominent high-ranking army

offi-

(Marshal Eurico Caspar Dutra. former president of the republic; Gen. Canrobert Pereira da Costa, former minister of war; and others) participated. The announced purpose of the meeting was to consider the political situation and possibly cers

agree on a single candidate for the presidency in 1955.

During the year two important congressional

bills

received

wide attention. One, creating a government monopoly of petroleum exploitation, became law by presidential signature on Oct.

3.

A government

be created to finance

corporation,

all oil

known

as Petrobras,

exploitation and development.

ernment tax on gasoline and the

was

A

to

(introduced

in

would be under-

congress by the executive on

Sept. 9) called for the expropriation of fertile lands suitable for

agriculture which owners were not cultivating. These lands were to

among small farmers, payment to the original ownmade by the government at assessed values. It was estimated that of all arable land only 9.5% was under cultivation. be distributed ers to be

Relations with the United States were strengthened by the ratification

in

May, by

the Brazilian senate, of the military

assistance pact between the two nations.

Under

this

agreement

the United States was to supply technical military assistance

and training equipment to Brazil, and the latter was to supply strategic materials needed by the United States. The United States-Brazil joint commission for economic development (installed in July 195 1) came to an end about the middle of the year after approving 41 projects involving an estimated expenditure of U.S. $387,385,000 and Cr$ 14,016.547.000.

Loans already granted by U.S.

U.S. $139,696,000. roads,

harbours,

The

financial institutions totalled

projects included improvements in

fluvial

navigation

facilities

rail-

and automobile (R. d'E.)

roads.



In 1951 there were 82,678 primary schools with 146,722 teachers and 5,350.401 pupils; (1949) 1,993 secondary schools with 389,762 students, 2,340 vocational schools with 110,070 students and 846 commercial schools with 83,110 students. There were 11 universities, of which 3 were private (Catholic), 7 state and i federal (University of Brazil at Rio de Janeiro), The rate of illiteracy (.i950 census) among those 10 years or more of age was 51.65%, Finance. The monetary unit is the cruzeiro (Cr$). valued at $0.0531 U.S. currency, official rate, and $0,0222. legal free rate, on Oct. 31, 1953. The 1953 budget as approved by congress called for expenditure of Cr$ 34,005.000,000 and revenue of Cr$ 34,295,000,000, The 1954 draft budget called for expenditure of Cr$ 41,900,300,000 and revenue of Cr$ 41,900,Education.



998,000. .Actual government expenditure in 1952 was Cr$ 28.460,700,000; revenue, Cr$ 30,739,600,000. The foreign debt on Dec. 31, 1952, was reported to be the equivalent of Cr$ 4,700,000,000, The internal floating debt on Dec, 31, 1950, was reported at Cr$ 14,849,110,182: internal funded debt (Dec. 31, 1951), Cr$ 10,446,000.000, Currency in circulation (Sept, 30, 1953) amounted to Cr$ 35,870,000,000; demand deposits, Cr$ 79,070,000,000; gold reserves (.Aug. 31, 1953) U.S. $317,000,000; foreign exchange reserves, Bank of Brazil (Aug, 31, 1953) $324,000,000; dollar e.xchange in U.S, banks (Sept. 30. 1953) $164,000,000. The cost of living index (Sao Paulo) stood at 166 in Sept, 1953 (1948=100). Trade, Exports in 1952 totalled Cr$ 26,064,993,000; imports, Cr$ 37,178,619,000, In the first six months of 1953 exports were Cr$ 11,450.000,000 and imports Cr$ 11,710,000,000, Leading exports in 1952 were coffee (74%), cacao (3%), raw cotton (2%), pine wood (2%) and rice (2%); leading imports, machinery and vehicles (42%), petroleum and products (12%), wheat and flour (10%) and iron and steel and manufactures (5%). The leading customers were the U.S. (52%), .Argentina (7%), France (6%), Germany (6%) and Sweden (4%); leading suppliers, the U.S. (42%), Germany (9%), the United Kingdom (9%),



France (4%) and Sweden (3%), Communications. Railway mileage (1951) was about 23,000; highways, 38.000; common roads, 124,000. At the end of 1951 there were 262.529 automobiles, 210,244 trucks and 16,144 i)uses. In 1951 Brazilian air lines flew 60,000,000 mi. and carried 2,200,000 passengers.- Navigable rivers





gov-

taken to raise Cr$ 10,000,000,000 by 1957 for the capital of the new corporation. bill



Coffee production in the I9S2-S3 season totalled 19,170,of 132 lb. each; 15,821,000 bags were exported in 1952, Cacao production in 195^-53 was 88. 650 metric tons; 58.250 tons were exported in 1952. I'reliminary estimates for other crops in 1952-53 included cotton (lint) 516,000 metric tons; wheat 586,000 tons; rice (rough) 2,725,000 tons; maize 6.245,000 tons; potatoes 72r.ooo tons; peanuts 152,000 tons; sisal 63,766 tons; manioc 12,809,000 tons. Refined sugar production in 1952-53 (June i-May 31) was 2,044,000 metric tons. Livestock estimates (Dec, 31, 1952) showed 55,853,990 cattle, 7,110,750 horses, 30,915,640 hogs, 16.263,570 sheep and 8,821,810 goats. Rubber production (.1952) was 27,000 metric tons; carnauba wax exports 7,200 tons. Manufactures.- -The 1 950 census of industry listed 89,086 industrial establishments with 1,256,807 workers and production (1949) valued at Cr$ 116.747,264,000, of which the food processing industry accounted for 29%. textile 17%. chemical and drug 8% and metallurgical 7%. Production figures for 1952 included cement 1,574,000 metric tons; pig iron 810,000 tons; raw steel 931,000 tons. The national steel plant at Volta Redonda produced 476,234 metric tons of steel in 1952. AAineral Production. Production in 1952 included coal 1,959,000 metric tons and gold 141.600 fine ounces: iron ore, manganese, tungsten, bauxite and diamonds were also produced in important quantities. In 1952, 885,000 metric tons of coal were imported. (J. W. Mw,)

000 bags

sale of shares of Petrobras to

the states, the municipalities and car owners

The other

total 25,590 mi. .According to Lloyd's Register of Shipping, the merchant marine had 384 vessels (100 tons and over) aggregating 797,155 gross tons on June 30, 1952,

Details of the John C.

Bread and Bakery Products.

Baker Do-Maker conwere revealed in reports presented before the 1953 meetings of the American Association of Cereal Chemists and of the Millers National federation. This process, on which commercial tests were initiated in 1953 in selected bakeries in the United States, consists of the continuous mixing of ingredients to make a dough, the extrusion of measured portions of the dough into pans, all with automatic equipment specially designed for the purpose, followed by con-

method

tinuous process

of bread production

ventional pan proofing and baking.

No

ingredients other than

those ordinarily used in bread production are necessary, and

it is

possible to reproduce the characteristics of

any commercial type of bread. Not only does the process save time and labour, eliminate the need for dusting flour and most of the divider oil ordinarily used, but

it

also

makes unnecessary much

of the con-

ventional equipment, such as dough troughs and fermentation

rooms, dividers, moulders, rounders and overhead proofers. The flavour and quality of bread

made experimentally by

the

new

process were claimed to be good.

The

factors which contribute to a desirable flavour in bread

were studied by

who concluded

J.

C. Baker.

that a

H. K. Parker and K. L. Fortman, of volatile substances produced

number

during fermentation and baking are chiefly responsible. They offered

numerous suggestions

retention of these flavours.

for increasing the

They

cess in the merchandising of frozen

products

in the

development and

attributed the commercial suc-

dough and

baked

partially

United States to their superior taste appeal, be-

cause of their consumption shortly after the completion of the in the home. was the dedication in Chicago, 1953, of what was considered to be the world's

baking of these products

An event June

8,

bakery. This

of interest

new bakery

of the National Biscuit

III.,

on

largest

company cov-

ered 12 ac. of ground and had a production capacity of 167,000,-

000 lb. of crackers and cookies per year. Comprehensive production figures and other data on the baking industry in the United States had not been published since the previous report of the census of manufactures for the year 1947, but it was generally believed during 1953 that there had been some decline

in actual

tonnage of bread produced.

In Canada, the production of commercial bread enriched with thiamine, riboflavin, niacin and iron was

new

ruling

which became



effective Feb,

2,

made

possible

by a

1953.

Bibliography. William J. Orchard, "The John C. Baker Do-Maker Process," Baking Industry (May 23, 1953); J- C. Baker, H. K. Parker and K. L. Fortman, "Flavor of Bread,'' Cereal Cficniistrv. 30:22-30 (1953); W, C. Bechtel, D, F. Meisner and \V. B, Bradley, "The Effect of the Crust on the Staling of Bread," Ccrca! Chemistry. 30:160-168 (1953); N- Sherry, "White Bread Returns in England," Baking Industry (F- C, Be.) (Sept, 12, 1953).



BREWING AND BEER — BRICKER Great

Britain.

—A

World War

early days of

known

degree of freedom not II

since the

was welcomed by bakers and confec-

117

history of the brewing industry. 1,

000,000 man-hours

in

The injury frequency

may

1952

of 20 per

be compared with 35 per

tioners in 1953. Cereals were decontrolled, bringing the white loaf

1,000,000 man-hours in 1948.

back into competition with 81% extraction national bread; sugar was also freed, together with dried fruit, dried hen egg albumen, glucose, home-produced frozen whole egg and shell eggs (provided the trade bought them from wholesalers) and fats, the major product awaiting decontrol, were in greater supply with

The foundation's Armed Forces Liaison program, helping to maintain wholesome conditions surrounding the retail sale of

;

a

minimum

quantity available for

Those interested could

new

entrants to the industry.

also obtain an allocation of

manufactur-

ing meat.

beer at establishments frequented by military personnel, had received

official

recognition of

navy department

of a

tention

to

all

armed

forces with the issuance

directive during 1953, calling officers' at-

the availability of

this

co-operative service by a

civihan agency. Similar recognition had been accorded earlier by

army and

the

air force.

This liaison service was an extension of

Cereals decontrol undoubtedly had the greatest effect on the

the industry's self-regulation program, operated by the founda-

gave bakers a chance to make white bread again free and thus sell part of their bread output outside the subsidy. Unfortunately the difference in price be-

tion and designed to impress upon industry members and the pubhc the importance of strictly observing all laws and regulations and of maintaining high standards of operation in the pub-

tween national and white bread was so great when the latter was produced on Aug. 31 that it soon had an adverse effect on

lic

trade. It

from

price control

all

first

This was unavoidable, because the white bread price to

sales.

the public had to include not only the

amount represented by

interest.

In the industr>' distribution of economic benefits, agriculture

and labour continued

to

draw

their high share.

Brewers paid out

nearly $300,000,000 for farm products, while their 1952 pay

roll

the bread subsidy, but also the one-time flour subsidy paid to

exceeded $360,000,000. The weekly average for brewery pro-

margin, which generally speaking had

duction workers during the calendar year 1952 was $82.20, compared with $67.97 for all manufacturing. A new high was recorded in July 1952 when, according to the department of la-

millers

and a

fair profit

only been obtainable on national bread by firms selling

it

for

(i.e., those with no retail distributive costs). While the reintroduction of white bread was a major revolution by itself, carried out in face of bitter criticism, it was also associated with that part of the report of the Conference on the Post War Loaf which specified that a certain nutritional level should be maintained when low extraction flour was again avail-

resale

The white

able.

of Great Britain, to bring

had

and

iron, vitamin Bi

as well as, of course, including the

in the history

nicotinic acid

81%

to the nutritional standard of

it

time

loaf, therefore, for the first

added

extraction flour

now customary

creta prae-

parata (calcium carbonate) medically recommended. It was the most nutritious white loaf ever offered to the British public. (W. H. E.) {See also Wheat.)

onH Door

Droiiiinn'

DlcWing June

dllD

DCCI.

Beer and States

sales

ale

for

the

in

fiscal

the

United

year

ending

30, 1953, totalled 84,544,253 bbl. (of 31 U.S. gal. each),

the third highest fiscal year on record.

The

largest sales total

was 86,992,795 bbl. in 1948. Although 1953 exceeded 1952 figures by 250,000 bbl., the increase, it was believed, would have been considerably greater but for a 76-day for a fiscal year sales

which closed Milwaukee breweries during May and June. important 1953 developments was the lifting of can quotas at the beginning of the year, removing a major obstacle to higher package beer sales. Since bottled and can beer ac-

strike

Among

75%

counts for

of brewers' national output



beer

is



a reversal of the

maintained prior to 1934 and about 25% of package sold in cans, the removal of controls for cans was ex-

ratio that

pected to provide greater market opportunities for the brewing industry.

The trend toward

greater

home consumption, which

started

about 1935 with the introduction of improved packaging designs, including the can and no-deposit bottle, was continued during the year.

Many

taverns were supplementing draught beer sales by

merchandising carry-home packs of greater scale than ever before.

promoted by 1953

in

ta\-ern

six

units

or more, on a

The merchandising movement,

associations,

had

its

greatest impetus in

Pennsylvania.

Continued progress in the safety campaign spearheaded by the United States Brewers foundation was another 1953 industry

high

light.

The industry-wide

safety campaign sponsored by the

foundation had spurred regional groups to conduct their own safety drives, with the result that fewer workers were injured

on the job

in

1952 than

in

any previous year

in the

modern

bour, brewery workers' weekly earnings averaged $88.16.

Federal excise taxes, at $9 per barrel, and special taxes on fiscal year 1953 totalled $768,681.000 the highest recorded in a single year. This brought the cumula-

malt beverages for the

tive total since relegahzation of

1933)

sachusetts

.

.... .

.

.

.

.

Charles Erwin Wilson

Oveta Culp Hobby

.

.

.

Sinclair Weeks lames P. Mitchell

.

.

.

.

.

.

New

Jersey

Michigan

Texas

Government Departments and Bureaus, U.S.) Great Britain. On Nov. 4, 1953, the British cabinet was (See also



composed

as follows:

Name

Posl I'rimc minister

and

first lord of the treasury Secretary of state for foreign affairs Lord president of the council Lord chancellor Secretary of state for the home department and minister for

Sir

....

Welsh

affairs

.

.

....

David Patrick

Richard .\usten

^L^x\velI Fyfe

lUitler

Woolton

F. C. Crookshank Earl Alexander of Tunis

H.

.... .

Sir

\'iscount

relations

Secretary of state for the colonies Secretary of state for Scotland Minister of labour and national

Winston Leonard Spencer

Churchill Robert .Anthony Eden Maniuess of Sali^bury

Lord Simonds

Chancellor of the exchequer Chancellor of the duchy of Lancaster and minister of materials Lord privy seal Minister of Defense Secretary of state for commonwealth

.

.

\iscount Swinton Oliver Lyttelton

James Gray Stuart Sir \\'alter

Turner Monckton

Minister of housing and local

government

Harold Macmillan

President of the board of trade Minister of agriculture and fisheries Minister of education Minister of food .

it

.

.

Herbert lirowncll, Jr \rtluir E. Sunimerfield

service

analogous to those met by cotton

ficulties

State

John Kosler Dulles

.... ....

to stimulate exports

raw materials. Thus a trade agreement with Brazil early in March provided for the export of 1,500,000 tons of wheat at a price 15% above that of world market levels. A meat export agreement with Great Britain provided for a price inof certain

141

1953

i,

Secretary of state Secretary of the treasury Attorneyecncr.il Postmaster general Secretary of the interior Secretary of agriculture Secretary of commerce Secretary of labour Secretary of defense Secretary of health. education and welfare

tin

In Argentina particular efforts were

on Nov.

Post

The common-

wool. Industry was generally well maintained.

government

office

Cacao:

.

.

Edward

C.eorge

.

.

Sir

P. Thorneycroft

Thomas Dugdale

Florence Horsbrugh

Gwilym Lloyd-Oeorge

see Cocoa.

Cadmium:

see Mineral and Metal Production and Calendar of Events, 1953: see pages 1-16.

Butler,

Richard Austen l:,r-;„™ i' Ait":'"^": 9. He was educated at Marlborough college

northern India, Dec.

and Pembroke college. Cambridge. From 1929 he represented Saffron Walden, Essex, in the house of commons. In 1931 he became parliamentary secretary to the secretary of state for India and Burma and in 1932 went to India as a member of the franchise committee; as undersecretary of state at the India office he was responsible for much of the work on the Government of India act, 1935. He was parliamentary secretary to the ministry of labour, 1937-38. and undersecretary of state at the foreign office. 1938-41. In July 1941 he became president of the board of education. In the caretaker government. June-July 1945. he was minister of labour, and after the Conservative party's defeat in the 1945 election he became chairman of its advisory committee on policy and political education and also of its research department. In Winston Churchill's government of 1 95 1, Butler became chancellor of the exchequer. His first "incentive budget" in 1952 was widely praised, but at the Conservative

party

conference

September

in

"tougher" year for 1953. In June he called for dollar

problem by "trade not aid"



a

predicted

he

became an

important feature of his policy. In March 1953 he visited the United States with Anthony Eden for "exploratory" talks with the

new U.S. administration, afterward going on

to

Canada.

He

presided at cabinet meetings during the absence of Sir Winston Churchill and

Anthony Eden

in

Sept.

UdlllUMMd.

1952 and again during

June-Aug. 1953.

Popularly termed the "Golden

state''

the association of gold with

its

California achieved statehood on Sept.

9,

1850.

The most

see

Dairy Products; Vegetable Oils and Animal

second nationally

in both area and population. Its total area 158,693 sq.mi. includes 1,953 sq.mi. of water area. As of July I, 1952, the U.S. bureau of the census estimate of Califor-

nia population

numbered 11,390,000 inhabitants (1950

10,586,223). Chief cities (with 1952 pop.

partment of finance and 1950 pop.

est.

census,

of the state de-

parentheses) were Los

in

Angeles, 2.100.000 (1,970,358); San Francisco, 775,000 (775,357); San Diego, 434.924 (334.387); Oakland. 395-800 (384,575); Long Beach, 253,800 (250,767); Sacramento Cthe state

150,000 (137,572); Berkeley, 114,000 (113,805); Glendale, 111,488 (95.702); Pasadena. 106.035 (104,577); San capital),

Jose, 102,000 (95,280);

Richmond, 100,000 (99.545); Fresno,

99,669 (91,669).

History.

—Three changes were made

in California state offices

during 1953. Lieut. Gov. Goodwin J. Knight was elevated to the governorship when Earl Warren accepted the chief justiceship

and Harold J. Powers, president pro by constitutional provision assumed the lieutenant governorship. Robert Kirkwood replaced Thomas H. Kuchel as controller when the latter was appointed to fill the unexpired United States senatorial term of Vice-Pres. Richard Nixon. Otherwise the state officers remained Frank M. Jordan, the United tempore of the

of

States,

state senate,

("Pat") Brown, attorney general; and

Roy

Edmund

G.

E. Simpson, super-

intendent of public instruction.

Fats.

An

Cabinet Members.

south-

of

secretary of state; Charles G. Johnson, treasurer;

Butter:

because of

early history,

erly Pacific coast state of the United States. California ranks

a

a solution of the

slogan which

rQlifHrnio

Prices.

The following members of Pres. Dwight D. Eisenhower's cabinet held

additional traffic burden of

operating

in

more than 2,000,000 vehicles World War II, coupled

California since the close of

with rising construction costs, a predicted population increase



CALIFORNIA

142

camps

in three forestry

remainder were

(or boys and 1,082 in four schools for boys; the other institutions or prisons.

in

Communications.- Final automobile registrations for 1951 were 4.320,124. while the total number of vehicles aggregated 5,367,514. Estimated expenditures by the state division of highways for reconditioning, resurfacing and construction of highways for 1952- 53 were estimated at $126,524,245, including $21,576,214 in federal aid contributions (195152, $130,236,944 including $21,748,839 in federal assistance). Figures compiled in 1950 indicated 7.518 mi of steam railways and 702 mi. of electric railroads in California. .As of 1951 the state had 530 airfields, including 169 commercial. 162 municipal, 43 military and 156 other airports. .At the >ame time there were 3,984 mi. of federal airways. .As of Jan. I, 1953. iclephone stations within the state totalled 4.341,539. total

Banking and Finance. Total assets of the 117 slate-litenscd savings and loan associations operating in California (as of Dec. 31, 1952) were $971,145,332, while 73 federal savings and loan associations had assets of $1,205,516,396, and total bank debits reached $120,104,026,000. As of June 30, 1953, California's 122 federal reserve member banks had assets of $16,024,779,000. Estimated total state revenues for 1952-53 were $1,149,427,040 (195152, $1,086,344,000), and estimated total expenditures were $1,244,064,000 (1951-52, $1,068,072,000). California's net bonded debt (outstanding .\ov. 30. 1952) was $498,584,534. Per capita income for 1953 was calculated at $2,056 and per capita tax at $93.66, while state tax collections in 1952-53 amounted to $1,094,426,000 (1951-S2. $1,031,944,000). Agriculture. California's gross cash farm incoi.ie exceeded $2,000,000,000 for the seventh successive year during 1952, being $2,728,701,000 (1951, $2,743,344,000). Returns from livestock and poultry products aggregated $1,044,456,000 {1951, $1,067,012,000), and crop returns total



Table

I.

— Leading

Agricullural Products of California

1,72 5,000

Cotton, boles

Hay,

5,913,000 47,920,000

tons

Potatoes, bu

Oranges, boxes

13,000,000 52,160,000 11,931,000 4,057,000 12,772,000 3,059,000 696,000 32,961,000 11,750,000 7,770,000 2,578,000 200,000 140,000 86,000 62,000 40,000

Lemons, boxes Barley, bu

Wheat, bu Beans, dry, bogs (100

lb.)

Rice, bogs (100 lb.) Sugar beets, tons

•RAINBOW 'ROUND MY SHOULDER,"

a

1953 cartoon by Yoes

Diego Union

(Calif.)

and greater

travel, resulted in a revision of state

of the

San

Flaxseed, bu. Peaches, bu

.

Peers, bu

Apples, bu

highway plan-

ning to be financed by an added i^ cents per gallon state tax on gasoline and by higher fees for automobile licences and

Average,

Indicated 1953

Crop

Grapes, tons Apricots, tons Prunes, ton Plums, tons Walnuts, tons Almonds, tons

1952

1942-51

1,818,000 5,932,000 41,760,000 45,330,000 1,900,000 53,892,000 13,587,000 4,315,000 1 1,880,000 2,636,000 1,408,000 30,378,000 16,043,000 9,200,000 2,976,000 158,000 135,000 53,000

763,000 5,758,000 37,947,000 46,265,000 12,722,000 45,919,000 10,799,000 4,574,000 7,719,000 2,304,000 2,933,000 31,957,000 13,038,000 8,002,000 2,695,200 201,100 182,600 81,600 63,560 35,880

1

75,600 36,400

Source: U.S. Deportment of Agriculture.

operators" permits. Table W.— Annual Average Employment Manufacturing Industries

Continued migration, with the arrival of an estimated 235,000

newcomers southern

in

1952, swelled population figures, particularly in

California,

while accelerated

illegal

Mexican nationals caused grave concern over

Aircraft

their displacement

of native agricultural labour.

Food and kindred products Machinery (except electricol) ery and transportation equipment). Lumber and wood products (except furni.

semester of 1953. Meanwhile, new construction of classteachers, especially on the elementary

rooms lagged, and lack of level,

forced

The 1953 which were

many

schools into double daily sessions.

new superior Los Angeles area. Growth was

legislature created 29 in the

courts,

iS of

machinery

Apparel and publishing

Printing

Primary metals Stone, glass and cloy products Petroleum products Chemicals and allied products

also reflected

youth authority from three to five members. During the year the state opened its new Deuel Vocational institution at Tracy, and approval was granted for

Table

Mesa. California's unique system of cross-filing was changed to

include the party designation of individual candidates.

During the year the

state

came

into legislative possession of

n short tons,

tidelands

oil

deposits, subject to judicial review.



Education. .Average daily attendance for budgetary purposes for 1951— 52 was calculated at 1,382,816 for elementary school districts, at 438,527 for high school districts and at 83.583 for junior college districts.

Insurance and Assistance, Public Welfare and Related Programs. .As of July 1953 there were 270.822 recipients of old-age security payments, with average monthly aid being $69.31 per person (July 1952, 272,904 at $66.18 per recipient). Aid to the needy blind i:irogram paid 11,330 persons average payments of $85.47. An average of $49.45 was paid for support of 135,848 needy children, while general home relief was provided for 25.154 cases. For the month of .Aug. 1953 the three California-administered social insurance programs compensated 79,779 unemployed or disabled claimants per week in a total amount of $7,895,544 for the month. Total expenditures for the state department of corrections for the year 1952-53 were estimated at $15,038,669. .Adult population of California correctional institutions as of .Aug. 31, 1953, numbered 13.735, including 446 women. Inmates of youth authority institutions totalled 2,448 (as of July 1953), of whom 256 were in two schools for girls, 311 Social

86.52

86,300 137,500 76,800

76,400

82.02

63,900

68,900 67,500 56,100 53,100 46,400 40,800 35,900 35,400

88.75

57,400 53,300 50,150 49,800 46,200 35,800 34,500 33,700

53.66 96.76 84.64 80.40 90.52 80.39

except as noted) 1951

Boron minerals. Cloys

.

.



.

.

(bbl.) .... ....

Coke' Copper Gold (oz.)

gravel.

.

.

558,398,000 21,247,000 327,607.000 7,081,000 157,000 868,000 41,894,000 1

Talc Tungsten concentrate

60% WOs ....

Zinc

Other minerals. Total

.

.

.

2,000 3,495,000 52,592,000 ;i, 209,428,000

4,274,000 2,723,000 313,000

Silver (oz.)

Stone

3,000 10,000

16,000 171,000 4,000

lb.)

Salt

Sand and

82,745.000 65.923,000 797.760,000 15,528,000 1,229.000 5.262,000 41.280,000 1,036,000 14,715,000 2,270,000

269,000 14,424,000 2,463,000

Lead

.

66 449,000 566,751,000 21,132,000 65 527,000 707 630,000 354,561,000 8,401,000 14,497,000 264,000 971,000 1,276,000 3,817,000 35,548,000 46,928,000 1,145.000 970,000 12,537,000 13,998,000 27,000 2,069,000

646 412,000 962,000 951,000 667,000

pig*

(thousond cu. ft.) . . Natural gasoline (bbl.). . . Petroleum (bbl.) Petroleum gases (bbl.). Pumice ond pumicite .

$20,030,000 77,754,000 3,757,000

15,890,000 65,259,000 2,905.000

Gypsum

Lime Mercury (flosks, 76 Natural gas

863,000 28,956,000 1,615,000 568,000 921 340,000 1,093,000 1,325,000 920,000 14,000 203,000 4,000

648,000 26,685,000 1,455,000 513,000

Iron ore

1,072,000 1,765,000 1 1 0,000

2,000 8,000

2

t

2

1

3,000 2,144,000 30,515,000 $1,056,047,000

for processed materials ore not included fVolue included with other minerals.

Values

Quantity

Value

Guontity

Mineral

Cement

1

81.81

1950

Iron,

its

$82.97 71.57

-Mineral Production of California

in the expansion of California's

a $12,000,000 mental institution at Costa



ture) Electrical

fall

215,900 188,300 78,500

Fabricated metal products (except machin-

Voters approved a measure for increased basic aid to public schools, whose total enrolment was estimated at 2.199,600 for the

California

No. emoloyed Average weekly Averoge no. employed 1952 earnings Aug. 1953

Irdustry

immigration of

in

in

the totals.

3

446,000 1

1,891,000 2,603,000 t 2

4,833,000 3,367,000 900.000

1

1

.

1

.

1

CAMBODIA — CANADA $1,673,039,000 (1951. $1,662,843,000). Government payments added $11,206,000 (1951, $13,490,000) to slate farm income. Total value of truck crops for 1952 was $340,475,000, field crops $789,180,000 and fruit and nut crops $480,369,000. Manufocturing. As of Aug. 1953. 1,128.500 wage and salary workers were employed in California manufacturing industries. .Approximately 417,700 were employed in production of nondurable goods, while 710.800 were engaged in the manufacture of durable goods. At the midyear point total civilian employment was 4,891,000, while unemployment figures showed 160,000 not working. (D. C. Cr.) Mineral Production. Table III shows the tonnage and value of those mineral commodities produced in California in 1950 and 1951 whose value e.xceeded $100,000, data for 1952 not being available. California ranked first among the states in the production of borates, diatomite. sand and gravel and tungsten; second in cement, petroleum and iiotash; and third broiisht





in gold

143

and natural

gas. In 1951 the state stood third in the value of its mineral output, with 8.94% of the U.S. total.

Cambodia: see French Uxion; Indochina. Cameroons: see British West Africa; Trust Territories. Cameroun: see French Equatorial Africa; French Union.

Camp

Fire Girls: see Societies and Associations, U.S.

^

PqIIqHo

ball' program. It was decided to utilize the same plant and labour in order to proceed forthwith with the Fessenheim development. the third stage of the scheme





The Netherlands. The Port of Amsterdam association reported that upward Rhine traffic showed a steady increase, the latest returns being the highest since World War II. The average prewar level of the years 1936-38 was considerably surpassed.

Downward Pakistan.

shipping again failed to reach prewar level.

— Inland

continued to

water transport, over 2.760 mi. of route, contribution to the commercial

make an important

development of East Pakistan. The joint steamer companies carried about 70% of the total cargo handled by mechanically propelled craft. The registration of craft under the Inland Steam Vessels act, 1951, was continued: the same enactment provided for government control of hire and freight rates and for the establishment of an inland waterways control board with powers

and routes in an emergency. The Pakistan Development corporation continued work on a scheme

to allocate priorities

Industrial

for the construction of a big dockyard at Khulna.

.

(See also

AND FlOOD CONTROL

Rivers a.nd Harbours.)

Canary

(A. H.

IrRIG.\-

;

J.

B.)

Islands: see Spain.

United States during 1953, about 530,000 perwere stricken by cancer, and approximately 700,000 were under treatment for it. During the year, the disease claimed 225,000 lives (a rate of 140 per 100.000), con-

PonPOr udllUbl.

^"

^^'^

sons

tinuing to be the second leading cause of death. However, it was the chief cause of death among diseases which affected children between ages 5 and 19. According to recent estimates of the National Cancer institute, of every 100 babies born in the U.S. in 1953, 32 would get cancer at some time in their lives, and approximately 50.000,000 persons of all ages living in 1953 were expected to develop it. Costs of total hospital bed occupancy occasioned by cancer were about $179,000,000, which provided bed care for an estimated 441,530 cancer patients.

The

U.S. public voluntarily contributed $19,764,666 to the

American Cancer

program of cancer control (through and improved care facilities), of which 25% was allocated to investigations carried on in 136 scientific laboratories and clinical institutions. The Damon Runyon fund society's

research, education

received an additional $1,300,000 of public gifts for research support. Federal government appropriations for cancer research

and control amounted to $20,237,000, of which $13,500,000 was earmarked for laboratory and clinical studies. Evidence reported during 1953 indicated that the continuing program of public cancer education was creating more general awareness of cancer's early symptoms and signs, which in turn was resulting generally in somewhat earlier diagnosis. Other data recorded lengthening survivorship for many forms of cancer, probably because of earlier diagnosis and improved treatment methods. The most notable advances in treatment appeared to have been made in the radiation field, where X-rays generated at 1,000,000 and 2,000.000 v. and beams from betatrons and synchro-cyclotrons gave promising early results in deep-lying

tumours.

At the second meeting of the National Committee on Lung Cancer, further evidence implicating cigarette smoking as in

some degree responsible the lung was presented.

for the alarming increase in cancer of It

was the consensus that other factors

might be responsible also, and atmosphere pollutants such as smoke from industrial plants and fumes from internal-combustion engines

Among

were considered.

the

many

reports of progress in the field of cancer re-

search during the year was the announcement by a team of British scientists of the discovery of a

treating certain kinds of leukemia

blood-forming

—a

new drug

of value in

cancerlike disease of the

tissue. Initial tests of the drug, called

myleran,

X-rays in controlling one form of the disease and even to have advantages under certain circumstances. The testing of numerous such clinical compounds was somewhat accelerated, and prospects of better methods of testing were improved by the development of techniques which per-

showed

it

to be as effective as

mitted (i) the successful transplantation of into

experimental

animals

(rats,

human

cancer tissue

mice and hamsters)

given

and (2) the growth of human cancer in test tubes containing nutrient fluid obtained from patients with cancer. Ultrasonic waves were explored for their effect on cancer, but were found to damage healthy and diseased tissue about equally and therefore to offer little promise as a method of treatment. However, a more promising use of ultrasound was found in the study of echograms; i.e., the relative amount of sound energy echoed back (and detected on a cathode-ray oscilloscope) from cortisone,

CANDY— CANNING INDUSTRY Human

149

Am. J. Path., 28:839-861 (.Sc|)t;-Oct. 1952); Soulham and I'. J. (ioettler. "(irowth of Human Epidermoid Carcinoma Cells in Tissue Culture," Cancer, 6:809-827 (luly 195?).

Intact C. iM.

Breast,"

(Cir. C.)

in

1953 about 1,500 confectionery manufacturthe United States produced approximately

lb.

of

^'^'''"g

PonHir

bdllUy.

crs

2,776,800.000

wholesale

candy valued

at

$1,011,920,000 at

the

level, or

$1,713,920,000 at the retail level. The.se figures were based on an estimated increase of 4% over the 1952

volume. Approximately 75.000 persons were employed in candy production throughout the country and about 50.000 more in selling and distributing to wholesale channels. Approximately 2,000,000

outlets

retail

confectionery

sold

products

in

the

United States.

The most ing 1953

development

significant

was

20%

was estimated that

It

The

bars.

in the

candy industry durdime bars.

the emphasis placed on the marketing of

of bar goods consisted of ten-cent

bar goods business represented

total

48%

of

the

entire industry's tonnage.

Other major developments of the year were: (i) the continued marketing emphasis in volume outlets; (2) greater stress on the merchandising of candy in food stores, especially super-

markets; (3) the continued high price of cocoa beans; (4) increased activity by importers of candy from abroad, especially

England

(a

survey made at the year's end revealed that one

British chocolate firm

cent candies)

COBALT •BOMB" being demonstrated at Montefiore hospital, New York, N.Y. The new cancer therapy unit, first in a U.S. hospital, was reported to produce gamma-rays with energy equal to all the medically used radium in the world at the time of

its

installation in Feb.

1953

living tissues subjected to pulses of high-frequency

sound waves. Cancerous tissue gave stronger echoes than normal tissue or benign tumours. The method could be used, however, only with tumours lying fairly near the surface. It had long been known that there

is

great variation in the

same type of cancer respond

the

way

different patients with

to treatment with

X-rays or

radium. By examining certain cells seen in vaginal secretions and carefully measuring the changes induced by such treatment, it appeared possible to forecast the radiation effect on cancer of the uterine cervix (neck of the womb) and thus to select

appeared to have been added to the

(A

K

cells

list

of

derived from the organs of m.ice

from leukemia were spun rapidly (centrifuged) in tubes so as to throw to the bottom all cell structures. The cell-free fluid above (supernate) was then injected into healthy infant mice of another strain (C3H). Within a year many of the injected mice developed cancer of the salivary glands a tumour very rarely seen previously. A viruslike agent strain) suffering



may

be responsible for this phenomenon and,

added

if

so,

further

once all-but-discarded "virus theory" of cancer's cause, although no similar virus had been found to have

weight

is

among

the 30 best-selling ten-

candies, for such holidays as Hal-

sales of special-occasion

in

loween, Easter, Christmas. etc.

St.

Valentine's day.

Mother's day,

Increases were also reported in package goods retailing at

more per pound. The increase in business in this category was about 10%. Per capita consumption of candy in the United States declined in 1953 to a low of 16.8 lb. as compared with 17 lb. in $1 or

1952 and 17.2

lb. in

1951.

The confectionery industry through moved to take steps to

halt the decline.

Chocolate-coated and chocolate-containing candies continued consumer popularity, even in the face of high

to the

to lead the field in

cocoa bean prices. At the same time increases were noted in the

production and sale of candies coated with what are described

compound or hard-butterfat coatings. The average price of candy at the wholesale level was 36.5 cents per pound, compared with 36.4 cents in 1952 and 36.2 cents in 1951. The highest wholesale candy price ever recorded was in 1948 when the average price was 37.5 cents per pound. as

Imports of chocolate confectionery, chewing gum and cocoa products

in

1952 amounted to 13.385.000

lb.

valued at $6,820,-

investigations gave support to the view that, as cancer

000. In 1953 this increased about 8.6%. Candy exports decreased further following a decrease in 1952.

not a single disease but a large family of diseases having in

when chocolate-coated and chocolate-containing candy accounted

any relation

Many is

bars

opment; (6) greater interest in sanitation in the candy plant; (7) an influx of heavy machinery, both production and packaging, from abroad, especially from Switzerland and Italy; and (S) larger expenditures by candy manufacturers on advertising and promotional efforts. The greatest gain reported in the industry during 1953 was

those in lower animals which seem to be induced by viruses.

Suspensions of leukemia

5

the National Confectioners' association

the poor-response patients for surgical treatment.

A new tumour

had

(5) greater interest in research on product devel-

;

common

to

human

cancer.

the attribute of uncontrolled cell multiplication,

unlikely that a single cause will be found for

all

it

is

cancers. (See

Chemotherapy; Ear, Nose and Throat, Diseases of; Nutrition, Experimental; Stomach and Intestines, Dis-

for

5,186.000

lb.

valued

accounted for 7,223.000

at

lb.

$2,355,000. Qther candy exports

valued at $2,254,000.

(H. D. G.)

also

Cane Sugar:

see Sugar.

eases OF the; Surgery; X-ray and Radiology.) BiBHOGK.APHY.

— Liidwig

ing in Adult C3H Filtered (Berkefeld E.xtracts." Cancer,

Gross, ''Neck Tumors, or Leukemia, DevelopMice Following Inoculation, in Early Infancy, with N), or Centrifugated (144.000 .\ g), .AK-Leukcmic 6:948-957 (Sept. 1953); R. M. Graham and J. B.

Graham, "A Cellular Index 6:215-223 (March 1953);

of Sensitivity to Ionizing Radiation," Cancer,

J. J. Wild and J. M. Rcid, "Further Pilot Echographic Studies on the Histologic Structure of Tumors of the Living

ronninfr InHiictru lldlininE inOUSiry.

^^^ United

States and territorial pack

canned fruits, vegetables, juices, specialties, milk, meat and fish was about 613,000.000 cases in 1952 or about 3% less than the 1951 pack, according to the National Canners association. The pack of canned foods for of

CAPE VERDE

150 Table

I.

— Production of Various (In

1941

1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950

.

.

.

.

.

.

Canned

(fUllJ

juices

40

.

.

..

.

.

.

.

52 49 62 59 47

.

.

.

57

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

98

157 155 147.

93 100

208

103 103

.

68 66

.

.

.

71

91

77

113 104 109

.

.

.

,

.

82

76

.

58 77

96 100

.

.

71

17 19 19 23 18

208 200

.

.

r,5h

49

12

.

.

milk

60 67

109 100

1

SL

83

46 46 66 84

15

1

191

51

83

73 82

90 74 77 81

66 69 67 66

meol* 1

Tclol

338 354 402 493

1

14 17

26 48 50 50 50 39 34 24

17 18 19 21

22 24 26 30 25 26

is

shown

Table

in

Total stocks of canned

—CAR N EY

for the first time with a semisolid product, cream-style sweet

corn.

601

and other related types of milk products, concentrated orange juice and banana puree. Further research and testing were being conducted for the purpose of adapting the process to solid

543 532 588

23

37 42 42

all food was about 232% of the 1935-39 average. During the 195^-53 season research and study continued in the application of new technical developments. The use of the aseptic canning process was tried in a commercial canning plant

544 573 630

631

613

The

were reported to be encouraging. Also during was used commercially for fluid whole milk

results

the year the process

or semisolid products. Further strides were also

vegetables and juices carried

over by canners at the end of the 1952-53 marketing season were several million cases more than canners' carry-over stock at the end of the previous season, 1951-52. However, the quantity shipped from canners' warehouses during the 1952-53 season was also greater than shipments during the 1951-52 season.

The 1953-54 packs

outside and inside and adapting the coating modity requirements.

crease in general popularity and usage in the U.S.

tin plate mills in the

shipments by canners of 134,000.000 doz. reached a record high. Shipments during the first eight months of 1953 averaged about

above the previous year.

Purchases of canned fruits for consumption by the armed forces represented more than 6% of the 1952 canned fruit pack, about s% of the canned vegetable pack and somewhat more than

of the total canned juice pack of the single strength,

3'~f

'"hot-pack"' juices.

of canned

E.xports

amounted

foods from the United States in

1952 about 684.000.000 lb. with an estimated than $103,000,000 according to the U.S.

to a total of

value of slightly less

department of commerce. This compares with an average during the three-year period 1948-50 of 774.522.920 lb. with a value of $120,843,146.

According to the Food Topics Publishing company the value of domestic consumption of canned foods of

The

retail of

retail

kinds in

1952 was $3,900,000,000 compared

the United States during

with a value at

all

general controls on the use of tin plate in packaging had been removed. The Iron and Steel corporation sanctioned a £40.000,000 scheme for a new plant at Velindre, planned, with the

Trostre works opened

It

in 1952, to give

was decided on Feb.

17, at a

ments for higher canning speeds. Tin plate manufacturers felt that it would be possible to implement the standard when the reorganization of their industry was complete. At a press conference in February, after a tour of Africa, Australia and the far east. Sir Robert Barlow, chairman of the Metal Box company, examined the prospects of the canning and can-making industries throughout the world, with particular reference to underdeveloped areas. He saw no reason why the populations of those areas should continue to scrape a bare existence

from the

soil;

indeed, he considered

and

in that

portant part.

Cape Verde

Carney, Robert Bostwick

U.S. According to the bureau of labour statistics the average

World War

and

ve'getables in 1952

was 164%

Table

— Percentage of Total Farm

II.

Sales of Major Fruits

Vegetables Canned During 1952 Per cent

Item

13%

Apples Apricots Cherries, sour Cherries, sweet

.

.

.

.

Cronberries

.

.

Figs

.

55% 63% 23% 55% 12%

Item

Per cent

44% Peaches 41% Peers 48% Oranges .... 20% Gropefruit 40% Asparagus 45% Olives

in

and

the U.S. Per cent

Item

and

Beans, green

wax

38% 65% 75% .... 80% 75%

Corn, sweet Peas, green

.

.

.

Tomatoes

.

.

.

Beets

.

.

.

.

.

.

Production data from Bureau of Agricultural Economics, U.S. Department of Agriculture. Colculations by Division of Statistics, National Canners Association.

Source:

inevitable that

development the food can would play an im(G. H. M. F.)

ries.

of the 1935-39 average price for these items. During the same

it

such people would sooner or later demand a better standard of

by the industry. In 1952, 17.2% of the U.S. tonnage of fruits was utilized by canners. In 1947 it was only 14.7%. The peak was reached in 1951 when 18.2% of all farm sales of fruit went to the canning plant. Table II shows the percentage of total farm sales of each of the major fruits and vegetables which was canned during 1952. During 1952 the retail prices of canned fruits and vegetables were relatively lower than for most other food products in the retail price of canr^ed fruits

conference under the aegis of

for tin plate. Users stressed the importance of reducing the wastage which resulted from faulty material. Can makers emphasized the need to increase manufacturing speeds and to improve the accuracy of their products to meet canners' require-

vegetables can be seen in the proportion of the total farm sales of the various fruits and vegetables which are utilized

Wales the most up-to-date

world.

the British Standards institution, to prepare a British standard

living,

$3,800,000,000 in 1951.

importance of the U.S. canning industry in providing year-round supplies of seasonally produced fruits and relative

com-



all

The 1952

to the specific

(H. L. Sr.) Great Britain. On Jan. 16, 1953, the remaining restrictions on canning in the United Kingdom were removed. Canners now no longer needed to be licensed by the ministry of food and were permitted to use small-sized cans. Three months previously

of canned foods in the U.S. were expected be about the same as the 1952-53 packs. The canned fruit pack was expected to be higher while the canned vegetable pack was expected to be lower. Canned baby foods continued to into

10%

made during

the year in reduction of tin required to plate tin cans, primarily as a result of further extension of using differential coatings on

I.

fruits,

DS

521 491

'Includes soups containing meot.

various years

AN

time the average price for

Conned Conned Conned

vegoloblei jpeciallie!

79 96

.

1952

Canned

122 108 133 163 194 179 175 166

.

1951

Canned

39 43 55 59 73

52 83

I

the U.S.

in

millions o( slondord coscsl

Conned Year

1938 1939 1940 ..

Canned Foods

islands: see Portuguese Overseas Territo-

Carnegie Trusts:

on March

see Societies

and Associations,

tT...

U.S.

tZlTLt

Appointed to the U.S. Naval academy at Annapolis. Md.. by Pres. William Howard Taft in 191 2, he was graduated and commissioned ensign in 191 6 and saw active servCalif.,

ice in the Atlantic

26.

during World

War

I.

In the years preceding

was active in designing motor torpedo boats. After the U.S. entered the war he was given various commands in the Pacific and rose to the rank of vice-admiral in 1942. In July 1943 he was named chief of staff to Adm. William F. Halse}', and in 1946 he became deputy chief of naval operations (logistics), in Washington, D.C. He succeeded to command of the U.S. 2nd fleet on April i, 1950, and the following autumn was named commander in chief of U.S. naval forces in the eastern Atlantic and the Mediterranean, with the rank of admiral. In June 1951 he became commander in chief of .-Mlied forces in southern Europe for the North Atlantic Treaty organization. II he

CARNIVALS — CARTOGRAPHY Pres.

Dwight D. Eisenhower on

May

chief of naval operations to succeed

and

12, igs;,. named him U.S. Adm. William M. Fechteler,

nomination was confirmed by the senate on June

his

2.

maps

at 1:1,500,000 scale

151 was published by the Ejercito Argen-

tino Instituto Geogrdfico Militar.



Europe. In London on June 9, 1953, the Royal Institution Chartered Surveyors displayed more than 100,000 early atlases, books and maps in an exhibition entitled "Five Centuries of Maps and Map-Making."' The Royal Geographical society of

Carnivals: see Shows. Caroline Islands: see Marshall, Caroline and Mariana IsLA.xDs; Trust Territories.



Events of international imInternational. portance during 1953 included the eighth International Congress of Surveyors, held at the Sorbonne in Paris

Portnirrnnhu Udl lUgldpiiy. from Aug. 28

to Sept. 6. Items of interest were the reports of commissions: (i) technical terms; (2) land reparcelling and the Cadaster; (3) methods and instruments; (4) urbanism;

held a small exhibition of historical Chinese

of prices; and (6)

list

(5)

teaching and the young surveyors.

the considerable display of

new instruments and map

ex-

by participating countries, the exhibits of various French agencies were the most comprehensive of the congress. hibits

On

Map

Sept. 30, 1953, the Central

Bureau of the International

World was transferred to the Cartographic office of the United Nations. This bureau was charged with co-ordinating of the

the world-wide publication of the "International

Map

of the

World" sheets at 1:1,000,000 scale on uniform specifications. Western Hemisphere. An outstanding exhibition of historic maps, globes and panoramas was sponsored by the Walters Art gallery of Baltimore, Md.. in Oct. and Nov. 1952. Selected maps in the exhibit were published in monochrome as a volume entitled The World Encompassed. The National Geographic society iq.v.) of Washington, D.C., published two handy reference maps: "Mexico and Central America,"' at 1:3,500,000 scale, with a separate gazetteer; and a "Historical Map of the



United States," at 1:5,000,000. Several significant

The

maps were

geological survey's "Index

tography"'

issued

Map

showed holdings of

by the U.S. government.

of the Status of Aerial Pho-

federal,

state

and commercial

its

South Georgia expedition of 1952. The Murchison grant was awarded to G. B. Stigant of the admiralty hydrographic department for Japanese coastal mapping.

The ordnance survey

si.x

Among

maps and made

annual awards. The Cuthbert Peek grant, for exploratory surveys and mapping, was gi\en to Duncan Carse. leader of the

map

new hypsometric

of Ireland published a

covering Ireland at 1:500,000 scale, with insets of Dublin,

A

Belfast and Cork.

seventh edition of the University Atlas was

published by George Philip

&

Son, Ltd.

Grants from the Swedish government and the Wallenburg foundation facilitated the issuance of initial sheets of the Atlas of

Sweden by

the Swedish Society of .Anthropology

and Geog-

When

completed, the atlas would comprise about 300 pages of text with 150 maps. Maps printed to date included: raphy.

plate 15-16, geology (Quaternary deposits); 25-26, temperature

and

humidity;

snow,

hail,

29-30, meteorology (precipitation); 31-32, thunderstorms, annual precipitation and temperature;

61-62, population (density and groupings of habitations in rural areas); and 63-64, agriculture (cultivated soils).

The Generalstabens

Litografiska Anstalt published part

ii

of

Svenska Orter: two volumes of text and one map volume, the Atlas over Sverige, which contained the largest-scale (1:300,000) contoured maps available on southern Sweden.

The Stockholm School

of

an Atlas of Latvia. The Bavarian land survey at

1

1

:

Economics had under preparation office

published new contour maps,

00,000 scale, on areas of tourist interest utilizing

toured bases

made

to replace the old

new conA new

hachured sheets.

reported that only four

1:250.000 series of district maps (Bezirkskarte) of the Soviet

1:250,000 sheets out of the 153 covering Alaska remained to be

zone was issued by the V. E. B. Geographische-Kartographische

The

agencies.

published.

Manual

geological survey also

New

sections of the geological survey's Loose Leaf

of Topographic Instruction published during the year

were: 6 B-i aerial photographic contracts; 3A-9

map

represen-

woodland; 2E-1 standards and planning for levelling; 3A-10 obtaining names information; 3C-19 photogrammetric compilation symbols; 3A-1 mapping of roads and railroads; 3B-3 planning vertical photography; 3C-13 radial triangulation with vertical photographs; and 3C-14 radial triangulation with trimetrogon photographs. tation of

Publications of the bureau of the census included

"U.S.

Distribution

Populatio.n

Urban and Rural.

maps

1950"'

of

and

"Congressional Districts for the 83rd Congress.'" with 53 metropolitan insets. The American Geographical society issued two additional plates for the Atlas of Diseases

— "The

Distribution

1952" and a "Study in Human Starvation: I. Sources of Selected Foods." The society also published a new map of "The Americas" at 1:12,500,000, with hypsometric tints of

Leprosy,

and Transport," "Agricultural Land Use." "Natural Vegetation" and "Moisture Regions." A 1:500,000 scale map of "Virginias Mineral Resources" was

and four

insets:

"Cities

In Ottawa, Ont., the department of mines and technical sur-

veys reported that w^ork on the National Atlas of Canada was continuing and a revision to the 1930 edition of the Geographi-

The "History

Columbia was

in progress.

of Cartography in Colombia" was presented in

the Boletin de la Sociedad Geogrdfica dc

Colombia

(vol.

x,

no. 4).

An

Atlas dc la

RepuhUca Argentina containing

in

Gotha. The Falk Verlag published a new atlas at

1:50,000 with a 72-page gazetteer of

The

cities of

provincial

the

Ruhr

area.

Istituto Geografico Militare displayed an excellent

contoured road

map

new

at 1:200,000 during a Dec. 1952 exhibition

Ten sheets of this "Carta d'ltalia" had been pubboth with and without shaded relief. Most elaborate of several new map catalogues was the Cata-

in Florence.

lished,

logue des cartes en service, issued by the Institut Geographique National. listed

and

standard series available for

All

inde.xed.

public

sale

were

and programs underway were described.

The new edition of the Soviet encyclopaedia included many hypsometric maps comprising new areal data. About five volumes a year had been published since 1951, hence the series was due for completion Asia.

— An

about

in

atlas of Israel

Committee of

Israel

five years.

was

in

preparation by the National

Geographers, besides a Hebrew-language

Dictionary of Geographical Terms. A. Collin Davies published a revised edition of the Historical Atlas of the Indian Peninsula, ranging from 500 B.C. to a.d. 1947. Japan proper and the Ryukyu Islands were completely mapped, with city insets and listed installations, in the Latest Prefectural Atlas of

published by the state engineering experimental station.

cal Gazetteer of British

Anstalt

Japan, by Nitchi

Publishing Co., Ltd.

A

hypsometric

map

at

1:2,000,000 scale entitled "Afghani-

stan" was produced by the United Nations Technical Assistance mission to that country. Pakistan's internal boundaries were de-

map at 1:3.168.000. published by the Survey of Pakistan. John Bartholomew & Son, Ltd., issued a 1:4,000,000 polychrome map of "Burma, Malaya, and Indolineated on a 1953-edition

China."

C

CATASTROPHES — ENSUS DATA.

152



Africa. A new atlas of Sierra Leone was publi>hc(i by the survey and lands department of Freetown. New sheets were issued

Table

— Populafion

I.

U.S.

of the Uniled Stales, Territories, Possessions, J

Gross area,

for several basic topographic or planimetric series of various jiolitical

Tanganyika,

Basutoland,

desia.

1:125,000

Uganda;

and

Swaziland

Area

the

— The department of national development released

maps and accompanying texts of the new Alias of Austral'um The 1:6.000,000 scale maps covered "Soils" (July

Hawaii Aloska

422,770 72,524

2,210,703 59,498 26,665 8,937 1,1 19

1,869,255 22,290 24,889 1 2,908

52,822

51,827

...

1,304

...

4

....

54,843

...

8,475

Guam Virgin Islands of the U.S

American Samoa

1

Midway, Wake and other

Pocific islands

Canol Zone Corn Islands (leased from Nicaragua) Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands

.

Members

armed forces employed by

of the Civilian citizens

Crews

301,595 govern-

U.S.

.Associations. U.S.

and

"I

>

llflOll ""'''•'•'

of

employees

107,350 45,690

of merchant vessels

••• ..•

f t

tNot available.

presented in Tables XI,

amounted

XII and XIII.) The aggregate populawhich

Table

may

be compared with 134,265,231 in substantially the same areas in 1940. In the matter of area, the only one of the outlying units which contributed mato 154,233,234,

grand total was Alaska, with an area of 586,400 much as continental United States So large a part of this area was without inhabitants, how-

terially to the

sq.mi. or nearly one-fifth as itself.

ever, that the average population density for the entire territory

was

Fibres.

206 133 76 38 553

tion in 1950, including all these outlying areas, as listed in I,

Catholic Rural Life Conference, National: see Societies and Associations. U.S. Catholic Welfare Conference, National: see Societies AND .Associations, U.S. Cattle: see Livestock. Cellulose Products: see Rayon and Other Synthetic

forces personnel

•Omitting the Philippine Islands.

is

Societies and

armed

civilian citizen

Catastrophes: see Disasters. Catholic Church: see Roman Catholic Church. Catholic Community Service, National: see Societies see

3,435

560

26,910 J

Families of

U.S.

6,423

586,400

Population abroad

meni

Catholic Organizations for Youth:

134,265,231* 3,628,130 131,669,275 3,022,387

499,794 128,643

Possessions Puerto Rico

1952), "Mineral Deposits" (July 1952), "Rainfall" (Aug. 1952),

AND Associations.

milesl

Territories

Kfsoiircis.

"Underground Water" (Jan. 1953) and "Temperatures' (March 1953). The completed atlas would contain about 42 maps. (See also Co.\ST AND Geodetic Survey, U.S.; Geological Survey, (W. B. Br.) U.S.)

(square

1940

154,233,234 150,697,361

Continental United States

1:250,000 for Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Australia.

1950

Aggregate

at

Somaliland Protectorate and Tanganyika; and at

in

1950 Population

1:50,000 in the Gold Coast, Northern Rho-

units: at

Etc.,

950 and 1940

than ^ person per square mile,

less

or,

conversely, 4.6 sq.mi.

of area per inhabitant, while in continental United States there

production of cement in 1952 had expanded

Pnmont

^^ ^''^^

UClllulll.

to 175.267.000 short tons, an increase of

1945. Figures of world production by countries are

321%

shown

Mineral and Metal Production and Prices. United States. The salient features of the cement

since in the



industry

United States were reported by the U.S. bureau of mines Industry

in

fhe U.S.

(Millions of barrels)

Production

Other varieties

1949

212.9

164.1 2.5

186.5 3.0

3.4

3.2

209.9

1950

1951

1952

230.3 249.6 252.7 226.0 246.1 249.3

107.8 106.4

172.1

169.6

190.4 187.5

207.7 204.3

209.3 206.2

1.5

2.5

2.9

3.4

3.2

4.2

3.5

3.4

16.4 4.5 0.2

11.0

10.0 3.6

13.0 3.9

18.1

16.0 5.3

0.1

11.2 3.8 0.2

14.7

3.9 0.1

6.5

5.2

6.8

5.9

4.6

101.4

166.9

183.5

202.0

204.9

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

...

Exports

Avoiloble supply

1948

208.9 205.4

1.5

Stocks Portland cement Clinker

Other varieties

1947

189.5

102.8

Shipments Portland cement Other varieties

1946

166.5

.

.

.

.

.

—The population of the United States

4.2

3.5

3.4

232.0 244.7 254.8 227.8 241.2 251.4

4.6 0.2

0.2

4.7 0.2

2.4

2.9

0.1

3.2

231.0 242.7 252.1

Production and shipments of portland cement made new record highs in 1950, 1951 and 1952. In the first seven months of production advanced sharply, to

shipments only slightly 158.08S.000

same months

bbl.

and

less, to

172,717,000

bbl.,

and

172,275,000 bbl. compared with

164,163,000

bbl..

respectively,

(G. A. Ro.

of 1952.

at

than the 1950 population of any one of the dozen most populous

With decennial

states.

increases

for

the

first

seven decades

;

B. B.

in

the

M.)

The percentage

in-

creases in subsequent decades were smaller, reaching the low

point of

7.2%

decade between 1930 and 1940,

in the depression

but the absolute increase in any of these decades (except 1930-

40; exceeded that of any decade prior to 1890; and the total population counted in the census of 1950 was 150,697,361, being

14.5% more than the population

in

1940 and almost 2^ times the

—or about 40 times Current Estimates. — ^Monthly estimates

population of 1890

that of 1790.

made

of the population of

1940 census by adding each month the number of births, subtracting the number the United States have been

1953

Puerto

census, in 1790, was only 3,929,214. or less

to 62,947,714, or 16 times the initial figure.

1945

104.3

...

Portland cement

first

in

around 35%^ then declining slowly to 25.5% between 1880 and 1890, the population at the end of the first 100 years had grown

as follows:

Cemenf

Population Growth. the time of the

article

in the

were 50.2 persons per square mile of gross area and Rico 643.6.

since the

of deaths (with allowances for underregistration of births

and

deaths) and then adding the net civilian immigration into con-

United States. The annual increase

tinental

for July

0.97%

I

(in

in

the estimates

of each year between 1940 and 1945 ranged from

1940-41) to 1.39%

(in

1942-43), with lower figures

for the remaining years in the period.

The United

Census Data,

U.S.

States population figures

published by the bureau of the census

represent for the most part the population of the 48 states and the

District

of Columbia, usually referred

United States. There

are,

to

as

continental

however, considerable areas of other

most Hawaii and

For the period between 1945 and 1950 the annual increases averaged 1.63%, with a maximum of 1.94% in the year ending June 30, 1947, representing a numerical increase of 2,738,000. The maximum percentage in any later fiscal year was 1.77 in the year ending June 30, 1951; and the maximum later numeri-

was 2,715,000

year ending June 30, 1953.

territory under the jurisdiction of the United States, the

cal increase

important being the formally organized territories of

i of the years from 1950 to 1953, inTable II, with the births, deaths and net immigration on which the estimates were based. The table gives the three types of estimates which were available; namely, total population including armed forces overseas, civilian popu-

Alaska and the island of Puerto Rico, session'' but. since the

approval of

classified in

its

new

1950 as a "pos-

constitution in 1951,

partaking more of the status of a specially privileged "territory."

(Further detail with regard to the population of these three areas

The

estimates for July

clusive, are presented in

in the

\



Table

.

— EsHmated

II.

Total Populofion of the United Stales, Including

Armed July

July

July

1,

July

1,

I,

1953

1952

1951

1950

159,696,000

156,981,000

154,360,000

151,677,000

Item

Population

Forces Overseas

I,

Increase during preceding

year

2,715,000

2,621,000

2,683,000

1.73

1.70

1.77

1.67

3,927,000 1,522,000

3,835,000 1,503,000

3,761,000 1,484,000

3,612,000 1,462,000

2,405,000 310,000 156,106,000

2,332,000 289,000 153,324,000

2,277,000 406,000 151,082,000

2,150,000 339,000 150,196,000

158,375,000

155,767,000

153,383,000

151,228,000

Amount Percent Factors

2,4

89,000

increose

in

Births'

Deaths* Excess of births over

deaths

Net

civilian

immigration.

Civilian population

.

Population residing tinental U.S

.

in

.

con-

•Adjusted for underregistration.

and population residing

lation

in continental

United States (the

census population). Incidentally

it

may

be noted that, according to the continuing

estimates, the total population of the United States passed the

round

figure of 160,000,000 in Aug. 1953.

The major factor in the annual increase in population is the number of births, which reached a near maximum of 3,927,000 in the fiscal year 1952-53, onl\- slightly below the previous high figure

of

3.931,000,

established

in

1946-47. The number of

deaths (which must be subtracted from the births

in

new population estimate) was only 1,462,000

the

computing

in

1950, or

POPULATION reaching a new high of 160,000,000 Aug. 10, 1953, as recorded by the statistical "clock" in the department of commerce U.S.

Table

Population of the United Stales, Total and Nonwhite, by States,

III.

1950 and 1940 Per cent Division

ond state

United States

New

Total population 1940 1950

.150,697,361

Non\\ h:te 1950

nonwhite 1950 1940

1940

131,669,275 15,755,333 13,454,405

10.5

10.2

....

New

Hampshire Vermont .

.

.

.

2,928

2,683

03

0.3

967 559

535 425

0.2

4,316,721

0.1 0.1 1.4

years since 1950 emphasized the problem faced by those popu-

1.6

lation experts

59,125

0.1

.

4,690,514

791,896

713,346

1.7 1.9

1,709,242

79,01 14,881 54,951

1,541

2,007,280

33,835

2.7

2.0

.

.

.

.

14,830,192 4,835,329 10,498,012

13,479,142 4,160,165 9,900,180

958,097 323,744 644,164

599,596 229,078 473,191

6.5 6.7 6.1

4.4 5.5 4.8

7,946,627 3,934,224 8,712,176 6,371,766 3,434,575

6,907,612 3,4 27,796 7,897,241 5,256,106 3,137,587

341,081

666,1 18

2,982,483 2,621,073 3,954,653

2,792,300 2,538,268 3,784,664

619,636 652,740

641,935

.

Island

847,226 491,524 359,231

.

.

Rhode Middle

1

1

Atlantic

New New

York. . Jersey . Pennsylvania

.

East north central

Ohio

.

Indiana. Illinois

,

.

.

....

Michigan

. .

.

.

.

.

Wisconsin.

.

.

.

West

518,405 175,712

6.5 4.4 7.6

4.9 3.6 5.0

453,941 41,885

122,473 393,039 216,463 24,835

7.1 1.2

0.8

28,786 21,527 299,060

23,318 17,577 245,477

0.8 7.6

4.1

north central

Minnesota

.

.

.

.

Iowa

.

.

Missouri

.

North Dakota South Dakota

Nebroska. Kansas

.

.

.

.

.

....

.

.

1,325,510 1,905,299

642,961 1,315,834 1,801,028

1,188

10,471

24,236 24,182 76,338

23,886 18,210 66,532

1

1.0

1.8 3.7 1.8 4.0

0.8 0.7 6.5 1.6 3.7 1.4

District of

.

.

.

.



.

Virginia . . West Virginia

Florida

. .

2,771,305

1,821,244 663,091 2,677,773 1,901,974 3,571,623 1,899,804 3,123,723 1,897,414

2,944,806 3,291,718 3,061,743 2,178,914

2,845,627 2,915,841 2,832,961 2,183,796

.

.

.

.

.

.

....

266,505

802,178 3,318,680 2,005,552 4,061,929 2,117,027 3,444,578

.

North Carolina. South Carolina

.318,085 -2,343,001

. .

44,207 388,026 284,313 737,125 115,270 1,078,808 823,622

35,977 302,763 188,765 662,190 117,872

13.9 16.6 35.4 22.2

1,064,001

1,003,988 815,496 1,085,445

605,254

515,428

26.6 38.9 30.9 21.8

202,716 531,461 982,152 990,282

214,202 508,935 983,864 1,077,469

5.7

13.5 16.6 28.5 24.7 6.2 28.1

42.9 34.7 27.2

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Alabama Mississippi

West

6.9 16.1 32.1

45.4

7.5 17.5

34.7 49.3

.

Louisiana

.

Oklohoma Texas

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

....

.

1,909,511

2,683,516 2,233,351 7,711,194

1,949,387 2,363,880 2,336,434 6,414,824

4 28,004

483,303

886,833 200.825 984,660

232,206 927,279

852,141

22.4 33.0 9.0 12.8

.

.

Wyoming.

.

.... .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Colorado New Mexico Arizono

.

.

Utah

Nevada

many

years that a

and

high,

177,400,000.

The medium

projections

for

assuming a considerable decline from the 1953 level of population increase, were as follows: for 1965. 186.100,-' 000; for 1970. 196.300.000; and for 1975, 206,600,000. Colour, by States. The colour composition of the population of the United States as a whole changed little between 1940 and 1950; and even the nominal increase from 10.2% nonwhite years,



1940 to 10. 55c in 1950 may be charged in part to the actual decrease of more than i. 000. 000 in the foreign-born white. The relative increase in the native white population

591,024 588,637 290,529

559,456 524,873 250,742

1,325,089

1,123,296

681,187 749,587 688,862 160,083

531,818 499,261 550,310 110,247

18,988

18,986 7,242 6.520 28,436 50,976 95,076 11,953 10,175

4,145 16,794 39,506 72,469 7,370 6,217

62,467 24,213 671,050

38,044 13,953 310,624

5,581

3.2 1.2 2.2 2.1

Washington

.

.

.

.

.

.

2,378,963 1,521,341

California.

.

.

.

10,586,223

.

1,736,191

1,089,684 6,907,387

between 1940

11.0%

in the

foreign-born white, reducing the percentage for the total white

9.9 14.5

population to 14.1), which

3.4 1.1

1.7 1.5 7.4

7.5 12.7

14.5

1.7 6.4

1.3 5.6

Pacific

Oregon

to i6.8 the pound sterling and Rs. 4.758 to the U.S. :

dolliir.



Foreign Trade. (1952) Imports Rs. 1,705.000.000; exports Rs. 1.502,000.000. Main sources of imports (1952): U.K. 22%; India 12%; Burma ii''c: U.S. 9%; Australia 7%. Main destinations of domestic exports: V.K. 29%; U.S. 11%: .Australia 6%; Canada 5%. ^lain imports: rice, cotton piece goods and sugar. Main exports: tea, rubber and coconut products. Transport and Communications. Roads (1950): 6.556 mi. Licensed motor vehicles (1951); cars 40,000; commercial vehicles 15,700. Railways (1950) S96 mi.; passengers (1950) 26.000,000; freight (1950-51) 1,281,000 metric tons. .Air transport (1951): passenger-miles 6.151.590; cargo, ton-miles 66,615. Telephones (1952): 18.362. Radio receiving set licences (i95> ): 51,000. Agriculture. Main crops (metric tons): tea (1951) 148.000; rice, paddy (1951) 535-000; cassava (1950) 185.000: sweet potatoes and yams (1950) 59-000; millet (1951) 24,000. Copra exports (1952) 26.100 metric tons. Livestock (1951): cattle 1.072,000: sheep (1952) 84.000; pigs 75.000; buffaloes 522,000; goats 370.000. Coconut oil exports (1952) 108.400 metric tons. Industry.— Fuel and power: manufactured gas (1952) 9,240,000 cu.m.; electricity (1951) 106.800.000 kw.hr. Raw materials (metric tons): rubber (1952) 96,000; graphite (long tons, exports, 1950) 12.5; salt (1951) 26,200.





Merck &

sight.

159

Co., Inc., devised a 30-step synthesis starting

with benzoquinone; Monsanto Chemical Co. developed a 28-step on toluene, a cheaper, more easily available

synthesis- based

had been commercialized by late 1953, seemed probable that large-scale production of synthetic cortisone was near. Meanwhile Squibb was experimenting with cortisone derivatives, and researchers at the University of Kansas, Lawrence, were hoping to synthesize a simpler molecule that was .similar enough to cortisone to work in the same way. starting material. Neither

but

it

Hypertension and ulcers also received attention from chemduring the year, and the approach was to find and attack

ists

the basic causes of these ailments rather than simply to alleviate the conditions.

The new

Similarly the

new hypertension drugs acted on

tem, which

the cause, rather than on the blood vessels, which

is

see

French Equatorial Africa.

Chambers of Commerce:

see Societies

High hopes

for isonicotinic acid hydrazide, the antitubercudiscovery of 1952, were dashed by the observation that the tuberculosis bacilli quickly developed resistance to the drug. losis

Many

serious investigators began to question the worth of

chlorophyll in

mouthwashes and deodorants. The was the use of antiare supposed to combat the enzymes

dentifrices,

latest innovation in dentifrice formulations

that

and Associations,

the nervous sys-

merely exhibit the symptoms.

enzymes, chemicals that

Chad:

ulcer drugs, for example, did not

stomach acid; they repressed overstimulation of the vagus nerve and thus prevented formation of excess acid. neutralize excess

break

carbohydrates

down

to

enamel-destroying

acids.

Again, as with ammoniation, fluoridation and other alleged de-

would take years of study

U.S.

cay preventives,

Channel Islands: see Commonwealth of Nations; Great Britain & Northern Treland. United Kingdom of. Charles Hayden Foundation: see Societies and Associa-

true worth.

tions, U.S.

but proposed legislation stipulated that no chemical could be

Cheese:

Dairy Products.

see

Chemicals

added to food

rhomictru bllClllloliy.

chemical output

in the

United States

in-



creased 230% from 1938 to 1952 a faster growth rate than in any other country. By 1953 the U.S. accounted for nearly half of total world chemical production and exported more than any other country. Considering the vital role chemicals play in a war economy, it is significant to note that the U.S. and its allies accounted for four-fifths of world

chemical output.

Much

of the build-up after 1951

was encouraged by the gov-

ernment

to provide for military contingencies; but the protean nature of chemicals permits them to be employed for peaceful ends as well: ammonia for high explosives, or ammonia for soil fertilization;

hydrazine for rocket

tuberculosis drugs, and for



weed

fuel,

or hydrazine for anti-

killers.

Drugs. In the field of antibiotics, penicillin declined in relaimportance as the newer antibiotics surged ahead. Aureomycin (Lederle laboratories) and terramycin (Chas. Pfizer and tive

were shown announced late

Co., Inc.)

to

be chemically related, and a new anti-

biotic

in

1953 by Heyden Chemical Corp. was

thought to be similar

magnamycin

(Pfizer),

Other new antibiotics were which counteracts microorganisms that

in structure.

have developed resistance to earlier antibiotics; erythromycin (Abbott laboratories), effective against staphylococcus, streptococcus and pneumococcus; fumagillin (Abbott), for intestinal amoebiasis; and chartreusin (Upjohn Co.), still in the experimental stage. While research continued apace to discover new antibiotics, work was being done to modify older ones, such as penicillin, and to extend their usefulness in combating plant and animal

Foods.

—There was much

tion to the subject of chemicals in foods.

try leaders '^°*^'^^

in

it

search.

until its safety

to assess their

congressional atten-

No

action was taken,

had been proved. Chemical indus-

feared that such legislation would

Polyoxyethylene softeners

(Myrj,

etc.)

food rewere banned

stifle

from standard bread by the Food and Drug administration, not because the materials had been proved harmful but because their harmlessness to all persons over a lifetime of use had not been ascertained. The ban was upheld by the court of appeals and the U.S. supreme court.

Synthetic Fibres.

—Dacron,

—The

output of the newer synthetic fibres



had by 1953 become large enough so that they could challenge natural fibres and the older synthetics (rayon, acetate, nylon) in a variety of textile materials and applications. The new fibres endowed fabrics with some desirable properties, making them shrinkproof, mothproof, wrinkle-resistant and at the same time crease-retaining. But there were also drawbacks. They would melt under a hot iron or at the touch of a glowing cigarette ash, they were not cool for summer wear or especially warm for winter use, they were difficult to dye, they built up static electricity and hence attracted dust, and they were costly. There seemed to be no question but that the new fibres would eventually find wide applications, but it might take a few years' e.xperience to learn what their optimum uses were. In the meantime, there was continued research aimed at improving natural fibres such as wool and cotton. Wool Industries Research association (Torridon. Leeds, Eng.) enlarged its facilities, continued its research projects on sheep breeding, chemical modification of wool to confer moth and beetle resistance, fundamental studies of fibre structure, and other means to raise Orion, dynel, Acrilan

quality and reduce cost.

In the United States the Institute of Textile Technology at

diseases.

Charlottesville, Va., developed a treatment of cotton that im-

More and cheaper cortisone, the most effective drug j'et known to combat arthritis and several other ailments, was in

proved dyeing, conferred permanent mildew resistance and made the fabric stronger after exposure to high temperature. Curious-

CHEMISTRY

160

cotton was treated in this process with acrylonitrile, the raw material for many of the newer synthetics. The U.S. departly,

ment of agriculture developed a treatment of cotton -with anhydrous monoethylamine that made the fibre tougher, stronger and more receptive to dyes. Carbide and Carbon Chemicals Co. developed a form of dynel fibre that

was dyed before

was spun.

it



Detergents. Although official figures were not available toward the end of the year, it was believed that production of synthetic detergents might for the first time surpass that of soap. In IQ52 soap production in the U.S. was i.Soo.ooo.ooo lb. and that of detergents was 1,600,000,000. But the former was

500.000,000 lb. a year by late 1956. A laminate of cellophane and polyethylene ai)peared in a new packaging material that seemed to have important applications in frozen fruit juice

The packaging would be

handling.

velopes" rather than

Another

in the bulkier,

development

plastics

in

the

form of

more expensive

— that

film

"en-

cans.

of epoxy resins



i^crmit-

ted cans to replace glass jars or bottles for containing corrosive liquids. Starting from practically nothing in 1950 and reaching

about 12,000,000

lb. in 1952, production capacity by the end of 1953 ^^as expected to reach about 30,000,000 lb. per year. Anti-

of the syn-

corrosive coatings consumed the major part of the production, and adhcsives accounted for most of the remainder. Potential usage was great in structural applications, where it was lami-

on two types of products: lowsuds formulations for automatic washing machines and dish-

nated with glass fibres to provide a material suitable for pipe, in structural members for automobile bodies and airframes, and

washers, and liquid detergents for hand dishwashing.

Epoxy adhesives would stick almost anything and the coatings were useful on food cans, metal, masonry and other materials. The resins themselves were being used to "pof components of electronic circuits in television receivers and other devices, where they protected high-voltage elements from the air.

declining and the latter was

still

climbing.

Makers

thetic detergents concentrated

in storage tanks.



Conditioners and Fertilizers. The 1953 growing season was the first test for commercial synthetic soil conditioners in the United States. As a result, it appeared that these materials were too expen.sive (up to $2,500 an acre) to warrant large-scale use. but that they had definite uses in greenhouses, nurseries, special-crop farms and amateurs" gardens. The U.S. department of agriculture tested 28 products and described the best among them as "highly effective." Soil

Monsanto Chemicals Krilium. tirst on the market and probably the best known, was a vinyl chloride-maleic anhydride copolymer; most of the others contained sodium polyacrylate. A new one that appeared during the year was an iron-ammonium complex of an organic compound and was developed in Italy.

Also used were cellulose derivatives, lignin derivatives,

peat moss and silicates such as vermiculite, but the synthetic organic materials were receiving the most attention.

Closely related to the soil-conditioner

boom was

Both E.

fertilizers.

I.

about 50,000 tons in the U.S. during 1948, exceeded 300.000 tons in 1953. Although special application equipment w-as needed, the farmer

still

saved

money because ammonia

is

the

cheapest

source of fixed nitrogen.

During the year much attention was paid

to trace elements

such as copper, manganese, iron, molybdenum, zinc and boron, w'hich are required

by plants

in

almost infinitesimal quantities

but deficiencies of which stunt plant growth, cau.se abnormalities or lessen resistance to disease.



Rubber and Plastics. Significant to the industry was the by congress to sell the government's $700,000,000 synthetic rubber facilities. It was expected that when the sale was decision

completed the benefits of intercompany competition would accrue to synthetic rubber production, an enterprise that since its

inception

more than

a

Synthetic rubber processes had been improved, markets had

it

retained

50%

—even

with natural rubber freely

of the total rubber market, and the

percentage was expected to increase in the years ahead. Early

1953 the first experimental large-scale run of rosin-extended synthetic rubber was made at Baton Rouge, La. The rubber had

in

2S9c-5o% more

resistance to abrasion than ordinary synthetic

rubber and was being tested for vehicle Fastest growing of the plastics

tire use.

was polyethylene. Produced

commercially for only a few years, the versatile plastic that

show up everyw'here from ice-cube trays to squeezable cosmetic bottles was expected to be turned out at a rate of seemed

to

became

a strong competitor of alloy steel pipe

applications. It

competed on the basis of flexibility,

tings to get

around curves;

tion

easy assembly, because joints were

losses;

by cementing

Haubstadt, Ind.,

for

lower

less installation labour;

a slip-sleeve coupling;

lightness,

requiring fewer

made

and corrosion

fit-

fric-

rapidly

resistance.

example, installed a mile of four-inch

was noteworthy that some steel firms were setting up or buying into plastic pipe manufacturing plastic

water main.

It

facilities.

field, where they wrested sales away from and cheaper coverings. More expensive than other types, they counteracted their initial cost by longer wear. In 1953 they accounted for more than 10% of all floor-covering

the floor-covering

linoleum

sales.

Polyvinyl chloride's usefulness was increased through a process

developed by the U.S. Rubber Co. whereby

firmly bonded to steel and aluminum.

The new

it

could be

laminate, which

combined the strength of the metal with the bright colours and corrosion resistance of vinyl plastic, was suggested for such uses as siding, panelling, lawn furniture, machine housings, piping and containers for chemicals, counter tops and office furniture. Among the new materials was a polyester rubber made from ethylene and propylene glycols and adipic acid. While it was costlier than the well-known rubbers and had inferior resilience, it was long wearing, strong, air retentive and oil and oxidation resistant. Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co. was developing commercial applications.

Developments

in

two other industries, foundries and auto-

mobile manufacture, were abetted by plastics progress. Shell moulding, a foundry

method

that offered

many advan-

tages over existing techniques, depended on phenolic resin bind-

been broadened, and by 1953



many

hence greater ease of handling;

decade before had been a government

monopoly.

available

Plastic pipe

for

Vinyl plastics, too, made important strides, particularly in

the increased

du Pont de Nemours and Co. and Monsanto brought out complete plant food formulations in liquid form for home gardeners, nurseries and greenhouses. Farmers were also using liquid anhydrous ammonia as a source of nitrogen. Consumption of ammonia in this form, only emphasis on liquid

to anything,

ers.

Although

shell

moulding took 6,000,000

lb.

of phenol in

1953, one large manufacturer of phenol predicted that it would eventually require several hundred million pounds of phenol

annually. Light, strong, virtually undentable automobile bodies of plas-

come. But an earnest of the future was given when both Chevrolet and Kaiser-Frazer contracted for hundreds of sports-car bodies fabricated from polyester-glass fibre laminates. Mass production, however, still awaited development of mass-production techniques impossible at the existing state of the art. Truck bodies, which have tic

were

still

to

during the year



far simpler lines,

were already being made of

plastic,

and the

U.S. coast guard was using plastic boat hulls. Silicones.

— Closely

related to plastics

and equally

versatile

are the ubiquitous silicones. Used initially in electrical insulators

lents

and later employed in polishes, lubricants and water-repeland for a myriad other purposes, the silicones made head-

way during 1953

A new

masonry

paints, as a base

in glass cloth-silicone

rubber insulation.

in water-repellent

for skin ointments,

and

product was a foamed silicone resin for structural use it stood up to temperatures of more than 700° F.

in aircraft;

Use of

foam in food procFood and Drug ad-

a silicone material for suppressing

operations was approved by the

essing

ministration.



Metals. Among the newer metals that fall within the purview of the chemical industry are titanium, zirconium, indium, lithium and sodium.

Titanium vaulted into prominence when military jet engine the government to set a production goal of ten times the 1952 output and 25.000 tons a year by 1956 almost five times the 1953 estimated production. Titanium's strong point is its ability to stand up under extremely high temperatures; its weak point is its high price of $5 a pound. If a direct process could be developed to produce it at $1 a pound, it could command a market of an estimated 2,000,000 tons a

demands caused

year as



replacement for stainless

a

steel.

Twice as expensive as titanium but still required by the Atomic Energy commission in the amount of 150,000 lb. a year was zirconium, whose low affinity for neutrons makes it ideal for some processing equipment used in the atomic energy field. A plant was completed in 1953 by Carborundum Metals Co. Peacetime markets provided the price was right lay in corthe metal is untouched by strong rosion-resistant equipment acids, alkalies and sea water.





CHEMICALLY ETCHED magnesium

printing

plate

being

removed from an

new platemaking process developed by the Dov* Chemical company and announced in 1953. The process permitted high-quality, economical platemaking with less time consumed in etching etching machine, a step

a

in

;

Consolidated Mining and Smelting Co. (Canada) readied a process in 1953 to

make indium,

a metal so rare

and expensive

anges that, unlike biphenyl, would not affect their taste and fragrance.

($2.25 an ounce) that no serious commercial uses had been developed. It had promise, however, in alloys, lubricants and

New materials based on amine-formaldehyde polymers were added to the growing list of replacements for natural tanning

low-friction bearings.

agents.

Lithium, on the other hand, had a number of established uses,

and

was believed that output of

it

uses

were



uncovered

all

A new in

compounds

during

1953,

lb.

its

in

1954 could

While no new major ones

established



in

aluminum welding and brazing and ceramics, among

greases,

others

its

production of 3,000,000

triple the 1951

development

in

sodium was

likely to

extend

its utility

the metal was deposited thinly on an inert carrier, its

thus in-



New Products; The following paragraphs describe only a few of the more important and significant new products of 1953. Among

the agricultural chemicals, maleic hydrazide, a hydra-

was approved by the U.S. department of

culture for use in extending the marketing and storage

potatoes and onions. Applied harvesting,

A new

it

agri-

life

of

by spray a few weeks before

prevents subsequent sprouting of the vegetables.

herbicide, phenyldimethylurea,

was introduced;

at

2

lb.

per acre it controls weeds, and at 8 lb. per acre it denudes the ground of vegetation. Malathon, a less toxic and more ephemeral insecticidal supplement to parathion, was commercialized, and Shell Chemical Co. was conducting research with two new systemic insecticides materials taken up from the ground by plant roots and rendering them insecticidal in themselves.



was

found to retard mould, and could possibly be used on wrappers for cheese, pickles, meats, etc. Biphenyl made progress as a fungistat for lemons, obviating the necessity for individual paper wrappings, and researchers were seeking to find a material for orSorbic

acid

lubricant,

di-iso-octyl

sebacate,

passed

which operate at temperatures that break down ordinary petroleum lubricants. Another new product designed to meet military specifications was polydihydroperfluorobutyl acrylate, a synthetic rubber with outstanding resistance to heat, ozone,

oil

Providing some freedom from dependence on coal tar were a series of

thesis

new

synthetic pyridines. These were used for the syn-

of certain

of

textiles, elastomers,

reactivity.

zine derivative,

synthetic

and solvents.

grew.

chemical reactions. It was "high-surface sodium," wherein

creasing

A

military specifications for jet and turboprop aviation engines,

(2,4-hexadienoic

acid)

department

of

the

and

vitamins,

waterproofers

in

drugs and the newer textile

agriculture

project

resulted

fibres.

the

in

A

for

U.S.

commer-

and plastics; they were derived from animal and vegetable fats and oils. Another cialization of various plasticizers for resins

plasticizer,

tricresyl

was found

to

phosphate,

TCP

the

reduce spark-plug

fouling

in

Shell

gasoline,

caused by metallic

deposits.

New

Processes.

—One major

field

zation of low-grade raw materials. print

of endeavour

was the

The manufacture

from bagasse, the residue from sugar cane, was

undertaken

in

way

to

be

50 tons daily capacity. for a plant to extract vitamin B12 from

a $2,600,000 plant

Plans were under

utili-

of news-

of

sewage. It was estimated that 70,000 tons of sewage would yield 140 kg. of the vitamin, and the Food and Drug administration

had approved the addition of it to livestock feeds. A process was developed at the University of Saskatchewan to permit utilization of low-grade uranium ores, and a process with similar intent was developed by the U.S. bureau of mines for beryl ores. Another new ore beneficiation process employed no water or reagents; the ore was simply ground, dried, treated

161

CHEMOTHERAPY

162 by a

separation

Tennessee

from the gangue. The

to move toward the south. Since 195 1 the government had authorized about $2,300,000,000 of chemical expansion. By far

means

the largest share

means and passed between electrodes which

a secret

of

the

valuable portion

N'alley authority perfected a

effected

of smelting clay

an aluminum-silicon alloy useful as a reducing agent and as a component of high-aluminum castings; it was to be commercialized by private interests. TVA also developed procto yield

which were being taken up by commercial

esses,

firms, to sub-

—$705.000,000 — went

see.

for the east south central area

Alabama and

stitute nitric acid for part or all of the sulphuric acid used in

states,

only $297,000,000

The

work

spurred by the

was temporary sulphur shortage, but the process was

progressing on

its

own

fertilizers.

original

merits.

General Electric Co. showed that bombardment by electrons food and drugs, increases the toughness and heat re-

sistance

and deactivates enzymes. Ultra-violet radiation was used to make the insecticide benzene he.xachloride and vitamin D from ergosterol and recent progchemical

reactions

;

ress

made

it

chlorinating

look promising for polymerizing vinyl chloride,

methane and pentane. converting ammonia

to hy-

and many other useful reactions.

drazine,

came into operation during 1953 employing new procmake hydrogen peroxide and phenol. Electric power was largely used in older peroxide processes, but du Font's new Plants

esses to

used an organic carrier to reduce oxygen to hydrogen

plant

The first plant to make phenol and acetone by oxidacumene (which in turn is made from benzene and pro-

peroxide. tion of

pylene) was completed during 1953 in Canada, and installations for this purpose were under construction in the United States.

under development was a means of making polymethylfrom carbon monoxide and hydrogen. This polymer is higher-melting than the familiar polyethylene. Also new was a means of preventing swelling and shrinking of cellulose caused by moisture. It involved the treatment of wood (and wallboard and possibly cotton) with a monoester of propylene glycol and Still

ene

sebacic acid.

Government



Industry had tradiand universities for fundamental research; i.e., basic broadening of scientific knowledge without regard to its commercial utility. By 1953. however, the federal Private

v.

Enterprise.

tionally looked to the colleges

government was paying more than half of the country's total annual research outlay of $3,500,000,000; it was spending more than

were

in

Mississippi.

—Kentucky, Tennes-

contrast, the middle Atlantic

of the chemical industry, were

seat in

By

new

$300,000,000 annually

at

nonprofit

institutions,

mostly

educational institutions, and only a fifth of that amount was

The rest was spent for applied research, development and physical equipment. Thus, scientists were being subverted from their search for new knowledge. A related problem was involved in federal research policy, high-lighted in 1953 by the Astin case. Allen V. Astin was disgoing to basic research.

missed by Secretary of Commerce Sinclair Weeks as director of the national bureau of standards because he had declared worthless a storage battery rejuvenator made and sold by a small

to

get

plants. In 1947,

middle Atlantic states

29.3% of the chemiand only 7.5% in Gulf

the current expansion was bringing those percentages

together. (See also Bioche.mistrv; Chemotherapy; Physics; Plastics Industry; Vitamins and Nutrition.)

closer

polyethylene plastics, polymerizes, depolymerizes,

of

certain

triggers

traditional

cal plants

states;

sterilizes

plants in the Gulf

the south Atlantic states, and a third segment of $199,000,000

was slated

making

superphosphate

for

coast states. Another $298,000,000 had gone or was going into

PhprnnthoranU UilCIIIUUICldpy. poliomyelitis

if

^^^

(H. C. E. J.) gamma globu-

disclosure in 1952 that

could modify the course of paralytic

lin

inoculated either just prior to exposure or in

the early stages of the disease furnished a therapeutic measure which held some possibility of reducing the incidence of the disease by providing a short-lived immunity of approximately five weeks. Human gamma globulin was not. however, considered a curative agent. Because it was in short supply, its distribution as a critical drug was controlled in 1953 through the Office of Defense Mobilization.

The

goal of the medical profession in poliomyelitis control

was prevention of the disease by some sort of inoculation which would confer immunity over an extended period of time. Announcements from three sources indicated that vaccines against poliomyelitis had been prepared which apparently were capable of producing such immunity in human beings. Two of these vaccines contained living virus of poliomyelitis which had been attenuated to such a degree that they could not cause clinical

One of these forms of vaccine had been grown in the embryo and contained only one strain of the poliomyelitis virus. The other living virus vaccine contained all three of the known strains of poliomyelitis virus and had been grown on monkey spinal cord. The third vaccine was a killed virus vaccine prepared by tissue culture methods on various monkey disease.

chick

tissues

and contained

all

Plans were proceeding to

three strains of poliomyelitis virus. test this killed virus

vaccine

in

hun-

dreds of thousands of children during the period between the

end of the poliomyelitis season of 1953 and the beginning of the poliomyelitis season in 1954, in one of the most gigantic experiments ever undertaken in the field of medicine. Preliminary studies with smaller groups of children apparently demonstrated that the killed virus vaccine was capable of producing a high

titre of

antipoliomyelitis antibodies in children.

The question which remained

to be

answered was whether

this

whole matter was

produced an active immunity of sufficient longevity or whether it would require frequent booster injections. Other investigators reported that infection with the relatively benign Coxsackie virus may impart resistance to poliomyelitis infection, judging from animal experiments and epidemiological studies at the New York state department of health laboratories. If confirmed, the situation would be analogous to

by the National Academy of Sciences.

the use of

businessman. The senate small business committee asked Postmaster General Arthur Summerfield to rescind a fraud order against

the

businessman. Astin was later reinstated and the in abeyance late in the year awaiting a report

Private development of nuclear chemistry hinged on proposed

new legislation. Such chemical firms as du Pont, Union Carbide and Carbon Corp., Monsanto, Dow Chemical Co. and American Cyanamid Co. had been in the vanguard of developments in this field, and some of them had participated in industry-utility teams to study power reactors. The Atomic Energy commission had proposed amendments to the McMahon act that would give more scope in the atomic energy field. Southward Movement. Of long-range significance to the entire national economy was the trend of the chemical industry private enterprise



killed vaccine

cowpox

\-accine

to vaccinate

against smallpox in-

fection.

The Sloan-Kettering

institute

reported that an investigator

had succeeded in growing human cancer cells in experimental animals by pretreating the animal with the adrenal hormone cortisone.

One

of the difficulties in cancer research previously

had been species differences in response to therapeutic agents. Thus an animal with a spontaneously growing cancer might not respond favourably to an agent which would favourably affect a similar human cancer. With the development of the new technique, it would be possible to test all potential anticancer com-

CHEMOTHERAPY pounds against the human cancer

cells

growing

in experimental

163

needles of varying sizes which

interstitial

into diseased tissues.

One of a large series of purine drugs synthesized by a New York pharmaceutical manufacturer, called 6-mercaptopurine,

of cobalt-60,

most of the cancer

actually killed

perimental animals. In

trials in

cells of

duced remission of the disease both by

by laboratory

sarcoma i8o

in ex-

acute leukemia, the drug proclinical

symptoms and

for one to six improved but showed evidence of persistence of the disease. The drug also proved effective in temporarily controlling another form of cancer of analysis in

14

months. Eleven children were

children

of 45

clinically

could be inserted

Each needle consisted \ mm. in diameter and ^ cm.

animals.

of several pieces

These

in length.

pieces of cobalt-60 wire were sealed within stainless steel hypodermic needle tubing which was of sufficient thickness to filter

out beta-ray radiations. In order to vary the dosage of gamma radiation, the length of the needles was increased by increments of \ cm.

up

to 12 cm.

In a somewhat similar application, radioactive phosphorus needles were devised which deposited radioactive phosphate ion

blood change remissions in chronic leukemia, even reducing the

in tumours and then dissolved in body fluids. These needles were tested and developed in the U.S. Naval hospital in St. Albans, N.Y. The needles were made by fusing germanium dioxide and titanium phosphate at high temperatures, the phosphate having been prepared from radioactive phosphorus. As

size of enlarged organs.

the molten material cooled,

the blood-forming tissues, chronic myelocytic leukemia.

Another recently synthesized drug, triethylene thiophosphoramide, called thio-TEPA, also produced satisfactory clinical

A new

it

was drawn

needles had the advantage of requiring a

These

into needles.

minimum

was believed might affect cancer diagnosis and therapy was described by an investigator from Southwestern Medical school. The researcher found a factor which regulates the speed with which energy derived from food is transported to the body cells by the phosphates and their enzyme systems. He named it the Q factor, and found that the Q factor slows down energy transfers. Cancer patients either have less of the factor in the blood stream than normal persons or possess an agent which destroys the Q factor, therefore permit-

from tumorous tissue. human serum albumin was tagged with radioactive iodine. This material proved to be a valuable diagnostic tool in determining the amount of blood volume depletion following haemorrhage and shock. The radioactive albumin may be injected intravenously, and a few moments later a sam-

ting a higher speed of energy transfer than normal.

ple of blood

In the

theory which

it

field of antibiotics research,

two new antibiotics were

introduced for prescription use by physicians during the year. Fumagillin was an antibiotic with practically no bacterial spectrum but with rather intense effect upon the intestinal form of amoebic dysentery. Magnamycin was chiefly of value in treating those patients who were infected with organisms which had proved resistant to penicillin, although it was also effective against large viruses, the rickettsial diseases and certain protozoans.

A new

which was being clinically tested was amicecombat gram-positive bacteria, tuberculosis organisms. Staphylococcus aureus and Bacillus subtilis It

tin.

antibiotic

showed

ability to

in experimental animals.

Combination of the various antibiotic substances and other chemotherapeutic agents provided a more diversified attack upon infectious organisms. Streptomycin and penicillin combinations probably are the best examples. However, combinations of streptomycin with isoniazid were shown by English workers at

Guy's hospital to be better than treatment with isoniazid

alone or with streptomycin and para-amino-salicylic acid.

of shielding

for protection of the personnel utilizing the needles

and the

further advantage of not requiring a supplementary procedure for their removal

Also during the year

may

be withdrawn. The amount of dilution of

radioactive albumin in the sample indicates

placement

is

how much

fluid re-

required by the patient. Radioactive albumin was

also used in the detection of brain

tumours and obstructions of

the spinal cord.

In the treatment of hypertension, an ancient drug used by physicians of India, Ratiwolfia serpentma, was undergoing considerable research in the United States. Several alkaloids had

been isolated which seemed to exert a hypotensive effect upon the central nervous system and produce varying degrees of drop in blood pressure in all subjects. The alkaloids apparently were

remarkably nontoxic but the effectiveness of the product seemed to be short-lived.

Herpes zoster, an extremely painful first cousin of the "cold which causes a series of eruptions along the course of various cranial and spinal nerves, was reported to be reheved by high dosage injections of vitamin B12 daily. sore,"

In

multiple

in

sclerosis

one

research,

report

indicated

that

monophosphate brought about some improvement the endurance and bladder disabilities of patients. It was

adenosine stated

5

that

it

changed the high pyruvic acid

lactic

to

acid

In further studies on isoniazid, chemists synthesized the drug

blood ratios, bringing them nearer to normal. Unfortunately,

with an isotope of carbon (C-14) and followed its absorption, metabolism and excretion in human beings. They found that after a single injection of 250 mg. the peak concentration in the blood was reached in i hour and that the drug persisted in the blood stream for about 24 hours. Of interest was the fact that the drug penetrated into the caseous areas of pulmonary tuberculosis within three hours and that repeated injections of the drug caused accumulation of the agent in these

the drug did not improve in-co-ordination, visual disturbances,

caseous areas.

A

electroshock therapy, indicative of the resistance of their mental condition.

field of radioactive isotopes,

localization

sensations

or

sexual

weakness

of

the

Bubonic plague, a scourge of past ages, especially in the pneumonic form, proved to be sensitive to antibiotic therapy. In an outbreak in Madagascar, 11 of 13 patients with the dread

pneumonic form recovered following treatment with

either one

or a combination of the antibiotics Chloromycetin, terramycin

In the field of laboratory diagnosis, histoplasmin, a filtrate of Histoplasma capsulatuni,

was introduced. The

filtrate

was

injected under the skii in suspicious cases and helped to differentiate

the

disease

histoplasmosis

from

tuberculosis

and

mycotic infections. Several workers at the Walter

sulphur-35 was utilized

hormone to permit investigators to trace its and metabolic fate within the body. Cobalt-60 was released for use by physicians in the form of

to tag thyrotropic

abnormal

or streptomycin.

on isoniazid action was the disclosure during 1953 that it aided the rehabilitation of 28 of 41 mental patients with anxieties and depressed states within three weeks. Of eight patients who failed to improve five also failed on curious sidelight

In the

spasticity,

patients.

Reed Army hospital reported means of determining the

the development of a rapid, accurate

calcium content of the urine by the use of a spectrophotometric method. This development was expected to prove valuable in the diagnosis of vitamin D intoxication, cancer of the bone, para-

^ CHEMURG Y — CHESS

164

thyroid disorders and certain kidney diseases.

(See also Allergy; Bacteriology; Cortisone. Hydrocorti-

sone AND Corticotropin; Physiology; \itamins and Nutri(P. L. W.)

tion.)

no new crop had been developed for the northern wheat lands. Use of corn cobs, mostly for furfural, passed the predicted rate of 600,000 tons per year. cipal

market,

grown

soaps, had

C^emurgic accomplishment

PhomiirO'V UllCIIIUl5ji

moved during 1953

the United States

in

which quickly suggested far-reaching potentials. A process was perfected which turns oranges into a powder which may be reconstituted into highly palatable orange juice.

More than ment because

'"^o

'''

"t^^^'

'""ea

usual significance was attached to this developof e.xpectations that

it

could extend to other per-

and thus increase substantially their marketing opportunities. Tomatoes were being powdered for juice with success by the Western Regional Research laboratory of the U.S. department of agriculture, where the experiments were conducted. It was believed that the process might be adaptable, with variations, to other fruits and to potatoes, eggs and even milk. ishable products

The orange powder, up

to

stored in cans, would stand temperatures 100° F. for several months. In this form it could be

shipped farther at

less

expense and kept longer than oranges

fresh or frozen condition. in

areas where

it

Consumers could enjoy orange

in

juice

had been unobtainable. The army quarter-

master corps had tested the product, and early commercial production was announced by an Oakland, Calif., firm. Perishable foods had always presented marketing problems to

farmers and to food merchandisers. The powder process indicated a significant

new approach. To whatever extent

perish-

ables might be preserved in this form, their period and range of

The endeavour was and convenience.

usefulness would be increased. stability, palatability

A new in

to achieve

process to utilize animal fats and vegetable

substantial commercial use during

oils

veloped at the Eastern Regional Research laboratory, treats edible fats or oils w-ith hydrogen peroxide. their

market as

plasticizers in

was

1953. This process, de-

The

making vinyl

in-

o.xidized oils find

plastic products.

They help to prevent discoloration and deterioration. The sulting new market was timely because the growing use of tergents had tended to reduce the demand for fats and oils. The effort at the same laboratory to establish canaigre,

the

proved that the canaigre tanning material is quebracho or other substances. The pilot plant studies were proceeding to determine the costs. If these should work out favourably, the United States, which had had to depend upon imports since the chestnut blight destroyed the former home source, would again have a domestic source of tannin. Interest in new crops rose during the autumn as wheat and cotton growers considered how best to use the 20.000.000 or 30,000,000 ac. which quota restrictions would take out of w-heat, cotton and possibly corn. Although it had long been pointed out that equally profitable new crops might be found to occupy the acres devoted to excess production of wheat and cotton, little research had been done. The acreage in castor beans had approached 200,000 and no doubt would be increased considerably in the southwest to replace cotton, but castor beans would by no means meet the farmers" need for substitute crops. Safflower production for its oilseeds had made headway the preceding two or three years, although regular and satisfactory markets had not been established. Another oilseed, sesame, used test

fully equal to

acreage in

was expected to increase its food the Carolinas, western Texas and New Mexico, but purposes,

utili-

The decline in farm prices during 1952 and 1953 stimulated more active interest in chemurgic research. It became obvious that despite the rising population, agriculture needed more industrial outlets for its inedible products, more profitable markets for its residues and additional new crops to replace those grown in overabundance. Even with a new customer coming along every 12 seconds a customer who would consume an average of 1,600 lb. of food annually through life new industrial as well as food markets were needed to match increasing efficiency in agricultural production. (W. McM.)



Cherries:



see Fruit.

^^^ world

chess challengers' tournament that opened Neuhausen, Switz.. on Aug. 30, 1953, was concluded in ZUrich, Switz., on Oct. 24, 1953, with Vassily Smyslov of the U.S.S.R. the winner over 14 other masters. By finishing on top with 18 points won and 10 lost, Smyslov gained the right to challenge for the international championship held by Mikhail Botvinnik, another Soviet star. Ludmilla Rudenko of Moscow remained the women's world titleholder, not being called upon to defend her laurels, while Oscar Panno, youthful student from Buenos Aires, Arg., became the junior ruler by triumphing in the biennial tournament at Copenhagen. Panno finished all even with Klaus Darga of west Germany with a count of si-il- but was awarded the championship on the basis of his better record as scored under the Sonneborn-Berger system. Borislav Ivkov of Yugoslavia, the defender, finished third. Botvinnik annexed the Soviet national title when he defeated Mark Taimanov,

Phocc

UllCoo.

at

Moscow.

tie at

New York

city,

former national open

annexed the challengers' tournament of the United States Chess federation with a score of 8^-1^ at Philadelphia. Pa., in September. Hans Berliner of Washington, D.C., placed second. Three others qualified for the 1954 U.S. championship test. They

ruler,

each pair tanned by canaigre and the other tanned by the usual

for

for

cobs were available annually, so that the greatly enlarged

Arthur B. Bisguier of

the co-operation of a shoe manufacturer, shoes were pro-

principally

filler

zation had hardly begun to absorb the potential supply.

32~22» i" a play-off of a

vided to 68 postmen in the Philadelphia area with one sole of

The

prin-

hand number. About 15,000,000 tons of corn

re-

material reached the pilot plant stage after successful tests.

materials.

in

de-

root of a wild desert plant from the southwest, as a tanning

With

Nylon manufacture was the

although other uses, including

were Atilio Di Camillo. Philadelphia, Pa.; Paul Brandts, New York; and Saul Wachs, Philadelphia. Larry Evans of New York was not required to defend his laurels as U.S. champion in 1953. Donald Byrne of Brooklyn, N.Y., won the U.S. open diadem at Milwaukee, Wis., scoring 10^2^ as against the 10-3 tallied by Max Pavey of Brooklyn. Byrne clinched the laurels when he set back Pavey in 42 moves. Nicolas Rossolimo of Paris, Fr., was awarded third prize after a six-way tie. United States junior honours were taken by Saul N. Yarmak of Passaic, N.J.. in a tourney at Kansas City. Yarmak won eight matches, lost one and tied one. Martin Harrow of Jamaica, L.I., N.Y., was placed second. Larry

Mary Bain

Evans held

his

her U.S. women's

Miguel Najdorf of Buenos Aires concluded in Argentina, 9r"8^.

speed championship and Samuel Reshevsky defeated a challenge match that was

U.S.

title.

in

Winners in other major events of 1953 included the following: Alexander C. Tolush, U.S.S.R., Bucharest international; H. Golombek, England, J. Penrose, England, A. Medina, Spain, and D. Yanofsky, Canada, tied in Hastings international; Anthony E. Santasiere, New York, Hollywood international; Svetozar Gligoric, Yugoslavia, Mar del Plata, Arg.. international; Arthur

New York, Vienna international; Columbia univerYork, U.S. intercollegiate; and Columbia-Har\ard(T. V. H.) Yale-Princeton league team tournaments. B. Bisguier,

sity,

New

blliailg IXdl'ollC^

national government. (For his early ca-

Encyclopcedia Brita7i7iica.) Having spent most of his

reer, see

mature hfe

in

unifying China and having been the virtual ruler

Government of the Republic of China for about it was driven by the Communists to take refuge Taiwan (Formosa), Chiang became somewhat restive in 1953 he worked and waited for the right moment to return to the

of the national

20 years before in

as

Addressing the Nationalist forces on

mainland with

his forces.

Dec.

he pledged that preparations for a counteroffen-

22, 1952,

Communists on

sive against the

the mainland would be com-

pleted within 1953. Hailing U.S. Pres.

Dwight D. Eisenhower's

order of "deneutralization" of Formosa, Chiang reiterated on

Government

Feb. 3 the determination of the national

to fight

and on Feb. 28, on the eve of the third anniversary of his resumption of the office of president on Formosa, he called on free China to mobihze all its manpower and resources and to speed up united efforts to attain that goal. He outlined then the 1953 twin program of agricultural reform and a four-year plan of industrial and agricultural development in order to make Formosa self-sufficient. Repeatedly he urged the free world to take effective measures against international Communism and to form an anti-Communist Pacific alliance or a wider mutual security pact with all Asian countries, infor the recovery of the mainland,

cluding Nationalist China. Prior to the final signing of the armistice

agreement

in

Korea, Chiang, on July

States to extend miHtary aid to

all

20,

urged the United

countries under

Communist

Korea no away affect free China's determination to recover the mainland, and he promised the anti-Communist Chinese prisoners of the Korean war that they would be permitted to go (H. T. Ch.) to Formosa. (See also China.)

pressure. In August he declared that

would

the cease-fire in

in

Phinorrn Second largest U.S. city, a port of entry and the UllludgU. county seat of Cook county. 111., Chicago lies at the southwest corner of

Lake Michigan.

Its

population in the

1950 census was 3,620,962, an increase of 6.6% over the 1940 population. For the six-county Chicago metropolitan area, the census for 1950 showed 5,495,364, a 13.9% increase. It was estimated that the 1953 population was about 3,680,000 in the city and 5,650,000 in the metropolitan area. The mayor in 1953 was

Martin H. Kennelly.

Employment

rose

to

an all-time high and unemployment

low level during 1953. New orders for defense purposes decreased in volume and a shift back to manufacture of

dropped

civilian

Bank

to a

goods was experienced following the Korean truce. clearings in Chicago for the first nine months of 1953

increased

8.6%

to $35,928,636,000 from $33,095,761,000 in the

same period of 1952.

New

investment in industrial plants in

nine months of 1953 amounted to $103,975,000, compared with $167,253,000 for the the Chicago metropolitan area for the

first

same period of 1952. The dollar volume of industrial production was expected to exceed $17,000,000,000 for an all-time

in 1953

record.

amounted months of 1953,

Steel production in the Chicago metropolitan area to a record 15,690,500 net tons in the first nine

and

it

was estimated that

it

would exceed 20,000,000 tons for

^953) topping the previous record of 18,800,000 tons produced Retail sales in 1953 were estimated at $5,000,000,000, an in-

4%

over 1952. Chicago continued to be the world's

largest centre of rail

and

air traffic.

The number of passengers carried on the surface lines of the Chicago Transit authority continued to decline slightly. Elevated lines

the

showed a moderate increase. The total number carried eight months of 1953 was 457,198,643.

first

lot pfv-jfc„t ur.Jci

in

Ai^ciiK,:'.

Chicago

.:.

in

1953

All types of construction contracts awarded in the first eight months of 1953 involved an outlay of $426,969,000, an increase of 23.3% from the first eight months of 1952, when similar expenditures amounted to $346,161,000. In the first eight months of 1953, permits for the building of individual homes in Chicago totalled 6,062, in suburban towns 14,834 and in unincorporated areas 4,371, for a total of 25,267. At the same time permits were issued for 2.559 apartment units within the city limits, 527 apartment units in the suburbs and 4 apartment units in unincorporated areas, for a

grand

total of 28.357 dwelling units in the period,

an increase of

over the 23,342 permits issued in the first eight months of 1952. School enrolment in Chicago, at the beginning of school in the fall, amounted to approximately 295,000 public and 155,000

21%

parochial

elementary pupils, plus 90,000

public

and 42,000

parochial high school students.

burden in Cook county for the months of 1953 approximated $47,094,434, a sHght increase over the $46,908,568 for the same period of 1952. A monthly average of 125,879 persons were receiving relief during the first eight months of 1953, which compared with 132,104 persons in 1952. The average monthly allowance per person obtaining some form of assistance in Cook county was $46.77 in this period of 1953, which may be compared with $44.39 average

The

first

total public assistance

eight

same period of 1952. The 1953 total Vu^^gets for current operations

for the

ernments that cover Chicago

in 1951.

crease of

UNDERGROUND PARKING

necessitated the rerouting of Michigan avenue

of Chicago, $368,451,516;

in

whole or

of the six gov-

in part

follow:

city

Cook county, $126,933,054: Cook

county forest preserve district. $5,486,782; Chicago board of education, $158,557,594; Chicago sanitary district, $49,602,411;

and Chicago park

district,

$47,895,143.

1952 property tax rate for the combined six taxing authorities in the city of Chicago was $3-598 per $100 of equal-

The

ized

total

100%

assessed valuation.

165



CHILD LABOUR — CHILDREN'S BOOKS

166

Total bonded debt applicable to the city of Chicajjo lor these

same

governments as of Jan. i, 1953, aniounted to $367,388.000. which was equivalent to 4.198% of the total assessed valuasix

tion of property in the city or equivalent to $101.46 per capita.

reduced from 12 to 10

Hampshire

Child Labour,

u,' inued

— Youth

Great

employment con-

high level, with an average of

at a

about 2,500,000 youth 14 through 17 \ears of age employed in the 12-month period ending June 30. 1953. according to census

Of

estimates.

The number

rolled in school increased during

of

1953 for the

first

17.

time since

The trend

school enrolment of children 14 and 15 continued upward

from 94.8% Advances

96.4%

1951 to

in

protecting the welfare of children employed in

in 1952.

of the strengthened child-labour provisions of the Fair Labor act.

Increased attention was given to improving edu-

cational opportunities for children of migrant agricultural work-

broadened efforts of national, state and local groups. Four regional conferences sponsored by the office of education and the National Association of Chief State School Officers in ers through

June 1952 stimulated many school officials to seek out migrant children and get them into school. A seminar on services for children of migratory agricultural workers held by representatives of various tivity

federal agencies contributed

to provide health

increased ac-

to

and welfare services, so often

a pre-

requisite for school attendance. Representatives of public

private agencies

from nine

states

in

to

made recommendations

the southwest and west

for strong action

programs

improve conditions. Increasing concern was expressed in

many

sections of the

United States about working conditions of children

in special

occupations not fully regulated by law. Pin setting was one of the occupations in question.

As

a result, the U.S.

department of

The Boy BeBowling Alleys. Many local, state and national groups interested in youth employment, as well as the industry itself, began to work tosvard eliminating abuses and improving conditions. The National Child Labor committee, a private organization, interested itself in promoting safety for children on farms, through educating farm parents and farm employers on the danger of permitting children to work with farm machinery. Less than a dozen bills directly affecting child labour were passed in the states during 1953. A New York law raised from 12 to 14 the minimum age for boys in street trades, except carrier boys, for whom the minimum was still 12. The act also set for all employment in street trades a maximum five-hour day on days when school is not in session and a maximum four-hour day on school days for work outside school hours. It also placed under the workmen's compensation law any distributor having four or more street traders as employees. An Ohio act setting a labour

made

hind the Pins

minimum

a

survey and issued

a report entitled

—A Report on Pinsetters

in

age of 18 for a considerable number of hazardous

occupations was extended to Sept.

i,

its

relaxation

However, the act girls between 18 and

1955.

suspended the night-work prohibition for 21 and permitted girls 16 and 17 to work

made permanent

provision

until 9 p.m.

New^ Hampshire amended

newspapers after

5

its

permitting

law setting a

minimum

During 1953

in

195

of

May

1952

1,

on the basis of

16

minimum

age

a.m. and to work as golf caddies. Florida

(11%)

of the total

sample of the records

were encouraged by the

service to improve their vocational guid-

and 17 years, though inevitably most of

Other Countries.

left



their

work was

school at 15 years.

At its general session in Geneva, Switz., June 1953, the International Labour conference adopted a recommendation concerning the minimum age of admission to work underground in coal mines. This recommendation provided that young persons under 16 years of age should not be employed underground in coal mines and that those under 18 years should not be so employed except for purposes of vocational training and under specified conditions and adequate in

supervision.

The conference recommended

that

each

member

government apply the provisions of this recommendation as national conditions permitted and report to the International Labour organization on measures taken to effect such application.

to

During the year Italy ratified seven conventions pertaining employment conditions of young persons: No. 58 fixing a

minimum

age for admission of children to employment at sea; No. 59 fixing a minimum age for admission of children to industrial employment; No. 60 for their admission to nonindustrial employment; No. 77 and No. 78 concerning medical examinations of children and young persons in industrial and nonindustrial occupations, respectively; No. 79 concerning restriction of night work of children in nonindustrial occupations; No. 90 concerning night work of young persons employed in indus-

Mexico ratified convention No. 58 fixing admission of children to employment at sea.

try.

The year 1953 was

Children's Books.

minimum

age for

(E. S. J.) singularly rich in

the field of children's books, not only

from the standpoint of numbers published, notable colour work, and integrity of writing, but from the contribution made to students, parents, teachers and librarians in the several evaluations of the development in writing for chiloriginality of plot

dren. Cornelia Meigs" editing of

A

Critical History of Children's

Literature was an authoritative study in a in

world literature. Lillian Smith

in

now

recognized area

The Unreluctant Years gave

an interpretive evaluation of the role of children's books in the child's development, while Bess Adams' About Books and Childreti was designed to aid teachers in their use of books with children of elementary and junior high school age.

Picture books were varied, both as to techniques used and as to plot. line,

From Europe came

exciting in colour

and

the

work

Fischer's Pitschi

two artists, strong in namely Selina Chonz' by Alois Carigiet, and

of

originality,

Fiorina and the Wild Bird, illustrated

titles

of 14, for boys to deliver

a

ance and placement services for young persons leaving school

of

girls

was estimated that

it

local school authorities

Employment

Juvenile

Hans

authorizing relaxations of certain labour laws during emergenof 12, instead of the former

— As

of the ministry of national insurance.

Indiana

16 and 17 to work until 9 p.m. except in hazardous work. New York and Massachusetts each extended for one year their acts

cies.

labour force as

and

participated in a regional conference to discuss needs of mi-

grants and

Britain.

concerned with the children who

in

New

their

workers made up about the same proportion

at

agriculture during school hours continued through enforcement

Standards

strengthened

1,381.000 young persons 15 through 17 years of age and 814,000 18- and 19-year-olds were employed. These two groups of young

employed youth not en-

was among youth 16 and

1944. All this increase in

were school youth working

these, nearly two-thirds

outside school hours.

age for nonfactory work

compulsory school-attendance laws by tightening the exemption provisions.

(L. Ln.)

United States.

minimum

its

outside school hours. Illinois, Minnesota, Nebraska and

(about a kitten).

Sequels

to

popular

appeared, as Madeline's Rescue by Ludwig Bemelmans,

Noel for Jeanne-Marie by Frangoise Seignobosc and the pleasingly repetitive Atiother Day by M. H. Ets. Small creatures had their day in Lydia and Don Freeman's Pet of the Met (the music-loving mouse at the opera), in C. S. Bailey's Finnegan II, His Ni?te Lives (a New Hampshire cat), in the Friendly Phoebe (about an orphan bird), of Berta and Elmer Hader and in the

CHILDREN'S BOOKS

167

19th century) by H. T. Wriston.

Fantasy was highly original: Mr. Revere and I by Robert Lawson evoked broad laughter, The Borrowers of Mary Norton was more subtle and The Magic Ball From Mars by C. L. Biemiller was filled with amusing magic. Tall tales were Journey Cake, Ho! by Ruth Sawyer and Big Mose by Katherine

Shippen, legendary to

New York

state.

Two

collections of folk-

were Which was Witch? (Korean) by E. M. Jewett and Tales of the Cheyennes by G. J. Penney. Pets were often the central figures in books, noteworthy being Meindert Dejong's Shadrach (a rabbit of the Netherlands), tales for the storyteller

by Jacqueline Jackson, truly side-splitting, and Alberta for Short by Pearl Frye, of a genial family with too many pets. Creatures of the woods were unforgettably portrayed by Emil Liers in An Otter's Story, by W. T. Person in Bar-Face (raccoon) and in Sheba (grizzly bear) of G. C. Franklin. Stories of horses and dogs were still popular with both boys and girls. Marguerite Henry's Brighty of the Grand Canyon was of a burro, The River Horse by N. A. Frey was of a wild horse in Guatemala and Laurie by E. B. Clapp told of a girl's struggle to keep her horse. A boy's devotion to his dog in pioneer times was the theme of Howl at the Moon by R. J. Hogan and the saga of a wolf-dog in northern Canada was selected by J. E. Chipperfield for his Beyond The Timberland Julie's Secret Sloth

Trail.

Books

of information to satisfy a variety of interests were

girls. How to Make Doll Clothes by E. R. Dow and The Cook-A-Meal Cook Book by Garel Clark proved useful. Boys read All About Radio and Television by Jack Gould and Ships and Life Afloat: From the Galley to the Turbine by Walter Buehr. F. N. Chrystie's Pets was an excellent handbook and Our Country, America by Christie McFall was a graphic presentation of the United States. Harry Behn again contributed to children's poetry with Windy Morning and Lillian Morrison presented a wealth of new riddles in Black Within and

numerous. For

ILLUSTRATION from Lynd Ward's The Biggest Bear, winner Caldecott award presented by the Children's Library association appealing holiday

story

The Christmas Bimny

the

1953

Will

and

of

of

Nicholas. Theodor Seuss Geisel was buoyant as usual in Scram-

Red Without. Biography, always

bled Eggs Super!

Geoffrey Trease in The Seven Queens of England assembled

Books to be shared by adult and child through reading towere numerous: for the machinery-minded, Norman Bate's Who Built The Highway? was stimulating, Margaret

interesting

gether

Otto told of a six-year-old's first train ride in Stephen's Train and her The Tractor Book, written with Stuart Otto, interested

somewhat older boys, Ruth and Latrobe Carroll's Beanie (a boy and his dog) was appealing both in text and illustrations, J. B. Payne"s The Journey of Josiah Talltatters shared humour and a love of hfe and M. E. Mason's The Major and His Camels told of a highway development in Texas. C. T. Newberry wrote for older children than usual in her touching Ice

Cream

Two

for

(about a boy and his cat) and Lee Kingman's Peter's Long

Walk was the record Boys and girls of

of a Httle boy's search for companions.

the fourth and fifth grades continued to

enjoy the misadventures of Ellen Tebbitts Otis Spoford, chuckled over Eddie's

in

Beverly Cleary's

Pay Dirt by Carolyn Hay-

wood and bicycled through Maine with Holiday on Wheels by Catherine Woolley. Fiction for the middle grades was particuElizabeth Ladd's Enchanted Island (Maine) was a

larly rich:

quietly sensitive story for girls, Brother Dusty-Feet (Elizabethan

England) by Rosemary Sutcliff told of a runaway boy and his dog, the Tree Wagon (Oregon trail) of E. S. Lampman was exciting and heart-tugging. Two stories of Florida were marked with refreshing humour, both enjoyed by girls, the One Hundred White Horses of Mildred Lawrence and Up A Crooked River of May McNeer. Books about young herders seemed popular with boys

and were

satisfying

and distinguished,

as

.

.

.

and

now Miguel (New Mexico) by Joseph Krumgold, All Alone (the French Alps) by C. H. Bishop and Show Lamb (Vermont,

material, C.

a rich field,

0. Peare gave a

was no exception.

friendly picture

of

American achievement with Pike of Pike's Peak and James Daugherty fashioned a full-dimensioned study in Marcus and Narcissa Whitman, Pioneers of Oregon. The many fields of science were

Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, N.

B. Baker added to

explored, as in What's Inside the Earth? by H. S. Zim.

Fiction

for older girls

Lois Lenski in

Negro; E.

J.

suspense, H.

Mama

seemed somewhat more worthwhile.

Hattie's Girl wrote provocatively of the

McGraw M.

filled Mara, Daughter of the Nile with Miller placed her romance in the Canadian

Northwest in the late i8oos in Promenade All while another historical romance was My True Love Waits by L. M. Weber. Contemporary stories were Lee Kingman's Kathy and the Mysterious Statue, N. J. Seller's Cross My Heart (a high school senior) and M. S. S^olz' sensitive In a Mirror (college). Older boys' books were fast paced, as Captain of the Araby by Howard Pease, A. J. Villier's Ajid Not To Yield (sailing around Ireland) and Triple Threat Patrol by K. Gilbert (log pirates on Puget Sound) testified. Stories with historical background were rich and varied, represented by A Kingdom to Win (Viking and Byzantine) by Roser-ary Sprague, The West Is On Your Left 1753) by Nancy Faulkner, The Secret of the (England and the slave trade) by Leonard Wibberley, Your Orders, Sir (War of 181 2) by R. C. Du Soe and River Circus (Mississippi river boat) by West Lathrop, while My Friend Yakub (Siberia) by Nicholas Kalashnikoff was thoughtHaftd

(Ohio,

Hawk

For family enjoyment America Before Man by E. C. Baity proved a distinguished contribution as did May Edel's The Story of People and Elizabeth Ripley's Michelangelo.

provoking.

»l»."-l

CHriD WELFARE

168 The newly

illustrated edition by Garth Williams ol ail ot Wilder "Little House" books was an outstanding publishing event. Kenneth Grahame's The Wind in the Willows had a few more drawings of Ernest Shepard added and Karl De

the L.

I.

Schweinitz' series

Crowing Up was completely redone.

and the "Young Traveller's Series,'' edited by F. C. Sa>er^. The appearance of many new names to the roster of children's authors was a commendable contribution from the editors of children's books. (Sec also Book Publishing; Literary Prizes.) (E. A. Gs.) Britain.

—A

("Great

added

Are Findings Keepings?, and volume five the Oxford Junior Encyclopaedia was the children's reference shelf. (E. H. Cl.)

Lives")

to

of

Publishers'

continued to appear, such as "World Landmark Hooks"

Great

the law in action in

useful addition to the librarian's book-

International

ClUld Welfare. sembly

Services.

—The

general

as-

of the United Nations, on Oct. 6,

1953, adopted unanimously a resolution authorizing continua-

United Nations International Children's Emergency fund (U.N.I.C.E.F.). Under previous mandate the fund was to

tion of the

have operated only through the year 1953. The proceedings of the general assembly for Oct. 5 and 6 included testimony from representatives of many countries to

1953 was the Library association's Books for Young People: Group Two, Eleven to Thirteen Plus, edited by Edgar

manent

Osborne.

assembly, remarked that the unanimous passage of the resolu-

The youngest children rejoiced in a new picture book by Edward Ardizzone, Tim in Danger, and the story of Noah and the Flood was imaginatively reconstructed for them by M. Fan-

tion stood as a recognition of the fund's success in reaching tens

shelf in

chiotti in

A Bow

and 1953 was no exception, for there was Eleanor Farjeon's The Silver Curlew, C. S. Lewis' The Silver Chair, Marjorie Phillips' Aitnabel and Bryony and D. Counihan's Unicorn Magic. In King Arthur and the Round Table many stories were woven into one narrative by A. M. Hadfield. Barbara L. Picard produced a distinguished retelling in The Tales of the Norse Gods and Heroes. Boys love adventure, however improbable, and found it in John Pudney's Tuesday Adventure. Peril on the Iron Road, by B. Carter, recaptured the thrill of building the early railways, in

Drumbeats David Severn brought strange adventure

through an African drum. Girls and boys enjoyed Monica Edwards' two well-written books, The Wanderer and Storm Ahead, and M. E. Atkinson's The Barnstormers. By Special Request was a collection of short stories edited by Noel Streatfeild.

There were several competent mystery stories: Bill Holmes Red Panthers, by F. Hughes; Follow the Footprints, by W. Mayne; Detectives in Wales, by Jean Henson; and Norman and Henry Bones Investigate, by A. C. Wilson. Historical stories were represented by Geoffrey Trease's Silken atid the

Secret, a tale of the i8th century.

basis.

of millions assistance.

Mme.

its continuation on a perVijayalakshmi Pandit, president of the

of

children with both emergency and long-range

Its

value lay not only in the lives saved but in

the whole communities assisted. Its outstanding vitality stood

in the Cloud.

English children's literature had always been rich in fantasy,

and

the value of the fund and need for

The

life

as a tribute to the devoted

tributed to

its

work

of

all

those

who had

success. She also recognized that the fund

con-

had

contributed to the prestige of the United Nations as a whole

and then called on member states to support the work of the agency.

The

resolution changed the

name

of the agency to United

Nations Children's fund but retained the well-known symbol requested the secretary-general of the U.N. programs carried on by U.N.I.C.E.F. continue to be co-ordinated effectively with the regular and technical assistance programs of the U.N. and the specialized agencies; and to report thereon to the Economic and Social council. U.N.I.C.E.F. and the World Health organization (W.H.O.) continued the close co-operation characterizing their work in recent years. Typical of their collaboration was their joint participation in 1952 and 1953 in pilot projects for treatment of trachoma and leprosy and certain work in environmental transportation. This was decided upon by the Joint Committee on Health Policy consisting of representatives of the two agencies. Numerous joint projects of U.N.I.C.E.F. and W.H.O.

U.N.I.C.E.F.

It also

to ensure that the

reached children and adults in 50 countries. U.N.I.C.E.F. spent $20,000,000 for supplies and W.H.O. provided about 100 profes-

of children in other

lands was portrayed in Aleko's Island (Greece), by E. Fenton;

Drover's

Road (New

loping Green

Zealand), by

J.

Daly of Galand Anne-Marie

W^est; Delia

(Ireland), by Patricia Lynch;

and the Pale Pink Frock (South Africa

in

pioneer days), by

B. Knight.

For older boys and girls, a long-awaited series of career was introduced in Policeman in the Family, by Laurence Meynell; An Actor's Life for Me, by Roland Pertwee; Janet Carr, Journalist, by J. Kamm; and Room for the Cuckoo, a

stories

story of farming,

by M. E.

Allan.

Informative books included several biographies: Cecil Woodham Smith's 'youth" version of her life of Florence Nightin-

The Blue Train, a life of Anton Dolin, by J. Selby Lowndes; and Ten Saints by Eleanor Farjeon, published in Great Britain for the first lime. Sweden and England and Wales were added to the "Young Traveller Series," by G. L. Proctor and Geoffrey Trease. A. Weymouth in Going to London provided a useful guide. E. Osmond's A Valley Grows Up showed in text and pictures a million years in the life of a typical English valley, and Geoffrey Trease wrote on The Seven

gale;

Queens of England. Wheels on the Road by S. E. Ellacott, Flying the Atlantic by M. Reiss and The Story of British Locomotives by B. W'ay dealt with the history of transport. Claude Myllins showed

SUN LAMP TREATMENT tional Health plan

for British children, one of the benefits of the

which during 1953 was

in its fifth

year of operation

Na-

sional workers. In these projects, in keeping with a long-established policy, the

governments

aided provided

in the countries

the equivalent of funds and services

made

available by the two

U.N. agencies, or even more than the U.N. contribution. The accumulative achievements of U.N.I.C.E.F. and W.H.O. by 1953 had accounted for testing of 12,000,000 persons for tuberculosis in India, of whom 4,000,000 were vaccinated with

BCG

(Bacillus-Calmette Guerin).

The number

in

Pakistan ex-

ceeded 2,000,000 tested and 1,000,000 given BCG. This program was extended to Burma, Ceylon, Indonesia and Thailand.

Nearly 50,000,000 children in Europe had been tested for tuberand about 20,000,000 given BCG vaccinations. About 12,000,000 in Mediterranean and Asiatic countries had been pro-

culosis

More than 11,000,000 had been examined for yaws and related diseases and about 3,000,000 tected from malaria and typhus.

given treatment with penicillin to control yaws.

The need for emergency feeding of children had decreased World War II; but in all, about 12,000,000 children and mothers in more than 20 countries had received milk and other foods from U.N.I.C.E.F. In 1953 this type of assistance was since

provided especially

in

famine areas of India and Pakistan and

to refugees in the eastern

certain

Pacific

islands

Mediterranean area, South Korea and

devastated by typhoons. About 5,500

maternal and child welfare centres had been established

Many

countries by 1953.

in

43

of these centres were in rural areas

where such service formerly had been nonexistent. The United States contributed $9,814,000 toward the 1953 budget of U.N.I.C.E.F. Contribution was made late in the year with some uncertainty as to renewal in 1954. In all, the United States had contributed nearly $100,000,000 since the fund's establishment. International relief provided by U.N. and

many

other organ-

was concentrated in South Korea. After June 1953 the agency through which such relief was channelled was the Korean civil assistance command, which was accountable to the U.N. command in Tokyo. Prior to June, the United States army had given administrative supervision to the U.N. civil assistance command. Through these and related agencies, more than $500,000,000 was provided for Korean relief, much of it for the relief and care of children. About 30,000 children were receiving care in orphanages under various auspices in South Korea. This was probably less than one-third of children who needed such care because of devastation wrought by the war and the low

CHILDREN OF FORMER HUKS (Philippine Communists) play ma in nrc f the villages provided by the Philippine government. The jungle communities were established to provide homes and land for former Reds who wished to begin life again in a free nation

izations

standards of living

The department

in that part of the

relief

provided by

many

voluntary and govern-

mental agencies and by the U.N. In Latin America maternal and child welfare centres were being developed in Peru, and new in this

facilities for training

workers

type of service were in operation in Brazil and Chile.

Malaria control had a major place services

affecting

the welfare

of

in the health

children

in

and sanitation Dominican

the

Republic, Guatemala and Mexico.

In Canada the Newfoundland legislature passed in 1953 a Youth Guidance Authority act, modelled after legislation enacted in Saskatchewan in 1950 and 1951. This was part of the

world.

of social affairs of the

need for disaster

U.N. made a study of

movement

in

Canada

to

improve juvenile court services and

juvenile delinquency in five different regions. In 1953 reports

extend them to the rural parts of each province by provision

were available of

of a provincial juvenile court

this

study in three of these regions, North

National Developments.

—Tropical

and related

services.

Juvenile delinquency was a subject of nation-wide concern in

America, Latin America and Europe. diseases were under at-

the United States during 1953.

The United

States senate au-

tack during 1953 in several parts of Africa, much of this being stimulated by U.N. agencies, but in some countries the govern-

thorized a study to investigate juvenile delinquency. This study,

mental health authorities had an important share

Baltimore, Boston, Buffalo, Chicago, Cleveland, Denver, Gary,

paigns. Outstanding

was the campaign against

in these

cam-

syphilis in

Mo-

rocco and an effort to control yaws in Bechuanaland. In both cases children and expectant mothers were given precedence.

Maternal and child welfare centres were becoming a part of established of

community

life at

India, Indonesia,

1954,

was

intensified

in

the following cities:

Kansas City, Los Angeles, Memphis, Milwaukee, Newark, New Orleans, New York, Oklahoma City, Philadelphia, San Antonio, San Francisco and Washington, D.C.

Jacksonville,

In 1952 the children's bureau of the Federal Security agency, department of health, education and welfare, created a

scattered points in the far corners

later the

Burma, Cambodia, Formosa, Malaya, Pakistan, the Philippines,

juvenile delinquency board within the bureau's division of social

Asia including Afghanistan,

Hong Kong,

extending into

services. Co-ordination of activities pertaining to juvenile de-

Sarawak and Vietnam. The same development was under way in the eastern Mediterranean region, especially in Iraq. This trend in countries where the positions of women and children had long been inferior was an important step in creating a society more favourable to the development of children and of family

linquency was the major task of this new unit.

life.

ulate action leading to the

Earthquakes

in the

Ionian Islands in Aug. 1953 created a

It

worked

closely

with the bureau's Special Juvenile Delinquency project, a pro-

gram supported largely by contributions from philanthropic foundations. The purpose of this project was to call public attention to the problems of juvenile delinquency and to stim-

improvement of services

for delin-

quent youth. The bureau's data on delinquency showed for

169

CHILE

170

1952 about 385.000 youths, ages 10 to 17 years, appearing in juvenile courts because of violations of law, an increase of 10%

over

95 1. Paul Tappan of

tion

1

New York university, in the U.X. publica"A Comparative Survey on Juvenile Delinquency," reviewed He

the development of juvenile courts in the United States.

called attention to the great increase in specialized services dur-

ing the

half of the 20th century, not only in the personnel

first

many

of juvenile courts but in the

social agencies related to

the courts, especially child guidance clinics and protective and

He

pointed to advantages and disadvan-

child

care agencies.

tages

of the informality of procedure characteristic

Departure from traditional court procedures allows the

courts.

judge and the court's probation professional

an>-

these

of

officers to utilize to the

throwing

services

on

light

the

utmost be-

child's

ha\iour and needs and to obtain, as far as practical, the co-

The

oi)eralion of the child's family.

marked

larger step

a

been taken

in

away from

entire juvenile court concept

punitive attitudes than had

courts dealing with adults, with attention focused

pLji

A

uilllC.

of South

republic extending along the southern Pacific coast

America for about 2. boo mi.. Chile has an average width of 110 mi. It is bounded on the north by Peru, on the south by the .Antarctic ocean, on the east by Bolivia and Argentina and on the west by the Pacific ocean. It has an area 286,323 sq.mi. and a population of 5.930.809 (April 1952 census). Santiago, the capital, including suburbs has 1,348,283 inhabitants (April 1952 census). Other leading cities of more of

than 50,000 are \"alparaiso, 218,829 inhabitants; Vina del Mar, 85,281; Concepcion, 119,887; Antofagasta, 62,272; Talca, 55,-

Temuco, 51.497; Chilian, 52.576; Talcahuano. Religion: Christian, mainly Roman Catholic. President

059;

54,782. in

1953:

Gen. Carlos Ibanez del Campo.



History. During 1953 Chile continued to suffer from an unbalanced budget, unchecked intlation, excessive public e.xpenditure and w-eak controls. There were continued cabinet crises and resignations throughout the year as a result of the diftkult financial situation and the fact that Ibanez did not have a clear

majority

in the national congress.

on the offender's needs, treatment and rehabilitation. This de-

In February congress voted Ibanez extraordinary economic

velopment, however, allowed uses of evidence not countenanced

and administrative powers to curb inflation and reorganize the government. In July Ibanez proposed a four-point anti-inflation

most other courts, sometimes to the disadvantage of those most concerned, a danger especially characteristic of courts in which judges and probation staff lacked skills suitable for their in

plan: to establish one fixed exchange rate of

work.

wages and

The employment of mothers continued as one of the country's most serious problems. The inability of employed mothers to provide sufficient supervision for their children obviously was

to actual production;

Few

related to the rise in juvenile delinquency.

with large numbers

of the cities or

mothers employed provided suitable day care services for children of these workers. Existing facilities for day care usually were overcrowded, and sometimes the waiting lists at day care centres were two or centres

industrial

three times the capacity.

A

of

report on these conditions by the

women's bureau. U.S. department of labour, noted that

in

1951

mothers with children under 18 years of age were in the labour force. In 1940 only one out of nine women in the labour force was a mother with children under 18, whereas by 1950 this proportion had risen to one out of four. During 1953 there were reductions in several items in the

one-fourth of

all

The congress

federal budget affecting services to children. fused, however, to reduce the

amount spent

for school lunches, even though the

recommended

a

in the

re-

previous year

department of agriculture

reduction of more than $8,000,000 because of

increased availability of surplus foods

for

school lunch pro-

grams. In voting $83,365,000 for this purpose for the fiscal year beginning July i, 1953. the house appropriations committee called attention to the increase of about

numbers

An

of children benefiting

its

each year

in

the

act of congress provided for admission into the United

States of not

more than 500

adopted abroad or

age,

S%

from school lunch programs.

citizens

ser\^ing

to

eligible

orphans under ten years of

be adopted

abroad either

in

in the

the

United States by

armed

forces

or in

other governmental employment. This law designated Dec. 31, 1954. as the final date for issuance of nonquota visas pertaining to these children.

Child Labour; Juvenile Delinquency; M.arAND Divorce; Red Cross; Social Security; World

(See also Ri.AGE

Health Organization.)



UiBLioc.RAPHV. Child Welfare League of .\mcrica, Residential Treatoj Emoiionally Disturbed Children (New York, 1952); Department of Social .\ffairs of the U.N., A Comparative Survey on Juvenile Dcliiiijucncy Sortli America (1952): United Nations Children's Fund, The Compendium, vol. iv, 1953-54 (1953); World Health Organization, The Work oj IV.H.O. IQS2 (1953); Women's Bureau, U.S. Department of Labor. "Employed Mothers and Child Care" (1953); Children's Bureau, The Child (issued monthly): Child Welfare League of America. Child Weljare (issued monthly); Social Legislation Information Service, freQuent bulletins. (H. W. Hk.)

ment



no

to 120 pesos

for U.S. $1 instead of a multiple exchange system; to increase

and channel credit and to penalize speculators and profiteers by having tax returns and private accounts fully inspected Also in February Pres. Juan D. Peron of Argentina paid an official six-day visit to Chile. The visit got off to a bad start social security benefits; to control

because of a declaration, attributed to Peron, claiming that he

favoured the annexation of Chile. Apparently Peron desired a close

union, political and economic, with Chile;

but Chilean

authorities repeatedly pointed out that only economic co-operation

was contemplated.

It

was reported that Peron was informed

of Ibanez's difficult position in view of the coming congres-

and

sional elections

his desire not to allow the visit to

become

a political issue.

Peron donated 21.000.000 pesos (U.S. $15,groups provided they would support Ibafiez in the congressional election. This caused a reaction and the expulsion of Maria Hamuy and Maria de la Cruz, the first women elected to the Chilean senate from the Progressive

During

000 j

to

his visit

two

feminist

Feminist party. The donation was returned. After signing a preliminary agreement providing for a joint

commission to draft an economic treaty within 120 days. Ibanez accompanied Peron to the Argentine town of Las Cuevas on the border, which was renamed Villa Peron. In July, Ibanez returned Peron's visit, and the Argentine-Chilean Economic Union treaty was signed in Buenos Aires. This provided for economic cooperation and commercial exchanges. Elections were held in March to elect 147 members of the house, 25 senators and 1,552 municipal officials. There were many political parties participating but they were grouped into three broad alliances:

the

supporters of Ibanez, the Radical

him and the left wing. Voting was very light. Election returns showed that the new house would have 73 members supporting Ibanez, 73 opposing him and i independent. The new senate would have 13 supporters of Ibanez and 32 in the opposition. The Communists and their sympathizers were coalition opposing

offering their support to Ibanez provided that he law for the defense of democracy (which bans the repeal the Communist party), denounce the military pact with the U.S.,

prompt

in

improve the standard of living and and the "iron pronouncepublic in a came reply Ibariez's countries. curtain" ment labelling Communism a despotic and cruel foreign im-

institute agrarian reforms,

re-establish diplomatic relations with the U.S.S.R.

CHINA perinlism. In his annual message

to congress

171

he again attacked

the Communists and upheld ihe charter of the Organization of American States and the Rio military assistance pact.

Ibanez also gave assurance that he did not intend to nationthe copper and nitrate industries. The government announced that it was considering measures to attract more foreign capital. During the year the U.S. designated Willard L. Beaulac as its new ambassador, succeeding Claude G. Bowers,

alize

who had

Bank

held the post since

1939.

(See also International

for Reconstruction and Development.)

(J.

McAd.)



In 1949 the public primary schools had 547.863 pupils and the private and municipal primary schools 206,631 pupils. Secondary schools had 73,943 pupils. University education was available at the state university of Chile (6,903 students in 1950), the Catholic university of Santiago (1,914 students), the University of Concepcion (1,433 students) and the Catholic university of X'alparaiso (642 students). Education.

Finance.- -The monetary unit is the peso, valued at 0.51 cent U.S. currency, free market (curb) rate, on Auii. 31, 1953. The rate for imports into Ciiile was 1.66 cents (provisional commercial), i.22 cents (official), 2.32 cents (banking market), 1.996 cents (special commercial). 0.91 cent free market (bank) or the free market (curb) rate, depending upon their relative importance to the econom)'. The 1954 budget, as submitted to congress, balanced revenue and expenditure at 59,248.000.000 pesos. In 1952 ordinary e.\|)enditurc was 41,948.000,000 pesos; revenue, 36,184.000,000 pesos. The funded external debt on Dec. 31, 1952, was £19.112.464, $109.858.500 and 86,496.200 Fr. Swiss; the direct internal debt, 10,046,926,773 pesos. Xotes and coin in circulation totalled 13.100,000,000 pesos on July 31. 1952. The cost of living index stood at 265 in Aug. 1953 (1948

=

100). Trade and Communications.— Exports in 1952 (excluding gold) amounted $454,500,000; imports were $369,800,000. Leading exports were copper (479^), nitrate of soda (13'y ). metallurgical products, Iargel>' iron and steel (7%), and cereals, pulses and fruit (4%); leading imports, machinery (r6%). chemicals and drugs (15%), transport materials and vehicles (to%), metals and manufactures (7% and sugar and derivatives (5% ). Chief customers were the U.S. (57% ), Argentina (8% ), the United Kingdom (5%), Germany (5%) and Italy (3%); chief suppliers, the U.S. (527c). the United Kingdom (9%), Argentina (8%). Peru (6%) to

)

and Germany {6%). The railwaj' system totalled 5,434 mi. in 1949. of which 3,859 mi. were owned by the government. In 1951 there were 31.215 mi. of highways. Motor vehicles (1951) included 43,390 automobiles. 30,998 trucks and 4,222 buses, .\ccording to Lloyd's Register of Shipping, the merchant marine had 92 vessels (100 tons and over) aggregating 187.618 gross tons on June 50, 1952. Agriculture.

— Production

of the principal crops in the crop year 1952-53 (in metric tons); wheat 1,199,471; oats 105,526; barley 140,404; potatoes 547,520; beans 84,012; maize 90,368; lentils 19,231; chick-peas 5,083. Livestock included (1952) 2,292.954 cattle, (1949) 585.000 pigs. 636.000 goats and 6,435.000 sheep. Wool production

was estimated as follows

averages 17.000 short tons a year, lumber production about 275,000,000 bd.ft. and landings of fish (including shellfish) about 70.000 short tons. Manufactures.

— Manufacturing

establishments were reported to number 5.585 in 1948. with capital of 1,466.587.000 pesos and 296,000 employees. There were about 375 textile mills in 1950. including 43 cotton mills, 220 knitting mills and 46 silk and rayon mills. Production figures (1952) included steel 246.474 metric tons; pig iron 270,175 tons; cement 817,200 tons; woven cotton fabrics 28,350,000 yd.; wheat flour 585.000 tons: manufactured gas 148.000.000 cu.m. The index for manufacturing industries averaged 133 in 1952 (1948=100). Electrical energy is used extensively; production in 1952 was 1.872.000,000 kw.hr.



Mineral Production. Chile is the leading mineral-producing country in South -America. Production in 1952 included copper 404,739 metric tons; coal 2,416,894 tons; iron ore 2.310.474 tons; nitrate of soda 1,427,817 tons; gold 177.050 tro>' oz.; silver 1,246.633 oz.; mercury 13,150 lb. Petroleum production on-Tierra del Fuego totalled 115,680 metric tons in 1952.

rti



(J.

W. Mw.)

China borders the U.S.S.R. and Outer Mongolia for

llllMld. more than 6.000 mi, on the north,

is flanked by Japan on the east and India on the southwest, and adjoins Korea,

Indochina and Burma. Including Manchuria and Sinkiang on the mainland and Formosa (Taiwan) and numerous other islands, it has a total area of 3,876,956 sq.mi. with a population of approximately 475.000,000. Politically, during 1953 it remained divided

two entities: (i) Communist China on the mainland and Hainan Island under the Central People's government in Peking with Mao Tse-tung as its chairman; (:) the Nationalists on Formosa and 17 other islands under the National government in Taipei with Chiang Kai-shek as its president, China under the Communist regime is divided into eight major administrative units, including six greater administrative regions and two autonomies (Inner Mongolia and Tibet). In 1952 cities with more than 1,000,000 population were: Peking, into

MAO TSE-TUNG

acknowledging applause celebration in Peking

(right)

as

he

leaves

the

rostrum

1953 May day

following the

2,240,000; Shanghai, 5,410.000; Tientsin, 2,010.000; Chungking,

Mukden,

2.000.000;

1.790.000;

(Hankow and Wuchang),

Canton,

i.

210. 000;

Wuhan

1,090,000; Nanking, 1,020,000; Port

Arthur and Dairen 1,010,000; Harbin, more than 1,000,000. "To resist United States aggression and aid Korea" History.



remained the basic foreign policy of the Peking (Communist) government. Toward the end of 1952 and in the midst of the

Korean war. two major domestic programs were initiated giving some indication of a gradual shifting of emphasis to internal policies. First. Premier Chou En-lai announced on Dec. 24, 1952, a five-year plan of economic development with a provisional

program

its political

for 1953. Second, in order to consolidate further

authority the Central People's government council

adopted on Jan. 13, 1953, a decision to hold nation-wide elections which would lead to the convocation later in 1953 of the first

all-China people's congress to adopt a constitution, approve

the

outline

of

five-year

the

plan

and

elect

a

new Central

People's government.

Under Peking's democratic dictatorship prescribed in the coma highly centralized government unknown in China's history was in operation. All elements actually or potentially regarded as inimical to the new regime were purged or eliminated. The traditional Chinese culture and ethical standards were discredited and replaced by the new ideologies of Marx and Mao. The Central People's government considered it opportune to prepare for the drafting of a constitution and

mon program

people's

electing a

congress.

On

Jan.

13

the

committee for

drafting the constitution was formed under the chairmanship of

Mao. According committee,

to the timetable fixed

all local

by the

central election

congresses were to be convened by the end

of 1953 for the indirect election of the all-China people's con-

On

it was announced that the national legislawould be postponed until the spring of 1954. In Formosa it was decided on Sept. 28 to extend the life of the Nationalist assembly in order to enable it to conduct a presi-

gress.

Sept. 19

tive elections

dential election in Feb. 1954.

During 1953 drought in northern areas and floods in southwest China were reported. Furthermore, the stress and strain of the Korean war seriously affected the economy of Communist China

CHINA

172 and retarded

its

development. The importance and urgency of

tory, but the actual stalemate or

was keenly

that were greater

impasse

left

unresolved issues

by Peking authorities. In the announcement of the beginning of the five-year plan on Jan. i, it was stated that economic construction had been completed

started the war.

during 1950-53, particularly

hower's order of "deneutralization" of Formosa

industrialization

by means

talism

fell

in

reducing the elements of capi-

of political power, in developing state agencies

to achieve monopolistic economy and in accumulating funds for economic reconstruction. Emphasis of the five-year plan was on the development of heavy industries and the modernization of national defense. As a result of long negotiations, it was announced on Sept. 15 that the Soviet government had agreed to extend "systematic economic and technical aid" to Communist China's economic construction. Although there were indications of difficulties between Peking and Moscow, their relations showed no serious strain. In ac-

cordance with the Sino-Soviet treaty of Feb. 1950 and after prolonged negotiations, an agreement was signed on Dec. 31, 1952, whereby the Soviet

Union relinquished

its

rights in the

administration of the Chinese Changchun railway.

joint

The

practical arrangements for the transfer of the railway administration to the direct control of the Chinese ministry of rail-

ways took place

in April shortly after the signing of additional

protocols on trade and economic agreements toward the end of

March. Soviet troops remained terminals of the railway.

On

in

Dairen and Port Arthur, the

Feb. 24 the Nationalist legislative

yuan unanimously approved the decision of the executive yuan repudiating the Sino-Soviet treaty of Aug. 1945. Joseph Stalin's

death caused wide speculation on the relations between Peking

and Moscow-. However, that

the

shaken.

Mao

Tse-tung reiterated

March

in early

unbreakable Sino-Soviet alliance would remain un-

On March

10 V. V. Kuznetsov, a leading

member

of the

Russian Communist party, was appointed by Georgi Malenkov as the

new ambassador

to

Peking

in

order to strengthen Sino-

Soviet relations. In the United Nations the Soviet Union con-

Communist China and repeatany big-power negotiations. On Oct. I Peking authorities called for closer military and economic collaboration with the Soviet Union. Endorsing the Soviet proposal of Sept. 28 for a conference of the Big Five, Premier Chou declared on Oct. 8 that a settlement in Asia was impossible unless Communist China was admitted to the United tinued to champion the cause of

edly suggested

its

inclusion in

Nations.

On Dec.

3,

1952, the United Nations general assembly adopted

an Indian resolution recognizing the

right of

Korean war prison-

ers to be repatriated but rejecting the use of force to

those

who

did not wish to be repatriated. Five

members

compel of the

Soviet bloc voted against the resolution while Nationalist China abstained, explaining that Poland and Czechoslovakia of the

Repatriation commission were not really neutral. Mao's govern-

ment formally rejected the U.N. truce offer on Dec. 15. On the same day Premier Jawaharlal Nehru of India revealed that it was only after obtaining Peking's approval to the basic principles that the Indian resolution was introduced. Following the initial agreement for exchanging sick and wounded prisoners of war on both sides, Chou proposed in a radio speech from Peking on March 30 that the deadlock on armistice negotiations be setChous proposal was welcomed by many U.N. members as it was along the line of the original Indian formula. On April i \'yacheslav Molotov pledged help in ending the Korean war on terms proposed by Chou and recommended at the same time the admission of Communist China and North Korea to the United Nations. The truce negotiations at Panmunjom reopened on April 26. Despite the release of a large number of Korean prisoners of war in South Korea by Pres. Syngman Rhee and his threat to remove the army from U.N. command, the armistice agreement was signed on July 27. Both sides claimed victled.

It

and more

intricate than the

was believed that United States

Pres.

problems which

Dwight D. Eisenin early

Febru-

Mutual Security agency's move to cut down on shipments to and from Communist China by putting strict regulations on vessels carrying trade or aid into the Asian coastal area, the discussion of a possible blockade of Communist China by the U.S. department of state and some congressional leaders, and Secretary of State John Foster Dulles' warning through India's Premier Nehru during the former's visit to New Delhi in May of enlarging the war if the truce talks broke down, all had a sobering effect on Peking and Moscow. On the other hand, pressure from England, Canada and India particularly caused the United States not to insist on the release of war prisoners of Korean nationality who refused to be repatriated and to agree to turn the question of prisoners of war over to a political conference. However, the fundamental issues of a far eastern settlement remained to divide east and west and the allies of the free world. While the United States maintained that a far eastern settlement could be achieved only by keeping a position of strength, the United Kingdom and India particularly seemed to believe such a settlement could be obtained by conceding to Peking and Moscow such points as admission of Communist China into the United Nations and recognition of its sovereignty over Formosa. Furthermore, there was the quesary, the

tion of trade with

insisted

on trading

Communist China, in nonstrategic

as the United

Kingdom

goods with Peking despite

United States congressional complaints. Efforts were made by Washington, London and Paris to reach some common understanding on far eastern issues. On March 17 British Foreign Secretary Anthony

Eden declared

that he w^as not prepared to

advocate that the United Nations admit "the People's Government of China which is in full aggression against the United

Nations and shooting down our troops." Meanwhile more aid to the Vietminh forces in Indochina by Peking was reported. As a result of French-U.S. policy talks in

Washington, a communique

was issued on March 28 warning that "should the Chinese Communist regime take advantage of such an armistice to pursue aggressive war elsewhere in the Far East, such action would

have the most serious consequences for the efforts to bring ." After their talks in Washington about peace in the world. the foreign ministers of the United States, the United Kingdom and France issued a communique on July 14 warning that the three governments would go back to war in Korea at once if the expected armistice w-as violated by renewed aggression from the Communist side. Regarding the China issue they could only state that "in existing circumstances and pending further consultation, the common policies of the three Powers towards .

.

Communist China should be maintained." The attitude of the U.S. congress toward the admission of Communist China into the United Nations as a quid pro quo for a settlement in Asia w-as more pronounced and determined.

On May

27 the senate appropriations

committee voted

to with-

hold further contributions to the United Nations in the event that Communist China should be admitted to the organization. President Eisenhower's strong advice and his promise to take an abandonment of a

active part in opposing admission led to the

congressional resolution to that effect on June 2. Next day the senate approved by a roll-call vote of 76 to o an unqualified declaration of opposition to the admission of

Communist China

United Nations. Shortly after the house of representatives voted 379 to c against the admission of Communist China, Secretary of State Dulles said on July 21 at a press to the

conference that the issue would not be appropriate for review

at the prospective

Korean

political conference.

President Eisenhower's state of the union message to congress of Feb. 2, which formally ended the jth fleet's protective screen of Communist China, brought hope and encouragement to the

government but caused concern to Great Britain. Peking denounced Eisenhower's order of "deneutralization" of Formosa. In the meantime more military aid to Formosa was planned by the United States. However, the omission of any mention of China or Formosa in President Eisenhower's major foreign policy speech of April i6 outlining proposals for world peace was noticeable. At an informal press conference in midNational

April Dulles revealed a possible over-all far eastern settlement

based on acceptance of a state of peaceful coexistence with Communist China in exchange for peace in Korea and Indoit was confirmed that a gentlemen's agreement Washington and Taipei whereby the Nationalists would not intensify military operations against the mainland without prior consultation with the U.S. mihtary authorities. On Aug. 17 the seventh session of the general assembly was called back to discuss the composition of the Korean political

china.

On Aug.

i8

existed between

conference. In supporting the Soviet position at the general

assembly, Peking urged that the conference should be of the round-table type to discuss a wide range of topics.

On Aug.

28

the general assembly adopted the U.S. resolution for a two-sided

conference on Korea, opposing India's participation, which had received majority support in the Political and Security committee of the general assembly. Two days before the

political

opening of the eighth session of the general assembly on Sept. 15, Peking formally requested a round-table conference on

Korea including the U.S.S.R., India, Indonesia, Pakistan and Burma. On Sept. 15 the general assembly rejected the Soviet proposal to admit Communist China and voted to postpone the remainder of 1953, with 44 countries in favour. 10 against and 2 abstentions. The Soviet move to reopen debate on issue for the

the composition of the

Korean

political

conference was also

unsuccessful.

On March

26

Burma submitted

a complaint to the general

assembly accusing the National government of having committed aggression by failing to order

Burma,

to

its

troops,

driven into

submit to disarmament and internment.

won immediate support from the Soviet and Yugoslavia. The general assembly adopted on accusation

Burma's

bloc, India

April 23 a

NaBurma. In May the representatives of the United States, Burma, Thailand and Nationalist China conferred in Bangkok to implement the resolution but negotiations broke down on Sept. 17. (See also Communism; Formosa; Korean War; Union of Soviet Socialist Republics; United Naresolution calling for the withdrawal or internment of the tionalist troops in

tions.)



Education. Primary education on the mainland had been reduced to five years, "giving greater opportunity to children of the labouring classes." According to 1953 official figures, there were in 1952 about 550,000 primary schools with a total enrolment of about 53,000,000. The numbers of secondary schools and their enrolment in 1952 were about 5,500 and 3,000,000, respectively. The oflicial figures placed the number of colleges and universities in June 1953 at 218 (compared with nearly 250 in 1951) with 219.700

students (175,000 in 1951). Defense. The total strength of the Chinese People's liberation army was estimated at 4,000,000 to 5,000,000 men organized into four armies, each consisting normally of three divisions, with Soviet advisers at nearly all levels. The Chinese Communist air force was believed to have about 1.800 planes, half of them jet fighters, with about 200,000 personnel. It was reported that Peking had received about 50 naval vessels, including 20 submarines, from the Soviet Union. Half of approximately 600.000 Nationalist forces on Formosa was classified as combat effective. Most planes of the Nationalist air force were obsolete, but in 1953 some jet trainer planes were sent to Formosa and about 50 Chinese jet pilots were being trained in the United States. The Nationalist navy had about 100 small vessels. Finance. --i'eking's finance minister. Po-I-po. who was replaced in September, announced in February the 1953 budget estimates in monetary terms for the first time. The revenue came to 233,499,100,000,000 People's bank notes or yuan (an equivalent of U.S. $9,864,700,000), an increase of 2^.6% compared with 1952. The expenditures also amounted



SHANGHAI COTTON a

MILL, state owned and controlled, which in 1953 adopted new spinning method designed to increase both quantity and quality of

production and reduce wastage

to exactly 233,499,100,000,000 People's bank notes, an increase of 43.06% compared with 1952. The projected receipts of the total revenue would come from the following sources; taxation, 49%; proceeds of stale enterprises, 29.97%; credit loans and insurance, 4.4%; balance from 1952, 16.51%. The expenditure would be apportioned as follows; national construction, 59.24%; national defense, 22.38%; administration, 10.19%; miscellaneous, 1.56%, reserve fund, 6.63%. The government fi.xed an official exchange rate of 23,670 People's bank notes to U.S. $1. The National government on Formosa continued to depend on U.S. aid to balance its budget, and the new Taiwan dollar's official rate was 15 to U.S. $1. Trade and Communications. According to the official report. Communist China's trade with the Soviet Union and its satellite countries rose from



26%

of the total foreign trade in

1950

to

72%

in

1952. Further expansion

of this trade was assured in 1953 t>y 'he signing of a Sino-Soviet additional trade protocol, a Sino-Czech trade pact and a Sino-Polish trade agreement. A five-year trade agreement between the Peking government and Ceylon in Dec. 1952 provided for the exchange of rubber and rice. In Peking the China National Import and Export corporation signed commercial agreements with the British and French trade delegations in July and June, respectively, involving a total trade of about £80,000,000.

A

trade agreement was signed between Peking and Finland. Japanese trade missions visited Peking. A formal trade agreement was signed between Nationalist China and Japan in June. After the railways (about 16.000 mi.) on the mainland and Hainan Island had been restored to the prewar position in July 1951. the Peking government started to build new lines largely based on the plan laid down by the Nationalists. The main lines completed were: Chennankwan-Liuchow. linking north China with the Indochinese frontier; Chengtu-Chungking, connecting northwest and southwest China; Tienshui-Lanchow, linking the northwest with the eastern seaboard. The last two lines completed in 1952 totalled approximately 450 mi.



Agricultural and Industrial Production. Official 1952 figures of important agricultural output (in tons) weie; grain, 163.750,000; raw cotton. 1,292.000; tobacco, 202,000; tea. 82,500: marine products, 1,710,000. Except for tea, all items mentioned exceeded the highest figure in the pre-World War II period. Taking 1949 as the base of 100, the official percentage figures for 1952 industrial production were: pig iron, 750; steel, 940; rolled steel, 820; electrical power, 180; coal, 200; crude oil. 310; copper, 1,020; cotton yarn, 200; cotton cloth, 230. With 1953 production as the base of 100, the goals of 1953 output in the first year of the five-year plan were comparatively modest: grain, 109; raw cotton, 116; piece goods, 1 16; cotton yarn, 109; tea, 116; pig iron, 114; steel insjols. 133; coal, 100; power, 127; petroleum, 142; copper, 139; lead, 149; zinc, 154; tools. 134; cement 117. HiBLioc.R.APHY. Carsun Chang, Tlic Tliird Force in China (New York, 1953); Frank Moraes, Report on Mao's China (New York. 1953); Raja Hutheesing. The Great Peace (New York, I9S3); Joseph W. Ballantine, (H. T. Ch.) Formosa (Washington, 1952).

machine



173

CHIROPRACTIC — CHRISTIAN UNITY

174 Chiropractic:

mount importance,

Medicine.

sec

although the Church of South India was

for,

the only church which had successfully

Phrictiiin Ulll loLldll

E-''P^'*"^c^ ^'^"^

strengthened relations

QpionnO OUICllUC. with young Christian

armed services and Mother Church, the

in

college

First

highlighted

Church of

ton, Mass., during the year 1953.

Scientists in the

activities

of

the

Christ. Scientist, in Bos-

Notable among these was the

establishment of a division of college organizational activities to

provide guidance for the 119 recognized Christian Science

organizations on college and university campuses, and informal

student groups,

in

the United States and overseas.

Co-ordination of relations of the Mother Church with the

armed States

forces and the \'eterans administration was reorganized with the establishment of

ment. Christian Science Activities for the

in

the United

new departArmed Services. The a

department procures chaplains and procures and supervises the civilian workers (of whom there were 470 in 1953) who minister to troops at military establishments pitals.

A

entists

branch

stationed

office in

the

in

London, British

in

and

at veterans' hos-

touch with Christian Sci-

Isles.

Hong Kong, Malaya,

presbyterian and into one,

it

their present

combined the episcopal,

congregational conceptions of church order

had done .so among churches which originated in form at the time of the Reformation and with

churches, therefore, of the western world. cussion with the

The union under

Mar Thoma Church would add

thus broaden the significance of the existing union.

The genChurch of South India scheme were being developed in Ceylon, and a new edition during the year of the Ceylon Scheme oj Union marked further progress there. In England, renewed impetus was given to discussions on unity between the Church of England and the Free churches. The archbishop of Canterbury provided a background for them in repeated statements, of which the following sentence from a sermon in St. Paul's cathedral is illustrative: "Are [the churches] not ready now to say that the Holy Catholic Church embraces all baptized persons and all groups of baptized persons: and that however erroneous or imperfect or even scaneral principles of the

we may consider one another

dalous

During the year 15 Christian Science chaplains were on active duty in Korea, Japan, Austria and the United States. As of July I, 1953, the Mother Church had 3.103 branch churches and societies throughout the world. Thirty-four new branches were recognized during the year. Included were those in Casablanca, Morocco; Apeldoorn, Xeth.; and three in Germany. Members of the Christian Science Board of Lectureship toured the orient, including Korea, as well as North and South America, Europe and Australia. Accounts of spiritual healing a vital aspect of the denomination's teachings were reported in the Christian Science religious periodicals. They included complete recovery from

within the Holy Catholic Church and not across



organic

ills

including

cancer,

diabetes,

heart

trouble,

tuber-

and blindness, as well as broken bones, functional disorders and problems of human relations. Circulation of the Christian Science Monitor, the denominaculosis

tion's international

daily newspaper, reached

translations of certain of the writings of

new

peaks.

New

Mary Baker Eddy,

the discoverer and founder of Christian Science, into Spanish,

Swedish, Dutch, Greek and Russian were published during the year.

Expenditure of more than $1,000,000 for charitable purposes was reported by church officials. Weekly transcribed religious programs of the Mother Church were heard on about 600 radio stations in North and South America, Australia, South Africa and Europe.

Phriction

uNilulKlll

llnttll UlliLjf.

(T. E. Hy.)

Although no church unions were consummated in 1952-53, interesting and

important discussions continued. The Church of South India,

which is the most comprehensive united church in existence, having merged Anglican (Episcopal). Methodist, Congregationalist and Presbyterian churches, continued conversations with Lutheran churches with a view to their joining the united church. The ancient Mar Thoma Church of South India took the first steps looking toward closer unity with the Church of South India. The first stage, recommended by an official committee appointed by the metropolitan, was intercommunion between the Mar Thoma Church and the Church of South India, according to which each church would recognize the other as "part of the One Universal Church" and agree to admit members of the other church to participate in the Sacrament of Holy Communion. A second stage, which was only beginning to be discussed, w-ould involve union between the Mar Thoma and the Church of South India. These discussions were of para-

dis-

church of

episcopal order from the Orthodox tradition of the east and

Singapore, Egypt, Gibraltar and other points, also was opened.



a

to be,

our divisions are its

borders."

In Oct. 1952 the upper house of the Convocation of Canterbury

voted that consideration be given "to the possibility of opening conversations [on church unity] with individual free churches."

In the United

States,

a

plan to unite

three

Presbyterian

churches, Presbyterian U.S.A. (north), Presbyterian U.S. (south)

and United Presbyterian, was advanced a stage further by all three churches. The proposed merger of five Lutheran bodies was not further advanced (American Lutheran Church, Evangelical Lutheran Church, United Evangelical Lutheran Church, Augustana Lutheran Church and Lutheran Free Church). Apart from these discussions of union among churches, the scene was dominated in 1952-53, as in former years, by Christian co-operation among churches. The development and increasing prestige of the World Council of Churches and the growing collateral work of councils of churches in various nations were a steady influence toward better co-operation among Orthodox and Protestant bodies. In the United States, 1952 marked the end of the first biennium of the new National Council of the Churches of Christ in the U.S.A. The areas of co-operation among its member churches grew in variety and extent, and it became increasingly the vehicle of a united Protestant voice on many issues of church and national poHcy. The World Council of Churches proceeded with plans for its world assembly in 1954 (Aug. 15-31, at Northwestern university, Evanston, 111.) and in its work of interchurch aid (see Religion) and international study continued to deepen unity

among

Christians.

issued

an

The ecumenical

encyclical

favourable

patriarch at Constantinople to

the

co-operation

of

the

movement. Christian unity across the barrier of the "iron curtain" was furthered by contact, in part achieved through the World Council of Churches, in Germany, Hungary and to some extent in Czechoslovakia. Unity among the churches of Yugoslavia and the west, as well as of Greece and the west, was deepened through the work of interchurch aid. Unity between Christians of the orient, Africa and the western countries was furthered by ecumenical meetings in India in Dec. 1952-Jan. 1953. The third World Conference of Christian Youth in Kottayam, India, and the meeting of the Central committee of the World Council of Churches in Lucknow marked the first time that such ecumenical meetings had been held in the far east. Continued, vigorous work in Asia and Africa on the part of western missionary societies, and increased attention to the development of indigenous Christian leadership and church life there, further

Orthodox

churches

in

the

ecumenical

CHROMIUM AND CH RO M ITE— C H U RC H MEMBERSHIP developed unity between Christians of east and west. Two developments in the theolog'cal world aided the growth

The

was the continuing work, projected movement, especially following the third World Conference on Faith and Order which adjourned in early Sept. 1952. It was clear from this work that the major theological question, which in one of unity.

sense governs tian

unity,

is

of these

first

with more clarity

all

other theological questions concerning Chris-

that

which deals with the relationship of Jesus

Christ the Lord to the Church Universal and to the various de-

mean

nominations. Specifically, what does

it

and

acknowledge Jesus Christ one way or another claim the Universal Church? If

different churches that they all

common

to be their

Lord, and

all in

for the separated

have a distinctive relationship to a single Lord of all and membership in a single Holy Catholic Church mean that there should be greater visible unity among the different denominations, what form should that unity take? to

Many had now come

to the conclusion that this

important issue of faith involved

in

is

the most

the problem of Christian

unity.

A

Council of Europe. In the general election of Oct.

1951 the Conservatives were returned to power and on Oct. 26 Winston Churchill again took office as prime minister.

On

1953, of the Faith and Order

in

second development was the conclusion

in the

summer

of

1953 of the work of a commission of influential Protestant. An-

and Orthodox theologians. The commission had been creWorld Council of Churches to prepare a statement of the "Christian Hope" in preparation for its second assembly in 1954. Such a representative commission of theologians had never before been convened, and the successful completion of their task marked a new step forward. Agreement on the main outlines of a full theological statement of the Christian hope and its meaning for the present time provided a unity in the area of the Christian message to the world which had not been

Jan.

1953, Churchill arrived in the United States for

5,

Washington with Pres. Dwight D. Eisenhower, John Foster Dulles and the new ambassador to Great Britain, William Aldrich. In March he had discussions with Marshal Tito during the latter's state visit to Great Britain and held a luncheon in his honour on March 19. Early in April, because of the indisposition of Anthony Eden, the foreign secretary, Churchill assumed charge of the foreign office. On April 24, at Windsor, the queen invested him Knight of the Garter. On May 15 he had discussions with Konrad Adenauer, the German chancellor, during the latter's two-day visit to London as guest of the government. Late in June it was announced that Churchill's doctors had ordered him to rest, and he remained at Chartwell until July 24, when he went to Chequers for the remainder of his convalescence. He announced on Oct. 15 his acceptance of the Nobel prize for literature for 1953. Early in December Churchill had informal discussions in Bermuda with President Eisenhower and Premier Joseph Laniel of France, at which they decided to accept the Soviet offer to hold talks in

four-power foreign ministers' conference

glican

a

ated by the

gested that the conference start Jan.

reached before. Increased attention was given during the year to another aspect of unity. This was "nontheological," or that which has to

do with overcoming divisions

logical

and cultural

in the

churches caused by socio-

factors. Divisions of race

and of caste and

of class in society in general are seen to have their influence also

upon

and within the World members careful attention was

divisions within the church

Council of Churches and

its

in

175 smaller bodies of the nation.

Table

I.

— Church

in Spain, Italy

and Colombia

in

Confinenfal Unifed States, as Reported

1953

Advenfists, Seventh-day

Apostolic Overcoming Holy Church of

in

More Than 50,000 Members

Body

Assemblies of

were noted with regret.

Membership

for Religious Bodies With

Members,

Catholics and Protestants was

upon Protestants

Berhn, and sug-

;

not marked by any particular event during the year, but disabilities visited

in

1954.

^^^ ^'^''^ information in 1953 Mpmhpr^hin concerning church membership mCIIIUCIdlli|J. in 251 religious bodies in continental United States, appearing in the Yearbook of American Churches (New York, 1953), indicated that there were 92,277,129 persons in 285.277 local churches or congregations. The figures were mainly for years ending in 1952. This compared with 88,673,005 members reported in the Yearbook a year earlier. There were 76 religious bodies reporting more than 50,000 members {see Table I), and their total membership was 90,656.935, or more than 98% of all members of religious bodies. The remaining 2% was found

1953,

Roman

4,

Phiirrh bilUibil

given to these issues.

Co-operation between

175

God

God

Members, 1952

253,889 75,000 370,118

245,974 75,000 318,478

1,505,653 7,634,493 4,467,779 2,606,289 286,691

400,000 51,105

1,554,304 7,373,498 4,467,779 2,645,789 286,691 400,000 50,487

57,674 80,000 72,000 100,000

57,674 79,000 72,000 78,350

188,467 73,000

186,358 73,000 682,172 52,935

Baptist Bodies:

The World Council

and the International Missionary council, chief agencies of Protestant and Orthodox cooperation on the world level, took additional steps toward more

American Baptist Convention

closely integrating their work. In the field of world ministry to

American Baptist Association

two agencies merged their programs, and in the area of Christian study and inquiry concerning church and social problems increasingly co-ordinated their work. (See also Lutherans; Presbyterian Church; Unitarian Church.)

General Boptists

of Churches

refugees, the

(R.

Chromium and Chromite:

see

S.

Br.)

Mineral and Metal Pro-

duction and Prices.

Chronology:

see

1953, pages 1-16.

Spencer

(1874-

at

British statesman,

Oxfordshire, on Nov. 30. For his

was born

Blenheim palace, biography and political career

Wars I and II, see Encyclopcedia Britannica. After the defeat of his government in the general election of 1945, he led the Conservative opposition in the house of comduring World

mons. His

speec'-. at

starting point of the

Free Will Baptists Baptist Evangelical Life and Soul Siving Assembly of U.S.A Notional Primitive Baptist Convenlion of the U.S.A. . .

National

Primitive Baptists

United American Free Will Baptist Chuich Brethren

(German

Baptist):

Church of the Brethren Buddhist Churches of America

1,112,123

Christ Unity Science Church

Calendar of Events,

Churchill, Sir Winston Leonard ),

Southern Baptist Convention Notionol Baptist Convention, U.S.A., Inc National Baptist Convention of America

Fulton, Mo., in 1946 was regarded as the

movement

for

European unity and for a

Christian

56,097

and Missionary Alliance

Churches of God: Church of God (Cleveland, Tenn.) Church of God (Anderson, Ind.) The Church of God

Church of

God

in

Christ

Church of Our Lord Jesus Christ of the Apostolic

Faith, Inc.*

Church of the Naiarene Churches of Christ

Congregational Christian Churches Disciples of Christ, Internotional Convention

126,844 111,011 56,188 328,304 50,000 243,152 1,500,000 1,269,466 1,815,627

Eastern Orthodox Churches:

American Carpatho-Russian Orthodox Greek Catholic

.75,000

Church

*Not reported

in

1952.

121,706 100,814 54,560 323,305

235,670 1,000,000 1,241,477 1,792,985

——



JEHOVAH'S WITNESSES Yankee stadium

in

(the Watchtower Bible and Tract society) packed city during an eight-day world assembly in

New York

Members,

July 1953

Body

Members,

1953

1962

Pentecostal Assemblies:

Toble

Church Membership

I.

in

Confinenfal Unifed States, as Reported in

Members— Continued

1953, for Religious Bodies With More Than 50,000

Members, Body

Federated Churchesf Religious Society of Friends (Five-Years Meeting)

....

Independent Fundomentol Churches of America

Gospel

Jewish Congregations

Cumberland Presbyterian Church

130,000

50,000

400,000 55,000 75,000 75,000

Roman

51,850 720,544

Solvotlon

88,411

88,411

68,612 65,000 78,471 5,000,000

68,612 65,000 64,109 5,000,000

Catholic Church

Army

Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Doy Saints Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints

1,077,285 128,731

American Lutheran Conference: American Lutheran Church Augustana Evangelical Lutheran Church

Other States United Lutheran Church Mennonite Church

1,111,314 126,453

739,508 479,510 854,949 63,613

1,674,901

ond

America

in

715,640 465,062 825,466 59,860

1,728,989 Wisconsin

Methodist Bodies: African Methodist Episcopal Church African Methodist Episcopal Zion Church Colored Methodist Episcopal Church The Methodist Church

Moravian Church in Americo (Unitas Fratrum)* Old Catholic Churches: N.A. Old Roman Catholic Church*

International

General Assembly of

Spiritualists

.

.

Table

Eastern Orthodox Protestant

Jewish*

.

.

.

.

Mohammedan. Zoroastrion. Shinto Taoist

316,839

311,477

1,962,256 61,811

1,925,506

1,166,301

1,166,301

760,158 392,167

728,150 392,167

9,180,428 50,190

9,065,727

58,330

...

Universalist Church of

America

Totals

Source: Yeorboolt of Americon Churches (1953

Church membership, many years, as had

ship in

about

the

total

.... .... .

.

Buddhist

.

.

.

....

Primitive

.

.

.

Others or none

Grand

total

.

59%

155,310 187,256 29,241,580 227,821

157,000

150,000

82,420 75,982 90,656,935

79,901

and 1952).

63,975 87,081,504

*Not reported

In

1952.

reported, had been increasing

officially

also the proportion of church

population.

In

33%. However, known about church attendance or other participaproportion of church members contributing money.

the estimated population increased less than

tion, or the

The Church

people and the reporting of such statistics for publication.

58%

of church

7

members

man

953

South

144,983,863 80,997,000 2,353,783 61,633,080 5,205,000 32,600

Europe

06,973,050 104,640,000

452,869,814 226,850,000§ 1 2,447,669 113,572,145 3,420,500§ 3,866,000

1

1

2,333,050

628,030 139,156

15,000 86,000 165,000 1 0,000 50,000 65,231,537 215,779,000

12,000

17,000 95,000

50,000

35,000 275,000

1

1

0,000

1,000,000

2,837,764 1

12,100,000

86,747,686 546,976,000

members of a synagogue. and Turkey.

Asiot

29,654,774 1 2,886,000 8,106,071

8,662,703 1,567,300 251,227,847 139,010

25,000,000 50,000,000 300,000,000 1 50,000,000 303,200,000 45,000,000 162,354,269 1,318,143,200

membership

of Christ, Scientist, does not report

because a regulation of that body forbids the numbering of the

Africa

27,079,120 15,177,000 5,868,089

Oceonioi 25,456,312 18,019,000

7,437,312 58,000

6,034,031

680,000 60,359,000

75,000

1,200 7,500

8,000 52,000

300,000 75,000,000 18,860,180 182,287,000

00,000 100,000 8,153,488 34,002,800

tincludes Indonesia but not the Philippines.

1

Totol

787,016,933 458,569,000 128,775,612 199,672,321 11,558,830 315,699,603 139,010 25,000,000 50,053,200 300,290,500 150,310,000 303,885,000 121,150,000 344,184,924 2,409,288,000

{Includes the Philippines.

were

in the U.S.

Catholic,

5%

in

3%

and

clas-

34% Ro-

as Protestant,

congregations

America

member-

1952 church members were

of the population. Since 1926, the date of the last

nothing was

Estimaied Memberships of the Principal Religions of the World,

*lncludes all Jews whether or not §This figure includes Asiatic U.S.S.R.

176

173,764 192,827 30,253,427 232,631

adequate census of religious bodies made by the bureau of the census, church membership had increased more than 70 S^, while

In 1952 about

85,000

.

Confucian

Hindu

II.

North America .

2,417,464

.

.

Unitarian Churches

sified

Catholic

2,482,887

Spiritualists:

for

Evangelical Lutheran Church Lutheran Free Church Lutheran Synodical Conference of N.A.: Lutheran Church, Missouri Synod Evangelical Lutheran Joint Synod of

Roman

81,086 702,266

tAs of 1936.

Lutheran:

Total Christians:

100,000 265,879

2,364,112 219,027

Protestant Episcopol Church

Reformed Bodies: Christian Reformed Church Reformed Church in America

735,941

Saints:

Religion

50,000 ...

81,086 718,791 2,441,933 222,201

Presbyterian Church in the U.S Presbyterian Church in the U.S.A United Presbyterian Church of N.A

1,000,000

750,000 55,000 75,000 75,000 70,000 751,003 51,850 724,055

Evangelical United Brethren Church

International Church of the Foursquare

50,000 55,000 125,000 265,879

Presbyterian Bodies:

130,000 1,000,000 50,000

Evangelical Mission Covenant Church of America

Day

1952

Continued

Armenion Apostolic Orthodox Church of America . . . Greek Archdiocese of North and South America . . . Rumanian Orthodox Church. The Russian Orthodox Greek Catholic Church of North America The Russian Orthodox Church Outside Russia Serbian Eastern Orthodox Church Syrian Antiochian Orthodox Church Ukrainian Orthodox Church of U.S.A.* Evangelical and Reformed Church

Latter

Members,

1953

Eastern Orthodox Churches

Pentecostal Assemblies of the World, Inc Pentecostal Church of God of America* United Pentecostol Church Polish National Catholic Church

Jewish in

all

other bodies including Eastern

Orthodox and Old Catholic. (B. Y. L.) Principal

World.



Religions of the the

of

Statistics

world's religions are only very

rough

approximations.

from Christianity, few if

Aside

religions,

any, attempt to keep statis-

tical

records;

estants

employ

and

and even Prot-

Roman

different

Catholics

methods

of

counting members. All persons

CICOGNANI — CIVIL AERONAUTICS ADMINISTRATION who have

of whatever age

received

baptism

the

in

members, while

Roman

most Protestant churches only those who "join"' the church are numbered. The compiling of statistics is further complicated by the fact that in China one may be at the same time a Confucian, a Taoist and a Buddhist. In Japan, one may be both a Buddhist and

Cathohc Church are counted

as

in

(C. S. B.)

a Shintoist.

nnnn'

(^^^^~

Onni'nnn

UlCOgllani, udBldflO

)•

^^'^

Eminence Gae-

tano Cardinal Cicognani, apostolic

nuncio to Spain, was born on Nov. 26

Faenza (Romagna), It. He completed studies for the priesthood seminary and went to Rome to study canon law; he was ordained to the priesthood on Sept. 24, 1904. Then followed training for a career in the diplomatic service of the Catholic Church. Named a papal chamberlain with the title of very reverend monsignor, March 9, 1916, he was sent to Madrid in 1917 as secretary of the papal nunciature there. Monsignor Cicognani was next sent to Brussels, Belg., as auditor of the

Pope Pius XI named him archbishop of Ancira, and he was so consecrated on and left for South America, where he represented the

On

titular

Feb.

I

1940,

Portugal, a neutral country.

He was

by Pope Pius XII

created and published a

at the consistory of Jan. 12,

1953, and received the red biretta on Jan. 20, 1953, from Gen.

Francisco Craveiro Lopes, president of Portugal.

(T. Ce.)

in Brisighella, diocese of

at the diocesan

papal nunciature.

in

which ended the strained relations between the two states. Also in 1940 he achieved the signing of the Missionary agreement, ensuring the organization of new dioceses in the Portuguese colonies in Africa. During World War II he carried on the Holy See's assistance work for prisoners of war and refugees through cardinal priest

P'

177

concordat between Portugal and the Holy See, signed

Jan. 11, 1925,

City and

Town

Planning:

see

Town and Regional Plan-

ning.

Civil

Aeronautics Administration.

versary

of

pow-

ered flight was celebrated during 1953, and at midyear indications were that it would be the best year in the history of

commercial aviation. During the first six months of the year the domestic scheduled carriers gained in every category;

the international scheduled

carriers gained in all categories except express

and

freight.

Holy See as papal nuncio to Bolivia. In 1929-36 he held the same post in Peru, and in 1937 he was transferred to Vienna as papal nuncio to Austria. He went to Madrid during the difficult time of the Spanish Civil War and assumed the post of papal nuncio to Spain on May 16, 1938. During World War II

Revenue passenger-miles flown by domestic scheduled carriers increased 22%, from 5,843,922,000 in the first six months of 1952 to 7,156,026,000 in the first six months of 1953. Revenue passenger-miles flown by international scheduled carriers increased 14% in the same period, from 1,396,932,000 in 1952

he helped solve the problems of war-devastated churches, semi-

to 1,601,831.000 in 1953.

and rehgious houses. Pope Pius XII, on Nov. 29, 1952, named him a cardinal priest, and he was so nominated and

first six months of 1953, the domestic scheduled carshowed an increase of 22% in ton-miles of express carried, 14% in ton-miles of freight and 2% in ton-miles of U.S. mail, compared with the same period in 1952. Express and freight ton-miles in international operations, for the same period, decreased 0.2%, while ton-miles of U.S. mail increased 5%. A total of 2,263 civil aircraft were manufactured in the first six months of 1953, as compared with 1,655 ^^^ the same

naries

created at the consistory of Jan. 12, 1953. In traditional serv-

he received the red biretta on Jan. 23, 1953, from the hands of Gen. Francisco Franco, head of the Spanish state, in the chapel of the executive palace in Madrid. He is brother of ices,

His Excellency the Most Reverend .^mleto Giovanni Cicognani, titular

archbishop of Laodicea and apostolic delegate to the

United States.

(T. Ce.)

In the

riers

period in 1952, an increase of

The domestic scheduled

Cigars and Cigarettes: see Tobacco. Cinerama: see Motion Pictures.

substantially the

C.i.O.: see Labour Unions.

was

Circuses:

see

100,000,000 passenger-mi. for the

Shows.

0.8.

^'' Eminence Pietro Cardinal Ciriaci, apostolic nuncio to Portugal, ^'^^^7.

Piptrn riClIU

was born on Dec. shopkeepers.

His

2

in

^-

.

Rome, where his parents were small Commendatore Agosto Ciriaci (d.

brother,

1936), was lay head of. the Catholic Action organization in Italy and was director of the Vatican Polyglot Press. Pietro Ciriaci attended the local school of Sant' Apollinare and the Roman seminary, where he received degrees in philosophy, theology and canon law. Ordained in 1909 in the Basilica of St. John Lateran, Rome, by Cardinal Respighi, he served as a curate in St. Roch's

church on the Via Ripetta. at the

Academy

of

He

taught philosophy and theology

Propaganda Fide and was appointed profes-

sor of philosophy at the

Lyceum

he was named to his

post in the

first

same

as for the

passenger fatality rate per

months of 1953 was same period in 1952, which

first six

There were no passenger fatalities in international first six months of 1953, as compared

operations during the

with 6.4 PiriflPi ullluul|

36%.

air lines'

of Sant' Apollinare. In 1911

Roman

Curia, as registrar

and then secretary. In

was appointed educational adviser to the Congregation of the Council. In 191 7 he was assigned as clerk and later as undersecretary in the papal secretariat of state. He successfully completed a special mission to Prague to solve a serious disagreement, and his reward was his nomination as apostohc nuncio to Prague on Feb. 15, 1928. In March of that year he was consecrated titular archbishop of Tarsc In Jan. 1934 he was named papal nuncio to Lisbon, where his diplomacy was largely responsible for the to the Sacred Penitentiary,

19 13 he

fatalities

for every

100,000,000 passenger-mi. in the

months of 1952. During the first six months of the year, there was a decline in the number of all classes of pilot certificates issued, except student, as compared with the same period in 1952. While first six

student pilot certificate issuances increased

23%, private pilot 30%, commercial issuances 39% and air line transport pilot issuances 21%. There was an increase in the total number of registered civil aircraft of slightly more than 2%, from 88,418 on July i, 1952, issuances decreased

on July I, 1953. During the year preceding July

to 90,461

i,

1953, 184 projects repre-

senting $10,618,000 in federal funds under the Federal Aid Air-

port program were placed under grant agreement. These federal

funds were matched by local public agencies and were utilized primarily for the construction and development of facilities on the larger airports serving the

major

air transport

centres of

the country.

The

results of studies

e.xisting airport

made on

the utilization of

numerous

administration buildings were published during

the year in a booklet entitled Airport Tenniiml Buildings. It stressed

simple,

nonmonumental

architectural

treatment and

construction and was expected to serve as a guide for architects in designing airport

terminal buildings.

As of June

CAA

30,

had

and

certificated 6 turbojet engines,

inquiries concerning the certification of

20 additional turbine

engines had been received. These engines, turbojet and turboprop, had outputs ranging from 800 to 10,000 lb. thrust and 175 to 6,500

h.p., respectively.

Real progress was made on the world's

in

the standardization of flight aids

The navigation

aids installed were and I.C.A.O. (International Civil .Aviation organization )-spons()red common system types such as air

routes.

largely of the U.S. -developed

\0R

(very-high-frequency omnidirectional

radio

and

range)

ILS.

An important

contribution to the advancement of U.S. -type

navigational aids, services, equipment and safety practices was

made by

the training of foreign nationals and

government

Aircraft Manufacture; Aviation, Civil.)

(B.

Responsibility for

Defense, U.S.

Civil

offi-

aeronautical specialties in the United States. (See also

cials in

the United States

civil is

M.

St.)

defense in

vested prima-

and their political subdivisions, with the fedgovernment providing co-ordination and guidance, in accordance with the Federal Civil Defense Act of 1950 (public law 920). This act, approved Jan. 12, 1951, established the Federal Civil Defense administration (FCDA) in the executive branch of the government with responsibility for developing a national program to minimize casualties and damage from attack and to maintain maximum civilian support of the nation's armed forces. rily in the states

eral

"PUSH-BUTTON" HANGARS

installed at Suffolk County (N.Y.) Air Force base permit jets to roll out under their own power. In the case of an attack, the time saved in the new operation would enable them to meet their adversaries an estimated 40 mi. farther out

At the Technical Development and Evaluation centre

in Indi-

anapolis, Ind., in collaboration with rubber manufacturers. 95 new materials developed for use in casings and liners of crash-

dynamic burst tests. Conmethod of determining the loads imposed crash was developed.

resistant fuel tanks were evaluated in

In Jan. 1953 the president assigned to

currently, a rational

task of co-ordinating the activities of

on wing tanks

natural disaster rehef.

in a

In co-operation with industry and military services, several

were tested, and high-intensity helicopter rotor wing tip lights and streamlined wing tip lights for conventional aircraft were developed and flight tested. One lighting manufacturer designed an improved light unit based on the centres analysis of ideal candle-power distribution of runway lights. A complete system of these runway lights was installed at Milwaukee, Wis., airport for service testing. high-intensity

aircraft

By midyear,

lights

the Victor airways had been increased to 52,000

mi. of primary and 20,000 mi. of alternate airways, and 375 omniranges had been commissioned in the domestic United States to implement the

new airways. These ultramodern, very-

the additional

federal agencies in

program through volunteer workers

States carry out the

pervised by full-time

FCD.\

all

By 1953

su-

and major cities had civil defense organizations. States with mutual aid compacts with other states numbered 29, and most states authorized similar agreements among their communities. Civil defense forces were actively serving in peacetime emergencies and disasters in S3 states and five territories. Thirty-three states and Hawaii had civil defense workmen's compensation coverstaffs.

all

states, territories

age, an increase of 18 in 1953.

In 1953 the FCDA National Training centre at Olney, Md., graduated approximately 400 persons from its staff school and trained more than 300 rescue workers on the specially designed

These

workers and instructors trained

high-frequency airways would eventually replace the existing

"Rescue

72,000 mi. of federally maintained low-frequency airways.

other civil defense workers in training schools and training con-

Progress was

made toward completing

DME

the initial 450 ground

street."

ferences in their respective states.

(distance measuring equipment) system.

During 1953 the

ILS (instrument landing system) or omnirange stations, enables a pilot to know by a glance at his instrument panel how many miles away from the station he is. With omniranges, it makes bad weather approaches possible at locations where ILS is not provided, permits aircraft to

the distribution of

stations in the

DME,

installed in aircraft

and

at

bypass densely populated areas, permits lower

flight altitudes in

mountainous terrain and eliminates the necessity of separate electronic aids to tell a pilot how far away from a given point he is. More than 100 ground stations had been completed

by July I. A program was

staff

FCDA its

pubHc education program increased

publications and

made wider

use of the

nation's newspapers, magazines, radio, television, theatres and

mediums

other civil

for public instruction. Volunteer enrolment in

defense increased to about 4.300,000 persons.

In 1953

FCDA

maintained co-operation with the

air

force

and state civil defense directors in an educational and recruitment program for the ground observer corps, a civilian component of the air force. By the end of June 1953 more than 300,000 ground observer corps volunteers were enrolled by state and local civil defense directors.

FCDA

also maintained cosponsorship of the national blood

development of high-altitude airways, the implementation of which would be of major benefit

program with the department of defense and the American Red

to air carrier type of operations.

Cross.

The

CAA

initiated for the

team of engineering and flight specialists continued to study the problems connected with the manufacture and operation of turbine-powered transport aircraft, and discussions were held with the British concerning the certification and operation of British turbine-powered aircraft in the United States.

178

FCDA

is

responsible for providing a mass

nating warnings of approaching ings are provided

readiness at

by the

air

the local level,

enemy

means

of dissemi-

aircraft as these

warn-

During 1953 the state of as reflected by warning devices force.

and in operation, was estimated at 35%. By 1954, with additional warning devices purchased under the 1952 and 1953 installed

CIVIL RIGHTS

— CIVIL

matching-funds programs, attack warning coverage would be provided for about In

54%

FCDA

peacetime disaster

relief

negotiated ten additional agreements with the

army and various government

agencies to implement this pro-

gram. In the 1953 spring and early summer storms and tornadoes and the many droughts, FCDA used experience gained in previous peacetime disasters to provide prompt and effective

During the year, the Federal Civil Defense administration participated with the Atomic Energy commission and the dein

explosion in Nevada.

Operation "Doorstep." an atomic

FCDA's

test

effectiveness of simple

homes

to test the

basement shelters; (2) exposure of eight

outdoor, home-type shelters in a joint project with test the structural strength of

AEC,

protection

afforded

to

passengers

mechanical operation of the

to

such shelters; and (3) exposure

of a variety of typical passenger cars to determine the of

test

program had three major

(i) exposure of two typical U.S.

projects:

cars.

and the

(See also

amount on the

effect

Atomic Energy.)

In Sept. 1953 FCDA made available to the public a list of probable target areas in the country. These 193 concentrations of U.S. productive strength included 70 targets listed as critical.

Previously this target

list

had been treated as restricted

information.

On May of

AM

The

tional.

and

15 "Conelrad,"' a plan providing limited operations

radio stations during alerts and attacks,

plan allowed the broadcast of

vital civil

became opera-

official

information

defense instructions without furnishing naviga-

enemy. At the end of the fiscal year. $55,600,000 in medical and special weapons defense supplies and equipment, financed by federal funds and federal-state matching funds, had been delivtional aids to an

ered to

FCDA

reduced the number of lay-off categories from 26 to

It

or other federal warehouses or to the states.

This compared with only $26,400,000

six months earlier. Stockequipment essential to the emerfacilities was under way in 70 storage

6,

own agency,

and notified all federal agencies that they could not retain an indefinite employee in a position in their commuting area for which a career employee was qualified. Probably the most widely discussed personnel action of the year was the executive order of April i which set up a conor policy-determining

category of employees to be These positions were placed outside of civil service and agency heads were given authority to appoint and dismiss at their discretion. Positions were allocated to Schedule C on the basis of department recommendations, subject to approval b\' the Civil Service commission. The executive order was justified on the grounds that department heads fidential

known

assistance.

partment of defense

179

restricted an employee's "bumping"' rights to his

of the people in the target areas.

role as co-ordinator of federal

its

activities,

gram.

SERVICE

as Schedule C.

could not effectively carry out less

new administration policies unin sympathy with

they had authority to appoint persons

As

commission had granted 407 C and had denied 32. On May 27, the Civil Service commissions Loyalty Reviewboard and the citizen boards were abolished. Employees suspended or placed in nonsensitive positions were to be given hearings before three-man boards composed of federal emploj-ees. The boards were to make recommendations, but the final decision was left to the department head. The criteria to be applied in judging an employees suitability were spelled out the program.

of mid-August, the

requests to transfer jobs to Schedule

in the order.

Dwight D. Eisenhower had made his appointments to Service commission by April 1953. The two new Republican members were Philip Young, chairman, and George M. Moore. The Democratic member was Frederick J. Lawton. Young was also designated as personnel adviser to the president and invited to attend cabinet meetings. In August the commission released a report describing a new organizational setup designed to separate the commission's administrative and planning functions more definitely from its inspection and Pres.

the

Civil

piling of critical engineering

gency restoration of vital locations throughout the nation. For fiscal 1954 congress approved an appropriation of $46,525.000 for the Federal Civil Defense administration. Of this amount, $8,525,000 was for operations, $10,500,000 for contri-

HAVe YOU EVER WRITTEN ANYTHING OF A CONTf^OVERStAL

butions and $27,500,000 for stock-piling.

Val Peterson, former governor of Nebraska, was Federal Civil

Defense administrator

in

1953.

NATURE?

(See also Civil Aeronautics

Administration; Municipal Go\ernment.)

(V. Pn.)

Civil Rights: see Education; Law; Negroes, American.

United States. Civil

Service.

changes

in federal

— During

publican administration

1953. the

made

new Re-

several

major

personnel poHcy. most of which were put into

by executive order. The changes that had the greatest civil service employees dealt with reductions in force, the loyalty program, veteran preference and the establishment of a confidential, policy-making category of federal employees effect

impact on

placed outside of

civil service.

The government adopted a definite program to reduce the number of federal employees. In August Philip Young, chair-

man

of the Civil Service commission, announced that the fedpay roll had been cut by 80,000 employees, and that plans were under way to drop 100,000 more by July i, 1954. Approximately 50,000 would be discharged; the other 50,000 would be taken care of by not filling vacancies. On June 30, 1953, the end of the fiscal year, the government employed 2.469.640 persons. The Civil Service commission revised several regulations in eral

order to

make

it

easier to administer this

retrenchment pro-

MINNEAPOLIS STA«



"AT last THE PERFECT SECURITY RISK!" a cartoon by Justus Minneapolis Star (Minn.), which appeared in 1953

of the

CLARK— CLEVELAND

180 check-up responsibilities.

govern pay; or

There were two important legislative acts affecting civil service. Congress modified the Veterans' Preference act (i) to re-

main categories

make

quire veterans to

were added the register

a passing

grade before preference points

and (2) to only veterans with more than

to their test scores

top of

lloat to the

10% compensable

disabilities.

The Thomas

leave rider, which required federal employees to

was earned, was repealed. The new legislation permitted federal employees to accumulate a ma.ximum of 30 days. Employees who had already accumulated more than this amount were expected to reduce the leave to the 30-day maximum within a reasonable number of years. The same law authorized the president to set annual and sick leave take annual leave in the year

it

who earned more than $15,000. In would not receive terminal leave pay. At the close of the 1953 legislative year, 12 states had passed significant personnel legislation. Louisiana voters adopted a conpolicy for federal otTicials

addition, these employees

stitutional

system.

amendment

New York

re-established

that

state celebrated

a

state-wide merit

70th civil service anni-

its

in the rates of

— bearing

pay

mind

at present in force for the

connexion the need for pay of those categories; (b) in the hours of work, arrangements for overtime and remuneration for extra duty, and annual leave allowances; (c) within the framework of the existing superannuation scheme." The royal commission started work during the late autumn. (See also in

in this

a suitable relationship between the

Government Departments and Bureaus; Municipal Government.)

(E. E. Bs.)

general, was bom Madison Barracks, N.Y. He graduated from the U.S. Military academy. West Point, X.Y., in 19 17 and saw action in France during World War I. He was graduated from the Command and General Staff school. Fort Leavenworth, Kan., in 1935 and from the Army War college, Washington, D.C. two years later. In .Aug. 1942 he went to England to take over command of U.S. ground forces in the European theatre of operations, and in Nov. 1942 he was second in command of the U.S. forces in the North African in-

^'^^^" on May

Plart mdl^ Marl WaunO Uldl^ VVdJfllC

He

),

i

us.

at

versary, and the legislature passed a law which followed the

vasion.

recently revised pattern of the U.S. Civil Service Commission.

city

Nov. 1944 was named commander in chief of the .Allied 15th army group. After World War II Clark was U.S. high commissioner for Austria (1945-47), commander of the U.S. 6th army in San Francisco (1947-49) and commander of the U.S. army field forces at Fort Monroe, Va. (1949-52). On April 28, 1952, Pres. Harry S. Truman appointed Clark supreme commander of U.N. forces in Korea to succeed Gen. Matthew^ B. Ridgway. Clark took command on May 12 during the height of the Koje prisoner of war disturbances, which were later successfully subdued. During the rest of 1952 and the first half of 1953 his principal task was to direct the delicate negotiations for a truce in Korea. Perhaps the most difficult part of this task was to win over Pres. Syngman Rhee of South Korea



ments were signed by Clark at his headquarters near Munsan on July 27, 1953. Shortly thereafter he returned to the United States, and on Aug. 6 he announced in Washington, D.C, that he would retire from the army on Oct. 31, 1953.

The president

of

Commission became the administrative

the

head, and the other two commissioners were to serve with him as policy makers.

Montana and Nevada extended

to all but policy level employees. Georgia

departments under sonnel

division

administration.

made

it

brought

civil

service

six additional

and Kansas established a pernewly created state depariment of

civil service,

within

a

Connecticut and Alabama passed laws which

possible for cities and counties to procure technical aid

in personnel

matters from the state on a cost basis.

New

York,

Massachusetts and CaUfornia had had similar arrangements with their local subdivisions for a

During 1953,

number

of years.

and state governments were still finding it difficult to recruit and retain enough competent employees to provide essential services. Shortages were particularly acute for stenographers, police and fire personnel, engineers, hospital attendants, nurses and doctors. (E. S. Rl.) Great Britain. Each quarter since April i, 1952, had shown a reduction in staff numbers. On Oct. i, 1953, there were 660,514 nonindustrial civil servants, as compared with 673,687 on Oct.

I,

led the U.S.

army

5th

in the invasion

to the idea of a truce without a united Korea.

Clay Products:

see

In 1953 the government, following discussions with staff repannounced that it had been decided that, while

truce docu-

Ceramic Arts and Crafts.

Cleveland, 0., had a population of 914,808 by

Cleveland.

must remain for the middle and higher ranks, some measure of freedom (not including parliamentary candidature) should be allowed to civil ser\'ants in the clerical and subclerical classes and in the lower reaches of the scientific and technical classes. As from Jan. i, 1952, all nonindustrial civil servants on salaries of up to £2,000 a year had received a special ''pay addition," on a graduated percentage basis, which took account of movements outside the civil service up to Dec. 31, 1951. The

which includes the city and most of

the ban on political activities

staff side of

the National Whitley council claimed an increase

in this '"pay addition'" to operate official side

from the beginning of 1953.

rejected this claim, and declined to repeat the

exceptional step of adjusting the pay of the whole service by a central settlement.

As

a result, a large

claims were presented, and fixed

The

1952.

resentatives,

The

of Italy in

Sept. 1943 and in

by negotiation or

many new

arbitration.

number

of sectional

increases ranged from

about £20 for the lowest grades up to about £40 for grades with salaries of £1,500.

In July the government announced the appointment of a royal commission under Sir Raymond Priestley's chairmanship, to consider, with respect to nonindustrial civil servants, whether any changes were desirable: "(a) in the principies which should

1950. its

Cuyahoga county,

suburbs, had a 1950

The county's estimated population Mayor Thomas A. Burke, who served longer than any other mayor in the city's history, was population April

I,

of

1.389,532.

1953, was

1,441,000.

appointed to complete the senate term of Sen. Robert

.\.

Taft

and did not run for re-election as mayor in 1953. Anthony J. Celebrezze, a state senator, was chosen in the Nov. 1953 election to succeed Mayor Burke. Having defeated the regular Democratic candidate in the Sept. 29 primary election, Celebrezze ran as an independent Democrat to beat the Republican J. McDermott, in the regular election. At the same time voters endorsed two important bond issues, $35,000,000 for a subway and $7,000,000 for slum clearance and

candidate, William

reconstruction.

The

consolidated scales were

The

the federal census of

in

city council

capital

on

May

expenditures,

25 voted approval of $14,000,000

which, with an earlier appropriation

improvements program These projects included sewers, buildings, bridges, paving, parking facilities and improvements of airports, zoo and lake front. On Aug. 11 the of

$15,920,000,

brought

the

capital

to $29,920,000, largest in the city's history.

council voted to hold the city tax for general operating expense at no more than the existing rate, $15.60 per $1,000.

CLIMATE — COAL Two

181

amendments were passed at the Sept. 29 One empowered the council to set the mayor's

city charter

primary election. salary and the other eliminated the necessity for a councilmanic candidate to run in the regular election if he received a majority of the votes cast in the primary election. Construction of a $40,000,000 plant which was to house two of the most powerful hydraulic forge presses in the country began in suburban Cuyahoga Heights in 1953. The plant would be owned by the United States air force and operated by the

Aluminum Company

A

of America.

tornado sweeping across northern Ohio struck Cleveland on

the night of June

8. killing

nine persons and causing millions of

worth of damage. A $5,000,000 Dougherty Lumber company yard on the dollars

Aug.

16.

A

mysterious explosion of gas

up three-quarters the death of a

The

of a mile of

woman and

fire

destroyed

the

city's southeast side

in a

West 117th

sewer Sept. 10 tore street, resulting in

injuries to 58 other persons.

general fund budget of the city of Cleveland for 1953

was $41,905,489. On Jan. i, 1953, the net tax-supported debt of the city was $90,377,000; the gross general debt was $99,925,000. In addition there were self-supporting debts of $6,938,000 represented by sewage disposal bonds and $46,172,500 represented by utilities bonds. At the end of Sept. 1953 there were 231,700 hourly production workers on the pay rolls of greater Cleveland industry as compared with 230,800 a year earlier. Enrolment in Cleveland public schools in Sept. 1953 was 109.052. (P. Bv.)

BUSINESSMEN for

on

New York

production, about

2%

avenue demonstrating walking shorts

city's Fifth

summer wear. These became

1953

increasingly popular during

/%.

to

in

women's wear industry.

the

Blouse and skirt production showed the greatest increase, and

Climate:

see

dress production

Meteorology.

showed

a

proportionate slight decrease, indi-

cating the growing popularity of the blouse and skirt as against

The United

Clothing Industry.

States clothing industry in

showed a definite improvement compared with the previous year. During the first half of 1952, the industry had been in the last stages of liquidating the excessive inventories that had accumulated as a result of overproduction which took place during the early months of the Korean war. When the fall season of 1952 began, these inventories were liquidated, and production started on an even keel. This improvement was continued well into 1953. In men's clothing there was a substantial improvement in the first half of 1953 as compared with the same six months of the 'i [953

as

previous year. In the production of

and other items of tailored apparel

suits,

overcoats, topcoats

men, the industry operated at 87% of capacity during this period, compared with 68*;; during the comparable period of 1952. Of particular interest in men's wear were the increasing use of lightweight fabrics in summer suits and the growing popularity of blends (man-made fibre plus wool).

for

women's coat and suit industry and in is wool. During the latter part of 1952 and the first half of 1953, the w'orld price of raw wool was fairly well stabilized. This meant there w'ere only minor basic fibre in the

fluctuations in the price of wool fabrics throughout the world.

Business

conditions

in

throughout the

industry

clothing

the

world were therefore on a more even keel than years. In Great Britain, on the

Africa,

Canada and other

in the

European continent,

previous in

South

countries, the clothing industry oper-

ated at a fairly profitable level, and production did not exceed

demand to any extent. The sportswear trend was more noticeable in Europe than Great Britain. Wool was still by far the most favoured fibre

Women's

clothing in Great Britain. (See also

in in

Fashion's.)

(H. A. Cn.)

in-

With the exception of 1949, world coal production had uUflia increased each year since the low of 1945. and in 1952 it

in-

was

more. For example, fewer than 1,000.000 sport coats were made in 1942, compared with approximately S.000,000 during 1952 and probably even more in 1953. There had been also a phenomenal growth in the

demand

for separate pants

the increase was particularly noticeable in pants

and

slacks,

made

The production of sport shirts increased 34% compared with the previous year, and that of the

fabrics.

and

of rayon in

1952

dress or

19% for the year. During the months of 1953, sport shirts showed a 25^;, gain as compared with the same period in the previous year, and dress shirts showed an increase of only 19%. The popularity of dungarees, slacks, levis and similar types of clothing, for both men and women, was far more noticeable than ever before. For the first quarter of 1953 there was a slight increase in

business type of shirt decreased six

The

the men's clothing industry

p_«i

creasingly popular. This trend had been growing for a decade or

first

1953-

This demand for dacron and wool or orlon and

wool was expected to grow even greater in 1954. In keeping with the trend toward more comfortable and formal wear, sport coats and single pants or slacks became

as

the one-piece dress. This trend was expected to continue for

43%

greater than in 1945.

The outputs

of the

ducing countries and the world totals are shown Table

Canada United States Belgium Ciechoslovokic France

.

.

.

.

.

Netherlonds. Poland Spain United Kingdom .

Yugoslavia China

.

.

.

.

....

South Africa. Australia

Total

.

.

.

all

I,

as

World

grodesl

1946

1948

1949

1950

1951

1952

17.81

15.87 687.81 26.89 42.53 52.16 11.56 271.49

18.45

19.12

19.14

18.59

17.58

656.65

480.57 30.70 47.98 58.47

560.38

576.33 32.68 54.34 60.60 17.78 401.42 17.20 49.30 13.97 95.44 14.39 249.63 310? 13.27 47.67 38.56 29.36 28.50 2,120

505.58 33.49 57.98 63.22

594.43 25.19 37.01

29.41

45.56 49.75 13.85 294.34 11.68 39.98 12.47

15.72

327.44

30.10 50.66 57.90 16.63 344.52

13.04

14.61

83.01

44.15 13.13 86.75

13.25 234.52 226?

13.41

43.81 13.71 91.31 13.71

240.93 260?

242.28 291?

33.27 26.02 21.94

17? 31.81 26.25 23.48

11.82 20? 33.74 26.47 24.05

13.36 18? 35.50 28.10 24.05

14.18 40.79 36.18 29.18 26.72

1,621

1,808

1,890

1,825

2,000

9.77 53.07 13.33 214.81 178? 7.50 14?

India



major proTable

1947

251.95 7.00 25.05

Hungary Japan

Producfion of fhe

millions of short Ions

54.34 8.69

Soar

Germany

U.S.S.R

— Coo/

I.

(In

in

9.71

33.13 11.66 70.43 3.08 221.14 193? 10.24

17.90

422.26 20.72 49.48 14.07 99.13 15.28 253.67

332? 13.34

56? 40.57 30.94 30.83

2,130



COAL

182

COAL MINERS in Formosa, where in 1953 the U.S. Mutual Security agency was assisting in the modernization of mining methods and development of Formosan resources

The ig countries include more than 10,000,000 tons a year.

reported by the U.S. bureau of mines. all

those having an output of

These countries usually account for 97'>^-98% of the world total, and in 1952 the four leading producers supplied 71% of the world total. United States. The most important features of the coal industry in the United States are shown in Table II, and the production by states in Table III, both as reported by the U.S. bureau of mines. Total coal production in 1952 was 12% below the 1951 level; output showed a sharp downward trend throughout the first half of the year, and in the second half suffered three major



breaks in production

— the

usual

work holiday

in

July, a so-

"memorial holiday" in August, and other off week in October, aside from the lesser decline in production at the year end. Anthracite production was more uniform than bituminous and showed a better over-all record, with a decline of only 5% called

Table

II.

Dafa of the Coal Industry (In

Production, fetal Anthracite. . Soft cools. . Bituminous. Lignite

.

United States

1947

1948

1949

1950

687,814 57,190 630,624 627,750

656,658 57,140 599,518 596,432 3,086

480,570 42,702 437,868 434,776

560,388 44,077

1S,353 43,787 6,657 50,483 6,676

10,377 32,325 5,012 37,690 4,943

2,874

.

in the

thousands of short tons)

3,092

5 16,3 11

512,941 3,370

1951

1952

576,335 42,670 533,665 530,373

505,583 40,583 465,000 462,000

3,292

3,000

1,135

10,697 29,886 5,155 35,428 4,592 29

Anthracite

Open-cut . Underground Used locally. Shipped

12,603 44,587 6,138 51,052 8,510 10

.

Exports. Imports. Stocks .

.

.

.

.

.

.

1

.

.

702

964

975

Consumption.

48,200

50,200

37,700

Bituminous and .

.

Exports. Imports. Stocks .

.

.

.

.

.

.

Consumption. Railroads

Coke ovens Power utilities Steel mills

Cement Other

1

31,534 5,163 37,507 5,956 27

982

1,709

37,000

35,300

lig nite

Open-cut Underground Used locally. Shipped . .

11,834 32,243 5,047 39,030 3,892 18 1,268 39,900

mills

Industrial Retail dealers .

139,395 491,229 17,680 612,943 68,667 290 57,7B7 557,243 109,296 104,800 86,009 10,048 7,938 139,989 99,163

139,506 460,012 16,329 583,189 45,925 291

76,662 519,909 94,838 107,306 95,620 10,046 8,554 113,798 89,747

106,045 331,823

123,467 392,844

117,618 416,047

11,651

13,217 563,292 25,468

15,162 8,503 56,726

347

292 76,636 468,904 54,005 13,448 101,898 7,973

47,637 262 76,745 418,650 37,962 97,534 103,273 6,820

8,525 105,634 76,531

95,863 68,393

426,217 27,842 315 48,373 445,538 68,123 91,176 80,610 7,451

7,988 98,957 90,299

72,516 454,202 60,969 103,845 88,262 7,698 7,943 98,164 86,604

103,000 362,000

compared with a drop of 13% in bituminous output. Bituminous and anthracite production both continued to de-

cline

in y^953,

time with anthracite making the poorer

25% decline. Canada.

— Coal production increased appreciably

8,756,353 tons in the tons in the

Great

first

— In

in 1953, to

half of the year, against 7,733,284

same period of 1952.

Britain.

spite of the

(G. A. Ro.; B. B. M.) marked improvement which

occurred during 1952 in the recruitment of labour, the coal industry at the beginning of 1953 entered upon one of its most periods since nationalization. Productivity was declin-

difficult

ing and the cost of production had risen sharply in sions.

price.

the divi-

all

The National Coal board was forced to ask for The accounts for the first and second quarters

a rise in of 1953

showed that after making full allowance for taxation and for the payment of interest there were net surpluses of £541,113 and £808,187, respectively, but it was not expected that the increased revenue would do much more than cover the anticipated loss in 1953 caused by the extra week's holiday with pay granted to the miners that year, and the cost of the wages agreement negotiated with the National Union of Mineworkers in

February.

During the first half of 1953 there was a further increase in inland consumption of nearly 2,000,000 tons compared with the Table \l\.— United States Production of Coal, by Stales (In

..... Colorado ....

Alabama Illinois

Kentucky

8,078

this

Bituminous output to Oct. 17 totalled 361,853,000 tons, a drop of 2% from the same period of 1952, while the corresponding anthracite figures were 24,052,000 tons and a showing.

Indiana

1

1

as

Ohio Pennsylvania.

...

Tennessee Utah Virginia West Virginia

.

.

.

Wyoming Others Total bituminous

Grand

1947

1948

6.2 5.9

19.0 6.4

18.8

63.5 21.7 66.6 32.3 125.5

67.9 25.4 84.2 37.5 147.1

65.3 23.8

5.6 6.0 15.5

6.3 7.4

1

.

82.1

38.7 134.5 6.5 6.8 18.0

20.2 176.2

7.6 23.5

24.9

26.9

630.6 57.2 687.8

599.5

533.9

.

594.4

60.5 total

5.6

144.0

.

Anthracite

millions of short tons)

1946

8.1

12.9 4.6 47.2 16.6 62.6 31.0 89.2 4.2 6.2

14.6

168.9

122.6

6.4

6.0 20.3

57.1

656.6

437.9 42.7 480.6

1950

1951

14.4

13.6

4.3

4.1

56.3 20.0 78.5 37.8 105.9

54.2 19.5 75.0 37.9 108.6

5.1

6.7 17.7 149.1 6.4 17.3

516.3 44.1

560.4

5.4 6.1

11.0 3.6

45.6 16.3

68.3 35.2 89.1 4.3 6.1

21.4 163.3

20.4 142.2

6.4 18.4

17.0

533.7 42.7 576.3

6.1

465.0 40.6

5056

t COAST AND GEOD ETIC SURVEY, and the rate of increase was still rising. The annual expenditure on new developments and reconstruction was due to reach its peak in 1953, but the rate of investment was still only about 64^- of that scheduled in the plan for coal and the lag was already having a detrimental effect on production since it had been expected that some of the new deep mines would by this time have been making a greater contribufirst

half of 1952,

tion to the annual output.

The most important

projects started in

1953 were in the

anthracite area of the south Wales coal field where the sites

were being prepared for two large collieries which together would cost between £12,000,000 and £14.000,000. The new sinking was expected to reach depths of about 800 yd., and each of the two collieries was designed for an output of 750,000 to 1,000,000 tons a year with reserves which were expected to last for more than 100 years. It was intended that two more new collieries of about the same size would eventually be opened in the area, and the National Coal board planned to raise the total annual output of anthracite to 6.000,000 tons.

A

large propor-

would again be made available for export. Exports from Great Britain in 1953 were considerably higher than in 1952 and it seemed probable that the revised target of 13,000,000 tons would be reached by the end of the year. More than 80% of all the deep-mined coal produced in 1953 was undercut by machinery and mechanically conveyed from the face, but the bulk of it was loaded by hand and progress in mechanical loading was still the main problem in mechanization remaining to be solved. The National Coal board decided in 1952 to set up a central engineering establishment for the development of new machinery and equipment and to act as a link between the board's own research organization and the manufacturers of mining machinery. It was reported in 1953 that a site for the new establishment had been chosen in Derbyshire. Among the new machines imported from the United States during the year was a Marietta tunnelling machine which in the autumn was undergoing trials in the east midlands division. Four or five machines of the auger type used in open-cast mines in the United States had also been imported but in Great Britain they were being used underground. Further progress was made during the year in the development of techniques for the drainage of methane from the strata in the neighbourhood of the working faces. The outstanding scheme brought into operation in 1953 was at Haig colliery in Cumberland, where arrangements were being made by the Nation Coal board and the Gas board in that area to blend the methane with town gas for distribution through the gas grid. The quality of the coal supplied to consumers in Great Britain had been deteriorating steadily for many years, partly betion of this

cause of the exhaustion of the best seams and partly because

U.S.

183

neering work; observations of the earth's magnetism to provide

magnetic information essential to the mariner, aviator and land surveyor; seismological observations and investigations to supply data required in designing structures to reduce the earth-

quake hazard; and the production of nautical and aeronautical charts to meet the needs of marine and air commerce. Seventeen ships and three shore-based parties were engaged along the Atlantic, Gulf and Pacific coasts, and in Alaska, mak-

new nautical charts and for modModern electronic devices, such as

ing hydrographic surveys for ernization of existing ones.

Shoran and the electronic position indicator (EPI), were used and provided economical and highly effective methods of surveying at great distances from shore and during fog and inclement weather. A survey vessel, using EPI, in the Gulf of Mexico was able to locate to control the hydrographic surveys,

depths at a distance of 420 mi. from a shore station.

Photogrammetric mapping was continued along coastal areas of the United States and Alaska as part of the bureau's charting

program. Special emphasis was placed on the unmapped areas in the Aleutian Islands and the western and arctic coasts of

The program

Alaska.

of

mapping airports

for the preparation

of aeronautical charts of airports and airport obstruction plans

was carried forward. Fifty-six airports in the United States were photographed for this purpose. The tidal program of the bureau is designed to provide data for charting and mapping activities and to provide tide predictions a year in advance for the use of the navigator. Observations of the rise and fall of the tide were made at principal seaports of the United States and Alaska and in some of the islands in the western Pacific. Special tidal current surv'eys were completed for Puget sound and Boston harbour, and similar surveys were in progress in San Francisco bay and in Delaware bay and river. Major emphasis was continued on extending the networks of horizontal and vertical control in Alaska to meet the needs of the department of defense. Connections between existing arcs of triangulation in the interior were in progress; completion of these would permit an adjustment of the major system of the territory. In the United States, the geodetic control program was directed primarily toward providing horizontal and vertical control in various priority areas for use by federal agencies and others engaged in mapping and engineering work. The program of astronomic work in Florida and the Bahama Islands area, in connection with guided missile experiments by the air force, was continued. In furtherance of the magnetic survey of the United States,

made

observations were stations

and

at 52

new

field stations, at

52 repeat

at seven observatories.

Seismologic work

consisted principally of the

mapping of

increased facilities for coal cleaning on the surface were not

potential danger areas and the analyses of destructive earth-

keeping pace with mechanization at the coal face, which was

quake motions. The locations of about 750 earthquakes were determined during the year, using many instrumental reports received from co-operating stations in the United States and

necessarily accompanied

by the loading out of a greater proportion of dirt with the coal. During World War II it had not been possible to build new washeries and a great deal of leeway had still to be made up before the program for cleaning between 70% and 80% of the total output mechanically was fulfilled. (See also Labour Unions.) (J. A. S. R.)

abroad.

The bureau operated 67 strong-motion seismographs

five states of the

The

in

western seismic region.

seismic sea

wave warning system, which

the bureau de-

veloped for warning the Hawaiian Islands of an impending destructive sea wave, operated effectively on

Nov.

4,

1952,

when

destructive waves originating with a submarine earthquake near

Coast and Geodetic Survey, U.S. bul"*

oul

partment of commerce continued the survey of the coastal areas of the United States and Alaska to ensure safe navigation; the observation, analysis and prediction of tides and currents to furnish datum planes to engineers and tide and current tables to mariners; the establishment of the basic networks of control to provide a framework for mapping and other engi-

Kamchatka struck the islands. Considerable property damage was caused, but no lives were lost. A special publication, No. 300, dealing with this sea wave was published. More than 40,000.000 nautical and aeronautical charts were published requiring 90.000.000 press impressions.

New

repro-

duction processes and techniques, using screens, were developed

which reduced by

10%

the

number

of press impressions re-

;

COAST GUARD,

184 quired

for

classes

certain

of

aeronautical

The

charts.

U.S

rapid

expansion of aviation has made necessary a corresponding expansion of aeronautical chart coverage. Thirteen charts of a '"Terminal Area Holding and Departure." were comand published. Planning was begun for a proposed series of jet navigation charts, which would eventually replace the route charts. A total of 707 nautical charts and 1.394 aeronautical charts were available in different series to meet the various needs of marine

new

series.

piled

and

{See also Oce.anography

air navigation.

;

Seismology.) (R. F. A. S.)

Pnoot PllorH II Q uOdol UUdrQ, U.O.

Maintaining safety and order upon the

high

seas

and navigable waters

subject to the jurisdiction of the United States bility of the U.S. coast guard.

varied duties

its

to prevent loss of life

is

is

a responsi-

The primary purpose

of most of and property result-

ing from unsafe or illegal practices.

Administered by the commandant from headquarters in Washington, D.C., the coast guard is a military organization and a branch of the armed forces. It operates under the treasury

department except in time of war or when the president so directs, when it becomes a specialized service in the navy. Military strength on active duty at the end of

fiscal

year 1953

was 34,943, and consisted of 3,177 commissioned officers, 452 commissioned warrant officers, 343 cadets, 906 warrant officers and 30.065 enlisted men. Reserves numbered 17.597. of whom 951 officers and 1,602 enlisted men were on extended active duty.

The authorized 919

at

strength of civilian employees consisted of

headquarters in Washington, and a

field

force of 1,472

PLOWING

through ice-covered Bering sea in the winter of 1952-53, a U.S. coast guard icebreai^er, the "Northwind" (right), and the U.S.S. "Burton Island" of the navy attempted to reach Nome, Alsk. Ice prevented the successful completion of the expedition

ner's

documents bearing evidence of security clearance were

issued to 47,750 individuals, and 93,535 port security cards were issued to pilots, longshoremen, warehousemen and other water-

front workers.

In addition to search and rescue activities engaged in by

all

wage board employees and 586 parttime lamplighters. This was a decrease of 27 in civilian em-

coast guard establishments, six search and rescue groups, each

ployees since 1952.

were maintained outside the continental U.S. to serve principal

Larger ships in commission consisted of 195 cutters of various types including icebreakers and buoy tenders. 63 patrol

military and civilian air lanes.

and ten buoy boats. Also in operation were 268 motor surfboats, 171 motor lifeboats, 1,198 miscellaneous motorboats. 1.913 nonpowered craft and 76 barges.

cations, air navigation facilities

salaried personnel, 3,179

boats, 36 lightships, 41 harbour tugs

Shore establishments included

and depots, 46 marine inspection

12

district

offices,

offices,

24 bases

seven merchant ma-

two supply centres,

comprised of a rescue co-ordination centre, vessel and

aircraft,

and rescue, communiand meteorological services in areas regularly traversed by aircraft of the U.S. and co-operating governments. Five stations each were operated in the Pacific and North Atlantic, and the operation of one other Atlantic station was shared, two-thirds by the U.S. and one-

Ocean station

vessels provided search

ting stations, three radio beacon stations

by the Netherlands. Funds available in 1953 totalled $249,923,929. During this period the value of vessels and aircraft assisted, including cargo, was $933,269,930. The number of calls for assistance responded to was 18,443, 3i^d 5,213 persons were saved or rescued from

tion finder station.

peril.

During the year 137 fixed and rotary wing aircraft were in operation from nine air stations. Air detachments provided search and rescue facilities at Argentia, Nfd.; Bermuda, B.W.I. San Juan. P.R.; Honolulu, Midway Island, Wake Island and Guam; Sangley point, Phil.; and at Annette Island and Kodiak,

During the year no person lost his life as a result of any marine casualty involving inspected and certified United States passenger vessels. During the year 6,275 vessels were inspected, 360,201 undocumented vessels were numbered, and 93,285 docu-

rine details in foreign ports, one shipyard,

one receiving centre, one training station, one academy, 13 air detachments. 16 radio stations, 150 lifeboat stations, 331

manned

lights,

56 light attendant stations, 37 loran transmitand one radio direc-

Alsk.

In addition to the general enforcement of federal laws on the

third

ments were issued merchant marine personnel. A total of 38.169 aids to navigation were maintained U.S.,

its

territories,

and

possessions,

Pacific Islands

guard assisted other departments and agencies of the govern-

sisted of loran, radar

ment having primary

22,267 buoys of various types.

responsibility for the enforcement of the

Pollution act, anchorage regulations, laws relating to in-

ternal revenue, customs, immigration, quarantine

and the con-

servation and protection of wildlife and fisheries.

Port security units continued to operate on

a

front facilities

These aids conand

light stations, lightships

Typical examples of assistance rendered during the year: On July 18, 1952, the U.S.S. "Black Gull" advised by SOS

was afire south of Block Island, Long Island. The C.G.C. "Mackinac," en route from New York to her ocean station, aided in the rescue of 45 of the 49 persons aboard. that she

limited scale

major shipping centres to protect selected vessels and waterfrom sabotage, screen water-front workers and merchant seamen sailing on U.S. vessels, control the entry of certain merchant vessels and supervise the loading and unloading of explosives and other dangerous cargoes. Merchant mari-

in

beacon and

in the

Trust Territory of the

at overseas military bases.

high seas and territorial waters of the United States, the coast

Oil

the

On

Dec.

8,

1952. coast guard search and rescue facilities in rescuing four persons and recov-

Bermuda were instrumental in ering 17 bodies from a Cuban the sea.

aircraft

which had crashed into

——

COBALT — COINAGE 1953, search and rescue aircraft from Sangley point, Phil., went to the assistance of a naval aircraft which had

On

Jan. 19,

ditched 10 mi.

the China coast as a result of

off

A

fire.

waters

Formosa

in the

and picked up

landed

coast guard plane

anti-aircraft

straits,

in

185

^^°''l

drawing the rubber of

New

test

matches against Australia. In the

Zealand tour that followed, South Africa won the only

McGlew

per pound as compared with prices as high as 22 cents per

finished test

pound

carrying his bat for 255 not out. In Jan. 1953 India for the

in

1950-51.

World Cotton Production and Trade.

— Production

1952-53 season was approximately 35.750.000

bales,

in the

and pre-

liminary indications were that the 1953-54 crop would be nearly as

large,

thus adding about

2,300,000 bales to the mounting

world surplus. Not only was the U.S. crop fully as large as 1952, but the Indian crop

about

12%

less,

was

large.

in

The Mexican crop was

compared with 1952, and smaller crops were Turkey and Syria.

indicated for Pakistan. Egypt.

Carry-over stocks at the end of 1952-53 were approximately 17,100,000 bales, as compared with as few as 11,600,000 bales

end of the 1950-51 season, but as compared also with a prewar carry-over which averaged 17,000,000 bales. Trade tended to lag, as compared with the previous year, partly because of price uncertainty and a tendency to use stocks as recently as the

on hand rather than accumulate forward supplies. Exports fell perhaps 10% below the level of the previous year. Turkey and Peru exported

at high or

its



Cottonseed

281

cated as about 1.700.000 bales. Carry-over stocks of linters on

pared with 548.000

minimum

Cottonseed. The 1953 U.S. cottonseed outturn was indicated as a probable 6.376,000 tons, as compared with 6,176,000 tons in 1952. The support price was reduced to $54.50 per ton,

000 tons.

compared with 5.500.000 in the previous year. It was announced that there would be no export subsidy on 1953 crop cotton, such as was provided from late 1944 until late 1950 when

Aug.

providing

closely associated with U.S. support prices.

249 289 379

as

much

in

1,024

for the year 1952-53 being only 3,200.000 bales

the subsidy reached as

tions in 1951-52,

334

flncludes Pokistan.

ton exports caused cline

The Raw Cotton commission

75%

Average, 1935-39

1,100 1,400

involved

sustaining a loss of about $70,000,000 in

as the Principal Producing Countries

thousands of 5001b. balesi

Egypt

loss

was perhaps as much as 20% above

for their own account from nondollar and nonsterling countries. Premiums on nondollar cotton had narrowed or disappeared, with world price levels, when adjusted for quality, apparently

Florida Virginia Other states

Brazil

the

312 716 568 697 543 522 429 345

New Mexico

3,200 1,400

officially

spinners had the option of buying through the commission or

Missouri

India

of the

911

Oklohomo

...

30%

890 948 729 756 657

Tennessee North Carolina

Country

Kar-

for

3,162 1,670

Georgia

United Stotes China (including Monchuriol

30',;

decree, acreage devoted to

1942-51

Aiiiono

(In

market plus

3,808 1,906 1,818 1,366

Louisiana South Carolina

— Coffon Production of

By

types.

4,150 2,100

975 990 775 790 710 670 460 440 430 335

III.

Ashmouni

1952

Alabumo

Toble

for

$'/,

based on

the previous

sell at

1953

1,725 1,485

Californio

at a fixed price

value on the world market.

Indicated

Stote

Texas

.iiid

prices to growers, which

Cotton Production by Leading Slates

New York

da\'s closing price of the

to II.

would buy the crop

1950

only.

Toble

it

the estimated cost of production and would

1953*

Japan

— CRICKET

announced that

Goods

Piece

OIL

record levels, whereas U.S. exports

slumped. Pakistan, after heavy exports,

in

September placed an

export duty of $20 on each bale.

Egyptian exports increased, though the Alexandria market

was closed by government decree

in

Nov. 1952. The government

match by an innings and 180

runs.

D.

J.

first

time visited the West Indies. Although six days were allotted to the games, four were drawn, the

West Indies winning

the other

by 142 runs.

The advent sett

of the Australian touring

team under A. L. Has-

excited the liveliest expectation in England. In the

match

first

Nottingham on June 11 Australia, thanks to A. L. Morris (67), Hassett (115) and K. R. Miller (55), scored 249 runs, A. V. Bedser taking 7 wickets for 55 runs, to which England replied with 144. Australia's position seemed strong but test

at

they were

all out for 123, Bedser taking 7 wickets for 44 runs. England scored 120 runs for 2 wickets, rain seriously curtailing play and the match being drawn. In contrast at Lords there were five days of sunshine. Hassett

made a century, but to the Australian total of 346 England, with L. H. Hutton (145) and T. W. Graveney (78), replied with 372. To Australia's second innings' total of 368 Miller's 115 and Morris' 89 were the chief contributions. In England's T. E. Bailey (71) and W. Watson (109) saved the

final innings

game by 3 wickets. The weather dominated Australia's total of 318

the third

match

at Manchester.

To

—R.N.Harvey (122) and G. B.Hole (66)

CRIME

—England had

replied with

There was no more play

1

26 for 4 by the end of the third day.

until after

luncheon on the

day;

fifth

thanks to Bailey again, the risk of a follow-on was averted. In the hour that was left Australia lost 8 wickets for 35 runs.

On

the

first

day of the fourth

scored no more than 142 for

7 in

test

match

England

at Leeds,

52 hours, and Australia ended

the second day with a lead of 99. About two hours were possible on the Saturday, and just before rain shut dow-n on the play, L. H. Hutton.

who

captained England in the series, w'as out

still 37 behind. W. J. Edrich (64) and D. Compton (60 not out) batted bravely on the Monday, but by the

207

burglaries at $180 and general larcenies at $81. In 383 cities

more than 25,000 population, representing a total of somewhat more than 50,000,000 inhabitants, the total loss resulting from these property crimes was in excess of $250,000,000. The smaller urban places, and especially the rural districts, generally had lower per capita rates of property crimes and lower average of

values attaching to the property stolen.

Of 42,443 robberies committed in 1952 in these representative more than 52% were committed on the streets. Robberies

cities,

and other commercial places

with England

of banks, chain stores,

close 5 wickets were

accounted for 32.8%, while only i robbery out of 11 was committed in a residence. On the other hand, residence burglaries,

down

for a lead of only 78.

after fine defensive batting

On

by Bailey, Australia,

than two hours' play, just failed to

make

the last day,

with

left

less

and the

runs,

177

stations

40%

of the

1952 in these

cities,

both by day and by night, accounted for more than total of burglaries.

Of the 575,996

match was drawn.

oil

reported in

larcenies

With Hutton

and personal articles from automobiles constituted 40.6% of the total. Pocket picking and purse snatching accounted for only 3.3% of the thefts. Bicycle thefts still repre-

(82) fighting hard, England reached 154 before the third wicket

sented a respectable share of the larceny total, with 14.8%.

but Bailey (64), supported by the tail, wrung a precious lead of only 31. With 59 up and only Hassett out, Australia was on terms again, but G. A. R. Lock (5 for 45) and Laker then

(See also Federal Bureau of Investigation; Juvenile Delinquency; Law; Secret Service, U.S.)

Oval, Hassett (53) gave his side a good start but only a fine 62 by R. Lindwall redeemed the failure

In the

final test at the

of the middle batsmen, to achieve a total of 275.

fell,

took charge and only a gallant 49 by R. G. Archer saved Australia from collapse and set England 132 to win. In the final

game the English batting never Edrich (55) and Compton finally ran to the

stage of the

faltered,

and

as

pavilion, a vast

crow'd acclaimed the winning of the Ashes for the

first

time in

20 years.

thefts of accessories



Bibliography. Federal Bureau of Investigation, Unijorm Crime Reports jor the United States and Its Possessions, no. i and 2 (1952). no. I (1953): International City Managers Association, Municipal Year Book, vol.

XX (1953).

Great

Britain.

ber of persons found guilty of offenses of (against 723,320 in 1951), of dictable

Surrey won the county championship; the Gentlemen beat the Players; Cambridge

won

the university match; and

Harrow.

Eton beat

(H.

S.

A.)

Primo

uMlliC>

— Major

crimes rose

in

volume for

the fifth successive year, bringing the mid-1953 level

to a point

9%

higher than that recorded in 1951. In the

first

half of the year the most pronounced increase was in attacks

with deadly weapons, which rose to a point 8.4% higher than the already high levels established during the corresponding

months

of

A 6.5%

1952.

rise

also

occurred in rape, which

brought the mid-1953 level for that crime to a point more than

75% higher than during the pre-World War II By contrast with these two crimes, the trend slaughter and offenses against property was

years.

in murder, manmore encouraging,

with auto theft the only one to show more than a nominal at 5.1%. Since this particular crime customarily

rise,

shows rather

wide annual fluctuations, the current increase was not necessarily significant.

Such broad generalizations

for the nation as a

whole some-

times obscure local changes of some significance. In 1953, for example, the general increase here noted was the result of a rural

upswing of 9%, w-hereas the

with only a 0.5% increase notable

cities

in the total of

were almost stationary major crimes. The only

urban increases were for aggravated assault at

neghgent manslaughter (chiefly highway

fatalities) at

7%, 6.6% and

auto theft at 4.8%.

Complete data for 1952 show that automobiles constituted of all property stolen during that year. Auto accessories, luggage and bicycles made up 16% of the total, currency 11% and jewellery 8%. Paralleling some of these figures were the

55%

rates for recovery of stolen property, with stolen automobiles

leading at

92.4%



far

above the general average for

all

prop-

erty recoveries, which in that year stood at 59.1%. Currency

(10.2%), jewellery (13.5%) and furs (6.1%) show-ed the lowest rates of recovery.

Highest values per offense naturally attached to auto theft, at $1,060 per case. Robberies followed with an average of $235,

616,298

offenses,

whom

all

the

num-

kinds was 753.012

131,047 had committed in-

nonindictable

offenses

and

5,667

offenses against defense regulations. This represented a slight defirst and third categories and an increase of 31,844 second category, which was largely accounted for by an

crease in the in the

increase in

United States.

(BR- S.)

—In England and Wales during 1952

offenses.

creases

traffic,

Among in

prostitution

and Wireless Telegraphy acts

indictable offenses there were substantial in-

embezzlement (19%), frauds and

false

pretenses

(15%) and robbery (8%), whereas the figures for most offenses in the larceny group went down. The increase in sex offenses was smaller (3%) than in previous years. Of those found guilty of indictable

offenses

114,859

were males and

16,188

females

The proportion of offenses from 11.9% to 12.4%. The

(against 117,004 and 15,813 in 1951).

by females had therefore increased age group distribution showed a further decline for boys aged 8 and under 14 from 21.1% in 1950 and 20% in 1951 to 18.4% in 1952, and a further increase for men aged 30 and over from 25% in 1950 and 26.7% in 1951 to 27.4% in 1952. The changes in the age distribution were particularly marked for robbery where the share of those under 17 declined by 31% and that of those of 17 and over increased by 28%. While the number of murderers (or suspects) of persons aged one year or over increased from 104 in 195 1 to 108, the number of those found guilty of murder had nearly doubled (41 against 22). In six cases the murderer remained undetected, and 36 committed suicide before arrest. Seventy-two persons were arrested in murder cases involving 81 victims. Two of them were certified insane before trial, 14 were found unfit to plead, 17 found guilty but insane, 2 found guilty and detained during the queen's pleasure (under 18 years of age), 5 were acquitted. Of the 32) who were sentenced to death, 17 were executed, i was certified insane after sentence and removed to Broadmoor institution, and in 13 cases the sentence was commuted to life imprisonment. Of those sentenced to death, 54% were therefore executed. Verdicts of suicide numbered 4,290 (against 4,282 in 1951) and attempted suicides 4,484 (against 4,524). Indictable offenses known to the police numbered 513,559 (against 524,506 in 195 1), a decline wholly due to the fall in larceny cases. The percentage of indictable offenses that were cleared up by the police was 47.5 (against

47.1%

in 1951).

CRUDE OIL — CUBA

208

In the Metropolitan Police district the numbers of indictable

known

39:!,

by 1.5% from 111,091 to 109,and the percentage of crimes cleared up rose from 31.5 to

31.9.

The

offenses

to the police fell

decline

was much more pronounced

groups (13.8% for children, in

the older ones.

On

in the

for all groups

younger age

under 21

J

than

was restricted to the was an increase in the more

the whole, the decline

less serious offenses, while

serious classes.

10% there

There was substantial increase

in

robberies in

the Metropolitan area

(29S against 214 in 1951, but, as the commissioner pointed out, the figure was still substantially below

in 1948.

The same

showed increases

in

first

crime over the

four months of

corresponding

pared with 17.9 in the ten large burghs with separate police forces and 9.6 in the 19 counties or joint police areas. Thirteen 195

murder became known

of

1

to the police against nine in

of the five persons proceeded against, three were convicted

;

murder and executed. (See also Betting and Gambling; Police; Prisons.)



Bibliography. Marshall B. Clinard. Tlie Black Market (New York, 1952); JVIabel A. Elliott, Crime in Modern Society (Xew York., 1952); Estes Kefauver, Crime in America (Xew York, 1951); J. D. W. Pearce, Juvenile Delinquency (London, 1952). (H. Mil.)

Crude

Oil: see Petroleum. '^^^ republic of

P11I1A

Cuba occupies

buDd.

between 20° and 25° N. lat., and 74° and 85° W. long. island and numerous small islands under Cuban sovereignty have an aggregate area of 44,217 sq.mi. The census of 1953 disclosed a population of 5,870,904, an increase of 972.321 of

Havana

in greater

held 1.544,000, of

its

island, held 1,814,000, of

leading city, Santiago, contained

more than 175,000.

President (provisional) in 1953, Fulgencio Batista. History. The sugar crop of 1953 amounted to



tons.

The reduction from

whom

Havana. Oriente province,

embracing the eastern quarter of the

whom

5,007,000

the record crop of 1952 (which was

more than 7,000,000 tons) was

effected in an orderly fashion,

so as to bring production in line with world demand. All of the

crop was sold, as well as some of the 1,800,000-ton carr>'-over of June 1952.

The import quota assigned

to

Cuban sugar by

United States department of agriculture (Oct. 2,719,107 tons. Further progress was

$10,000,000.

up

as a

promoter of industry,

foreign assets of the National

at about $525,000,000; the fiduciary from $431,000,000 in Nov. 1952 to $416,000.000 in July 1953, as unemployment rose, and the government curtailed its less productive expenditures. Inasmuch as some funds tended to be exported early in 1953, a tax of 2% on all remittances abroad was instituted in May. The public works program of the government for 1953 was set at a maxi-

circulation declined

of $60,000,000.

July 25 the government designated an interventor in the United railways, and $20,000,000 were authorized for the acquisition

and rehabilitation of that system. An agreement was

reached with the private owners on a purchase price of $13,000,000. At the end of the summer the United railways passed under

government control, and almost at once 2,000 employees were discharged and wage reductions of from 10% to 30% were decreed. Foreign capital was reported to be ready for use in expanding and electrifying the system. It was still e.xpected. until midsummer, that the election w'ould occur in November. But at the end of July, a revolt against Batista broke out in the mountains of Oriente province and was quelled only after 100 Hves were lost. The chance of a long postponement of the election appeared greater after the rebellion was put down, and it was finally set for Nov. i, 1954. The status of the minor opposition groups, and particularly of the Revolutionary party (whose principal leaders included the two preceding presidents, Ramon Grau San Martin and Carlos Prio Socarras), seemed precarious, despite the large following among workers, both urban and agricultural, of the Revolutionary party. The foreign relations of Cuba were amicable and devoid of critical incidents. A policy of revision of commercial treaties to meet the present needs of the economy was advanced; a new treaty with Spain was concluded. (C. E. Mc.)



Education. In 1950 there were 7,598 public primary schools with 546,984 students and 20.774 teachers. There were 21 institutes for secondary education and a normal school and a commercial school in each province. University education was available at the University of Havana, the Oriente university (Santiago de Cuba) and the Catholic University of Villanova (Havana). Finance. The monetary unit is the peso, officially pegged at par w-ith the U.S. dollar. The budget for the fiscal year 1953-54 (July i-June 30) was placed initially at $298,000,000. On Dec. 31, 1951. the funded national debt amounted to $217,700,000; estimates of the floating debt ranged as high as $180,000,000. Currency in circulation (March 31, 1953) totalled $1,014,000,000, of which $617,000,000 was in U.S. dollars; demand deposits (July 31, i9S3) were $525,000,000; gold reserves (.Aug. 31, 1953) $196,000,000. The retail food price index (Havana) stood at 92 in July 1953 (1948 = 100). Trade and Communications. Exports in 1952 totalled $675,344,980; imports were $618,314,082. The International Monetary fund estimated that exports of sugar and fresh fruits were undervalued by $2,000,000. The chief exports were sugar and molasses (85%) and tobacco and products (6%). Leading customers were the U.S. (61%), the United Kingdom (8%), Japan (67o), the Netherlands (4%) and Germany (2%). Leading suppliers were the U.S. (75%), the U.K. (3%) and Germany (2%). Railways (1949) included 3.017 mi. of main line. 660 mi. of sidings and yards and 7,870 mi. of industrial trackage. Roads (1949) included 1.720 mi. of paved highways and 600 mi. of improved highways. .As of Jan. I, 1952, there were 86,464 passenger cars, 37,215 trucks and 4.930 buses. Gross tonnage of ocean-going and coastwise vessels totalled 67,401 in Oct. 1951. Four television stations were in operation in I9S3; about 575,000 radios were in use in 1949. Agriculture. Sugar cane continued to be by far the most important crop. Production of sugar in the 1952-53 season, limited by government decree, totalled 5,686,966 short tons (1951-52: 7,963.689 tons). Molasses production was 278.274,000 gal. Production estimates for other crops in 1952-53 included rice (rough) 288.000.000 lb.: henequen fibre 27,900,000 lb.: cacao 7,300,000 lb.; tobacco 36.000 metric tons; coffee 442.000 bags of 132 lb. each. In 1950-51 there were an estimated 4.116,000 cattle. 154.000 sheep and 1,344.000 hogs. Manufactures. There were 161 sugar mills in operation during the 1952-53 grinding season. In 1952, 419,000 metric tons of cement were produced. Production of electricity totalled 836.400.000 kw.hr. in 1951. Mineral Production. In 1952, 19,106 short tons of copper and 8,957 tons of nickel were produced. Production of other minerals included chem-



the entire island lying

The main

over 1943. The province more than 1,000,000 were

a capital of

bank remained constant

On

months of the previous year and the decline began only in May, the four days of dense fog in December produced an approximate doubling of offenses, and for shopbreaking the figures rose even to more than three times the average. In Scotland the number of persons against whom a crime or an offense was proved was 104.391 in 1952 as against 99,950 in 195 1, an increase of 4.4%. The percentage of male offenders was 91.2, as compared with 91.8 in 1951. The highest incidence was in the 21-24 3ge group for males and in the 30-39 age group for females. The number of crimes and offenses known to the police was 188.768, an increase of 2.2% against 1951; 57% of all crimes were committed in the four counties of cities, where the number of crimes per 1,000 of the population was 24.6, as com-

cases of

The

mum

introduce corporal punishment. While the all

set

with

for

was abolished

as a whole, an important fact in view of the agitation to re-

1952

The Financiera Nacional was

applied to the country

that for the years before corporal punishment

robbery with violence

so as to reduce the dependence upon foreign sources of meat.

made

13,

in the

the

1953) was

summer

1953 on a revision of the International Sugar agreement, conference in London.

of

in a

The investment of domestic and especially foreign capital in new mineral ventures was accelerated in 1953. Deep drilling for petroleum was undertaken near Santa Clara and Camagiiey.

A

government subsidy for zinc and copper mining was begun. Sustained efforts were made by the government to diversify agricultural production, and increase the production of livestock,



_







manganese ore 9,654 long tons (metal content 81.5%), metallurgical manganese ore 238.047 long tons (metal content 44%), refractory chromite 54,832 long tons (metal content 36%) and iron ore 99.69S long ical

tons.

(J-

W. Mw.)

;

CURACAO — CZECHOSLOVAKIA Curacao:

open

Netherlands Antilles.

see

laurels,

209

dethroning Jeanne Robinson of Detroit by the slim

advantage of two points. Miss Xieman annexed This winter pastime continued to grow ity

in

popular-

during the 1952-53 season, great progress being

made in the midwestern section of the United States where new indoor rinks were constructed. The big prize of the game was returned to Canada when curlers from that country defeated a U.S. team by a score of 269-165 in an international bonspiel at

Montreal to regain the Gordon medal. The eighth annual Midwest association tournament, held on the Milwaukee-Wauwatosa ice in Wisconsin, saw Karl Maier's rink gain the 1953 championship and the

Midwest All-American trophy. In the same bon-

the Francis Kleffman rink of Hibbing, Minn., captured

spiel,

the Twentieth Century trophy and the

umph,

111.,

skipped by Clarence Wilson,

Waltham club of Triwon the McGrath prize.

the

I

and 3-mi. races and was second

-mi.

first

places in

Miss Robinson at

to

time for the long event being 17 min. 42.9

5 mi., the victor's

sec.

Tommy

O'Rourke became the first U.S. rider in seven years to win the High Park 25. Canada's most important cycling event, when he scored a one-length victory over George Bronetto of Toronto, Ont.. in a field of 12 at Toronto on May 18. Italian stars swept world amateur laurels, Riccardo Filippi winning the road title, Marino Morettini the sprint crown and Gino Messina the pursuit trophy. World professional champions were Fausto Coppi (Italy), road; Arie van Vliet (the Netherlands), sprint; Sid Patterson (Australia), pursuit; and Adolphe \'erschueren (Belgium), motor-paced.

Louison Bobet,

a

former French baker, triumphed

in the

40th

Forty-eight teams from Canada and the United States were at-

running of the Tour de France, long one of Europe's sports

tracted to the annual international gathering at Detroit, Mich.,

classics.

and the Lloyd Raney rink from Mclntyre.

time of 129 hr. 23 min. 25

annexed top

Ont.,

honours for the third successive season. Other major winners

Bobet won the gruelling

test of 2.795 mi. in the elapsed

France's Jean Mallejac beat

sec.

Astrua by only 43

Italy's Giancarol

second prize.

sec. for

(T. V. H.)

during the campaign included the following: Brookline trophy,

Schenectady (N.Y.) Country club; Dewar cup. Hawkesbury, Ont.; Mitchell medal, Lachine, Que.; Country Club cup. Schenectady (at Utica, N.Y.);

Emmett and Mohawk

C.Y.O.:

see Societies

;

Clyde Park cup. Sherbrooke, Que.; Stockton cup, Detroit (at the Country club, Brookline, Mass.). The Wauwatosa Granite club of Milwaukee carried off honours in the fifth annual United States women's championship at

ganizations for Youth.

Cyprus is a British island colony in the eastern Uj}JIUo. Mediterranean. Area: 3.572 sq.mi. Pop.: (1946 census) 450,114; (1952 est.) 498.000. Language: Greek 80.3%, Turkish 17.8%; 10% also speak English. Religion: Greek Or«.,_„,,_

thodox 80.4%, Moslem 17.9%. Chief towns (pop. 1951): Nicosia (cap.), 36,806; Larnaca, 15,364; Limassol, 24.462;

gusta, 17,973.

History.

trophy as the runners-up. The Indian Hill club Squaws of Win-

at the fourth

received the Indian Hill trophy, and teams from the

Chicago club Heathers won both the Exmoor and Skokie

The 65th annual Manitoba bonspiel

at

prizes.

Winnipeg had a

field

of 372 teams and resulted in a tie for the grand aggregate prize between a Winnipeg four, skipped by Mac Scales, and Bob Dunbar's rink from St. Paul, Minn. Justice D. P. J. Kelly led the Granite club of Toronto to two of the big awards in the Quebec international bonspiel, his men taking the grand aggregate trophy and the Lieutenant Governor's trophy. Ken Weidon's curlers representing the St. George's club of Montreal captured the British Consols trophy. Manitoba, represented by a team from the small town of Dauphin skipped by Ab Gowanlock, finished first in the Canadian championships at Sudbury, Ont. Manitoba had a record of nine won and two lost, Quebec placing second w'ith eight and three after losing a play-off to the title

(T. V. H.)

winners.

first

Governor

— Eight

Milwaukee. The Milwaukee club Kilties won the Appleton

111.,

see

Rates. See also

Coinage; Exchange Control and Exchange under various countries.

1953, Sir

in

Fama-

Andrew Wright.

foreign countries were represented in 1953

and largest trade

took place in 1935).

A

island to discuss increases in

fair to

be held

Cyprus (the

in

mission from Japan visited the

mutual trade. At Limni large

re-

serves of sulphide ore encouraged plans for a plant to treat

semioxidized ore. timber,

to

A

law was enacted to reduce import duties on

encourage

the

building

industry

remedy the

to

housing shortage.

Enosis claims continued to be made. Archbishop Makarios

re-

questing the government to give effect to Cypriot Greeks' de-

mands

for union with Greece.

To

this the

governor replied that

the British government contemplated no alteration in the col-

ony's sovereignty. Legislation

was introduced

(religious head) for the

to

permit the election of a mufti

Turkish community. In the

first

munici-

pal elections since 1949 left-wing parties gained control of three

towns and right-wing nationalists also won three. Events in the middle east continued to focus British attention on Cyprus,

Currency:

U.S.: Catholic Or-

medals. Utica;

Gordon medal, Schenectady (at Schenectady) Archibald cup, Griffith medal and Utica cup, Ardsley, N.Y.; Douglas medal, Hamilton (Ont.) Thistles (at St. Andrews, Mt. Hope, N.Y.)

netka,

and Associations,

and

this,

with the favourable financial position

enjoyed for some time past, allowed an expansion of the island's ten-year development plan: £13. 000. 000 were to be spent in the ten-year period ending 1956. Developments introduced into the

Ronald Rhoads, Long Beach, Calif., won senior Piinlinn' Ujbllllgi open honours in the United States amateur championships at St. Louis, Mo., Sept. 5-6, 1953, gaining the title by a margin of only two points over Richard Gatto of San Jose, Calif. Rhoads took first in one race, the 3-mi. event, which he annexed in 9 min. 3.3 sec. but gained second, third and fourth places in other races to top the scoring. Gatto sprint in 3 min. 2.1 sec;

Roy

5-mi. field in 11 min. 30 sec;

Mich., captured the featured

Rhoads

2

won

the i-mi.

Stetina of Cleveland, O., led the

and

Tom

O'Rourke of Detroit,

5-mi. grind in

i

hr. 3

finished second. Jack

it

was begun and going forward

to completion

in

1953 were a new broadcasting station, a social security scheme and a mineral resources survey. The worst earthquake in Cyprus history caused

much

loss of life

and damage

also Disasters.)

— Schools (1953): primary secondary and — Monetary

Education.

668);

in Sept. 1953. (See (J. J.

709

Ty.)

(enrolment, 1951-52, 64,Teachers' training colleges 2.

50. agricultural 2, trade i. Trade. unit: piastre (i8o piastres = £i sterling $2.80). Budget (1952 est.): revenue £5,855,880; expenditure £5,572,782. Foreign trade (1952): imports £20,400,000: exports £18,000,000. Main products: citrus, seeds, vine products, carob, wool and copper.

Finance

= U.S.

min. 31 sec.

Hartman, Los Gatos. Calif., carried the junior men's crown back to the Pacific coast, sweeping the I -mi., 3-mi. and 5-mi. tests in his division. Nancy Nieman, Detroit star who was runner-up in 1952, won the girls' as

plan after

people's republic of central Europe, p7QPhnclnW0l/i0 ^ IlLClliUolUVdMd. Czechoslovakia is bounded west and

northwest by Germany, north and northeast by Poland, east by the U.S.S.R., south by

Hungary and

Austria. Area: 49,354 sq. mi.

DAHOMEY — DA IRY PRODUCTS

210

Pop. (1950 census"): 12,339,674. Language (1950 est.): Czech 67%; Slovak 25%; German 3.5%; Hungarian 3.5%; Ukrainian

1.5%; Polish 0.7%. Religion (1930 census): Roman Catholic (Latin

works to the town hall, attacked public buildings, shouted antigovernment slogans and carried large photographs of former presidents T. G. Masaryk and Eduard Benes. One account

rite) 73.5%; Protestant (all denominations) 7.7%; Czechoslovak Church 5.4%; Greek Catholic 4%; Greek Orthodox 1%; Jewish 2.4%; atheist 5.8%. Chief towns, pop. (1947

claimed that a military unit sent against them had gone over to them, and that an army lieutenant and six workers were later executed. The only concession that followed the riots was the

census): Prague (cap.) 921,416; Brno 272,760; Moravska Os-

repeal on July

trava

181. 181;

Bratislava

172,664;

Plzen

118,152;

Olomouc

58.675; Kosice 58,089; Liberec 52.498. Presidents of the republic

in

1953: Klement Gottwald and (from

Zapotocky. Prime ministers

(from ^L^rch History.

21

21) Antonin

1953: Antonin Zapotocky and

\ilem Siroky.

)

— On

in

March

Dec.

17,

1952,

7

of a severe decree

—against absenteeism

fore

On

Sept.

II, a

large

Gottwald made a

government

number

Communist

of deputy premiers

of

title

and Karel Bacilek, formerly minister of the

became

security,

was reduced

to four.

ing the year 1952 the number of collective farms of type i (in which the greatest concessions were made to private ownership) fell from 2,479 to 1,356, while those in types 2. 3 and 4 had risen from 3,771 to 7,280. Collective farms of types 3 and 4

premiers (the latter keeping the ministry of defense)

alone

(the

types

most nearly approximating

kolkhoz) held at the end of 1952 more than land of the republic. lective

farms of

all

The

to

27%

the

Soviet

of the arable

total area of arable land held

by

col-

types increased during 1952 from 1,290,000

President Gottwald died on

March

14, 1953, a

few days after

from Moscow, where he had apparently caught pneumonia while attending Stalin's funeral. As chairman of the party and president of the republic, he had concentrated in his hands the supreme power in both government and party. This power appeared to have been divided under the arrangement that followed his death. his return

On March 21, Zapotocky, till then premier, succeeded him and was replaced by Siroky, the leading Communist of Slovakia. No one was elected chairman of the party, but Antonin Novotny became head of the secretariat. Under the existing constitution the office of president was more important than in any of the other people's democracies. It therefore seemed likely that Zapotocky remained the most powerful single individual after Gottwald"s death.

On May 30 a new currency reform was introduced. The korwta (crown) was tied to the Soviet rouble (i.oo roubles = 1.80 koruny). The rate of exchange of new currency for old varied from 1:5 for wages and salaries and for savings deposits of less than 5.000 koruny up to 1:50 for larger

sums

or in bank deposits. Ration cards were abolished.

in

cash

The reform

was accompanied by price reductions: of bread and fiour by 22%, sugar by 50%, pork by 43%, fats by 60% and industrial goods by 30% to 40%. The effect of the reform was to deprive the peasants and the better-paid workers of all their savings. During 1952 the shortage of consumers' goods had forced skilled workers, who earned good money wages, to save cash. It had also had the effect of making them work less hard. If they could buy nothing with extra wages, it was not worth while earning them. Similar considerations applied to peasants,

who

in any case resisted collectivization pressure by less work. For the past year the government had urged workers and peasants to work harder, without giving them incentives and therefore without success. Now it decided to force them to work by confiscating their savings. In order to keep their families from hunger, more women, adolescents and old people would have to go to work, and able-bodied workers would have to work longer

and more

intensively.

The currency reform provoked greater rage than any previous measure of the Communist regime. Circumstantial accounts by refugees who escaped to Bavaria made it clear that there were big demonstrations and riots in Plzen and Moravska Ostrava. It was said that in Plzen the crowds marched from the Skoda

Of

first ;

these

deputy

the other

premiers, were Vaclav Kopecky,

who took over a newly created ministry of culture, and Jindfich Uher, who took over a unified ministry of agriculture. Zdenek Nejedly was demoted to minister without portfolio, Vaclav Nosek (former minister of the interior) to minister of manpower, and Zdenek Fierlinger to the presidency of the national assembly.

These ministerial reorganizations were

ha. to 2.340,000 ha.

first

party. In the government,

two, Jaromir Dolansky and Alexej Cepicka, became

who were merely deputy

In the

secretary;

first

statement on the progress of collectivization of agriculture. Dur-

two,

week be-

a

reshuffle occurred.

party leadership. Novotny received the secretary of the Slovak

President

— published only

in the factories.

clearly

modelled on

those which had recently taken place in the Soviet Union.

new

policy was also modelled on the

new

The

Soviet concern for

On Sept. 15 the government promised that heavy industry would be substantially reduced, in agriculture greatly increased. Debts of collective and private peasants would be largely cancelled. During 1953 a further 30,000 flats would be built, and in 1954 there would be 40.000 more fiats and 10.000 one-family houses. On Oct. i food prices were reduced by io%-20% and prices of some articles of clothing by 40%. In all these changes there was no indication that the position of Zapotocky had weakened, or how the fall of L. P. Beria in the U.S.S.R. had affected the leadership of the Czech(H. S-W.) oslovak party. consumers' goods.

investment

in



Education. Schools (1953): nursery, pupils 165.000; primary 9,045, pupils 1,030,000; higher primary 2,745, pupils 473,000; secondary 304, pupils 80,300: vocational, pupils 113,000; institutions of higher education 17, students 42,000. Hungarian schools in -Slovakia: nursery 215; primary 553, pupils 44,033; also vocational and secondary.



Monetary unit: koruna, revalued on May 30. 1953. with an exchange rate of 1.80 koruny to the rouble; previous exchange was 12.50 koruny to the rouble. Xew external value of the koruna, high and nominal: U.S. $1 = 7.20 koruny. Budget (1953 est.): revenue Finance.

official

rate

435.207,000.000 koruny; Foreign Trode. (1950) 000,000. ^Main sources Rumania, Hungary and



expenditure 430,910.000.000 koruny. Imports U.S. $653,000,000; exports U.S. $800.of imports (1950): U.S.S.R. 29.4%; Poland,

Bulgaria 26%. Main destinations of exports: U.S.S.R. 28%; four other eastern European countries 21.1%. Czechoslovak trade with 18 western European countries (1952): imports U.S. $110,000,000; exports U.S. $157,100,000. Transport and Communications. Roads (1946): 43.969 mi. Licensed motor vehicles (Dec. 1950): cars 165.000, commercial vehicles 65.000. Railways (1947): 8,161 mi. .^ir transport (1949): flights 16,833; 4,884,000 mi. flown. Telephones (1950): 380,000. Radio receiving sets (Dec. 1952): 2,717,000. Agriculture. Xo reliable data published since 1951- Main crops (metric tons, 1950): wheat 1,540,000: barley 1,135,000; oats 950,000; rye 1,140,000: maize 235.000; potatoes 7,500.000; sugar, raw value (1952 est.), 628.000. In 1951 and 1952 the annual Soviet grain deliveries amounted to 1,000.000 tons, three-fourths of which were bread grains. The 1953 harvest was described as not entirely unfavourable. Livestock: cattle (1951^ 4,100.000; pigs (1951) 3,700.000; sheep (1950) 480,000; horses (1950) 640.000. Industry. Employment in manufacturing (Nov, 1949): i.477,700. Production (metric tons, 1952 est.): coal 20,230.000; coke 5.343,000; lignite 33.800.000: crude oil 148,000; crude steel 3,667,000; electricity 11,639,000,000 kw.hr.







Dahomey: see French Union; French West Africa. Dairy Industry, Bureau of: see Agricultural Research Administration.

flQirU PrnrilirtC

Udiry

I

rUDUClo.

'^^^^^ ^''^' "^^"^

indicated

at

production for 1953 was 118.000,000,000 lb.

about

Because of widespread drought and hot weather, production de-

DAKAR— DAMS clined in the rate of est lb.

second half of the year as compared with the record

about 123,000,000,000

early in 1953. This

lb.

was the

211 Milk Production

lln

larg-

milk flow since 1947; the total for 1952 was 115,517.000,000 The higher level of production attained was largely the result

ply conditions, particularly late in 1952 and early 1953, plus an

Conado

decline in the price

of beef and the accompanying drop in carcass value of dairy ani-

mals marketed for beef had

repercussions on the milk supply

its

millions of pounds!

United Sfotes France

Western Germany United Kingdom

2%. The

Principal Producing Countries

Country

of very favourable mild weather, abundant pasture and feed sup-

increase in milking herds of about

in

1951

1950

115,517 34,170 34,862 22,454 16,785

115,741

117,602 34,080 30,556 23,062 16,449 12,723

Netherlands

12,271

Denmark

10,922 11,849 11,149 10,093 fAverage 1935-39.

Australia

New Zeoland Sweden •Averoge, 1935-38.

Average, 1934-38

t952

36,350 33,447 22,124 16,424 12,494 11,537 11,356 11,003 10,529

105,416 33,000 33,069* 18,424 15,284t 11,180 11,684 11,780 10,176 10,238

11,931

12,848 10,416 10,789

because farmers, therefore, retained older milk cows longer and culled their herds less severely.

mould

Both butter and cheese buying were resumed by the government in Dec. 1952 to support a declining milk market. In March 1953 the U.S. department of agriculture announced that it would

Also, chemists reported that milk stays sweet without souring as

continue to support the market at

90%

of parity through

March

much

solids in carload lots. Butter base prices

were

at terminal

markets

New

York, N.Y.; Chicago, 111.; San Francisco, Calif.; and Wash. Under the support program, purchases January through September in whole milk equivalent were 9,598,000,000 lb., a volume far exceeding that of any previous year. Purchases included 343,864,000 lb. of butter, 272,782,000 lb. of cheese and of

Seattle,

513,461,000

of nonfat dry milk soHds. In the last quarter of

lb.

the year the purchases largely ceased,

some of

the accumulation

moving back into trade channels and larger amounts into domestic and foreign welfare programs, but it was evident that stocks carried over into 1954 would be uncommonly large. Exports of dairy products declined to low levels in 1953. Imports had been controlled since Aug. 1951 under section 104 of

on wrapping of natural and processed cheese.

as four times longer

if

cows are fed small amounts of

menadione, a precursor of vitamin K, which apparently acts as an antibiotic.

Milk production

1954, equivalent to $3.74 per hundredweight for manufacturing

milk testing 3.95% fat and 67.3 cents a pound for butterfat, by purchasing creamery butter, Cheddar cheese and nonfat dry milk

inhibitor,

302,000,000,000

in

1952 in 14 major producing countries was

slightly less than in

lb.,

the prewar average of 281,638,000,000

more than

1952, but

lb.

Conditions

suggested a resumption of the upward trend. About

in

35%

1953

of the

11% for cheeses and and dried milk. In the United Kingdom milk production in 1953 continued to rise, but less fresh milk was being drunk, possibly because it was at a record high price. Butter and cheese were still relatively scarce, but condensed milk stocks were mounting and, that type total

6%

was used

for butter production, about

for canned

not being subsidized,

it

was, unlike prewar,

more expensive than

fresh milk.

The U.S.S.R. of butter from

in the late

summer made

substantial purchases

Denmark, the Netherlands, Australia and New

Zealand.

Dakar:

(J.

see

K. R.)

French West Africa.

the Defense Production act which expired June 30, 1953. After that,

quotas were established under section 22 of the Agricul-

tural

Adjustment act

for about

20,747,000

lb.

of cheese and

U Alton, John FrSnCiS bishop of

John cardinal D'Alton, arch-

Armagh and primate

of all Ireland, iiith successor

about 3.000,000 lb. of other products including butter, a total milk equivalent of 220,000,000 lb,, as against a milk equivalent

of St. Patrick in the primatial see,

import

County Mayo,

in

1952 of 788,000,000

745,000,000

lb.

and a prewar average of about

college, Dublin,

lb.

appeared that butter production would approximate 1,590,000,000 lb., as compared with 1,417,000,000 lb. in 1952 It

and 2,195,000,000 tion would be 8.7

World War

and that consumplb. per person, very slightly above 1952 but only about half as high as prewar. The farmer was receiving about 65 cents per pound for butterfat, as compared with 74 cents a year earlier, and butter in September was retailing at 78 lb.

before

II

cents per pound.

Cheese production of several types, mostly Cheddar, was dicated at 1,290,000,000

000,000

lb. in

sumption was

lb.

in

1953, as

compared with

1952 and only 673,000,000 7.7 lb.



slightly

more than

lb. in

in-

1,170,-

1935-39. Con-

in recent years. Retail

prices averaged near 60 cents per pound.

Evaporated milk production declined 2,840.000,000

lb.

to 2,700.000.000 lb. from Condensed milk production cream dechned to 6,900,000,-

the previous year.

Net milk used in ice compared with 7,150,000,000 lb. in 1952 substitute materials and consumer resistance were apparently the causes. Manufacture of nonfat dry milk solids increased from 863.000,also declined.

000

lb.,



as

000

lb. in 1952 to an indicated 1,100,000,000 lb. in 1953. Meanwhile the farmer received $4.28 per hundredweight for milk de-

livered to plants

and dealers

in

September, as compared with

$4.92 a year earlier. It appeared that the sale of milk and dairy

Ire.,

on Oct.

11.

and received

was born

He was

Claremorris,

Holy Rome. He was

his ecclesiastical studies at

Cross college, Clonliffe, and the Irish college ordained to the priesthood in

at

educated at Blackrock

Rome

on April

in

18, 1908.

in

pur-

1910 was appointed lecturer

in classics at St. Patrick's col-

Maynooth, Ireland's national seminary. Next he was named to the junior chair of classics there and in 1922 became professor of Greek, In 1934 he was named vice-president, and in 1936 president, of Maynooth's St. Patrick's college. On June 29, 1942, he was consecrated titular bishop of Binda and named coadjutor bishop of Meath, succeeding to that see in 1943 upon the death of Bishop Thomas Mulvany. On June 13, 1946, he was promoted archbishop of Armagh and primate of all Ireland, succeeding to the post left vacant by the death of Joseph Cardinal MacRory. Pope Pius XII created him a cardinal priest of the Holy Roman Church in the consistory of Jan. 12, 1953, and he journeyed to Rome to receive the red hat. He was assigned the titular Church of St. Agatha del Goti. Among his outstanding hterary works are: Horace and His Age (1917); Roman Literary Theory and Criticism (1931); Selections From (T. Ce.) St. John Chrysostom (1940). lege,

Dams under construction during 1953 for the developUdlllo. ment of hydroelectric power predominated throughout the world over the construction of dams for the development of I*

products would account for only about 13.5% of the total cash receipts from farming in 1953 as compared with 14.1% in 1952. Many cheese manufacturers applied to the Food and Drug

other water resources.

administration for permits to use sorbic acid, a

world completed or under construction during 1953.

new chemical

He

sued higher studies at Oxford and Cambridge universities, and

The

table on p.

212

lists

15 of the important

dams

of the

DAMS

212

WOMEN

INDIAN project

carrying concrete mix on their heads for the Hirakud

Orissa, India, in

in

danfi

1953

be closed of the four large main river dams which were under In the United States, in an effort to balance the national budget, and with a reduced emphasis on development of hydroelectric

power by the federal government, the vast multipurpose

dam programs ment were

of the various agencies of the federal govern-

However, work continued during 1953 on

curtailed.

construction, closure

was jeopardized when, during April 1953,

excavation of the earth plug at the entrance of the diversion

dumping of embankment. The water rose

tunnels progressed too slowly to keep up with the the boulder

about

5 ft.,

for the closure

fill

washing away the top i^

A

ft.

of the closure

240-ton dragline was

fill

for a

moved two

miles

the projects in the Columbia river basin to alleviate the power

width of about 100

shortage in the northwest. Concrete was being poured at a rate

hours by means of a fleet of ten tractors to complete the removal of the entrance plug to permit diversion of the river through the tunnels, and the closure was successfully completed.

of 3.500 cu.yd. per day at Chief Joseph dam.

McNary dam was

completed during 1953, but because of low flows, the reservoir filling at the rate of only about o.i ft. per day at the end of Sept. 1953, with about 16 ft. to go. The diversion cofferdam was

was

dam. downstream of McNary. On the headwaters of the Columbia river, Hungry Horse, the world's fourth largest concrete dam, was completed. Also completed in 1953 was the Cabinet Gorge dam, a privately owned public utility development on the Clark Fork, in Idaho, a 200,000 kw.

underway

at the Dalles

hydroelectric project.

On the Missouri river. Fort Randall dam was 65% complete by midsummer of 1953. At Garrison dam. upstream, second to Chief

Dams Complefed

in six

Fortunately, the river flow was only 15,000 cu.ft. per second instead of the 40,000 cu.ft. per second normally expected at that season.

high. 10,000

ft.

dam

Place

River

Type Earth

Canyon

Montono, U.S. Washington, U.S. Oregon, U.S.

Concrete gravity Concrete gravity Concrete gravity

Mexico— U.S.

Earth

Ferry

....

Missouri

fill

Detroit

Columbia N. Sontiam

Falcon

Rio

Fort Randall

Missouri Missouri

South Dokoto, U.S. North Dakota, U.S.

Earth Earth

Flathead, S. Fork

Montana,

Concrete arch

Chief Joseph

Garrison Hungry Horse

....

Kenney

Mullardoch

Oahe Tignes Vaitorna

— Flood

Control,

I



fill fill



Columbia, Can Oregon- Washington, U.S. British



Rock fill Concrete gravity



fill)

in Latin

dam (200

neared completion.

dam

in

the

1953

Crest

Volume

length.

leu. yd.)

Ift.l

11,143,300 340,500

187 225 220 454 128

4,700 1,000 1,500 1,528 26,290

1

160 210 564

10,000 1 2,000 2,115

30,000,000 68,511,000 3,331,000

gravity


gress,

the middle

prestige

to,

triumphant career

19th century,

in the

of the

rapid prog-

20th century witnessed the loss of

in many countries at the upsurge of communism and fascism diametrically opand contemptuous of, democracy. The opponents of

of

democracy

movements such posed

''^

when democracy everywhere made

as

democracy overlooked the fact that democracy, the form of government and the way of life which grew up in 17th-century England and in 18th-century Anglo- America and northw'estern Europe, was not, as they claimed, a senescent and obsolete system, destined to give way to "waves of the future" and the supposedly more vital energies of "younger" peoples and movements. In reality, democracy was an entirely new departure in history, a daring experiment to abolish the authoritarian forms

year ending June 30, 1953, a monthly average of 972 children were cared for in their own or foster homes at a cost of $397,842. The number of dependent children aided averaged 2.218 per month at a cost of $828,014. fiscal

The state appropriation for public welfare was $5,117,612. The Xew Castle count\' workhouse, which accepts long-term prisoners from the other counties (there is no state prison), received 2.553 prisoners and discharged 2,554 during the fiscal year. On June 30, 1953. there were 342 inmates. Communications. The mileage of all highways and rural roads was 3.974. The income of the state highway department for the fiscal year was $9,including federal aid of $2,424,508. Railroad mileage was ap836.672. proximately 270. \'ehicles crossing the Delaware river b,v the new Delaware Memorial bridge connecting the Delaware and Xew Jersey highway systems numbered 6.995.019 in the year ending May 31. 1953; revenue from tolls was $6,035,206.



For the nine months January through September 1953 tonnage at the port of Wilmington was 644.426: value of cargoes was $39,801,960. On Oct. I. 1953. the state had 191,993 telephones in use. Bonking and Finance. On June 30, 1953, there were 60 state banks and trust companies, including branches, having total resources of $656,443,309. Assets of the 11 national banks were $619,577,148, making the total resources of all Delaware banks $1,276,020,457.



Total state receipts for the year ending June 30, 1953. were $66,482.031, of which $28,348,401 was from taxes and $38,133,630 from special funds. The cash balance at the beginning of the year was $22,874,050. Expenditures were $74,700,468. The gross debt was $60,548,000 and total debt service (interest and redemptions) amounted to $3,148,107. Agriculture.

employees under the unemployment com|)ensation law, June 30, 1953. was 18.798. Total wages paid for the year ending June 30, 1953. were $440.000.000. The Wilmington area (juarlerly survey of employment .Aug. 15, '953. showed 7-'.9-'i employed by 577 employers, compared with 68,31.' by 5*^3 employers on ihe .same day in 1952. .\ew corporations chartered at Dover lor the year ending June 30, 1953. were 3,245 compared with 2,767 the previous year. Corporations that became void numbered 980 compared with 965 the year before. (J. En.) Mineral Production.- Delaware has the smallest mineral out[)ut among the states, and that entirely in buildin,, materials. Data for 1952 were not available in 1953. but in 1950 and 1951 sand and gravel amounted to 368.000 tons and 655.000 tons, respectively ($292,000 and $364,0001; stone 77.000 tons and 99.000 tons ($190,000 and $245,000): and clays 41.000 Ions and 36.000 tons ($40,000 and $35,000): total value $522,000 and $644,000. 1

later than the eighth grade.

—The estimated

total

cash income from agricultural produc-

1953 w'as $101,364,700. of which $84,417,000 was from livestock, $16,597,000 from crops and $350,700 government payments, compared with total cash income of $103,385,000 for 1952. Manufacturing, Gross receipts of 889 licensed manufacturers for the year ending June 30, 1953, were $805,313,919, compared with 709 for the previous year with gross receipts of $453,790,170. The total number of

of

government

to

which communists and

fascists

had returned.

Their prediction of the inevitable decay of democracy was not after World communists and fascists. The weakness of democracy, which had been apparent before and immediately after World War II and which had much encouraged fascists and communists who expected easy victory, was a result not of any intrinsic defect but of a lack of understanding of the nature and intentions of the antidemoverified

War

by

histor>\

Democracy learned during and

II to cope with the assault of

cratic forces.

In the years after World

War

II

democracy overcame these

weaknesses, and in countries with old democratic traditions, it showed its immunity to fascist and communist trends. Even in nations such as Italy and France where class and religious antagonism prevented democracy from taking firm roots, communism after 1948 was in retreat and unable to prevent the adhesion of those nations to the democratic front as organized in the North

such as Great Britain, the U.S. and Scandinavia,

Atlantic Treaty organization (q.v.).

Nevertheless, the weakness of democracy

in

those two coun-

tion in



Table

I.

Leading Agrieullural Products of Delaware Average,

Indicated

Crop Corn, bu Apples, bu

Hoy, tons Wheat, bo Soybeans, bu Peaches, bu Oats, bu Barley, bu Potatoes, bu Tomatoes, tons (processed) Strawberries, crates Lima beans, tons shelled

1953

1952

1942-51

6,596,000 288,000 102,000 1,007,000 1,023,000 141,000 224,000

6,422,000 186,000 102,000 1,218,000

4,409,000 449,000 101,000 1,164,000

936,000 99,000 217,000 300,000 862,000 31,200 88,000

658,000 226,000 179,000 304,000 394,000

330,000 .

.

.

....

1,775,000 27,000 80,000 15,750

II.

Industry

Food Clothing

Household supplies Auto supplies Drugs and medicol supplies

Tobocco Miscellaneous

coalition under Alcide de Gasperi, leader of the Christian crats,

whose government had assured

stable development.

13,720

small majority

Much more Delaware

Principal Industries of

to

Italy

Demo-

four years of

The new democratic government under Giucommanded only a very

seppe Pella, also a Christian Democrat,

Source: U.S. Department of Agriculture.

Table

became apparent in 1953. France during several weeks in the spring was without a government, and in the late summer widespread strikes by government employees and other workers threatened to weaken national life. The elections held in Italy in June brought a sharp increase for the communists and the left-wing socialists who followed the communist line, these parties gaining 35 seats, and for the right-wing antidemocratic forces, which gained 49 seats; all these seats were gained at the expense of the democratic centre parties w-hich had formed a tries

1953

1952

$87,084,575 150,452,413 2,148,277 10,140,902 85,483 4,581,624 550,820,645

$79,555,197 115,394,061 6,938.235 5,308,584 3,119,507 3,769,944 239,624,642

in the Italian

chamber and

senate.

promising from the democratic point of view were

the elections held in two countries adjacent to the Soviet bloc and under strong pressure from communism. Greece, which in 1948 had fought for its life against communist insurgents, supported from the outside, voted on Nov. 16, 1952, for a singlechamber assembly of 300 seats. The Greek Rally under the leadership of Field Marshal Alexander Papagos won a decisive

victory and received 238 seats. It was thus able, for the

time a

in a

first

long period, to establish a strong government based on

workable majority

much-needed

parliament, and thus to provide the

in

stability to carry

through the necessary economic

The procommunist Union of Democratic Leftists received 10.42% of the votes. Even more important were the elections held Feb. 22, 1953, reforms.

in Austria, a

country of which about one-fourth remained under

The two democratic parties easily carried The right-wing and strongly anticommunist SociaUsts

Soviet occupation. the day.

received 1,818,811 votes, the Austrian People's party, a Cath-

olic-democratic party, received 1,781,969 votes, while the right-

League of Independents received 473,022 and the commuonly 228,228 votes. The two leading democratic parties, of which the People's party held 74 and the SociaHsts 73 seats, renewed their coalition, which since 1945 had assured a stable democratic development to this small country at the border of the Soviet orbit. The neofascist Independents and the communists lost seats, though the communists had camouflaged their party under the name of "People's Opposition"' and had tried to attract noncommunist elements. As significant was the victory for democracy in the German ist

nists

in the election held Sept. 6. Compared with Weimar repubHc, and even with the whole past history of Germany, democracy seemed stronger in Germany during 1953 than ever before. The reasons may be found in the fact that the new German state had returned to the traditional German federalism, abandoning the nationalist centralization of the Bismarckian reich and of the Weimar republic; it had

Federal

Repubhc

the period of the

from Berlin with its militarist traditions of HohenzoUern period to the west, where affinities with the democratic world were old and strong; Prussia had ceased to exist, and the influence of the Junker squirearchy was broken. The German Federal Republic did not know the political assassinations and the influence of organized military' bands which had disfigured the Weimar republic. Chancellor Konrad Adenauer had tried to follow a foreign poHcy not primarily directed toward undoing the defeats in World Wars I and II but toward a sincere reconcihation with the west. The elections bore him out; they were a vote of confidence in his policy. All the neonazi parties, in which many observers had seen a danger of German neofascism, as well as the communists were routed and received not a single seat. The vote which the Communist party received fell from 5.7% in 1949 to 2.2% in 1953. The German Reich party, most important of the neonazi groups, received only 1.1% of the vote. The Christian Democratic union of Chancellor Adenauer and the Social Democratic party, a strongly

shifted the capital the

anticommunist group, were the chief winners in the contest. Democracy also showed surprising strength during 1953 countries such as India, Pakistan and Ceylon, where

attributed

to

their

long

connection with Great

it

in

might be and

Britain

Now

could take

root

among

the

educated

had been shown that through the educated classes the masses, in spite of prevaihng illiteracy and poverty, could be mobilized for orderly elections and constitutional government. The U.S. occupation poHcy apparently helped to strengthen the growth of democracy in Japan. All these countries were able to withstand the strong pressure of communist

classes.

it

propaganda.

Democracy two

difficulties

in

anti-Communist

those

who

riots in east Berlin

intend to use them to abolish democracy.

two atomic

The execu-

and Ethel Rosenberg, in June 1953 in the U.S. was disapproved by many democrats in Europe, while the communists tried to use the fate of the two convicted spies for their own propaganda purposes. In the difiicult question of how to balance the need of defense against antidemocratic forces with the protection of the civil and political liberties inherent in democracy, no agreement was reached by the end of 1953, but the discussion itself threw the problems of democracy and the complexity of the situation into sharper relief and thus contributed to an invigoration of democracy itself. The second difficult task faced by democracy was the need tion of

spies, Julius

for ever closer co-operation of the democratic nations sharing

the

common

western tradition based upon individual liberty,

by the threat of communist aggression, the democracies under the leadership of the U.S. began after 1947 to co-operate militarily and economically to meet the acute danger. But it was difficult for them to overcome the ingrained traditions of national sovereignty. In spite of the efforts to make the North Atlantic Treaty organization, most important development of democracy in the international field, and the plans for western European integration workable by ever closer co-operation and steps toward a future federalization, the lessening of the immediate danger by the new Soviet foreign pohcy, initiated by Joseph Stalin in Oct. 1952 and carried on after his death in March 1953 by his successors, brought about a weakening and a relaxation in the tolerance and freedom of thought. Confronted

where, thanks to this connection, democratic principles and par-

liamentary institutions

NEWS BALLOON, one of 8,000 released from west Germany at the Czechoslovakian border carrying news behind the "iron curtain" of the June 17, 1953,

1953 found itself confronted, however, with it had not yet entirely learned to master.

which

One was

efforts of establishing a united front of the

Communist

democratic nations.

was directed in 1953 toward the disintegraof the North Atlantic Treaty organization and toward policy

the struggle against infiltration of antidemocratic elements, fascists and communists, into important governmental

strengthening the isolationism of the democratic nations, espe-

and economic positions under the protection of the civil liberties which are an inahenable part of democracy extending even to

the

tion

cially the U.S.

and Great

democratic world.

Britain, the

{See

also

two strongest forces

in

Communism; Education;

221

DEMOCRATIC

222

P

— D EN M A RK

A RT Y

first MIG-15,

Elections, U.S.; Europe.ax Union; Fascism; Great Britain; Socialism; United States.)





BiBLiOGRAPHY.^ Sidney Hook. Heresy, Yes Conspiracy, No! CToron1953): H.ins Kohn, "Is the Free West in Decline?" Commentary (July 1953); Leslie .\. Fiedler. '"A Postscript to the Rosenberg Case," Encounter (London, Oct. 1953). (H. Ko.) to.

Soviet-built

On March Bornholm

hands. of

new one was

5,

jet

fighter,

1953, a Polish

chosen.

flier

to be delivered intact into western landed his plane on the Danish island

(This provision was a direct result of

wartime experience.)

Among

new

was the kingdom and its representation by two members in the jolketing. (See Greenland.) The problem of succession to the throne was settled by abandonment of the centuries-old requirement of male succesother notable changes

in

the

constitution

inclusion of Greenland as an integral part of the

Democratic Party:

see Political Parties, U.S.

n____„|.

A monarchy

UCIIMIal^.

has an area of 16,569 sq.mi. Pop.: (1950 census)

of north central Europe,

Denmark

4,281,275; (1952 est.) 4,334.000. Capital: Copenhagen, 768,105, or including

suburbs

census): Aarhus,

1,168.340.

Other principal

116,167; Odense,

cities

100,940; Aalborg,

(1950 79.806.

Religion: Lutheran Christian. Ruler in 1953: King Frederick

IX; prime minister, Erik Eriksen, to Sept. 30, 1953; thereafter, Hans Hedtoft. History. The adoption of a new constitution was the major



event

in

Danish

political

life

in

1953.

Denmark's

first

liberal

constitution dated from 1849, ai^d the last general revision

made

in 1915.

was

In 1946 a commission was set up to study the situ-

make recommendations; the 1953 constitution resulted. The new document put into legal form some of the practices

ation and

which had developed with the growth of democratic procedures. For example, a vote of no confidence in a minister required him to resign; a vote of no contidence in the prime minister required the whole cabinet to resign or to call new elections. The new parliament was made unicameral and give the name jolketing. The 227 members of the two houses were reduced to 179 in the new single house. To allay the dangers of sudden decision or majority tyranny, inherent

in a

unicameral system, a safeguard

was established. One-third of the jolketing was empowered to call for a referendum, and if a majority at the polls (which had to be at least 30% of the eligible voters) declared against a measure it was defeated. Special provisions were written into the constitution, as recommended by the United Nations, to enable Denmark to join international bodies which might take over portions of Danish sovereignty. However, any specific proposal to transfer sovereignty had to be approved by five-sixths of the jolketing and was, like other measures, subject to referendum by demand of one-third of the membership. The jolketing was specifically empowered to pass on all questions of increase or decrease of the national territory and any major matters of foreign poHcy. The parliamentary term was put at four years, but new elections might be called at any time after the prime minister had once faced the jolketing. In case any unforeseen event should prevent an election at the proper time, the old body was to continue in existence until a of plebiscites

A

if there were no son King Frederick IX had only three daughters, this provision made the eldest. Princess Margrethe, heir to the throne, and reduced the king's brother, Prince Knud, to fourth in line.

sion.

son

the daughters

still

held precedence, but

would

inherit. Since

New

elections were held as required for the jolketing on April and for the landsting on April 28. All the major parties approved the revision, and it passed both houses of the rigsdag for the second time. It then went to a popular vote on May 28 and received slightly more than the requisite percentage of the 21

electors' affirmative

June

5,

votes

—46%,

or a total of

1,181,173.

On

the 104th anniversary of the constitution of 1849, the

king signed the constitution of 1953.

The new one-chamber jolketing was elected in September. Former Prime Minister Knud Kristensen was one of the few

who opposed the constitution, and at the elections newly formed Independent party fell short of the minimum number of votes and did not win a single seat. The Social politicians his

Democrats and Moderate Liberals increased their popular vote, and the Conservatives and the German Minority made slight gains. The Social Liberals. Justice Union and Communists each lost votes, despite the increase in the electorate

(through lower-

ing of the voting age).

A

peculiar situation arose after the April elections

Social

Democrats won two additional

when

the

Prime Minister Erik coalition government of

seats.

Eriksen then tried to resign with his

Moderate Liberals and Conservatives. But Hans Hedtoft, leader of the Social Democrats, evidently feeling that his party's 61 seats

were

still

far short

of a majority

and that they might

be stronger in opposition until the later elections, refused. After the

September elections the Social Democrats had

higher percentage of the seats, but

two

still

a

slightly

not a majority (though

more than Eriksen's coalition). Decision was delayed, Hans Hedtoft announced a new Social Democabinet (the Liberals had refused an invitation to form

seats

but on Sept. 30 cratic

a coalition).

The new minority government faced some delicate problems. Economically the Danes had struggled to an improved position,

DENTISTRY — DERMATOLOGY it was not secure. They needed a greater dollar market, although they were able to announce cessation of aid under the European Recovery program; they had received a total of approximately $300,000,000 under the program. Defense re-

but

quirements were

difficult to

meet, for both economic and psycho-

The presence

and bases was distasteful, and the increase of military service from 12 to 18 months actually caused a mutinous demonstration in February. (F. D. S.) logical reasons.

of foreign troops



Education. Schools (1951): primary, middle and secondary 4.107, pupils 532,184; technical 371, pupils 60,224; commercial 208, pupils agricultural 32,680; 27, pupils 2,721. Teachers' training colleges 21, students 3.603. Universities 2, professors and lecturers 275, students 5.683; other institutions of higher education 8, students 5,465.



Finance and Banking. Monetary unit: krone with an exchange rate of 19.34 Kr. to the pound sterling and 6.92 Kr. to the U.S. dollar. Budget: (1951-5- est.) revenue 2,569.000,000 Kr., expenditure 2.573.000.000 Kr.; (1952-53 est.) revenue 2,511,000,000 Kr.. expenditure 2,507.000.000 Kr. Real public debt (1951): 4.970,400.000 Kr. Currency circulation (July 1953): 1,761.000,000 Kr. Bank deposits (July 1953) 5.121,000,000 Kr. Gold and foreign exchange (July 1953): U.S. $146,700,000. Foreign Trade.

— (1952)

Imports 6.645,000,000 Kr., exports 5,874,000.imports (1952): U.K. 27%; German Federal

000 Kr. Main sources of Republic 16%; Sweden 9%: U.S. 8%. Main destinations of exports: U.K. 38%; German Federal Republic 14%: Sweden 5%. Main imports: machinery and vehicles 15%; textiles coal, petroleum and products g'^c i2